diff options
| author | Jörg Frings-Fürst <debian@jff-webhosting.net> | 2016-08-20 15:11:08 +0200 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Jörg Frings-Fürst <debian@jff-webhosting.net> | 2016-08-20 15:11:08 +0200 |
| commit | cb612a12b952e349b96d427645aaeb55d15f509a (patch) | |
| tree | f29298f41d2a7ea2a976616243aca64c2c2547ce /help | |
| parent | e7be93745e4a2ff3aa255227bef7b9d3b733aafa (diff) | |
| parent | 143bfc9f801c84428074312d661f8e08803df83b (diff) | |
Merge tag 'upstream/0.23.5'
Upstream version 0.23.5
Diffstat (limited to 'help')
279 files changed, 14761 insertions, 4011 deletions
diff --git a/help/Makefile.am b/help/Makefile.am index 3ed819f..53c1448 100644 --- a/help/Makefile.am +++ b/help/Makefile.am @@ -1,16 +1,20 @@ # Dummy Makefile.am to allow the help to be translated on l10n.gnome.org. # This isn't actually processed by automake. -DOC_ID = shotwell +dist_man1_MANS = shotwell.1 -DOC_IMAGES = \ - crop_thirds.jpg \ - editing_overview.png \ - edit_toolbar.png \ - shotwell_logo.png \ - trash_process.png +@YELP_HELP_RULES@ -DOC_PAGES = \ +HELP_ID = shotwell + +HELP_MEDIA = \ + figures/crop_thirds.jpg \ + figures/editing_overview.png \ + figures/edit_toolbar.png \ + figures/shotwell_logo.png \ + figures/trash_process.png + +HELP_FILES = \ edit-adjustments.page \ edit-crop.page \ edit-enhance.page \ @@ -50,4 +54,6 @@ DOC_PAGES = \ view-information.page \ view-sidebar.page -DOC_LINGUAS = cs de el es hu pt_BR sv +HELP_LINGUAS = cs de el es hu pt_BR sv + +-include $(top_srcdir)/git.mk diff --git a/help/Makefile.in b/help/Makefile.in new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e7b526c --- /dev/null +++ b/help/Makefile.in @@ -0,0 +1,639 @@ +# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.15 from Makefile.am. +# @configure_input@ + +# Copyright (C) 1994-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation +# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, +# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. + +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without +# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A +# PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + +@SET_MAKE@ + +# Dummy Makefile.am to allow the help to be translated on l10n.gnome.org. +# This isn't actually processed by automake. +VPATH = @srcdir@ +am__is_gnu_make = { \ + if test -z '$(MAKELEVEL)'; then \ + false; \ + elif test -n '$(MAKE_HOST)'; then \ + true; \ + elif test -n '$(MAKE_VERSION)' && test -n '$(CURDIR)'; then \ + true; \ + else \ + false; \ + fi; \ +} +am__make_running_with_option = \ + case $${target_option-} in \ + ?) ;; \ + *) echo "am__make_running_with_option: internal error: invalid" \ + "target option '$${target_option-}' specified" >&2; \ + exit 1;; \ + esac; \ + has_opt=no; \ + sane_makeflags=$$MAKEFLAGS; \ + if $(am__is_gnu_make); then \ + sane_makeflags=$$MFLAGS; \ + else \ + case $$MAKEFLAGS in \ + *\\[\ \ ]*) \ + bs=\\; \ + sane_makeflags=`printf '%s\n' "$$MAKEFLAGS" \ + | sed "s/$$bs$$bs[$$bs $$bs ]*//g"`;; \ + esac; \ + fi; \ + skip_next=no; \ + strip_trailopt () \ + { \ + flg=`printf '%s\n' "$$flg" | sed "s/$$1.*$$//"`; \ + }; \ + for flg in $$sane_makeflags; do \ + test $$skip_next = yes && { skip_next=no; continue; }; \ + case $$flg in \ + *=*|--*) continue;; \ + -*I) strip_trailopt 'I'; skip_next=yes;; \ + -*I?*) strip_trailopt 'I';; \ + -*O) strip_trailopt 'O'; skip_next=yes;; \ + -*O?*) strip_trailopt 'O';; \ + -*l) strip_trailopt 'l'; skip_next=yes;; \ + -*l?*) strip_trailopt 'l';; \ + -[dEDm]) skip_next=yes;; \ + -[JT]) skip_next=yes;; \ + esac; \ + case $$flg in \ + *$$target_option*) has_opt=yes; break;; \ + esac; \ + done; \ + test $$has_opt = yes +am__make_dryrun = (target_option=n; $(am__make_running_with_option)) +am__make_keepgoing = (target_option=k; $(am__make_running_with_option)) +pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@ +pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@ +pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@ +pkglibexecdir = $(libexecdir)/@PACKAGE@ +am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd +install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644 +install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c +install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c +INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA) +transform = $(program_transform_name) +NORMAL_INSTALL = : +PRE_INSTALL = : +POST_INSTALL = : +NORMAL_UNINSTALL = : +PRE_UNINSTALL = : +POST_UNINSTALL = : +build_triplet = @build@ +host_triplet = @host@ +subdir = help +ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4 +am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/appdata-xml.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/ax_check_enable_debug.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/ax_generate_changelog.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/ax_is_release.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/ax_require_defined.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/gettext.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/gsettings.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/iconv.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/intlmacosx.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-ld.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-link.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-prefix.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/libtool.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltoptions.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltsugar.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltversion.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lt~obsolete.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/nls.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/pkg.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/po.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/progtest.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/yelp.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac +am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \ + $(ACLOCAL_M4) +DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__DIST_COMMON) +mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d +CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h +CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = +CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES = +AM_V_P = $(am__v_P_@AM_V@) +am__v_P_ = $(am__v_P_@AM_DEFAULT_V@) +am__v_P_0 = false +am__v_P_1 = : +AM_V_GEN = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_V@) +am__v_GEN_ = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_DEFAULT_V@) +am__v_GEN_0 = @echo " GEN " $@; +am__v_GEN_1 = +AM_V_at = $(am__v_at_@AM_V@) +am__v_at_ = $(am__v_at_@AM_DEFAULT_V@) +am__v_at_0 = @ +am__v_at_1 = +SOURCES = +DIST_SOURCES = +am__can_run_installinfo = \ + case $$AM_UPDATE_INFO_DIR in \ + n|no|NO) false;; \ + *) (install-info --version) >/dev/null 2>&1;; \ + esac +am__vpath_adj_setup = srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`; +am__vpath_adj = case $$p in \ + $(srcdir)/*) f=`echo "$$p" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \ + *) f=$$p;; \ + esac; +am__strip_dir = f=`echo $$p | sed -e 's|^.*/||'`; +am__install_max = 40 +am__nobase_strip_setup = \ + srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*|]/\\\\&/g'` +am__nobase_strip = \ + for p in $$list; do echo "$$p"; done | sed -e "s|$$srcdirstrip/||" +am__nobase_list = $(am__nobase_strip_setup); \ + for p in $$list; do echo "$$p $$p"; done | \ + sed "s| $$srcdirstrip/| |;"' / .*\//!s/ .*/ ./; s,\( .*\)/[^/]*$$,\1,' | \ + $(AWK) 'BEGIN { files["."] = "" } { files[$$2] = files[$$2] " " $$1; \ + if (++n[$$2] == $(am__install_max)) \ + { print $$2, files[$$2]; n[$$2] = 0; files[$$2] = "" } } \ + END { for (dir in files) print dir, files[dir] }' +am__base_list = \ + sed '$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;s/\n/ /g' | \ + sed '$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;s/\n/ /g' +am__uninstall_files_from_dir = { \ + test -z "$$files" \ + || { test ! -d "$$dir" && test ! -f "$$dir" && test ! -r "$$dir"; } \ + || { echo " ( cd '$$dir' && rm -f" $$files ")"; \ + $(am__cd) "$$dir" && rm -f $$files; }; \ + } +man1dir = $(mandir)/man1 +am__installdirs = "$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)" +NROFF = nroff +MANS = $(dist_man1_MANS) +am__tagged_files = $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP) +am__DIST_COMMON = $(dist_man1_MANS) $(srcdir)/Makefile.in +DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST) +ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@ +ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = @ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS@ +AMTAR = @AMTAR@ +AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY = @AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY@ +API_VERSION = @API_VERSION@ +APPSTREAM_UTIL = @APPSTREAM_UTIL@ +AR = @AR@ +AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@ +AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@ +AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@ +AWK = @AWK@ +CC = @CC@ +CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@ +CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ +CPP = @CPP@ +CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ +CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@ +DEFS = @DEFS@ +DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@ +DLLTOOL = @DLLTOOL@ +DSYMUTIL = @DSYMUTIL@ +DUMPBIN = @DUMPBIN@ +ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@ +ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@ +ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@ +EGREP = @EGREP@ +EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@ +FGREP = @FGREP@ +GETTEXT_MACRO_VERSION = @GETTEXT_MACRO_VERSION@ +GETTEXT_PACKAGE = @GETTEXT_PACKAGE@ +GIT = @GIT@ +GITVER = @GITVER@ +GLIB_COMPILE_RESOURCES = @GLIB_COMPILE_RESOURCES@ +GLIB_COMPILE_SCHEMAS = @GLIB_COMPILE_SCHEMAS@ +GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@ +GMSGFMT_015 = @GMSGFMT_015@ +GREP = @GREP@ +GSETTINGS_DISABLE_SCHEMAS_COMPILE = @GSETTINGS_DISABLE_SCHEMAS_COMPILE@ +HAVE_EXTRA_PLUGINS = @HAVE_EXTRA_PLUGINS@ +HAVE_UNITY = @HAVE_UNITY@ +HELP_DIR = @HELP_DIR@ +IMPORT_CFLAGS = @IMPORT_CFLAGS@ +IMPORT_LIBS = @IMPORT_LIBS@ +INSTALL = @INSTALL@ +INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ +INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ +INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@ +INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@ +INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@ +INTL_MACOSX_LIBS = @INTL_MACOSX_LIBS@ +ITSTOOL = @ITSTOOL@ +LD = @LD@ +LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ +LIBICONV = @LIBICONV@ +LIBINTL = @LIBINTL@ +LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@ +LIBS = @LIBS@ +LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@ +LIPO = @LIPO@ +LN_S = @LN_S@ +LTLIBICONV = @LTLIBICONV@ +LTLIBINTL = @LTLIBINTL@ +LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@ +LT_SYS_LIBRARY_PATH = @LT_SYS_LIBRARY_PATH@ +MAINT = @MAINT@ +MAJOR_VERSION = @MAJOR_VERSION@ +MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@ +MANIFEST_TOOL = @MANIFEST_TOOL@ +MICRO_VERSION = @MICRO_VERSION@ +MINOR_VERSION = @MINOR_VERSION@ +MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@ +MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ +MSGFMT_015 = @MSGFMT_015@ +MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@ +NM = @NM@ +NMEDIT = @NMEDIT@ +OBJDUMP = @OBJDUMP@ +OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@ +OTOOL = @OTOOL@ +OTOOL64 = @OTOOL64@ +PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ +PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@ +PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@ +PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@ +PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@ +PACKAGE_URL = @PACKAGE_URL@ +PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@ +PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@ +PKG_CONFIG = @PKG_CONFIG@ +PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR = @PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR@ +PKG_CONFIG_PATH = @PKG_CONFIG_PATH@ +PLUGIN_CFLAGS = @PLUGIN_CFLAGS@ +PLUGIN_LIBS = @PLUGIN_LIBS@ +POSUB = @POSUB@ +PUBLISHING_CFLAGS = @PUBLISHING_CFLAGS@ +PUBLISHING_LIBS = @PUBLISHING_LIBS@ +RANLIB = @RANLIB@ +SED = @SED@ +SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@ +SHELL = @SHELL@ +SHOTWELL_CFLAGS = @SHOTWELL_CFLAGS@ +SHOTWELL_LIBS = @SHOTWELL_LIBS@ +STRIP = @STRIP@ +THUMBNAILER_CFLAGS = @THUMBNAILER_CFLAGS@ +THUMBNAILER_LIBS = @THUMBNAILER_LIBS@ +TRANSITIONS_CFLAGS = @TRANSITIONS_CFLAGS@ +TRANSITIONS_LIBS = @TRANSITIONS_LIBS@ +UNITY_CFLAGS = @UNITY_CFLAGS@ +UNITY_LIBS = @UNITY_LIBS@ +UNITY_VALAFLAGS = @UNITY_VALAFLAGS@ +USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@ +VALAC = @VALAC@ +VALAFLAGS = @VALAFLAGS@ +VERSION = @VERSION@ +XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ +XGETTEXT_015 = @XGETTEXT_015@ +XGETTEXT_EXTRA_OPTIONS = @XGETTEXT_EXTRA_OPTIONS@ +XMLLINT = @XMLLINT@ +YELP_LC_DIST = @YELP_LC_DIST@ +YELP_LC_MEDIA_LINKS = @YELP_LC_MEDIA_LINKS@ +abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@ +abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@ +abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@ +abs_top_srcdir = @abs_top_srcdir@ +ac_ct_AR = @ac_ct_AR@ +ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@ +ac_ct_DUMPBIN = @ac_ct_DUMPBIN@ +am__include = @am__include@ +am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@ +am__quote = @am__quote@ +am__tar = @am__tar@ +am__untar = @am__untar@ +appdataxmldir = @appdataxmldir@ +bindir = @bindir@ +build = @build@ +build_alias = @build_alias@ +build_cpu = @build_cpu@ +build_os = @build_os@ +build_vendor = @build_vendor@ +builddir = @builddir@ +datadir = @datadir@ +datarootdir = @datarootdir@ +docdir = @docdir@ +dvidir = @dvidir@ +exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ +gsettingsschemadir = @gsettingsschemadir@ +host = @host@ +host_alias = @host_alias@ +host_cpu = @host_cpu@ +host_os = @host_os@ +host_vendor = @host_vendor@ +htmldir = @htmldir@ +includedir = @includedir@ +infodir = @infodir@ +install_sh = @install_sh@ +libdir = @libdir@ +libexecdir = @libexecdir@ +localedir = @localedir@ +localstatedir = @localstatedir@ +mandir = @mandir@ +mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@ +oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@ +pdfdir = @pdfdir@ +prefix = @prefix@ +program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@ +psdir = @psdir@ +runstatedir = @runstatedir@ +sbindir = @sbindir@ +sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@ +srcdir = @srcdir@ +sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@ +target_alias = @target_alias@ +top_build_prefix = @top_build_prefix@ +top_builddir = @top_builddir@ +top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ +dist_man1_MANS = shotwell.1 +HELP_ID = shotwell +HELP_MEDIA = \ + figures/crop_thirds.jpg \ + figures/editing_overview.png \ + figures/edit_toolbar.png \ + figures/shotwell_logo.png \ + figures/trash_process.png + +HELP_FILES = \ + edit-adjustments.page \ + edit-crop.page \ + edit-enhance.page \ + edit-external.page \ + edit-nondestructive.page \ + edit-redeye.page \ + edit-rotate.page \ + edit-straighten.page \ + edit-date-time.page \ + edit-undo.page \ + formats.page \ + import-camera.page \ + import-file.page \ + import-f-spot.page \ + import-memorycard.page \ + index.page \ + organize-event.page \ + organize-flag.page \ + organize-rating.page \ + organize-remove.page \ + organize-search.page \ + organize-tag.page \ + organize-title.page \ + other-files.page \ + other-missing.page \ + other-multiple.page \ + other-plugins.page \ + raw.page \ + running.page \ + share-background.page \ + share-export.page \ + share-print.page \ + share-send.page \ + share-slideshow.page \ + share-upload.page \ + view-displaying.page \ + view-information.page \ + view-sidebar.page + +HELP_LINGUAS = cs de el es hu pt_BR sv +all: all-am + +.SUFFIXES: +$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps) + @for dep in $?; do \ + case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \ + *$$dep*) \ + ( cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh ) \ + && { if test -f $@; then exit 0; else break; fi; }; \ + exit 1;; \ + esac; \ + done; \ + echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign help/Makefile'; \ + $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) && \ + $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign help/Makefile +Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status + @case '$?' in \ + *config.status*) \ + cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh;; \ + *) \ + echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \ + cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \ + esac; + +$(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES) + cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh + +$(top_srcdir)/configure: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__configure_deps) + cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh +$(ACLOCAL_M4): @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) + cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh +$(am__aclocal_m4_deps): + +mostlyclean-libtool: + -rm -f *.lo + +clean-libtool: + -rm -rf .libs _libs +install-man1: $(dist_man1_MANS) + @$(NORMAL_INSTALL) + @list1='$(dist_man1_MANS)'; \ + list2=''; \ + test -n "$(man1dir)" \ + && test -n "`echo $$list1$$list2`" \ + || exit 0; \ + echo " $(MKDIR_P) '$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)'"; \ + $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)" || exit 1; \ + { for i in $$list1; do echo "$$i"; done; \ + if test -n "$$list2"; then \ + for i in $$list2; do echo "$$i"; done \ + | sed -n '/\.1[a-z]*$$/p'; \ + fi; \ + } | while read p; do \ + if test -f $$p; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \ + echo "$$d$$p"; echo "$$p"; \ + done | \ + sed -e 'n;s,.*/,,;p;h;s,.*\.,,;s,^[^1][0-9a-z]*$$,1,;x' \ + -e 's,\.[0-9a-z]*$$,,;$(transform);G;s,\n,.,' | \ + sed 'N;N;s,\n, ,g' | { \ + list=; while read file base inst; do \ + if test "$$base" = "$$inst"; then list="$$list $$file"; else \ + echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) '$$file' '$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)/$$inst'"; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) "$$file" "$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)/$$inst" || exit $$?; \ + fi; \ + done; \ + for i in $$list; do echo "$$i"; done | $(am__base_list) | \ + while read files; do \ + test -z "$$files" || { \ + echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files '$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)'"; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files "$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)" || exit $$?; }; \ + done; } + +uninstall-man1: + @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL) + @list='$(dist_man1_MANS)'; test -n "$(man1dir)" || exit 0; \ + files=`{ for i in $$list; do echo "$$i"; done; \ + } | sed -e 's,.*/,,;h;s,.*\.,,;s,^[^1][0-9a-z]*$$,1,;x' \ + -e 's,\.[0-9a-z]*$$,,;$(transform);G;s,\n,.,'`; \ + dir='$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)'; $(am__uninstall_files_from_dir) +tags TAGS: + +ctags CTAGS: + +cscope cscopelist: + + +distdir: $(DISTFILES) + @srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ + topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ + list='$(DISTFILES)'; \ + dist_files=`for file in $$list; do echo $$file; done | \ + sed -e "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||;t" \ + -e "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|;t"`; \ + case $$dist_files in \ + */*) $(MKDIR_P) `echo "$$dist_files" | \ + sed '/\//!d;s|^|$(distdir)/|;s,/[^/]*$$,,' | \ + sort -u` ;; \ + esac; \ + for file in $$dist_files; do \ + if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \ + if test -d $$d/$$file; then \ + dir=`echo "/$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \ + if test -d "$(distdir)/$$file"; then \ + find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \ + fi; \ + if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \ + cp -fpR $(srcdir)/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \ + find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \ + fi; \ + cp -fpR $$d/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \ + else \ + test -f "$(distdir)/$$file" \ + || cp -p $$d/$$file "$(distdir)/$$file" \ + || exit 1; \ + fi; \ + done +check-am: all-am +check: check-am +all-am: Makefile $(MANS) +installdirs: + for dir in "$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)"; do \ + test -z "$$dir" || $(MKDIR_P) "$$dir"; \ + done +install: install-am +install-exec: install-exec-am +install-data: install-data-am +uninstall: uninstall-am + +install-am: all-am + @$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am + +installcheck: installcheck-am +install-strip: + if test -z '$(STRIP)'; then \ + $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ + install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \ + install; \ + else \ + $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ + install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \ + "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'" install; \ + fi +mostlyclean-generic: + +clean-generic: + +distclean-generic: + -test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) + -test . = "$(srcdir)" || test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES) + +maintainer-clean-generic: + @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use" + @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild." +clean: clean-am + +clean-am: clean-generic clean-libtool mostlyclean-am + +distclean: distclean-am + -rm -f Makefile +distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic + +dvi: dvi-am + +dvi-am: + +html: html-am + +html-am: + +info: info-am + +info-am: + +install-data-am: install-man + +install-dvi: install-dvi-am + +install-dvi-am: + +install-exec-am: + +install-html: install-html-am + +install-html-am: + +install-info: install-info-am + +install-info-am: + +install-man: install-man1 + +install-pdf: install-pdf-am + +install-pdf-am: + +install-ps: install-ps-am + +install-ps-am: + +installcheck-am: + +maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am + -rm -f Makefile +maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic + +mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am + +mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool + +pdf: pdf-am + +pdf-am: + +ps: ps-am + +ps-am: + +uninstall-am: uninstall-man + +uninstall-man: uninstall-man1 + +.MAKE: install-am install-strip + +.PHONY: all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic clean-libtool \ + cscopelist-am ctags-am distclean distclean-generic \ + distclean-libtool distdir dvi dvi-am html html-am info info-am \ + install install-am install-data install-data-am install-dvi \ + install-dvi-am install-exec install-exec-am install-html \ + install-html-am install-info install-info-am install-man \ + install-man1 install-pdf install-pdf-am install-ps \ + install-ps-am install-strip installcheck installcheck-am \ + installdirs maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-generic \ + mostlyclean mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool pdf pdf-am \ + ps ps-am tags-am uninstall uninstall-am uninstall-man \ + uninstall-man1 + +.PRECIOUS: Makefile + + +@YELP_HELP_RULES@ + +-include $(top_srcdir)/git.mk + +# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables. +# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded. +.NOEXPORT: diff --git a/help/cs/cs.stamp b/help/cs/cs.stamp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e69de29 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/cs/cs.stamp diff --git a/help/cs/edit-adjustments.page b/help/cs/edit-adjustments.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8edaa18 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/cs/edit-adjustments.page @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="edit-adjustments" xml:lang="cs"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#edit"/> + <desc>Jak změnit expozici, sytost, odstín a tónování fotografie.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="edit-crop"/> + </info> + + <title>Přizpůsobení barev</title> + +<p>Tlačítko <gui>Upravit</gui> otevře plovoucí okno s histogramem a posuvníky sloužícími k úpravě expozice, sytosti, odstínu, teploty a tónů fotografie. Na histogramu je táhlo umožňující omezit horní a dolní práh intenzity, čímž se roztáhne kontrast ve střední části.</p> + +<p>Tlačítko <gui>Vylepšit</gui> upraví histogram a posun tónů tak, aby fotografie vypadala kvalitněji.</p> + +<p>Až barevnost a kontrast fotografie odpovídají vašim představám, zmáčkněte <gui>Budiž</gui> a změny se uloží. Tlačítko <gui>Původní</gui> vrací obrázek do původního stavu. Pomocí <gui>Zrušit</gui> se všechny provedené změny zahodí a s úpravami se skončí.</p> + +<section> + <title>Co dělá která úprava barvy?</title> + <terms> + <item> + <title>Expozice</title> + <p>Mění jas, což funguje podobně, jako by byla fotografie exponována po delší nebo kratší čas. Použijte ke korekci podexponované nebo přeexponované fotografie.</p> + </item> + <item> + <title>Sytost</title> + <p>Mění, jak jasně vypadají barvy. Když vaše fotografie působí šedě a vybledle, zkuste zvýšit sytost. Když barvy naopak příliš křičí, zkuste ji snížit.</p> + </item> + <item> + <title>Odstín</title> + <p>Mění barevný odstín fotografie. Hodí se ke korekci fotografií, které mají nastaveno nesprávné vyvážení bílé, což typicky působí nepřirozené barevné podání. Například fotografie pořízené v přírodě s nastavením vyvážení bílé na „žárovka“ mají modrý nádech.</p> + </item> + <item> + <title>Teplota</title> + <p>Mění, jak „teple“ nebo naopak „studeně“ má obrázek působit. Můžete jej použít například k tomu, aby studené depresivní scény vypadaly více živě.</p> + </item> + <item> + <title>Tóny</title> + <p>Dělá temné oblasti světlejšími. Použijte ke zviditelnění více detailů, když tonou v tmavých stínech.</p> + </item> + <item> + <title>Práh intenzity (táhla na histogramu)</title> + <p>Tato táhla mění jak moc světlá je nejsvětlejší bílá a jak moc tmavá je nejtmavější černá. Použijte ke změně kontrastu fotografie. Změna tohoto nastavení může přinést výsledky u fotografií, které vypadají mdle a vybledle.</p> + </item> + </terms> +</section> + +</page> diff --git a/help/cs/edit-crop.page b/help/cs/edit-crop.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..eaba40e --- /dev/null +++ b/help/cs/edit-crop.page @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="edit-crop" xml:lang="cs"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#edit"/> + <desc>Jak zdokonalit kompozici fotografie odříznutím některých částí.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="edit-external"/> + </info> + + <title>Ořezání</title> + + <p>Jestli chcete zmenšit plochu fotografie a zaměřit pohled jen na nějakou její část, použijte nástroj pro ořezání. Tento nástroj je přístupný jen v režimu celého okna nebo celé obrazovky.</p> + +<steps> + <item> + <p>Dvojitým kliknutím na fotografii se přepněte do režimu celého okna a po té zmáčkněte na nástrojové liště tlačítko <gui>Oříznout</gui>.</p> + </item> + <item> + <p>Přes fotografii se objeví ořezové hranice v podobě bílého obdélníku. Světlejší část uvnitř ořezového obdélníku odpovídá tomu, co z fotografie uvidíte po jejím ořezání.</p> + </item> + <item> + <p>Když umístíte ukazatel do vnitřní části obdélníku, můžete obdélníkem posouvat. Přetahováním hran obdélníku můžete přizpůsobovat jeho velikost. Když obdélník přesouváte nebo měníte jeho velikost, uvidíte uvnitř něj mřížku. Ta odpovídá čárám <em>pravidla třetin</em>.</p> + <p>Obdélník můžete také upravit na některou z běžných velikostí. V rozbalovacím seznamu si zvolte velikost, kterou potřebujete. Zmáčknutím otáčecího tlačítka vedle tohoto výběru můžete změnit orientaci ořezu (z krajiny na portrét).</p> + </item> + <item> + <p>Až jste s výběrem ořezávané části spokojeni, zmáčkněte tlačítko <gui>Oříznout</gui>. Shotwell zobrazí ořezanou fotografii.</p> + </item> + <item> + <p>Pokud změníte ohledně ořezu názor, zmáčkněte tlačítko <gui>Oříznout</gui> znovu a ořez si dolaďte.</p> + <p>Při zmáčknutí <gui>Zrušit</gui> místo <gui>Použít</gui> vrátí Shotwell fotografie na původní ořezané rozměry.</p> + </item> +</steps> + +<section> + <title>Co je to pravidlo třetin?</title> + <p><em>Pravidlo třetin</em> pomáhá zvolit uspokojivou kompozici fotografie.</p> + <p>Pomyslně si scénu rozdělte do mřížky 3×3 pomocí dvou rovnoměrně rozmístěných svislých a dvou rovnoměrně rozmístěných vodorovných čar. Při dodržení tohoto pravidla spíše získáte uspokojivou kompozici, když hlavní objekty zájmu (jako je horizont nebo tělo osoby) umístíte k těmto čarám. Povšimněte si také možnosti přesunu jedné části mřížky do jiné, což může rovněž pomoci.</p> + <p>Oříznutí fotografie podle pravidla třetin čas přinese výsledek v podobě mnohem působivějšího obrázku.</p> + <media type="image" src="figures/crop_thirds.jpg"> + <p>Ořezáním fotografie za pomocí „pravidla třetin“ můžete vylepšit její kompozici.</p> + </media> +</section> +</page> diff --git a/help/cs/edit-date-time.page b/help/cs/edit-date-time.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bd8f1e7 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/cs/edit-date-time.page @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="edit-date-time" xml:lang="cs"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#edit"/> + <desc>Jak změnit datum a čas fotografií, když je tento údaj špatně.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="edit-enhance"/> + </info> + + <title>Úprava data a času fotografií</title> + +<p>Když chcete upravit čas a datum fotografie, vyberte ji a zvolte <guiseq><gui>Fotografie</gui> <gui>Nastavit datum a čas…</gui></guiseq> a vyberte nové datum a čas.</p> + +<p>Pokud měníte datum a čas u více fotografií naráz, můžete si zvolit stejný posun času u všech fotografií vůči stávajícímu nebo u všech nastavit ten samý čas.</p> + +<p>Standardně se mění datum a čas jen v rámci aplikace Shotwell. Můžete zadat, aby se změnily i v originálním souboru, ale po ukončení aplikace Shotwell to již není možné vrátit zpět.</p> + +</page> diff --git a/help/cs/edit-enhance.page b/help/cs/edit-enhance.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..dc69458 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/cs/edit-enhance.page @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="edit-enhance" xml:lang="cs"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#edit"/> + <desc>Jak nechat Shotwell automaticky zdokonalit jas a kontrast fotografií.</desc> + + <link type="seealso" xref="edit-adjustments"/> + + <link type="next" xref="edit-adjustments"/> + </info> + + <title>Automatické vylepšení</title> + + <p>Kliknutí na tlačítko <gui>Vylepšit</gui> je nejrychlejší způsob, jak automaticky upravit jas a kontrast vaší fotografie. Často tím získáte fotografii, které vypadá správně exponovaná. Můžete to využít i jen jako počáteční krok a další zdokonalení provést ručně po kliknutí na tlačítko <gui>Upravit</gui>.</p> +</page> diff --git a/help/cs/edit-external.page b/help/cs/edit-external.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cf819e8 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/cs/edit-external.page @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="edit-external" xml:lang="cs"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#edit"/> + <desc>Jak použít k úpravě fotografií jiný program.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="edit-redeye"/> + </info> + + <title>Úprava fotografií v externím programu</title> + + <p>K dodatečným úpravám fotografie můžete chtít použít externí editor. Pokud máte nainstalovány GIMP a UFRaw, jsou zvoleny jako výchozí externí editory pro úpravy fotografií respektive surových fotografií. Pokud nainstalovány nejsou, musíte si upřednostňované editory zvolit pomocí <guiseq><gui>Upravit</gui> <gui>Předvolby</gui></guiseq> a výběrem v rozbalovacím seznamu nainstalovaných aplikací.</p> + + <p> + Once your editors have been set, select a photo and choose <guiseq><gui>Photos</gui> + <gui>Open With External Editor</gui></guiseq> to open the photo with the external editor. + Likewise, if the original photo is a RAW file, select <guiseq><gui>Photos</gui><gui>Open + With RAW Editor</gui></guiseq> to edit the RAW file directly with the set RAW editor. + </p> + + <p>Až dokončíte své úpravy a soubor uložíte, Shotwell si změn povšimne a fotografii aktualizuje. Pokud je fotografie externě upravená, můžete se zmáčknutím a podržením klávesy <key>Shift</key> při zobrazení v celém okně podívat na původní verzi fotografie místo té upravené.</p> + + <p>Návrat k originálu smaže všechny externí úpravy.</p> + + <note> + <p>Pokud provedete externí úpravu surové fotografie RAW a výsledek uložíte do jiného obrázku, jako je JPGE nebo PNG, nemůže Shotwell automaticky zjistit, že se mají původní RAW a nový obrázek spárovat.</p> + + <p>Jestli chcete s výsledným obrázkem pracovat v aplikaci Shotwell, musíte si jej sami naimportovat.</p> + </note> +</page> diff --git a/help/cs/edit-nondestructive.page b/help/cs/edit-nondestructive.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1b1b496 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/cs/edit-nondestructive.page @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="edit-nondestructive" xml:lang="cs"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#edit"/> + <desc>Shotwell je nedestruktivní fotoeditor – nemění originální fotografie.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="edit-date-time"/> + </info> + + <title>Co se stane s originálem, když fotografii upravím?</title> + +<p>Shotwell je nedestruktivní editor fotografií. Neprovádí žádné změny v originálních fotografiích. Když, řekněme, fotografii oříznete nebo upravíte její barvy, soubor s fotografií na disku zůstane nedotčen. Shotwell si uloží vaše změny do databáze a aplikuje je na obrázek za běhu podle potřeby. To znamená, že můžete vracet zpět změny, které jste ve fotografii provedli.</p> + +<p>Pokud chcete vidět, jak fotografie vypadala před provedením změn, zmáčkněte klávesu <key>Shift</key>. Dokud ji budete držet, bude zobrazena originální fotografie.</p> + +<p>Upozorňujeme ale, že volitelně může Shotwell do originálních souborů s fotografiemi zapisovat metadata (jako jsou štítky nebo názvy). Více informací najdete v oddíle <link xref="other-files">Soubory s fotografiemi</link>.</p> + +</page> diff --git a/help/cs/edit-redeye.page b/help/cs/edit-redeye.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1c4a908 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/cs/edit-redeye.page @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="edit-redeye" xml:lang="cs"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#edit"/> + <desc>Jak spravit fotografie, na kterých mají lidé kvůli blesku fotoaparátu červené oči.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="edit-rotate"/> + </info> + + <title>Odstraňování červených očí</title> + + <p>Efekt červených očí se objeví, když blesk fotoaparátu osvítí něčí oční zorničku. Pro odstranění tohoto neduhu slouží nástroj Červené oči.</p> + <steps> + <item> + <p>Klikněte na <gui>Červené oči</gui>. Na fotografii se objeví kroužek.</p> + </item> + <item> + <p>Přetáhněte kroužek na červenou zorničku, upravte pomocí posuvníku její velikost a zmáčkněte <gui>Použít</gui>. Červená zmizí.</p> + </item> + <item> + <p>Tento postup zopakujte pro všechny červené oči ve fotografii. Po dokončení zmáčkněte <gui>Zavřít</gui>.</p> + </item> + </steps> +</page> diff --git a/help/cs/edit-rotate.page b/help/cs/edit-rotate.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b39b501 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/cs/edit-rotate.page @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="edit-rotate" xml:lang="cs"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#edit"/> + <desc>Klikněte na tlačítko <gui>Otočit</gui> nebo zvolte jeden z příkazů v nabídce <gui>Fotografie</gui>.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="edit-straighten"/> + </info> + + <title>Otáčení a překlápění fotografií</title> + + <p>Fotografii můžete otočit doleva a doprava (tj. proti směru a po směru hodinových ručiček) pomocí tlačítka <gui>Otočit</gui> na nástrojové liště u většiny zobrazení. Mimo to můžete fotografii zrcadlit.</p> + + <p>Otočení doprava provedete kliknutím na tlačítko <gui>Otočit</gui>. Pokud chcete otáčet doleva, zmáčkněte a držte klávesu <key>Ctrl</key> a teprve potom na tlačítko klikněte. Obě funkce jsou přístupné v nabídce <gui>Fotografie</gui>. Případně můžete použít následující klávesové zkratky:</p> + <list> + <item><p>otočení vlevo: <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>R</key></keyseq> nebo <key>[</key></p></item> + <item><p>otočení vpravo: <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>R</key></keyseq> nebo <key>]</key></p></item> + </list> + <p>Pro zrcadlení fotografie použijte příkaz <gui>Překlopit vodorovně</gui> v nabídce <gui>Fotografie</gui>. Pro zrcadlení ve svislém směru použijte <gui>Překlopit svisle</gui> tamtéž.</p> + + <note> + <p>Když vyberete více než jeden obrázek, můžete je otočit všechny naráz.</p> + </note> + +</page> diff --git a/help/cs/edit-straighten.page b/help/cs/edit-straighten.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6450b01 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/cs/edit-straighten.page @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="edit-straighten" xml:lang="cs"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#edit"/> + <desc>Jak vyrovnat fotografii, která je nakřivo.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="edit-undo"/> + </info> + + <title>Vyrovnání fotografií</title> + +<p>Nástroj pro vyrovnání umožňuje srovnat pootočenou fotografii do roviny. Dostupný je pouze v režimu celého okna.</p> + + <steps> + <item> + <p>Klikněte na <gui>Vyrovnat</gui> a objeví se posuvník pro určení úhlu. Případně můžete použít klávesovou zkratku <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></keyseq>.</p> + </item> + <item> + <p>Posuňte táhlo tak, abyste dosáhli požadovaného narovnání.</p> + </item> + <item> + <p>Až máte fotografii narovnanou, zmáčkněte <gui>Vyrovnat</gui>.</p> + </item> + </steps> + +</page> diff --git a/help/cs/edit-undo.page b/help/cs/edit-undo.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..42b3e35 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/cs/edit-undo.page @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="edit-undo" xml:lang="cs"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#edit"/> + <desc>Jak vrátit fotografii do původní neupravené podoby.</desc> + + <link type="seealso" xref="edit-nondestructive"/> + + <link type="next" xref="edit-nondestructive"/> + </info> + + <title>Vracení změn</title> + + <p>Díky tomu, že Shotwell je nedestruktivní editor, můžete změny provedené ve fotografiích vracet zpět.</p> + + <p>Pokud chcete vidět, jak fotografie vypadala před provedením změn, zmáčkněte klávesu <key>Shift</key>. Dokud ji budete držet, bude zobrazena originální fotografie.</p> + + <p>Abyste vrátily nazpět úplně všechny změny provedené u fotografie, klikněte na <guiseq><gui>Fotografie</gui> <gui>Vráti zpět na původní</gui></guiseq>. Jedinou výjimkou je změna data a času, které vráceny nebudou.</p> + +</page> diff --git a/help/cs/formats.page b/help/cs/formats.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..232d22e --- /dev/null +++ b/help/cs/formats.page @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="formats" xml:lang="cs"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index"/> + <desc>Shotwell podporuje soubory s formáty fotografií JPEG, PNG, TIFF, BMP a RAW a některé videosoubory.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="running"/> + </info> + + <title>Podporované formáty fotografií a videí</title> + + <p>Shotwell podporuje soubory s fotografiemi ve formátech JPEG, PNG, TIFF, BMP a <link type="guide" xref="other-raw">RAW</link>. Zatím nepodporuje další formáty, jako je třeba GIF.</p> + +<p>Podpora RAW je v aplikaci Shotwell prozatím omezená. Když si zobrazíte surovou fotografii RAW, zobrazí se vám ve skutečnosti JPEG odvozený z RAW, ne přímo RAW. Navíc, propojovací roura k editoru není plně 16bitová – upravované fotografie můžete exportovat jen jako 8bitové soubory. K exportu mohou být použity všechny podporované formáty (JPEG, PNG, TIFF, BMP).</p> + +<p>Více informací o formátu fotografií RAW v aplikaci Shotwell najdete v oddíle <link type="guide" xref="other-raw">RAW</link>.</p> + +<p>Shotwell podporuje také videosoubory v libovolném formátu, který podporuje multimediální knihovna GStreamer na systému, ve kterém Shotwell běží. Typicky to představuje mimo jiné následující formáty:</p> +<list> +<item><p>Formáty kontejnerů: Ogg, QuickTime, MP4, AVI.</p></item> +<item><p>Kodeky: Theora, Quicktime, MPEG-4, Motion JPEG. <em>Upozorňujeme, že některé operační systémy nemusí obsahovat všechny uvedené kodeky z důvodů právních nebo licenčních omezení.</em></p></item> +</list> + +<p>Shotwell podporuje jak fotografie, tak videa, ale pro zjednodušení s v tomto dokumentu na většině míst používá jen výraz „fotografie“. Ale většina operací se v aplikaci Shotwell dá použít jak u fotografií, tak u videí. Například události, označování, hodnocení, štítky a zveřejňování fungují u fotografií i videí.</p> + +</page> diff --git a/help/cs/import-camera.page b/help/cs/import-camera.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..713265f --- /dev/null +++ b/help/cs/import-camera.page @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="import-camera" xml:lang="cs"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#import"/> + <desc>Jak zkopírovat fotografie z digitálního fotoaparátu.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="import-memorycard"/> + </info> + + <title>Import z fotoaparátu</title> + + <p>Když chcete importovat fotografie z digitálního fotoaparátu:</p> + + <steps> + <item> + <p>Připojte fotoaparát ke svému počítači a zapněte jej. Shotwell jej detekuje a zobrazí jej v postranním panelu.</p> + </item> + <item> + <p>Vyberte fotoaparát v postranním panelu. Zobrazí se náhledy všech fotografií v něm uložených.</p> + </item> + <item> + <p>Jestli chcete, můžete si k importu vybrat jen některé konkrétní fotografie. Stačí držet zmáčknutou klávesu <key>Ctrl</key> a na požadované fotografie klikat. Můžete také držet zmáčknutý <key>Shift</key> a kliknutím vybrat celý blok fotografií.</p> + </item> + <item> + <p>Klikněte buď na <gui>Importovat vybrané</gui> nebo <gui>Importovat vše</gui>. Fotografie se z fotoaparátu zkopírují a uloží do vašeho počítače.</p> + </item> + </steps> + + <p>Jakmile je import dokončen, můžete otevřít zobrazení <gui>Poslední import</gui> (v postranním panelu), abyste viděli všechny fotografie, které byly naimportovány. Seznam událostí (také v postranním panelu) rovněž zobrazí nové fotografie a to podle data.</p> +</page> diff --git a/help/cs/import-f-spot.page b/help/cs/import-f-spot.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4c67429 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/cs/import-f-spot.page @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="import-f-spot" xml:lang="cs"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#import"/> + <desc>Shotwell umí naimportovat všechny fotografie a štítky ze správce fotografií F-Spot.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="import-camera"/> + </info> + + <title>Import z aplikace F-Spot</title> + + <p>Když chcete importovat stávající sbírku fotografií z aplikace F-Spot:</p> + <steps> + <item><p>Vyberte <guiseq><gui>Soubor</gui><gui>Importovat z aplikace</gui></guiseq>.</p></item> + <item><p>Nyní zvolte buď výchozí knihovnu F-Spot nebo jinou databázi F-Spot. V případě, že importujete z jiné databáze F-Sport, vyberte složku a soubor v dialogovém okně, které se objeví.</p></item> + </steps> + <p>Shotwell naimportuje vaše fotografie, spolu s jejich štítky a dalšími informacemi. Jakmile je import dokončen, můžete v postranním panelu vybrat <gui>Poslední import</gui>, abyste viděli všechny naimportované fotografie. Rovněž v seznamu událostí se objeví nové položky s daty odpovídajícími importovaným fotografiím.</p> +</page> diff --git a/help/cs/import-file.page b/help/cs/import-file.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..569daa7 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/cs/import-file.page @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="import-file" xml:lang="cs"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#import"/> + <desc>Jak importovat fotografie, které jsou již uloženy ve vašem počítači.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="import-f-spot"/> + </info> + + <title>Import z pevného disku</title> + + <p>Pro naimportování souborů z pevného disku do aplikace Shotwell stačí soubory přetáhnout ze správce souborů do okna Shotwell.</p> + + <p>Případně můžete kliknout na <guiseq><gui>Soubor</gui> <gui>Importovat ze složky…</gui></guiseq> a vyberte složku obsahující fotografie, které chcete importovat.</p> + + <p>Shotwell se vás dotáže, jestli chcete soubory s fotografiemi zkopírovat do složky knihovny (což je obvykle složka <file>Obrázky</file> ve vaší domovské složce) nebo je naimportovat s odkazem na stávající umístění, bez kopírování souborů.</p> + + <p>Pokud během přetahování fotografií držíte zmáčknutý <key>Ctrl</key>, Shotwell zkopíruje fotografie do vaší knihovny bez ptaní. Obdobně, pokud budete během přetahování držet zmáčknuté <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Shift</key></keyseq>, Shotwell bude importovat fotografie bez kopírování.</p> + + <p>Po dokončení importu můžete v postranním panelu vybrat <gui>Poslední import</gui>, abyste viděli všechny fotografie, které se úspěšně naimportovaly. Rovněž v seznamu Události se objeví nové položky s daty odpovídajícími importovaným fotografiím.</p> + +</page> diff --git a/help/cs/import-memorycard.page b/help/cs/import-memorycard.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ff1c77b --- /dev/null +++ b/help/cs/import-memorycard.page @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="import-memorycard" xml:lang="cs"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#import"/> + <desc>Jak importovat fotografie z paměťové karty z digitálního fotoaparátu.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="import-file"/> + </info> + + <title>Import z paměťové karty</title> + +<p>Abyste naimportovali fotografie z paměťové karty fotoaparátu:</p> + +<steps> + <item> + <p>Vložte kartu do čtečky karet. Ujistěte se, že je čtečka připojena k počítači a zapnutá.</p> + </item> + <item> + <p>Čtečka karet a karta by měly být detekovány počítačem automaticky.</p> + </item> + <item> + <p>Postupujte podle instrukcí pro <link xref="import-file">import fotografií z pevného disku</link>. Když kliknete na <guiseq><gui>Soubor</gui> <gui>Importovat ze složky…</gui></guiseq>, měla by být paměťová karta vidět mezi složkami v postranním panelu okna pro výběr souboru.</p> + </item> +</steps> + +<p>Shotwell může importovat fotografie z libovolné paměťové karty, která je kompatibilní s vaší čtečkou karet.</p> + +<p>V případě, že se paměťová karta sama nedetekuje, možná nerozpoznal operační systém správně čtečku karet. Zkuste ji odpojit a znovu připojit. Pokud i přesto nebude fungovat, stále vám zůstává možnost importovat fotografie <link xref="import-camera">přímo připojením svého fotoaparátu k počítači</link>.</p> + +</page> diff --git a/help/cs/index.page b/help/cs/index.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..19e814c --- /dev/null +++ b/help/cs/index.page @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="index" xml:lang="cs"> + + <info> + <title type="link">Shotwell</title> + <title type="text">Shotwell</title> + <credit type="author"> + <name>Jim Nelson</name> + <email>jim@yorba.org</email> + <name>Allison Barlow</name> + <email>allison@yorba.org</email> + <name>Robert Ancell</name> + <email>robert.ancell@canonical.com</email> + <name>Peter Smith</name> + <email>pdo.smith@gmail.com</email> + <name>Phil Bull</name> + <email>philbull@gmail.com</email> + </credit> + </info> + + + <title><media type="image" src="figures/shotwell_logo.png"/>Správce fotografií Shotwell</title> + + <section id="import" style="2column"> + <title>Import fotografií</title> + </section> + + <section id="view" style="2column"> + <title>Zobrazení fotografií</title> + </section> + + <section id="organize" style="2column"> + <title>Třídění fotografií</title> + </section> + + <section id="edit" style="2column"> + <title>Úprava fotografií</title> + </section> + + <section id="share" style="2column"> + <title>Sdílení fotografií</title> + </section> + + <section id="other" style="2column"> + <title>Ostatní funkce</title> + </section> +</page> diff --git a/help/cs/organize-event.page b/help/cs/organize-event.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..25ff2fd --- /dev/null +++ b/help/cs/organize-event.page @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="event" xml:lang="cs"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#organize"/> + <desc>Jak seskupit dohromady fotografie, které byly pořízeny ve stejný čas. Zjistěte si jak přejmenovat, sloučit a třídit události.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="flag"/> + </info> + + <title>Události</title> + + <p>Událost je skupina fotografií, které byly pořízeny v přibližně stejnou dobu. Během importu fotografií Shotwell u každé fotografie kontroluje, kdy byla pořízena. Podle toho je pak seskupuje do událostí.</p> + + <p>Abyste viděli své fotografie roztříděné podle data, zvolte v postranním panelu <gui>Události</gui>. Když v postranním panelu vyberete měsíc nebo rok, zobrazí se v hlavním okně seznam událostí. Dvojitým kliknutím na událost si zobrazítek všechny fotografie, které byly pořízeny v rámci oné události.</p> + + <p>V případě, že fotografie nemá vložené informace o datu/času, nemůže ji Shotwell automaticky umístit do některé z událostí. Takováto fotografie se pak objeví v zobrazení <gui>Žádná událost</gui> přístupném v postranním panelu. Fotografii si pak můžete podle postupu uvedeného dále přesunou do libovolné události.</p> + + <section> + <title>Přejmenování události</title> + + <p>Pokud si nějakou událost chcete raději pojmenovat namísto toho, aby byla označena datem, vyberte ji, klikněte na <guiseq><gui>Události</gui><gui>Přejmenovat událost…</gui></guiseq> a zadejte nový název. Jiný možný postup je dvojitě kliknout na název události v postranním panelu, napsat nový název a zmáčknout <key>Enter</key>.</p> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Přesouvání fotografií mezi událostmi</title> + + <p>Ačkoliv jsou fotografie na začátku seskupeny do událostí podle data, můžete si je mezi událostmi libovolně přesouvat. Uděláte to jednoduše přetažením fotografie do postranního panelu a upuštěním na požadovanou událost.</p> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Vytváření a slučování událostí</title> + <p>Pokud chcete vytvořit novou událost, vyberte fotografie, které do ní chcete zahrnout a klikněte na <guiseq><gui>Události</gui><gui>Nová událost</gui></guiseq>.</p> + <p>Když chcete události sloučit, vyberte v postranním panelu <guiseq><gui>Události</gui></guiseq> a pak za současného držení klávesy <key>Ctrl</key> klikejte v hlavní části okna na události, které chcete sloučit. Nakonec zvolte <guiseq><gui>Události</gui><gui>Sloučit události</gui></guiseq>.</p> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Řazení událostí</title> + + <p>Události se zobrazují ve stromové struktuře v postranním panelu, roztříděné podle roku a měsíce nejstarší fotografie v události. Pokud chcete změnit pořadí řazení, klikněte na <guiseq><gui>Zbrazit</gui><gui>Seřadit události</gui></guiseq> a vyberte, jestli vzestupně nebo sestupně.</p> + + </section> + + <section> + <title>Změna fotografie, která událost reprezentuje</title> + + <p>Když v postranním panelu vyberete <gui>Události</gui>, uvidíte jednotlivé fotografie reprezentující jednotlivé události. Tyto fotografie se nazývají klíčové.</p> + + <p>Jako výchozí klíčovou fotografii použije Shotwell u každé události první fotografii. Když chcete použít jinou, vyberte ji a zvolte <guiseq><gui>Fotografie</gui><gui>Použít jako klíčovou fotku pro událost</gui></guiseq>.</p> + + </section> + +</page> diff --git a/help/cs/organize-flag.page b/help/cs/organize-flag.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..64c3eb5 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/cs/organize-flag.page @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="flag" xml:lang="cs"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#organize"/> + <desc>Jak můžete fotografie označit, že jsou významné nebo abyste s nimi mohli pracovat jako se sadou.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="rating"/> + </info> + + <title>Označování fotografií</title> + + <p>Shotwell vám umožňuje <em>označit si</em> důležité fotografie. U fotografie, která je označená, se pravém horním rohu objeví malá vlaječka. V postranním panelu pak můžete vybrat položku <gui>Označeno</gui>, aby se vám zobrazily všechny označeném fotografie.</p> + + <p>Vlaječkou si označte fotografie, které jsou něčím význačné. Záleží čistě na vás, k jakému účelu si to vyložíte. Například si můžete označit všechny fotografie, které budou potřebovat ručně doladit nebo všechny fotografie, které budete chtít poslat přátelům.</p> + + <p>U označování je užitečné, že s označenými fotografiemi můžete pracovat se všemi naráz jako sadou. Například můžete vybrat zobrazení <gui>Označeno</gui> a následně všechny označené fotografie odeslat na sdílecí server.</p> + + <section> + <title>Označení nebo zrušení označení fotografie</title> + <p>Když chcete fotografii označit nebo zrušit její označení, klikněte na ni pravým tlačítkem a zvolte <gui>Označit</gui> nebo <gui>Zrušit označení</gui> v kontextové nabídce. Nebo můžete použít klávesovou zkratku <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>G</key></keyseq> nebo <key>/</key>.</p> + </section> + +</page> diff --git a/help/cs/organize-rating.page b/help/cs/organize-rating.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d7c05b4 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/cs/organize-rating.page @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="rating" xml:lang="cs"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#organize"/> + <desc>Jak svým fotografiím přidělit hodnocení v rozsahu 1 až 5 hvězdiček. Můžete odmítnou špatné fotografie tak, že je skryjete ze zobrazení.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="delete"/> + </info> + + <title>Hodnocení</title> +<p>Každé z fotografií můžete přiřadit hodnocení od 1 do 5 hvězdiček, případně ji ohodnotit jako zamítnutou. Zamítnuté fotografie Shotwell při výchozím nastavení skrývá.</p> + +<p>Fotografii nebo sadu fotografií můžete hodnotit následujícími způsoby:</p> + +<list> +<item><p>Vyberte fotografii či fotografie a zvolte hodnocení v nabídce <guiseq><gui>Fotografie</gui> <gui>Hodnotit</gui></guiseq>.</p></item> +<item><p>Klikněte na fotografii či fotografie pravým tlačítkem a zvolte hodnocení v kontextové nabídce <gui>Hodnotit</gui>.</p></item> +<item><p>Vyberte fotografii či více fotografií a následně zmáčkněte klávesu <key>1</key>, <key>2</key>, <key>3</key>, <key>4</key> nebo <key>5</key> odpovídající hodnocení. Zmáčknutím <key>9</key> fotografii zamítnete, klávesou <key>0</key> hodnocení zrušíte.</p></item> +</list> + +<p>Normálně Shotwell zobrazuje všechny fotografie vyjma zamítnutých. Pomocí nabídky <guiseq><gui>Zobrazit</gui> <gui>Filtrovat fotografie</gui></guiseq> můžete nastavit jiný filtr hodnocení. Například si můžete zobrazit jen fotografie hodnocené 3 hvězdičkami a lépe nebo si můžete zobrazit úplně všechny fotografie včetně zamítnutých. Ikona Shotwell na nástrojové liště zobrazuje aktuální filtr hodnocení a lze ji použít k nastavení filtru.</p> + +<p>Normálně Shotwell zobrazuje hodnocení každé fotografie v jejím levém dolním rohu. Zobrazení hodnocení můžete vypnout pomocí položky nabídky <guiseq><gui>Zobrazit</gui><gui>Hodnocení</gui></guiseq>.</p> + +<p>Zvýšit, případně snížit, hodnocení fotografie můžete pomocí <guiseq><gui>Hodnotit</gui><gui>Zvýšit</gui></guiseq>, respektive <guiseq><gui>Hodnotit</gui><gui>Snížit</gui></guiseq>, nebo klávesovými zkratkami <key><</key> a <key>></key>.</p> +</page> diff --git a/help/cs/organize-remove.page b/help/cs/organize-remove.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..de170e9 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/cs/organize-remove.page @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="delete" xml:lang="cs"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#organize"/> + <desc>Jak odebrat fotografie z knihovny nebo jak je zcela smazat z počítače.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="search"/> + </info> + + <title>Odstraňování a mazání fotografií</title> + + <p>Fotografie můžete odebrat z knihovny a navíc i úplně smazat z pevného disku.</p> +<media type="image" src="figures/trash_process.png">Postup mazání</media> +<p>Toto schéma ukazuje, jak je fotografie po smazání nejprve vložena do koše aplikace Shotwell. Po té, co ji smažete z koše v Shotwellu, je přesunuta do koše vašeho pracovního prostředí. Po smazání z tohoto koše je fotografie konečně a nevratně vymazána z vašeho počítače.</p> +<section id="delete-remove"> + <title>Odebírání fotografií z knihovny</title> + <p>Vyberte fotografie, které chcete odebrat a zvolte <guiseq><gui>Upravit</gui> <gui>Přesunout do koše</gui></guiseq> (můžete také zmáčknout klávesu <key>Delete</key>). Fotografie se přesunou z knihovny do koše aplikace Shotwell.</p> + <p>Pokud chcete fotografie odebrat z aplikace Shotwel bez mezikroku s košem, tak po jejich vybrání zvolte <guiseq><gui>Upravit</gui> <gui>Odstranit z knihovny</gui></guiseq>. Na disku zůstanou fotografie ponechány.</p> +</section> + +<section id="delete-empty"> + <title>Vyprázdnění koše nebo obnovení jeho obsahu</title> + <p>V postranním panelu vyberte Koš a Shotwell zobrazí všechny fotografie, které jsou připravené k odebrání nebo smazání. Když je koš zobrazen, jsou k dispozici následující příkazy:</p> + <terms> + <item><title>Smazat</title><p>Smaže vybrané fotografie ze složky koše.</p></item> + <item><title>Obnovit</title><p>Obnoví vybrané fotografie do knihovny Shotwell.</p></item> + <item><title>Vyprázdnit koš</title><p>Smaže ze složky koše všechny fotografie.</p></item> + </terms> +</section> + +<section id="delete-trash"> + <title>Mazání a vyprazdňování koše</title> + <p>Když ze složky koše mažete soubory, případně složku koše úplně vyprazdňujete, dostanete na výběr následující možnosti:</p> + <terms> + <item><title>Jen odstranit</title><p>Odebere fotografie z knihovny, ale ponechá je na jejich místech v počítači.</p></item> + <item><title>Přesunout do koše</title><p>Odebere fotografie z knihovny a rovněž je smaže z počítače.</p></item> + <item><title>Zrušit</title><p>Neprovede se nic.</p></item> + </terms> +</section> + +</page> diff --git a/help/cs/organize-search.page b/help/cs/organize-search.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..578b65a --- /dev/null +++ b/help/cs/organize-search.page @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="search" xml:lang="cs"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#organize"/> + <desc>Jak najít podle různých kritérií fotografie a videa ve své sbírce.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="tag"/> + </info> + + <title>Hledání</title> + + <p>V aplikaci Shotwell existují dva způsoby jak vyhledávat: filtrovací nástrojová lišta a uložená hledání. Na vyhledávací liště můžete rychle hledat v aktuálním zobrazení podle konkrétního kritéria. Uložená hledání jsou mnohem komplexnější v zadávání kritérií a nacházejí se v postranním panelu.</p> + + <section id="searchbar"> + <title>Vyhledávací lišta</title> + <p>Zaškrtávací položka <guiseq><gui>Zobrazit</gui> <gui>Vyhledávací lišta</gui></guiseq> přepíná zobrazení vyhledávací lišty. Pro její zobrazení rovněž můžete zmáčknout <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</key></keyseq> nebo <key>F8</key>. Pomocí této lišty můžete hledat, zobrazovat a skrývat fotografie a videa podle názvu, štítku, hodnocení a další věcí.</p> + + <p>Hledat začnete jednoduše tak, že napíšete hledané slovo do textového pole nebo kliknete na <gui>Označeno</gui>, <gui>Hodnocení</gui> nebo <gui>Typ</gui>. U textu se hledají shody v názvech štítků, názvech fotografií a videí a původních názvech souborů. Tlačítka <gui>Označeno</gui>, <gui>Hodnocení</gui> a <gui>Typ</gui> umožňují sbírku filtrovat podle toho, jeslti jsou fotografie označeny, kolik mají aktuálně hvězdiček a podle toho, jestli to jsou obrázky, videa nebo případně surové fotografie RAW.</p> + + <p>Vypnutí vyhledávací lišty nebo ukončení aplikace Shotwell výsledky hledání automaticky zruší.</p> + </section> + + <section id="savedsearch"> + <title>Uložené hledání</title> + <p>Uložená hledání se uchovávají po všechna spuštění aplikace Shotwell a jsou aktualizována při přidání nebo odebrání fotografií a videí do nebo z knihovny Shotwell.</p> + + <p>Nové uložené hledání vytvoříte pomocí <guiseq><gui>Upravit</gui> <gui>Nové uložené hledání…</gui></guiseq> nebo zmáčknutím <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq>. V dialogovém okně můžete zadat název hledání a vybrat, jestli se kritéria v následujících řádcích mají platit pro cokoliv, vše nebo nic.</p> + + <p>Každý řádek představuje jedno vyhledávací kritérium. Pro přidání dalších řádků použijte tlačítko <gui>+</gui>, pro odebrání konkrétního řádku tlačítko <gui>-</gui>. V rozbalovací nabídce po levé stráně každého řádku jsou typy kritérií. Aby bylo přístupné tlačítko <gui>Budiž</gui>, musí být kritéria zadána správně.</p> + </section> + +</page> diff --git a/help/cs/organize-tag.page b/help/cs/organize-tag.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..50eed96 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/cs/organize-tag.page @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="tag" xml:lang="cs"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#organize"/> + <desc>Jak roztřídit fotografie pomocí štítků.</desc> + + <link type="seealso" xref="event"/> + + <link type="next" xref="title"/> + </info> + + <title>Přiřazení štítků fotografiím</title> + + <p>Vybraným fotografiím můžete přiřadit jeden nebo více štítků. Štítkem může být jedno nebo i více slov, která přibližují obsah fotografie.</p> + + <p>Když chcete fotografii přidat nový štítek, vyberte ji a proveďte něco z následujícího:</p> + + <list> + <item><p>Zvolte <guiseq><gui>Štítky</gui> <gui>Přídat štítky…</gui></guiseq></p></item> + <item><p>Zmáčkněte <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>T</key></keyseq>.</p></item> + <item><p>Přetáhněte fotografii na požadovaný štítek v postranním panelu.</p></item> + </list> + + <p>Když použijete <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key> <key>T</key></keyseq> nebo <guiseq><gui>Štítky</gui> <gui>Přidat štítky…</gui></guiseq>, můžete napsat název jednoho nebo i více štítků oddělených čárkami. Jakmile máte štítek jednou vytvořený, můžete jej přejmenovat tak, že jej vyberete v postranním panelu a zvolíte <guiseq><gui>Štítky</gui> <gui>Přejmenovat štítek „[název]“</gui></guiseq> nebo pomocí pravého tlačítka a volbou <gui>Přejmenovat…</gui> nebo dvojitým kliknutím na něj v postranním panelu.</p> + + <p>V případě, že chcete změnit přidružení štítku k některé fotografii, vyberte danou fotografii, zvolte <guiseq><gui>Štítky</gui> <gui>Změnit štítky…</gui></guiseq> nebo použijte pravé tlačítko a zvolte <gui>Změnit štítky…</gui> a po té upravte seznam štítků oddělených čárkami. Pokud chcete štítek z jedné nebo více fotografií odstranit, nejprve štítek v postranním panelu vyberte, pak vyberte fotografii, ze které jej chcete odstranit a zvolte <guiseq><gui>Štítky</gui> <gui>Odstranit z fotky štítek „[název]“</gui></guiseq> nebo na ni klikněte pravým tlačítkem a zvolte <gui>Odstranit z fotky štítek „[název]“</gui>.</p> + + <p>Jestli chcete smazat štítek kompletně, vyberte jej v postranním panelu a zvolte <guiseq><gui>Štítky</gui> <gui>Smazat štítek „[název]“</gui></guiseq> nebo na něj klikněte pravým tlačítkem o zvolte <gui>Smazat štítek „[název]“</gui>.</p> + + <p>Jakmile vytvoříte štítek, objeví se v postranním panelu pod položkou <gui>Štítky</gui>, která je skrytá v případě, že žádné štítky neexistují. Ke každé fotografii může být přiřazeno i více štítků a když kliknete na název štítku v postranním panelu, uvidíte všechny fotografie, které mají štítek přiřazený.</p> + + <section id="hierarchaicaltags"> + <title>Hierarchické štítky</title> + <p>Shotwell rovněž podporuje hierarchické štítky. Pomocí přetažení štítku na jiný štítek můžete měnit uspořádání. Když chcete vytvořit nový podřízený štítek, klikněte pravým tlačítkem a zvolte <gui>Nový</gui>.</p> + + <p>Díky hierarchickým štítkům můžete svůj seznam štítků roztřídit způsobem, který lépe odpovídá vaší práci nebo myšlení. Například může uchovávat štítky jako „hory“ nebo „u moře“ pod společným štítkem „místa“, který sám může být umístěn pod štítkem „dovolené“.</p> + + <p>Vezměte na vědomí, že když smažete rodičovský štítek, smažou se i všichni jeho potomci.</p> + </section> +</page> diff --git a/help/cs/organize-title.page b/help/cs/organize-title.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c0a5197 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/cs/organize-title.page @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="title" xml:lang="cs"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#organize"/> + <desc>Jak přidělit svým fotografiím názvy.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="event"/> + </info> + + <title>Názvy</title> + +<p>Zaškrtávací položka nabídky <guiseq><gui>Zobrazit</gui> <gui>Názvy</gui></guiseq> přepíná zobrazení názvů pod každou fotografií. Jako výchozí název fotografie se používá název jejího souboru.</p> + +<p>Název můžete změnit tak, že fotografii vyberete a kliknete na <guiseq><gui>Fotografie</gui> <gui>Změnit název…</gui></guiseq> nebo zmáčknete <key>F2</key>.</p> + +</page> diff --git a/help/cs/other-files.page b/help/cs/other-files.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1a9b4e8 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/cs/other-files.page @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="other-files" xml:lang="cs"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#other"/> + <desc>Jak zachovat knihovnu Shotwell synchronizovanou se soubory s fotografiemi na disku.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="other-plugins"/> + </info> + + <title>Soubory s fotografiemi</title> + + <p>Každá fotografie v knihovně Shotwell odpovídá souboru uloženému na vašem pevném disku. Shotwell má několik funkcí, které pomáhají udržet jeho knihovnu a soubory na disku synchronizované.</p> + <links type="section"/> + + <section id="dirpattern"> + <title>Používání vlastního vzoru složky</title> + <p>Shotwell umožňuje určit, jak má pojmenovávat složky ve vaší knihovně. Můžete tak učinit změnou nastavení <gui>Struktury složek</gui> a <gui>Vzoru</gui> v dialogovém okně <gui>Předvolby</gui>. K dispozici jsou předdefinované vzory nebo zvolte <gui>Vlastní</gui> a zapište svůj vlastní.</p> + + <p>Všechny symboly pro vzor složek začínají znakem % (procenta). Hodnoty těchto symbolů se vytváří na základě národního prostředí, takže to co uvidíte ve svém počítač se může lišit od příkladů níže.</p> + + <table frame="all" rules="rowgroups"> + <tbody> + <tr> + <td><p> </p></td> <td><p><em>Symbol</em></p></td> <td><p><em>Meaning</em></p></td> <td><p><em>Example</em></p></td> + </tr> + </tbody> + <tbody> + <tr> + <td><p> </p></td><td><p>%Y</p></td><td><p>rok: úplný</p></td><td><p>2011</p></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td><p> </p></td><td><p>%y</p></td><td><p>rok: dvě číslice</p></td><td><p>11</p></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td><p> </p></td><td><p>%d</p></td><td><p>den v měsíci dvojmístný s úvodní nulou</p></td><td><p>03</p></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td><p> </p></td><td><p>%A</p></td><td><p>název dne: úplný</p></td><td><p>Středa</p></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td><p> </p></td><td><p>%a</p></td><td><p>název dne: zkratka</p></td><td><p>St</p></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td><p> </p></td><td><p>%m</p></td><td><p>číslo měsíce dvojmístné s úvodní nulou</p></td><td><p>02</p></td> + </tr> + <tr><td><p> </p></td><td><p>%b</p></td><td><p>název měsíce: zkratka</p></td><td><p>bře</p></td></tr><tr><td><p> </p></td><td><p>%B</p></td><td><p>název měsíce: úplný</p></td><td><p>březen</p></td></tr><tr><td><p> </p></td><td><p>%I</p></td><td><p>hodiny: 12hodinový formát</p></td><td><p>05</p></td></tr><tr><td><p> </p></td><td><p>%H</p></td><td><p>hodiny: 24hodinový formát</p></td><td><p>17</p></td></tr><tr><td><p> </p></td><td><p>%M</p></td><td><p>minuty</p></td><td><p>16</p></td></tr><tr><td><p> </p></td><td><p>%S</p></td><td><p>sekundy</p></td><td><p>30</p></td></tr><tr><td><p> </p></td><td><p>%p</p></td><td><p>odp. nebo dop.</p></td><td><p>odp.</p></td></tr> + </tbody> + </table> + + <p>Existují ještě další symboly, které zde uvedené nejsou. Jestli vás zajímají, podívejte se do příručky k funkci strftime, stačí použít příkaz <cmd>man strftime</cmd>.</p> + </section> + + <section id="automatic-import"> + <title>Automatický import fotografií</title> + + <p>Shotwell může automaticky importovat nové fotografie, které se objeví ve složce knihovny. (Složkou knihovny je obvykle složka <file>Obrázky</file> ve vaší domovské složce. Toto umístění můžete změnit v okně <gui>Předvolby</gui>.)</p> + + <p>Pro zapnutí automatického importu zaškrtněte políčko <gui>Sledovat, jestli nejsou do knihovny přidány nové soubory</gui> v okně <gui>Předvolby</gui>.</p> + + <note style="advanced"><p>Shotwell také umí automaticky následovat symbolické odkazy v automaticky importovaných složkách.</p></note> + + </section> + + <section id="automatic-rename"> + <title>Automatické přejmenování importovaných fotografií na malá písmena</title> + + <p>Shotwell může automaticky měnit názvy souborů importovaných fotografií na malá písmena. Pokud tomu tak chcete, zvolte <guiseq><gui>Upravit</gui> <gui>Předvolby</gui></guiseq> a v okně, které se objeví, zaškrtněte políčko <gui>Převádět názvy importovaných souborů na malá písmena</gui>.</p> + + </section> + + <section id="writing-metadata"> + <title>Zápis metadat za běhu</title> + + <p>Standardně Shotwell nemění soubory s fotografiemi, i když fotografii upravíte nebo změníte její štítky nebo název. Tyto změny pouze zaznamená do své vlastní databáze.</p> + + <p>Pokud chcete toto chování změnit, zaškrtněte políčko <gui>Zapisovat štítky, názvy a další metadata do souborů s fotografiemi</gui> v dialogovém okně <gui>Předvolby</gui>. Jakmile je tato volba zapnutá, Shotwell bude zapisovat následující metadata do většiny souborů s fotografiemi, kdykoliv provedete změnu:</p> + + <list> + <item><p>název</p></item> + <item><p>štítky</p></item> + <item><p>hodnocení</p></item> + <item><p>informace o otočení</p></item> + <item><p>datum/čas</p></item> + </list> + + <p>Shotwell ukládá tyto informace do souborů s fotografiemi pomocí formátů EXIF, IPTC a/nebo XMP. Upozorňujeme, že je umí zapisovat pouze do souborů ve formátu JPEG, PNG a TIFF, nikoliv do fotografií BMP a RAW a do videosouborů.</p> + + </section> + + <section id="runtime-monitoring"> + <title>Sledování běhu</title> + + <p>Když Shotwell běží, přijímá upozornění o externích změnách v souborech s fotografiemi. Když se takovýto soubor změní, Shotwell jej znovu načte a aktualizuje zobrazení fotografie a metadata.</p> + + <p>Je třeba si uvědomit, že Shotwell při spuštění kontroluje všechny soubory s fotografiemi, ale jen soubory nacházející se ve složce knihovny jsou sledovány v reálném čase po spuštění. Autoři doufají, že v příštích vydáních bude toto omezení překonáno.</p> + + </section> + +</page> diff --git a/help/cs/other-missing.page b/help/cs/other-missing.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c0956f2 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/cs/other-missing.page @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="other-missing" xml:lang="cs"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#other"/> + <desc>Když Shotwell nemůže fotografii najít v knihovně, označí ji za chybějící.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="other-multiple"/> + </info> + + <title>Chybějící fotografie</title> + +<p>Pokaždé, když je Shotwell spuštěn, prochází vaši knihovnu fotografií a ověřuje, jestli se všechny fotografie stále nachází na pevném disku. Pokud zjistí, že některé soubory s fotografiemi schází, nezobrazí je běžně v Fotografie, Události a Štítky, ale místo toho se objeví v zobrazení Chybějící soubory, které přibude v postranním panelu.</p> + +<p>Jestli již nechcete, aby takovéto chybějící soubory byly součástí vaší sbírky v aplikaci Shotwell (nejspíše proto, že jste je smazali), přejděte do zobrazení Chybějící soubory, fotografie vyberte a klikněte na <gui>Odstranit z knihovny</gui>.</p> + +<p>V případě, že máte fotografie na výměnném disku, jako je CD nebo USB Flashdisk a <link xref="index#import">naimportujete</link> je do aplikace Shotwell <em>bez</em> kopírování fotografií do svého počítače, objeví se jako chybějící soubory po té, co výměnný disk vyjmete. Viz <link xref="import-file"/> na téma, jak zkopírovat soubory z výměnného disku do vašeho počítače.</p> + +<p>Pokud se některé chybějící soubory opět zpřístupní, Shotwell si toho při následujícím spuštění všimne. Fotografie se pak znovu objeví ve Fotografiích, Událostech a Štítcích.</p> + +</page> diff --git a/help/cs/other-multiple.page b/help/cs/other-multiple.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a327725 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/cs/other-multiple.page @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="other-multiple" xml:lang="cs"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#other"/> + <desc>Jak otevřít Shotwell s jinou knihovnou fotografií pomocí příkazového řádku.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="other-files"/> + </info> + + <title>Více knihoven</title> + +<p>Normálně Shotwell uchovává svoji databázi a náhledy fotografií ve složce <file>~/.shotwell</file>. V této složce se nenachází přímo fotografie, ale databáze v této složce obsahuje seznam všech fotografií v knihovně Shotwell.</p> + +<p>Jak pokročilá funkce je k dispozici možnost mít více knihoven Shotwell, každou s vlastní sadou fotografií. Každá knihovna potřebuje svoji vlastní složku pro databázi. Abyste spustili Shotwell s alternativní knihovnou, zadejte alternativní složku s databází na příkazovém řádku tímto způsobem:</p> + +<screen> +shotwell -d [složka-knihovny] +</screen> + +</page> diff --git a/help/cs/other-plugins.page b/help/cs/other-plugins.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c0c2318 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/cs/other-plugins.page @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="other-plugins" xml:lang="cs"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#other"/> + <desc>Jak dynamicky rozšířit funkcionalitu aplikace Shotwell.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="other-missing"/> + </info> + + <title>Zásuvné moduly</title> + <p>Shotwell umí používat <em>zásuvné moduly</em>, což jsou přidružené sdílené knihovny, které přidávají podporu pro nová místa pro zveřejňování nebo nové přechody pro promítání.</p> + + <p>Abyste viděli seznam nainstalovaných zásuvných modulů, zvolte <guiseq><gui>Upravit</gui> <gui>Předvolby</gui></guiseq> a v okně předvoleb klikněte na kartu <gui>Zásuvné moduly</gui>. Zobrazí se vám seznam aktuálně nainstalovaných zásuvných modulů. Vedle každého je zaškrtávací políčko, pomocí kterého jej můžete povolit nebo zakázat.</p> + + <note style="advanced"><p>Kompletní dokumentace k tomu, jak vyvíjet nové zásuvné moduly je k dispozici na <link href="http://redmine.yorba.org/projects/shotwell/wiki/ShotwellArchWritingPlugins">http://redmine.yorba.org/projects/shotwell/wiki/ShotwellArchWritingPlugins</link> (odkazovaný text je v angličtině).</p></note> + +</page> diff --git a/help/cs/raw.page b/help/cs/raw.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b70a397 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/cs/raw.page @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="other-raw" xml:lang="cs"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#other"/> + <desc>Více o podpoře RAW v aplikaci Shotwell.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="running"/> + </info> + + <title>Podpora RAW v aplikaci Shotwell</title> + <p>Některé fotoaparáty umí uložit data přímo ze snímače a to do souboru, který obsahuje dodatečné informace o barvě. Obecně jsou tyto soubory nazývány „RAW“ nebo „surové fotografie“ a Shotwell s nimi dokáže pracovat.</p> + + <p>Protože fotografie RAW nelze normálně zobrazit přímo, ale musí být nejprve vyvolány – tj. jejich dodatečné informace interpretovány a připraveny pro zobrazení – většina fotoaparátů při pořízení snímku buď do souboru ve formátu RAW vloží navíc JPEG nebo uloží JPEG zvlášť zvlášť vedle souboru RAW. Druhý způsob bude v tomto textu nadále označován jako RAW+JPEG. Když importujete pár RAW+JPEG, Shotwell je uchová spárované a v knihovně s nimi zachází jako s jedinou položkou.</p> + + <p>Když importujete soubor RAW, můžete si zvolit mezi interním kamerou vyvolaným formátem JPEG nebo jej nechat vyvolat aplikací Shotwell pomocí <guiseq><gui>Fotografie</gui> <gui>Vývojka</gui></guiseq> v nabídce.</p> + + <note> + <p>Změna vývojky může způsobit, že všechny úpravy provedené ve fotografii budou zahozeny.</p> + </note> + + <p>Aby šla fotografie RAW zveřejnit nebo používat v jiném softwaru, musí být nejprve exportována. Shotwell umí vaše fotografie RAW exportovat do formátů JPEG, PNG, TIFF nebo BMP a když je publikujete, interně vám je exportuje do verze JPEG a tak je i zveřejní.</p> + +</page> diff --git a/help/cs/running.page b/help/cs/running.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9c19236 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/cs/running.page @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="running" xml:lang="cs"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index"/> + <desc>Jak najít Shotwell v nabídce aplikací nebo jak jej spouštět automaticky při zapojení fotoaparátu.</desc> + + <link type="seealso" xref="other-multiple"/> + + <link type="next" xref="formats"/> + </info> + + <title>Spuštění aplikace Shotwell</title> + +<p>Jakmile je Shotwell nainstalován, je k nalezení v nabídce <gui>Aplikace</gui> v oddíle <gui>Grafika</gui> nebo <gui>Fotografie</gui>.</p> + +<p>Shotwell se může také spouštět automaticky po té, co je k počítači připojen fotoaparát. Pokud si chcete zkontrolovat, jestli je váš systém nastaven, aby spustil Shotwell, když zjistí přitomnost fotoaparátu, jděte do <guiseq><gui>Upravit</gui> <gui>Předvolby</gui></guiseq> v okně aplikace Nautilus (správce souborů) a zvolte kartu <gui>Média</gui>. Uvidíte rozbalovací pole s popisem <gui>Fotografie:</gui>, ve kterém si můžete vybrat Shotwell jako aplikaci starající se o fotografie.</p> + +<note style="advanced"> + <p>Shotwell je možné spusti i přímo ze složky, ve které byl sestaven, ale to má význam jen pro ty, kteří Shotwell testují nebo vyvíjí.</p> +</note> + +</page> diff --git a/help/cs/share-background.page b/help/cs/share-background.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..325df50 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/cs/share-background.page @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="share-background" xml:lang="cs"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#share"/> + <desc>Jak nastavit pozadí své pracovní plochy na konkrétní fotografii nebo promítání více fotografií.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="share-slideshow"/> + </info> + + <title>Nastavení obrázku nebo promítání na pozadí plochy</title> + + <p>Pokud si chcete nastavit jednu nějakou fotografii jak pozadí své pracovní plochy, vyberte ji a zvolte <guiseq><gui>Soubor</gui><gui>Nastavit jako pozadí plochy</gui></guiseq>.</p> + + <p>Pozadí své pracovní plochy můžete nastavit také na promítání fotografií. Stačí fotografie, které chcete promítat, vybrat a zvolit <guiseq><gui>Soubor</gui><gui>Nastavit jako prezentaci na ploše…</gui></guiseq> Shotwell se vás dotáže na dobu zobrazení snímků, což může být libovolný čas až jeden den dlouhý. Promítání na pozadí bude probíhat, i když nebude Shotwell spuštěný.</p> + +</page> diff --git a/help/cs/share-export.page b/help/cs/share-export.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6b88a8a --- /dev/null +++ b/help/cs/share-export.page @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="share-export" xml:lang="cs"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#share"/> + <desc>Jak zkopírovat fotografie mimo Shotwell, abyste je mohli umístit někam jinam.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="share-print"/> + </info> + + <title>Export fotografií</title> + +<p>Pro export fotografií z aplikace Shotweel pomocí táhni a upusť, přetáhněte fotografie do okna správce souborů nebo na pracovní plochu. Nové soubory budou kopie fotografií v plné velikosti z vaší knihovny.</p> + +<p>Jinou možností exportu je vybrat sadu fotografií a zvolit <guiseq><gui>Soubor</gui> <gui>Export…</gui></guiseq> nebo zmáčknout <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>E</key></keyseq>, čímž se fotografie exportují s poskytnutím volby jejich velikosti a rozměrů. Objeví se okno, ve kterém můžete provést tyto volby:</p> + +<list> +<item><p>Formát exportu.</p> +<list> +<item><p>Zvolte <gui>Beze změny</gui>, aby se fotografie exportovaly v původním formátu bez jakýchkoliv úprav provedených v rámci aplikace Shotwell. Fotografie RAW budou vyexportovány v původním formátu RAW.</p></item> +<item><p>Zvolte <gui>Stávající</gui>, aby se fotografie vyexportovaly včetně změn provedených v rámci aplikace Shotwell. Fotografie RAW budou vyexportovány ve formátu JPEG v případě, že u nich byly provedeny nějaké změny, v opačném případě v jejich původním formátu RAW.</p></item> +<item><p>Nebo můžete zvolit konkrétní formát obrázku (JPEG, PNG, TIFF, BMP), který se má k exportu použít. Případné úpravy provedené v rámci aplikace Shotwell budou jeho součástí a Shotwell provede převod do cílového formátu.</p></item> +</list> +</item> +<item><p>Kvalita exportovaného obrázku (nízká, střední, vysoká nebo maximální).</p></item> +<item><p>Pravidlo pro škálování (což znamená, jak se má Shotwell chovat při škálování fotografií na menší rozměr) a požadovaná velikost v pixelech.</p></item> +<item><p>Volba, jestli chcete exportovat i metadata, jako jsou štítky nebo hodnocení. To vám může pomoci v ochraně soukromí, pokud máte štítky s geolokačními údaji nebo jiné štítky, které nechcete, aby viděl někdo jiný.</p></item> +</list> + +<p>Pokud je vybráno, bude Shotwell do nových souborů zapisovat štítky, názvy a ostatní metadata.</p> + +</page> diff --git a/help/cs/share-print.page b/help/cs/share-print.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..849d075 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/cs/share-print.page @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="share-print" xml:lang="cs"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#share"/> + <desc>Klikněte na <guiseq><gui>Soubor</gui><gui>Tisk…</gui></guiseq> Další volby tisku najdete na kartě <gui>Nastavení stránky</gui> v dialogovém okně <gui>Tisk</gui>.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="share-upload"/> + </info> + + <title>Tisk</title> + + <p>Když chcete fotografii vytisknout, vyberte ji a zvolte <guiseq><gui>Soubor</gui><gui>Tisk…</gui></guiseq></p> + + <p>Shotwell umí také tisknout více obrázků na jednu stránku. Udělá se to tak, že se vybere více obrázků, zvolí <guiseq><gui>Soubor</gui> <gui>Tisk…</gui></guiseq> a v dialogovém okně <gui>Tisk</gui> se vybere karta <gui>Nastavení obrázku</gui>. Tam ve volbě <gui>Automatická velikost</gui> vyberte jednu z možností „X obrázků na stránku“.</p> + + <p>Pokud potřebujete nastavit formátování, velikost papíru a jeho otočení, vyberte v dialogovém okně <gui>Tisk</gui> kartu <gui>Vzhled stránky</gui>.</p> +</page> diff --git a/help/cs/share-send.page b/help/cs/share-send.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..431f89b --- /dev/null +++ b/help/cs/share-send.page @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="share-send" xml:lang="cs"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#share"/> + <desc>Jak odeslat fotografie přes e-mail, rychlou komunikaci a dalšími způsoby.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="share-background"/> + </info> + + <title>Odesílání fotografií</title> + + <p>Shotwell může odesílat fotografie pomocí mechanizmu Odeslat do v pracovním prostředí GNOME. Ten umožňuje odesílat přes e-mail, rychlou komunikaci a dalšími způsoby.</p> + <p>Když chcete fotografie odeslat, vyberte je v aplikaci Shotwell a zvolte <guiseq><gui>Soubor</gui> <gui>Odeslat…</gui></guiseq> nebo klikněte na fotografie pravým tlačítkem a zvolte <gui>Odeslat…</gui> v kontextové nabídce. Objeví se dialogové okno <gui>Odeslání</gui>, ve kterém si můžete zvolit způsob odeslání souborů (jako je e-mail nebo rychlá komunikace) a cíl. Volitelně si můžete vybrat, jestli chcete soubory v komprimovaném formátu.</p> + +</page> diff --git a/help/cs/share-slideshow.page b/help/cs/share-slideshow.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b699f0c --- /dev/null +++ b/help/cs/share-slideshow.page @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="share-slideshow" xml:lang="cs"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#share"/> + <desc>Jak sledovat promítání svých fotografií.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="share-export"/> + </info> + + <title>Promítání</title> + + <p>Abyste se mohli dívat na promítání sbírky fotografií v aplikaci Shotwell, přejděte na danou sbírku a vyberte <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Slideshow</gui></guiseq> nebo zmáčkněte <key>F5</key>.</p> + + <p>V běžícím promítání můžete měnit některá nastavení:</p> + + <list> + <item><p>Dobu, po kterou má být obrázek zobrazen: 1 až 30 vteřin</p></item> + <item><p>Můžete vybírat z různých přechodových efektů</p></item> + <item><p>Dobu trvání přechodového efektu: 0,1 až 1,0 vteřiny</p></item> + </list> +</page> diff --git a/help/cs/share-upload.page b/help/cs/share-upload.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..813b217 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/cs/share-upload.page @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="share-upload" xml:lang="cs"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#share"/> + <desc>Jak fotografie zveřejnit na Facebook, Flickr, Picasa Web Albums a jiné servery.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="share-send"/> + </info> + + <title>Publikování na web</title> + + <p>Za pomoci <link xref="other-plugins">zásuvných modulů</link> umí Shotwell zveřejňovat fotografie a videa na následujících službách (na každé musíte mít zřízen účet):</p> + + <list> + <item><p><link href="http://facebook.com">Facebook</link></p></item> + <item><p><link href="http://flickr.com">Flickr</link></p></item> + <item><p><link href="http://picasaweb.google.com">Picasa Web Albums</link> a <link href="http://plus.google.com">Google+</link></p></item> + <item><p><link href="http://youtube.com">YouTube</link> (jen videa)</p></item> + <item><p><link href="http://fotki.yandex.ru">Yandex.Fotki</link>, fotoserver populární v Rusku (jen fotografie)</p></item> + <item><p>Libovolný server, na kterém běží software pro fotogralerie <link href="http://piwigo.org">Piwigo</link> (jen fotky)</p></item> + </list> + + <p>Když chcete zveřejnit vybrané fotografie ze sbírky, zvolte <guiseq><gui>Upravit</gui> <gui>Předvolby</gui></guiseq> a klikněte na kartu <gui>Zásuvné moduly</gui>, abyste povolili zásuvný modul pro službu, kterou chcete ke zveřejnění použít. Následně zvolte <guiseq><gui>Soubor</gui> <gui>Zveřejnit</gui></guiseq> nebo zmáčkněte tlačítko <gui>Zveřejnit</gui> na nástrojové liště nebo použijte klávesovou zkratku <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>P</key></keyseq>. Uvidíte dialogové okno, ve kterém si můžete vybrat požadovanou službu. Následně se k ní musíte přihlásit, připadně si vytvořit účet.</p> + + <p>Publishing to Facebook requires you to grant certain permissions to the Shotwell Facebook application. + You only need to grant these permissions once, when you first associate Shotwell with your Facebook account. +</p> + <note style="advanced"><p>You will be only able to publish images with at most the permission you granted to the Shotwell Facebook application</p></note> + + <p>Podobně zveřejnění na Flickru vyžaduje přihlášení a oprávnění aplikaci Shotwell Connect k přístupu k vašemu účtu.</p> + + <p>Pokud máte účet Google, ale zatím jste nepoužili Picasa Web Albums, musíte se jednou pomocí prolížeče přihlásit ke službě Picasa, abyste na ní mohli zveřejňovat.</p> +</page> diff --git a/help/cs/view-displaying.page b/help/cs/view-displaying.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..479ae35 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/cs/view-displaying.page @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="view-view" xml:lang="cs"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#view"/> + <desc>Zjistěte si, jakými různými způsoby si můžete své fotografie zobrazit: v mřížce, přes celé hlavní okno nebo přes celou obrazovku.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="view-sidebar"/> + </info> + + <title>Způsoby zobrazení fotografií</title> + +<p>Když v postranním panelu vyberete sbírku, Shotwell zobrazí všechny její fotografie v hlavní části okna. V pravém dolním rohu je posuvník, kterým si můžete upravit velikost náhledů. Případně k tomu můžete použít klávesy plus a mínus (<key>+</key> a <key>-</key>) nebo držet zmáčknutý <key>Ctrl</key> a použít kolečko myši.</p> + +<p>Dvojitým kliknutím na fotografii si ji zobrazíte v plné velikosti. Na další fotografie ve sbírce pak můžete přecházet pomocí tlačítek Zpět a Vpřed. Pro návrat do sbírky na fotografii opět dvojitě klikněte nebo zmáčkněte <key>Esc</key>.</p> + +<p>Když prohlížíte fotografii v režimu celého okna, posuvník na nástrojové liště řídí přiblížení. Fotografii můžete posouvat jejím chycením v kterékoliv části a tažením. Přibližovat můžete také pomocí kolečka myši nebo pomocí následujících klávesových zkratek: <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key>0</keyseq> pro obrázek v plné velikosti, <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key>1</keyseq> pro 100% (1 pixel fotografie = 1 pixel obrazovky) a <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key>2</keyseq> pro 200% (1 pixel obrazovky = 2×2 pixely obrazovky).</p> + +<p>Shotwell také nabízí k prohlížení fotografií režim celé obrazovky. Zvolte <guiseq><gui>Zobrazit</gui> <gui>Celá obrazovka</gui></guiseq> nebo zmáčkněte <key>F11</key>. Abyste v režimu celé obrazovky viděli nástrojovou lištu, musíte najet myší do spodní části obrazovky. Nástrojová lišta nabízí tlačítka pro pohyb ve sbírce, pro přišpendlení nástrojové lišty (aby se neskrývala, když myší odjedete) a k opuštění režimu celé obrazovky.</p> + +<section> +<title>Zobrazování videí</title> +<p>Když dvojitě kliknete na video, Shotwell spustí externí videopřehrávač, aby video přehrál. V současnosti není možné přehrát video v režimu celé obrazovky aplikace Shotwell nebo jinak přímo v rámci Shotwellu.</p> +</section> + +</page> diff --git a/help/cs/view-information.page b/help/cs/view-information.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..21e8a8a --- /dev/null +++ b/help/cs/view-information.page @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="view-information" xml:lang="cs"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#view"/> + <desc>Jak zobrazit více podrobných informací o fotografiích, jako je třeba režim expozice použitý ve fotoaparátu.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="view-view"/> + </info> + + <title>Základní a rozšiřující informace</title> + +<p>Panel Základní informace se objevuje ve spodní části postranního panelu a zobrazuje stručný přehled o vybrané fotografii. Pokud není vybrána žádná fotografie, zobrazuje přehled o celé sbírce. Jestli má být tento panel zobrazen, můžete přepínat příkazem <guiseq><gui>Zobrazit</gui><gui>Základní informace</gui></guiseq>.</p> + +<p>Plovoucí okno Doplňující informace zobrazuje o vybrané fotografii více informací. K přepnutí zobrazení tohoto okna použijte příkaz <guiseq><gui>Zobrazit</gui><gui>Doplňující informace</gui></guiseq> nebo klávesovou zkratku <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Shift</key><key>X</key></keyseq>.</p> + +</page> diff --git a/help/cs/view-sidebar.page b/help/cs/view-sidebar.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5ee76e5 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/cs/view-sidebar.page @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="view-sidebar" xml:lang="cs"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#view"/> + <desc>Postranní panel na levé straně okna vypisuje různá zobrazení vaší knihovny.</desc> + + <link type="seealso" xref="event"/> + <link type="seealso" xref="tag"/> + <link type="seealso" xref="flag"/> + <link type="seealso" xref="search#savedsearch"/> + <link type="seealso" xref="import-file"/> + <link type="seealso" xref="import-f-spot"/> + <link type="seealso" xref="import-memorycard"/> + <link type="seealso" xref="import-camera"/> + + <link type="next" xref="view-information"/> + </info> + + <title>Postranní panel</title> + +<p>Postranní panel na levé straně okna Shotwell vypisuje různá zobrazení vaší knihovny. Ačkoliv můžete vidět tu samou fotografii ve více zobrazeních, na disku je uchována jen v jedné kopii.</p> + +<p>V zobrazení <gui>Poslední import</gui> jsou uvedeny fotografie, které byly naimportovány jako poslední, bez ohledu na to, zda z aplikace F-Spot, z fotoaparátu, z paměťové karty nebo z pevného disku.</p> + +<p>V <gui>Označeno</gui> jsou uvedeny všechny fotografie, které jste již dříve označili.</p> + +<p><gui>Uložená hledání</gui> umožňují třídit vaši knihovnu podle řady kritérií.</p> + +<p>Ve složce <gui>Události</gui> jsou uvedeny všechny události z vaší knihovny. Událost je skupina fotografií, které byly pořízeny přibližně ve stejnou dobu.</p> + +<p>Ve složce <gui>Štítky</gui> jsou uvedeny všechny štítky, které jste fotografiím přiřadili. Každá fotografie může mít přiřazeno více štítků. Když kliknete na název štítku v postranním panelu, uvidíte všechny fotografie, které mají takovýto štítek přiřazený.</p> + +</page> diff --git a/help/de/de.po b/help/de/de.po index 98a3610..330f3df 100644 --- a/help/de/de.po +++ b/help/de/de.po @@ -8,23 +8,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: shotwell shotwell-0.20\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-11 14:22+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-12-05 14:48+0100\n" -"Last-Translator: Wolfgang Stoeggl <c72578@yahoo.de>\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-06-24 20:56+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-25 21:14+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Christian Kirbach <christian.kirbach@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: German <gnome-de@gnome.org>\n" "Language: de\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 1.8.6\n" +"X-Generator: Poedit 1.8.7.1\n" #: C/view-sidebar.page:7(desc) msgid "" "The sidebar on the left of the window lists various views of your library." msgstr "" -"Die Seitenleiste auf der linken Seite des Fensters listet verschiedene " -"Ansichten Ihrer Bibliothek auf." +"Die Seitenleiste links des Fensters zeigt verschiedene Ansichten Ihrer " +"Bibliothek." #: C/view-sidebar.page:21(title) msgid "The sidebar" @@ -36,31 +36,38 @@ msgid "" "your library. Although you may see the same photo in multiple views, it's " "only stored once on your hard drive." msgstr "" -"Die Seitenleiste auf der linken Seite des Shotwell-Fensters listet " -"verschiedene Ansichten Ihrer Bibliothek auf. Selbst wenn Sie dasselbe Foto " -"in mehreren Ansichten sehen, ist es nur einmal auf Ihrem Datenträger " -"gespeichert." +"Die Seitenleiste links des Shotwell-Fensters zeigt verschiedene Ansichten " +"Ihrer Bibliothek. Obwohl Sie eventuell das selbe Foto in mehreren Ansichten " +"sehen, ist es tatsächlich nur einmal auf Ihrem System gespeichert." #: C/view-sidebar.page:25(p) msgid "" "The <gui>Last Import</gui> view lists your last imported photos no matter if " "they are imported from F-Spot, your camera, a memory card or the hard disk." msgstr "" +"Die Ansicht <gui>Letzter Import</gui> zeigt die zuletzt importierten Fotos " +"unabhängig von Ihrer Quelle wie F-Spot, Ihrer Kamera, einer Speicherkarte " +"oder der Festplatte." #: C/view-sidebar.page:27(p) msgid "The <gui>Flagged</gui> lists all photos you had previous flagged." -msgstr "" +msgstr "<gui>Markiert</gui> listet alle zuvor markierten Fotos." #: C/view-sidebar.page:29(p) msgid "" "The <gui>Saved Search</gui> allows you to sort your library by many criteria." msgstr "" +"Mit <gui>Gespeicherte Suchen</gui> sortieren Sie Ihre Bibliothek anhand von " +"vielen verschiedenen Kriterien." #: C/view-sidebar.page:31(p) msgid "" "The <gui>Events</gui> folder lists all events in your library. An event is a " "group of photos that were taken at approximately the same time." msgstr "" +"Der Ordner <gui>Ereignisse</gui> listet alle Ereignisse Ihrer Bibliothek " +"auf. Ein Ereignis ist eine Menge von Fotos, die ungefähr im gleichen " +"Zeitraum aufgenommen wurden." #: C/view-sidebar.page:33(p) msgid "" @@ -68,16 +75,21 @@ msgid "" "can have multiple tags attached to them. When you click on the name of a tag " "in the sidebar, you will see all the photos associated with that tag." msgstr "" +"Der Ordner <gui>Markierungen</gui> listet alle markierten Fotos auf. Fotos " +"können mehrfach markiert sein. Klicken Sie auf den Namen einer Markierung in " +"der Seitenleiste, um alle mit der entsprechenden Markierung zu sehen." #: C/view-information.page:7(desc) msgid "" "View more detailed information about photos, like the exposure mode used by " "the camera." msgstr "" +"Sehen Sie sich weitere Details über Fotos an, wie das von der Kamera " +"verwendete Belichtungsverfahren." #: C/view-information.page:12(title) msgid "Basic and extended information" -msgstr "Einfache und erweiterte Informationen" +msgstr "Grundlegende und erweiterte Informationen" #: C/view-information.page:14(p) msgid "" @@ -87,6 +99,12 @@ msgid "" "display of this pane using the <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Basic " "Information</gui></guiseq> command." msgstr "" +"Das Teilfenster mit grundlegenden Informationen erscheint unten in der " +"Seitenleiste und zeigt eine kurze Übersicht der von Ihnen gewählten Fotos. " +"Wenn keine Fotos ausgewählt sind, wird eine Zusammenfassung der gesamten " +"Sammlung angezeigt. Schalten Sie die Darstellung des Teilfensters mit " +"<guiseq><gui>Ansicht</gui><gui>Grundlegende Informationen</gui></guiseq> ein " +"oder aus." #: C/view-information.page:16(p) msgid "" @@ -95,12 +113,19 @@ msgid "" "guiseq> command or <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Shift</key><key>X</key></" "keyseq> toggles the display of this window." msgstr "" +"Das schwebende Fenster »Erweiterte Informationen« zeigt weitere " +"Informationen zu den gewählten Fotos. Mit <guiseq><gui>Ansicht</" +"gui><gui>Erweiterte Informationen</gui></guiseq> oder <keyseq><key>Strg</" +"key><key>Umschalttaste</key><key>X</key></keyseq> blenden Sie das Fenster " +"ein oder aus." #: C/view-displaying.page:7(desc) msgid "" "Learn about different ways of viewing your photos: in a grid, filling the " "main window, or filling the whole screen." msgstr "" +"Erfahren Sie mehr über die verschiedenen Ansichtsmöglichkeiten Ihrer Fotos: " +"Im Raster, im Hauptfenster oder Bildschirm füllend." #: C/view-displaying.page:12(title) msgid "Photo views" @@ -114,6 +139,12 @@ msgid "" "thumbnail size using the plus and minus keys (<key>+</key> and <key>-</key>) " "or by pressing <key>Ctrl</key> while moving your mouse scroll wheel." msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie eine Sammlung in der Seitenleiste wählen, zeigt Shotwell alle Fotos " +"der Sammlung im Hauptfenster an. Unten rechts befindet sich ein " +"Schieberegler zur Anpassung der Größe der Vorschaubilder. Sie können " +"ebenfalls die Größe der Vorschaubilder mit den Tasten <key>+</key> und <key>-" +"</key> anpassen, oder indem Sie <key>Strg</key> gedrückt halten, während das " +"Mausrad gedreht wird." #: C/view-displaying.page:16(p) msgid "" @@ -122,6 +153,10 @@ msgid "" "buttons. To return to the collection, double-click on the photo or press " "<key>Esc</key>." msgstr "" +"Schauen Sie sich ein Foto im Vollbild an, indem Sie zweimal darauf klicken. " +"Daraufhin wechseln Sie zu anderen Fotos Ihrer Sammlung mit den Tasten ← und " +"→. Klicken Sie zweimal auf das Foto oder drücken Sie <key>Esc</key>, um zur " +"Sammlung zurückzukehren." #: C/view-displaying.page:18(p) msgid "" @@ -133,6 +168,14 @@ msgid "" "and <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key>2</keyseq> for 200% (1 photo pixel = 2x2 screen " "pixels)." msgstr "" +"Beim Ansehen von Fotos im Vollbildmodus steuert der Regler in der " +"Werkzeugleiste die Vergrößerung. Verschieben Sie das Foto, indem Sie die " +"Maustaste gedrückt halten und die Maus bewegen. Sie können die Ansicht auch " +"durch Drehen des Mausrads vergrößern und verkleinern, oder indem Sie die " +"folgenden Tastenkürzel einsetzen: <keyseq><key>Strg</key>0</keyseq> für " +"Vollansicht, <keyseq><key>Strg</key>1</keyseq> für 100% (1 Bildpunkt = 1 " +"Bildschirmpunkt) und <keyseq><key>Strg</key>2</keyseq> für 200% (1 Bildpunkt " +"= 2x2 Bildschirmpunkte)." #: C/view-displaying.page:20(p) msgid "" @@ -143,6 +186,13 @@ msgid "" "the toolbar down (so it isn't hidden when you move the mouse away), and to " "leave fullscreen view." msgstr "" +"Shotwell kann Fotos auf dem gesamten Bildschirm darstellen. Wählen Sie dazu " +"<guiseq><gui>Ansicht</gui><gui>Bildschirmfüllend</gui></guiseq> oder drücken " +"Sie <key>F11</key>. Bewegen Sie den Mauszeiger unten auf den Bildschirm, um " +"die Werkzeugleiste im Vollbildmodus einzublenden. Die Werkzeugleiste hat " +"Knöpfe zum Blättern in der Sammlung, zum Anheften der Werkzeugleiste (so " +"dass diese nicht mehr automatisch verborgen wird) und zum Verlassen des " +"Vollbildmodus." #: C/view-displaying.page:23(title) msgid "Viewing videos" @@ -154,10 +204,16 @@ msgid "" "to play the video. It's not currently possible to display a video in full-" "window mode in Shotwell or to play the video within Shotwell itself." msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie zweimal auf ein Video klicken, startet Shotwell ein externes " +"Wiedergabeprogramm zum Abspielen. Es ist derzeit nicht möglich, ein Video im " +"Vollbildmodus in Shotwell darzustellen oder das Video in Shotwell selbst " +"anzuzeigen." #: C/share-upload.page:7(desc) msgid "Publish photos to Facebook, Flickr, Picasa Web Albums, or other sites." msgstr "" +"So veröffentlichen Sie Fotos bei Facebook, Flickr, Picasa Webalben und " +"anderen Seiten." #: C/share-upload.page:12(title) msgid "Publishing to the Web" @@ -169,6 +225,9 @@ msgid "" "publish photos and videos to the following services, each of which requires " "an account:" msgstr "" +"Mit Hilfe von <link xref=\"other-plugins\">Plugins</link> kann Shotwell " +"Fotos und Videos bei den folgenden Diensten veröffentlichen. Jeder Dienst " +"erfordert ein Benutzerkonto:" #: C/share-upload.page:18(link) msgid "Facebook" @@ -183,24 +242,28 @@ msgid "" "<link href=\"http://picasaweb.google.com\">Picasa Web Albums</link> and " "<link href=\"http://plus.google.com\">Google+</link>" msgstr "" -"<link href=\"http://picasaweb.google.com\">Picasa Internet-Alben</link> und " -"<link href=\"http://plus.google.com\">Google+</link>" +"<link href=\"https://picasaweb.google.com/home?hl=de\">Picasa Webalben</" +"link> und <link href=\"http://plus.google.com\">Google+</link>" #: C/share-upload.page:21(p) msgid "<link href=\"http://youtube.com\">YouTube</link> (videos only)" -msgstr "<link href=\"http://youtube.com\">YouTube</link> (Nur Videos)" +msgstr "<link href=\"http://youtube.com\">YouTube</link> (nur Videos)" #: C/share-upload.page:22(p) msgid "" "<link href=\"http://fotki.yandex.ru\">Yandex.Fotki</link>, a photo site " "popular in Russia (photos only)" msgstr "" +"<link href=\"http://fotki.yandex.ru\">Yandex.Fotki</link>, eine in Russland " +"beliebte Fotoseite (nur Fotos)" #: C/share-upload.page:23(p) msgid "" "Any site running the <link href=\"http://piwigo.org\">Piwigo</link> photo " "gallery software (photos only)" msgstr "" +"Jede Internetseite, welche die Fotogalerie-Software <link href=\"http://" +"piwigo.org\">Piwigo</link> installiert hat (nur Fotos)" #: C/share-upload.page:26(p) msgid "" @@ -212,27 +275,50 @@ msgid "" "will see a dialog that lets you select a publishing service. You will then " "need to log in or create an account." msgstr "" +"Wählen Sie zum Veröffentlichen von gewählten Fotos einer Sammlung " +"<guiseq><gui>Bearbeiten</gui><gui>Einstellungen</gui></guiseq> und dann den " +"Reiter <gui>Erweiterungen</gui> zum Einschalten der Erweiterung für den " +"Dienst, den Sie verwenden wollen. Wählen Sie anschließend " +"<guiseq><gui>Datei</gui><gui>Veröffentlichen</gui></guiseq> oder den Knopf " +"<gui>Veröffentlichen</gui> in der Werkzeugleiste oder tippen Sie " +"<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>P</key></keyseq>. Daraufhin erscheint ein " +"Fenster, in dem Sie den Dienst zur Veröffentlichung wählen. Sie müssen sich " +"dann beim Dienst anmelden." #: C/share-upload.page:31(p) msgid "" "Publishing to Facebook requires you to grant certain permissions to the " -"Shotwell Connect Facebook application. You only need to grant these " -"permissions once, when you first associate Shotwell Connect with your " -"Facebook account." +"Shotwell Facebook application. You only need to grant these permissions " +"once, when you first associate Shotwell with your Facebook account." +msgstr "" +"Die Veröffentlichung auf Facebook erfordert es, der Anwendung »Shotwell " +"Connect Facebook« verschiedene Rechte einzuräumen. Sie müssen diese " +"Zugriffsrechte nur einmal gewähren, wenn Sie Shotwell zum ersten Mal mit " +"Facebook verbinden." + +#: C/share-upload.page:34(p) +msgid "" +"You will be only able to publish images with at most the permission you " +"granted to the Shotwell Facebook application" msgstr "" -#: C/share-upload.page:35(p) +#: C/share-upload.page:36(p) msgid "" "Similarly, publishing to Flickr requires you to log in and permit Shotwell " "Connect to access your account." msgstr "" +"Ebenso erfordert es die Veröffentlichung auf Flickr, Shotwell Connect zu " +"gestatten, auf Ihr Konto zuzugreifen." -#: C/share-upload.page:37(p) +#: C/share-upload.page:38(p) msgid "" "If you have a Google account, but have not yet used Picasa Web Albums, you " "will need to log in to Picasa using a browser once before you can publish to " "this service." msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie ein Google-Konto verfügen, aber die Picasa-Webalben noch nicht " +"genutzt haben, müssen Sie sich zunächst in einem Browser bei Picasa " +"anmelden, bevor Sie diesen Dienst zur Veröffentlichung nutzen können." #: C/share-slideshow.page:7(desc) msgid "Watch a slideshow of your photos." @@ -248,14 +334,17 @@ msgid "" "and select <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Slideshow</gui></guiseq> or press " "<key>F5</key>." msgstr "" +"Um eine Diaschau einer Sammlung in Shotwell zu sehen, wählen Sie diese " +"Sammlung und dann <guiseq><gui>Ansicht</gui><gui>Diaschau</gui></guiseq> " +"oder drücken Sie <key>F5</key>." #: C/share-slideshow.page:16(p) msgid "You can change some settings in a running slideshow:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sie können folgende Einstellungen während einer Diaschau anpassen:" #: C/share-slideshow.page:19(p) msgid "The duration how long an image should be shown: 1 - 30 seconds" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Die Darstellungsdauer eines Bildes: 1 - 30 Sekunden" #: C/share-slideshow.page:20(p) msgid "You can select different transition effects." @@ -268,6 +357,7 @@ msgstr "Die Zeit für jeden Übergangseffekt: 0,1 - 1,0 Sekunden" #: C/share-send.page:7(desc) msgid "Send photos via email, instant messaging or in other ways." msgstr "" +"So verschicken Sie Fotos per E-Mail, Sofortnachricht oder auf andere Weisen." #: C/share-send.page:12(title) msgid "Sending photos" @@ -278,6 +368,9 @@ msgid "" "Shotwell can send photos using the GNOME desktop's Send To mechanism, which " "lets you send photos via email, instant messaging or in other ways." msgstr "" +"Shotwell versendet Fotos mit dem Mechanismus »Senden an« der GNOME " +"Arbeitsumgebung. So können Sie Fotos per E-Mail, Sofortnachricht oder auf " +"andere Weisen verschicken." #: C/share-send.page:16(p) msgid "" @@ -288,12 +381,22 @@ msgid "" "email or instant messaging) and a destination. You can optionally choose to " "send the files in a compressed format." msgstr "" +"Wählen Sie Fotos zum Verschicken in Shotwell aus und wählen Sie dann " +"<guiseq><gui>Datei</gui><gui>Senden an</gui></guiseq>, oder klicken Sie mit " +"der rechten Maustaste auf das Foto und wählen Sie <gui>Senden an</gui> im " +"Kontextmenü. Daraufhin erscheint der Dialog <gui>Senden an</gui>, wo Sie ein " +"Verfahren zum Verschicken der Fotos (wie zum Beispiel E-Mail oder " +"Sofortnachricht) und einen Empfänger festlegen. Optional können Sie Dateien " +"komprimieren und versenden." #: C/share-print.page:7(desc) msgid "" -"Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Print</gui></guiseq>. For more printing " +"Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Print...</gui></guiseq>. For more printing " "options, select the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab in the <gui>Print</gui> dialog." msgstr "" +"Klicken Sie auf <guiseq><gui>Datei</gui><gui>Drucken</gui></guiseq>. Wählen " +"Sie für weitere Druckeinstellungen den Reiter <gui>Seite einrichten</gui> im " +"Dialog <gui>Drucken</gui>." #: C/share-print.page:12(title) msgid "Printing" @@ -301,18 +404,25 @@ msgstr "Drucken" #: C/share-print.page:14(p) msgid "" -"To print a photo, select it and choose <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Print</" +"To print a photo, select it and choose <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Print...</" "gui></guiseq>." msgstr "" +"Um ein Foto zu drucken, wählen Sie es aus und wählen Sie anschließend " +"<guiseq><gui>Datei</gui><gui>Drucken</gui></guiseq>." #: C/share-print.page:16(p) msgid "" "Shotwell can also print multiple images in one page; to do this, select " -"multiple images, choose <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Print</gui></guiseq>, " +"multiple images, choose <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Print...</gui></guiseq>, " "and in the <gui>Print</gui> dialog, choose the <gui>Image Settings</gui> " "tab. In <gui>Image Settings</gui>, choose one of the multiple-image-per-page " "options under <gui>Autosize</gui>." msgstr "" +"Shotwell kann mehrere Fotos auf eine Seite drucken. Wählen Sie dazu mehrere " +"Bilder und dann <guiseq><gui>Datei</gui><gui>Drucken</gui></guiseq> und " +"anschließend im Dialog <gui>Drucken</gui> den Reiter <gui>Bildeinstellungen</" +"gui>. Wählen Sie unter <gui>Bildeinstellungen</gui> eine der Einstellungen " +"für mehrere Bilder pro Seite unter <gui>Automatische Größe</gui>." #: C/share-print.page:23(p) msgid "" @@ -320,10 +430,14 @@ msgid "" "choose the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab in the <gui>Print</gui> dialog prior to " "printing." msgstr "" +"Zum Festlegen der Formatierung, der Papiergröße und der Ausrichtung " +"verwenden Sie vor dem Drucken den Reiter <gui>Seite einrichten</gui> im " +"Dialog <gui>Drucken</gui>." #: C/share-export.page:7(desc) msgid "Copy photos out of Shotwell so you can put them somewhere else." msgstr "" +"So kopieren Sie Fotos aus Shotwell heraus, um sie anderweitig abzulegen." #: C/share-export.page:12(title) msgid "Exporting photos" @@ -335,15 +449,25 @@ msgid "" "Shotwell onto a file manager window or your desktop. The new files will be " "full-sized copies of the photos in your library." msgstr "" +"Um Fotos aus Shotwell mittels Ziehen-und-Ablegen zu exportieren, ziehen Sie " +"die Fotos aus Shotwell in das Fenster einer Dateiverwaltung oder auf Ihre " +"Arbeitsfläche. Die neuen Dateien entsprechen dann einer Kopie der Fotos " +"Ihrer Bibliothek in Originalgröße." #: C/share-export.page:18(p) +#, fuzzy msgid "" "Alternatively, select a set of photos and choose the <guiseq><gui>File</" -"gui><gui>Export</gui></guiseq> command or press <keyseq><key>Shift</" +"gui><gui>Export...</gui></guiseq> command or press <keyseq><key>Shift</" "key><key>Ctrl</key><key>E</key></keyseq>, which exports photos while letting " "you fine-tune the size and dimensions of your photo files. A window will " "appear allowing you to make several choices:" msgstr "" +"Alternativ wählen Sie eine Gruppe Fotos und wählen Sie <guiseq><gui>Datei</" +"gui><gui>Exportieren</gui></guiseq> oder drücken Sie " +"<keyseq><key>Umschalttaste</key><key>Strg</key><key>E</key></keyseq>, um " +"Fotos zu exportieren und dabei die Größe der Fotodateien zu bestimmen. " +"Daraufhin erscheint ein Fenster mit mehreren Wahlmöglichkeiten:" #: C/share-export.page:24(p) msgid "A format for export." @@ -355,6 +479,9 @@ msgid "" "without any edits made in Shotwell. RAW photos will be exported in their " "original RAW format." msgstr "" +"Wählen Sie <gui>Unverändert</gui>, um Fotos im ursprünglichen Format ohne " +"Veränderungen durch Shotwell zu exportieren. RAW-Fotos werden im " +"ursprünglichen RAW-Format exportiert." #: C/share-export.page:29(p) msgid "" @@ -362,6 +489,10 @@ msgid "" "RAW photos will be exported in JPEG format if you have edited them in " "Shotwell, and otherwise in their original RAW format." msgstr "" +"Wählen Sie <gui>Aktuell</gui>, um Fotos einschließlich aller in Shotwell " +"gemachter Änderungen zu exportieren. RAW-Fotos werden im JPEG-Format " +"exportiert, wenn sie diese in Shotwell bearbeitet haben, anderenfalls werden " +"sie in ihren RAW-Format exportiert." #: C/share-export.page:31(p) msgid "" @@ -369,16 +500,21 @@ msgid "" "used for exporting. Any edits made in Shotwell will be included, and " "Shotwell will convert photos to the destination format." msgstr "" +"Alternativ wählen Sie ein bestimmtes Bildformat (JPEG, PNG, TIFF, BMP) für " +"den Export. Alle in Shotwell getätigten Änderungen werden mit einbezogen und " +"Shotwell wandelt die Fotos in das Zielformat um." #: C/share-export.page:37(p) msgid "The image quality for exporting (Low, Medium, High, or Maximum)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Die Bildqualität beim Exportieren (gering, mittel, hoch oder maximal)." #: C/share-export.page:38(p) msgid "" "A scaling constraint (which means how Shotwell will decide to scale the " "photos down), and the desired pixel size." msgstr "" +"Eine Skalierungsbeschränkung (sie legt fest, wie Shotwell entscheidet die " +"Fotos zu skalieren) und die gewünschte Pixelgröße." #: C/share-export.page:39(p) msgid "" @@ -386,35 +522,45 @@ msgid "" "This can help to save your privacy if you have geolocation tags or tags " "which shouldn't be seen by anyone." msgstr "" +"Legt fest, ob Metadaten wie beispielsweise Markierungen oder Bewertungen " +"exportiert werden sollen. Im Falle von Metadaten für Ortsdienste oder " +"anderweitiger privater Markierungen kann dies dabei helfen, Ihre " +"Privatsphäre zu schützen." #: C/share-export.page:42(p) msgid "" "If selected, Shotwell will write tags, titles, and other metadata to the new " "files." msgstr "" +"Legt fest, ob Shotwell Markierungen, Titel und andere Metadaten in die neuen " +"Dateien schreiben soll." #: C/share-background.page:7(desc) msgid "" "Set your desktop background to a single photo or to a slideshow of photos." msgstr "" +"Das Hintergrundbild als ein Foto oder eine Diaschau von Fotos festlegen." #: C/share-background.page:12(title) msgid "Set a desktop background or slideshow" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ein Schreibtisch-Hintergrund oder eine Diaschau festlegen" #: C/share-background.page:14(p) msgid "" "To set a single photo as your desktop background, select the photo and " "choose <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Set as Desktop Background</gui></guiseq>." msgstr "" +"Wählen Sie <guiseq><gui>Datei</gui><gui>Als Hintergrundbild festlegen</gui></" +"guiseq>, um ein einzelnes Foto als Schreibtisch-Hintergrund festzulegen." #: C/share-background.page:16(p) msgid "" "You can also set your background to a slideshow of photos. To do this, " "select the photos for the slideshow and choose <guiseq><gui>File</" -"gui><gui>Set as Desktop Slideshow</gui></guiseq>. Shotwell will prompt you " -"for a slideshow delay, which can be any interval up to one day in length. " -"The background slideshow will proceed even when Shotwell is not running." +"gui><gui>Set as Desktop Slideshow...</gui></guiseq>. Shotwell will prompt " +"you for a slideshow delay, which can be any interval up to one day in " +"length. The background slideshow will proceed even when Shotwell is not " +"running." msgstr "" #: C/running.page:7(desc) @@ -422,16 +568,20 @@ msgid "" "Find Shotwell in the Applications menu, or have it start automatically when " "you plug in a camera." msgstr "" +"So finden Sie Shotwell im Anwendungsmenü oder lassen Sie es automatisch " +"starten, wenn eine Kamera angeschlossen wird." #: C/running.page:14(title) msgid "Running Shotwell" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Shotwell ausführen" #: C/running.page:16(p) msgid "" "Once installed, Shotwell is available in your <gui>Applications</gui> menu " "under <gui>Graphics</gui> or <gui>Photography</gui>." msgstr "" +"Sobald Shotwell installiert wurde, ist es in Ihrem <gui>Anwendungs</gui>-" +"Menü verfügbar unter <gui>Grafik</gui> oder <gui>Fotografie</gui>." #: C/running.page:18(p) msgid "" @@ -442,16 +592,25 @@ msgid "" "gui> tab. You'll see a dropdown box entitled <gui>Photos:</gui> which lets " "you choose Shotwell as your photo handling application." msgstr "" +"Shotwell kann automatisch gestartet werden, sobald eine Kamera an Ihren " +"Rechner angeschlossen wird. Um zu prüfen, ob Ihr System so eingerichtet ist, " +"dass Shotwell gestartet wird, sobald eine Kamera erkannt wird, öffnen Sie " +"<guiseq><gui>Bearbeiten</gui><gui>Einstellungen</gui></guiseq> in der " +"Dateiverwaltung Nautilus und wählen Sie den Reiter <gui>Medien</gui>. Dort " +"finden Sie ein Auswahlfeld namens <gui>Fotos:</gui>, wo Sie Shotwell als die " +"Vorgabe-Anwendung für Fotos festlegen." #: C/running.page:25(p) msgid "" "Shotwell may also be executed directly from its build directory, although " "this is only recommended for testing out Shotwell or for developers." msgstr "" +"Shotwell kann auch direkt im Erstellungsordner ausgeführt werden. Dies ist " +"jedoch nur zum Testen von Shotwell und für Entwickler empfohlen." #: C/raw.page:7(desc) msgid "More about RAW support in Shotwell." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Weiteres zur RAW-Unterstützung in Shotwell." #: C/raw.page:12(title) msgid "RAW support in Shotwell" @@ -545,6 +704,10 @@ msgid "" "database in this directory contains a list of all the photos in the Shotwell " "library." msgstr "" +"Shotwell speichert normalerweise seine Datenbank und Vorschaubilder der " +"Fotos im Ordner <file>~/.shotwell</file>. Dieser Ordner enthält keine Fotos, " +"sondern lediglich eine Datenbank mit einer Liste aller Fotos in der Shotwell-" +"Bibliothek." #: C/other-multiple.page:16(p) msgid "" @@ -620,7 +783,7 @@ msgstr "" #: C/other-files.page:21(title) msgid "Using a custom directory pattern" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ein eigenes Namensschema verwenden" #: C/other-files.page:22(p) msgid "" @@ -629,6 +792,11 @@ msgid "" "gui> settings in the <gui>Preferences</gui> dialog. You may use a " "preselected pattern, or choose <gui>Custom</gui> and type in your own." msgstr "" +"Shotwell erlaubt es, ein eigenes Namensschema für Ihre Bibliothek zu " +"verwenden. Passen Sie dazu die Einstellungen für <gui>Ordnerstruktur</gui> " +"und <gui>Muster</gui> in den <gui>Einstellungen</gui> an. Verwenden Sie ein " +"vorgewähltes Schema oder wählen Sie <gui>Benutzerdefiniert</gui> und tippen " +"Sie Ihr eigenes ein." #: C/other-files.page:29(p) msgid "" @@ -930,7 +1098,7 @@ msgstr "" #: C/organize-title.page:17(p) msgid "" "To change a photo's title, select the photo and click <guiseq><gui>Photos</" -"gui><gui>Edit Title</gui></guiseq>, or press <key>F2</key>." +"gui><gui>Edit Title...</gui></guiseq>, or press <key>F2</key>." msgstr "" #: C/organize-tag.page:7(desc) @@ -954,7 +1122,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: C/organize-tag.page:28(p) -msgid "Choose <guiseq><gui>Tags</gui><gui>Add Tags</gui></guiseq>." +msgid "Choose <guiseq><gui>Tags</gui><gui>Add Tags...</gui></guiseq>." msgstr "" #: C/organize-tag.page:29(p) @@ -968,10 +1136,10 @@ msgstr "" #: C/organize-tag.page:33(p) msgid "" "When you use <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>T</key></keyseq> or " -"<guiseq><gui>Tags</gui><gui>Add Tags</gui></guiseq> you can type in the " +"<guiseq><gui>Tags</gui><gui>Add Tags...</gui></guiseq> you can type in the " "names of one or more tags, separated by commas. Once you have created a tag, " "you can rename it by selecting that tag in the sidebar and choosing " -"<guiseq><gui>Tags</gui><gui>Rename Tag \"[name]\"</gui></guiseq>, by " +"<guiseq><gui>Tags</gui><gui>Rename Tag \"[name]\"...</gui></guiseq>, by " "rightclicking on it and choose <gui>Rename...</gui> or double-click on the " "tag in the sidebar." msgstr "" @@ -979,13 +1147,13 @@ msgstr "" #: C/organize-tag.page:44(p) msgid "" "To change which tags are associated with a particular photo, select that " -"photo, choose <guiseq><gui>Tags</gui><gui>Modify Tags</gui></guiseq> or " -"right-click on a photo and select <gui>Modify Tags</gui> and edit the comma " -"separated list. To remove a tag from one or more photos, first select that " -"tag in the sidebar, then select the photos you would like to remove, and " -"choose <guiseq><gui>Tags</gui><gui>Remove Tag \"[name]\" from Photos</gui></" -"guiseq> or right-click on the photos an select <gui>Remove Tag \"[name]\" " -"from Photos</gui>." +"photo, choose <guiseq><gui>Tags</gui><gui>Modify Tags...</gui></guiseq> or " +"right-click on a photo and select <gui>Modify Tags...</gui> and edit the " +"comma separated list. To remove a tag from one or more photos, first select " +"that tag in the sidebar, then select the photos you would like to remove, " +"and choose <guiseq><gui>Tags</gui><gui>Remove Tag \"[name]\" from Photos</" +"gui></guiseq> or right-click on the photos an select <gui>Remove Tag " +"\"[name]\" from Photos</gui>." msgstr "" #: C/organize-tag.page:58(p) @@ -997,10 +1165,10 @@ msgstr "" #: C/organize-tag.page:64(p) msgid "" -"When you create a tag, it will appear in the sidebar under the Tags item, " -"which is hidden if there are no tags. Photos can have multiple tags attached " -"to them, and when you click on the name of a given tag in the sidebar, you " -"will see all the photos associated with that tag." +"When you create a tag, it will appear in the sidebar under the <gui>Tags</" +"gui> item, which is hidden if there are no tags. Photos can have multiple " +"tags attached to them, and when you click on the name of a given tag in the " +"sidebar, you will see all the photos associated with that tag." msgstr "" #: C/organize-tag.page:73(title) @@ -1084,18 +1252,19 @@ msgstr "" #: C/organize-search.page:50(p) msgid "" -"Create a new saved search with <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>New Search</gui></" -"guiseq> or by hitting <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq>. The " -"dialog box allows you to enter a name for the search and select whether you " -"want to meet Any, All, or None of the criteria in the following rows." +"Create a new saved search with <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>New Saved " +"Search...</gui></guiseq> or by hitting <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></" +"keyseq>. The dialog box allows you to enter a name for the search and select " +"whether you want to meet Any, All, or None of the criteria in the following " +"rows." msgstr "" #: C/organize-search.page:56(p) msgid "" -"Each row represents a search criterion. Use the + button to add more rows, " -"and the - button to remove a specific row. The combo box on the left of each " -"row selects the type of criteria. Criteria must be entered correctly before " -"the OK button becomes available." +"Each row represents a search criterion. Use the <gui>+</gui> button to add " +"more rows, and the <gui>-</gui> button to remove a specific row. The combo " +"box on the left of each row selects the type of criteria. Criteria must be " +"entered correctly before the <gui>OK</gui> button becomes available." msgstr "" #. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. @@ -1153,7 +1322,7 @@ msgstr "" #: C/organize-remove.page:26(title) msgid "Emptying or restoring the trash folder" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Den Papierkorb leeren oder Fotos wiederherstellen" #: C/organize-remove.page:27(p) msgid "" @@ -1168,7 +1337,7 @@ msgstr "Löschen" #: C/organize-remove.page:29(p) msgid "Delete the selected photos from the trash folder." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Löschen der ausgewählten Fotos aus dem Papierkorb." #: C/organize-remove.page:30(title) msgid "Restore" @@ -1176,7 +1345,7 @@ msgstr "Wiederherstellen" #: C/organize-remove.page:30(p) msgid "Restore the selected photos into Shotwell." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wiederherstellen der gewählten Fotos in Shotwell." #: C/organize-remove.page:31(title) msgid "Empty trash" @@ -1184,11 +1353,11 @@ msgstr "Papierkorb leeren" #: C/organize-remove.page:31(p) msgid "Delete all photos from the trash folder." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Löschen aller Fotos im Papierkorb." #: C/organize-remove.page:36(title) msgid "Deleting or emptying Trash" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Löschen oder Leeren des Papierkorbs" #: C/organize-remove.page:37(p) msgid "" @@ -1290,10 +1459,12 @@ msgstr "" #: C/organize-flag.page:7(desc) msgid "Flag photos to mark them as special or to work with them as a set." msgstr "" +"Markieren Sie Fotos, um sie als besondere zu kennzeichnen oder mit diesen " +"als Menge zu arbeiten." #: C/organize-flag.page:12(title) msgid "Flagging photos" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fotos markieren" #: C/organize-flag.page:14(p) msgid "" @@ -1319,7 +1490,7 @@ msgstr "" #: C/organize-flag.page:27(title) msgid "To flag or unflag a photo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "So markieren Sie ein Foto oder heben die Markierung auf" #: C/organize-flag.page:28(p) msgid "" @@ -1368,9 +1539,9 @@ msgstr "" #: C/organize-event.page:27(p) msgid "" "To give an event a name rather than referring to it by its date, select the " -"event, click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Rename Event</gui></guiseq> and " -"enter a new name. Another way of renaming an event is to double-click its " -"name in the sidebar; type a new name and then press <key>Enter</key>." +"event, click <guiseq><gui>Events</gui><gui>Rename Event...</gui></guiseq> " +"and enter a new name. Another way of renaming an event is to double-click " +"its name in the sidebar; type a new name and then press <key>Enter</key>." msgstr "" #: C/organize-event.page:31(title) @@ -1420,8 +1591,8 @@ msgstr "" #: C/organize-event.page:53(p) msgid "" -"If you select the Events item in the sidebar, you'll see a single photo " -"which represents each event. This is called the key photo." +"If you select the <gui>Events</gui> item in the sidebar, you'll see a single " +"photo which represents each event. This is called the key photo." msgstr "" #: C/organize-event.page:55(p) @@ -1435,8 +1606,8 @@ msgstr "" #. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. #: C/index.page:23(None) msgid "" -"@@image: 'figures/shotwell_logo.png'; md5=59de2b2c4fa64ea1497c98452c509dbd" -msgstr "original" +"@@image: 'figures/shotwell_logo.png'; md5=4b333499555b4e496b1a38f7899067f3" +msgstr "" #: C/index.page:6(title) C/index.page:7(title) msgid "Shotwell" @@ -1487,30 +1658,32 @@ msgid "" "<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/shotwell_logo.png\"/>Shotwell Photo " "Manager" msgstr "" +"<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/shotwell_logo.png\"/>Shotwell " +"Fotoverwaltung" #: C/index.page:26(title) msgid "Importing Photos" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fotos importieren" #: C/index.page:30(title) msgid "Viewing Photos" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fotos ansehen" #: C/index.page:34(title) msgid "Organizing Photos" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fotos organisieren" #: C/index.page:38(title) msgid "Editing Photos" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fotos bearbeiten" #: C/index.page:42(title) msgid "Sharing Photos" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fotos teilen" #: C/index.page:46(title) msgid "Other Features" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Weitere Funktionen" #: C/import-memorycard.page:7(desc) msgid "Import photos from a digital camera's memory card." @@ -1518,11 +1691,11 @@ msgstr "" #: C/import-memorycard.page:12(title) msgid "Importing from a memory card" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Importieren von einer Speicherkarte" #: C/import-memorycard.page:14(p) msgid "To import photos from a camera memory card:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "So importieren Sie Fotos von einer Speicherkarte:" #: C/import-memorycard.page:18(p) msgid "" @@ -1538,8 +1711,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Follow the instructions for <link xref=\"import-file\">importing photos from " "your hard disk</link>. If you click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Import From " -"Folder</gui></guiseq>, the memory card should be visible as a folder in the " -"side bar of the file selection window." +"Folder...</gui></guiseq>, the memory card should be visible as a folder in " +"the side bar of the file selection window." msgstr "" #: C/import-memorycard.page:28(p) @@ -1564,15 +1737,17 @@ msgstr "" #: C/import-f-spot.page:12(title) msgid "Importing from F-Spot" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Importieren aus F-Spot" #: C/import-f-spot.page:14(p) msgid "To import an existing photo collection from F-Spot:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "So importieren Sie eine bestehende Fotosammlung aus F-Spot:" #: C/import-f-spot.page:16(p) msgid "Select <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Import From F-Spot</gui></guiseq>." msgstr "" +"Wählen Sie <guiseq><gui>Datei</gui><gui>Importieren aus F-Spot</gui></" +"guiseq>." #: C/import-f-spot.page:17(p) msgid "" @@ -1580,6 +1755,9 @@ msgid "" "importing from another F-Spot database, select a directory and file from the " "chooser dialog box." msgstr "" +"Wählen Sie anschließend die voreingestellte F-Spot-Bibliothek oder eine " +"andere F-Spot-Datenbank. Wenn Sie aus einer anderen F-Spot-Datenbank " +"importieren, wählen Sie einen Ordner und eine Datei im Dateiwähler." #: C/import-f-spot.page:20(p) msgid "" @@ -1596,7 +1774,7 @@ msgstr "" #: C/import-file.page:12(title) msgid "Importing from your hard disk" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Importieren von Ihrer Festplatte" #: C/import-file.page:14(p) msgid "" @@ -1606,8 +1784,8 @@ msgstr "" #: C/import-file.page:16(p) msgid "" -"Alternatively, click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Import From Folder</gui></" -"guiseq> and select the folder containing the photos you want to import." +"Alternatively, click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Import From Folder...</" +"gui></guiseq> and select the folder containing the photos you want to import." msgstr "" #: C/import-file.page:18(p) @@ -1634,15 +1812,15 @@ msgstr "" #: C/import-camera.page:7(desc) msgid "Copy photos from a digital camera." -msgstr "" +msgstr "So kopieren Sie Fotos von einer Digitalkamera." #: C/import-camera.page:12(title) msgid "Importing from a camera" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Importieren von einer Kamera" #: C/import-camera.page:14(p) msgid "To import photos from a digital camera:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "So importieren Sie Fotos von einer Digitalkamera:" #: C/import-camera.page:18(p) msgid "" @@ -1681,10 +1859,12 @@ msgid "" "Shotwell supports JPEG, PNG, TIFF, BMP and RAW photo files as well as video " "files." msgstr "" +"Shotwell unterstützt JPEG, PNG, TIFF, BMP und RAW-Fotos ebenso wie Video-" +"Dateien." #: C/formats.page:12(title) msgid "Supported photo and video formats" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Unterstützte Foto- und Video-Formate" #: C/formats.page:14(p) msgid "" @@ -1763,32 +1943,32 @@ msgid "" "exception is that time and date adjustments will not be reverted." msgstr "" -#: C/edit-time-date.page:7(desc) -msgid "Change the time and date of photos if those details are incorrect." +#: C/edit-date-time.page:7(desc) +msgid "Change the date and time of photos if those details are incorrect." msgstr "" -#: C/edit-time-date.page:12(title) -msgid "Adjust the time and date of photos" +#: C/edit-date-time.page:12(title) +msgid "Adjust the date and time of photos" msgstr "" -#: C/edit-time-date.page:14(p) +#: C/edit-date-time.page:14(p) msgid "" -"To adjust the time and date of photos, select the photos you would like to " -"adjust, choose <guiseq><gui>Photos</gui><gui>Adjust Time and Date</gui></" -"guiseq> and select a new time and date." +"To adjust the date and time of photos, select the photos you would like to " +"adjust, choose <guiseq><gui>Photos</gui><gui>Adjust Date and Time...</gui></" +"guiseq> and select a new date and time." msgstr "" -#: C/edit-time-date.page:16(p) +#: C/edit-date-time.page:16(p) msgid "" "If you are changing the date and time of multiple photos at once, you can " "choose to shift all the photos by the same amount of time or to set all the " "photos to the same time." msgstr "" -#: C/edit-time-date.page:18(p) +#: C/edit-date-time.page:18(p) msgid "" -"By default, the time and date are only changed inside Shotwell. You can also " -"choose to modify the time and date in the original file, but this cannot be " +"By default, the date and time are only changed inside Shotwell. You can also " +"choose to modify the date and time in the original file, but this cannot be " "undone once you exit Shotwell." msgstr "" @@ -1818,7 +1998,7 @@ msgid "Drag the slider to achieve the desired degree of straightening." msgstr "" #: C/edit-straighten.page:24(p) -msgid "Press <gui>OK</gui> when finished." +msgid "Press <gui>Straighten</gui> when finished." msgstr "" #: C/edit-rotate.page:7(desc) @@ -2049,8 +2229,8 @@ msgstr "" #: C/edit-crop.page:29(p) msgid "" -"When you're happy with your crop outline, press the <gui>Apply</gui> button. " -"Shotwell will display the cropped photo." +"When you're happy with your crop outline, apply it by pressing the " +"<gui>Crop</gui> button. Shotwell will display the cropped photo." msgstr "" #: C/edit-crop.page:32(p) @@ -2067,13 +2247,14 @@ msgstr "" #: C/edit-crop.page:38(title) msgid "What is the rule of thirds?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Was ist die Drittelregel?" #: C/edit-crop.page:39(p) msgid "" "The <em>rule of thirds</em> helps you to choose a pleasing composition for a " "photo." msgstr "" +"Die <em>Drittelregel</em> hilft, ein Foto optisch ansprechend zu gestalten." #: C/edit-crop.page:40(p) msgid "" @@ -2103,7 +2284,7 @@ msgstr "" #: C/edit-adjustments.page:12(title) msgid "Color adjustments" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Farbanpassungen" #: C/edit-adjustments.page:14(p) msgid "" @@ -2122,14 +2303,14 @@ msgstr "" #: C/edit-adjustments.page:18(p) msgid "" -"When the photo's colors and contrast are to your liking, press <gui>Apply</" -"gui> to save the changes. <gui>Reset</gui> will return the image to its " -"original state. <gui>Cancel</gui> discards all changes you've made." +"When the photo's colors and contrast are to your liking, press <gui>OK</gui> " +"to save the changes. <gui>Reset</gui> will return the image to its original " +"state. <gui>Cancel</gui> discards all changes you've made." msgstr "" #: C/edit-adjustments.page:21(title) msgid "What do the color adjustments do?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Was bewirken die Farbregler?" #: C/edit-adjustments.page:24(title) msgid "Exposure" @@ -2140,6 +2321,9 @@ msgid "" "Changes the brightness to make it look like the photo was exposed for a " "longer or shorter time. Use this to correct under- or over-exposed photos." msgstr "" +"Änderung der Helligkeit, so dass es aussieht, also ob das Foto länger oder " +"kürzer belichtet worden wäre. Verwenden Sie diese Möglichkeit, um über- und " +"unterbelichtete Fotos zu korrigieren." #: C/edit-adjustments.page:28(title) msgid "Saturation" diff --git a/help/de/de.stamp b/help/de/de.stamp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e69de29 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/de/de.stamp diff --git a/help/de/edit-adjustments.page b/help/de/edit-adjustments.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8b67413 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/de/edit-adjustments.page @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="edit-adjustments" xml:lang="de"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#edit"/> + <desc>Change the exposure, saturation, tint, and shadows of a photo.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="edit-crop"/> + </info> + + <title>Farbanpassungen</title> + +<p>The <gui>Adjust</gui> button opens a floating window with a histogram and sliders to adjust a photo's exposure, saturation, tint, temperature, and shadows. The histogram also has sliders to reduce the upper and lower intensity thresholds of the photograph, expanding the contrast of the middle range.</p> + +<p>The <gui>Enhance</gui> button adjusts the histogram and shadows sliders to improve the quality of a photo.</p> + +<p>When the photo's colors and contrast are to your liking, press <gui>OK</gui> to save the changes. <gui>Reset</gui> will return the image to its original state. <gui>Cancel</gui> discards all changes you've made.</p> + +<section> + <title>Was bewirken die Farbregler?</title> + <terms> + <item> + <title>Belichtung</title> + <p>Änderung der Helligkeit, so dass es aussieht, also ob das Foto länger oder kürzer belichtet worden wäre. Verwenden Sie diese Möglichkeit, um über- und unterbelichtete Fotos zu korrigieren.</p> + </item> + <item> + <title>Sättigung</title> + <p>Changes how vivid colors look. If your photo looks gray and washed out, try increasing the saturation. If colors look too bold, try decreasing it.</p> + </item> + <item> + <title>Farbton</title> + <p>This tints the photo with a color. It's useful for correcting photos taken with the wrong white balance setting, which typically have an unnatural color cast. For example, photos taken outdoors with the white balance set to "Tungsten" may have a blue cast.</p> + </item> + <item> + <title>Temperatur</title> + <p>Changes how "warm" or "cool" the picture looks. Use this to make cold, depressing scenes look more lively, for example.</p> + </item> + <item> + <title>Schatten</title> + <p>This makes shadowy areas appear lighter. Use this to make detail more visible if it's obscured by the darkness of a shadow.</p> + </item> + <item> + <title>Intensity Threshold (sliders on the histogram)</title> + <p>These sliders change how light the brightest white is and how dark the darkest black is. Use them to change the contrast of the photo. Photos which look washed out should particularly benefit from changing these settings.</p> + </item> + </terms> +</section> + +</page> diff --git a/help/de/edit-crop.page b/help/de/edit-crop.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..685f81d --- /dev/null +++ b/help/de/edit-crop.page @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="edit-crop" xml:lang="de"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#edit"/> + <desc>Improve the composition of a photo by cutting out parts of it.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="edit-external"/> + </info> + + <title>Bild wird zugeschnitten</title> + + <p>To reduce the area of a photo and concentrate the viewer's attention on a smaller portion of it, use the Crop tool. + The crop tool is only available in full-window or fullscreen mode.</p> + +<steps> + <item> + <p>Double-click on a photo to enter full-window mode, then press the <gui>Crop</gui> button on the toolbar.</p> + </item> + <item> + <p>A white box, the crop rectangle, will appear over the photo. The lighter portion of the photo within the crop rectangle represents what the photo will look like when you crop it.</p> + </item> + <item> + <p>If you place your cursor in the middle of the box, you can move the box around. If you drag the edges of the box, you can adjust its size. As you move and adjust the crop box, you'll see four lines appear inside it, like a tic-tac-toe grid. These are <em>rule of thirds</em> lines.</p> + <p>You can also constrain the crop box to one of many common sizes. Choose a size from the drop-down list that suits your needs. If you press the flip button next to it, the orientation of the constraint will switch (from landscape to portrait).</p> + </item> + <item> + <p>When you're happy with your crop outline, apply it by pressing the <gui>Crop</gui> button. Shotwell will display the cropped photo.</p> + </item> + <item> + <p>If you change your mind, press the <gui>Crop</gui> button again and fine-tune the crop.</p> + <p>If you press <gui>Cancel</gui> rather than <gui>Apply</gui>, Shotwell will return to the photo's previous crop dimensions.</p> + </item> +</steps> + +<section> + <title>Was ist die Drittelregel?</title> + <p>Die <em>Drittelregel</em> hilft, ein Foto optisch ansprechend zu gestalten.</p> + <p>Imagine that the scene is divided up into a 3x3 grid by two equally-spaced vertical lines and two equally-spaced horizontal lines. According to the rule, you're more likely to get a pleasing composition if you align major features (like the horizon, or a person's body) with one of the lines. Paying attention to the way features flow from one part of the grid to another can also help.</p> + <p>Cropping a photo so that it conforms to the rule of thirds often results in a more visually appealing image.</p> + <media type="image" src="figures/crop_thirds.jpg"> + <p>Cropping a photo, using the "rule of thirds" lines to improve the composition.</p> + </media> +</section> +</page> diff --git a/help/de/edit-date-time.page b/help/de/edit-date-time.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9d0f35a --- /dev/null +++ b/help/de/edit-date-time.page @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="edit-date-time" xml:lang="de"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#edit"/> + <desc>Change the date and time of photos if those details are incorrect.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="edit-enhance"/> + </info> + + <title>Adjust the date and time of photos</title> + +<p>To adjust the date and time of photos, select the photos you would like to adjust, choose <guiseq><gui>Photos</gui><gui>Adjust Date and Time...</gui></guiseq> and select a new date and time.</p> + +<p>If you are changing the date and time of multiple photos at once, you can choose to shift all the photos by the same amount of time or to set all the photos to the same time.</p> + +<p>By default, the date and time are only changed inside Shotwell. You can also choose to modify the date and time in the original file, but this cannot be undone once you exit Shotwell.</p> + +</page> diff --git a/help/de/edit-enhance.page b/help/de/edit-enhance.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..db34e30 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/de/edit-enhance.page @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="edit-enhance" xml:lang="de"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#edit"/> + <desc>Let Shotwell improve the brightness and contrast of a photo automatically.</desc> + + <link type="seealso" xref="edit-adjustments"/> + + <link type="next" xref="edit-adjustments"/> + </info> + + <title>Auto-enhance</title> + + <p>Clicking on the <gui>Enhance</gui> button is a quick way to automatically adjust the brightness and contrast of your photo. It will often give you a photo that is correctly exposed. You can also use it as a starting point and then improve the adjustments by clicking on the <gui>Adjust</gui> button.</p> +</page> diff --git a/help/de/edit-external.page b/help/de/edit-external.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..eced76c --- /dev/null +++ b/help/de/edit-external.page @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="edit-external" xml:lang="de"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#edit"/> + <desc>Use a different program to edit a photo.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="edit-redeye"/> + </info> + + <title> + Edit photos with an external program + </title> + + <p> + You might want to use an external editor to do additional work on a photo. + If installed, GIMP and UFRaw are the default external editors for photo and RAW editing, + respectively. If these programs are not installed, you must select your preferred + editors by choosing <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui></guiseq> and selecting + editors from drop-down menus of installed applications. + </p> + + <p> + Once your editors have been set, select a photo and choose <guiseq><gui>Photos</gui> + <gui>Open With External Editor</gui></guiseq> to open the photo with the external editor. + Likewise, if the original photo is a RAW file, select <guiseq><gui>Photos</gui><gui>Open + With RAW Editor</gui></guiseq> to edit the RAW file directly with the set RAW editor. + </p> + + <p> + When you complete your edits and save the file, Shotwell will detect the changes and + update the photo. When external edits have been made, press and hold the + <key>Shift</key> key in full-window view to show the original photo rather than the + externally-edited one. + </p> + + <p> + Reverting to original will erase any external edits. + </p> + + <note> + <p> + If you externally edit a RAW photo and save the result to another image, such as a + JPEG or PNG, Shotwell cannot automatically determine that the original RAW and the + new image should be paired. + </p> + + <p> + If you want to work within the resulting image within Shotwell, you'll need to + import it yourself. + </p> + </note> +</page> diff --git a/help/de/edit-nondestructive.page b/help/de/edit-nondestructive.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4b0c75e --- /dev/null +++ b/help/de/edit-nondestructive.page @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="edit-nondestructive" xml:lang="de"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#edit"/> + <desc>Shotwell is a non-destructive photo editor - it does not modify your original photos.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="edit-date-time"/> + </info> + + <title>What happens to the original when I edit a photo?</title> + +<p>Shotwell is a non-destructive photo editor. It does not modify your original photographs. That is to say, if you crop a photo or adjust its colors, the photo file on disc remains untouched. Shotwell stores your edits in a database and applies them on the fly as necessary. This means you can undo any alterations you make to a photograph.</p> + +<p>If you want to see what a photo looked like before your modifications, press the <key>Shift</key> key. The original photo will be displayed as long as you hold the key down.</p> + +<p>Note that Shotwell can optionally write metadata (such as tags and titles) to photo files. +For more information, see the section <link xref="other-files">Photo files</link>.</p> + +</page> diff --git a/help/de/edit-redeye.page b/help/de/edit-redeye.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..61faf38 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/de/edit-redeye.page @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="edit-redeye" xml:lang="de"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#edit"/> + <desc>Correct photos where people have red eyes because of the camera's flash.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="edit-rotate"/> + </info> + + <title>Rote Augen werden entfernt</title> + + <p>Red-eye occurs when the camera's flash reflects off the pupil of someone's eye. To eliminate this in a photo, use the Red-eye tool.</p> + <steps> + <item> + <p>Click <gui>Red-eye</gui>. A circle will appear on the photo.</p> + </item> + <item> + <p>Drag the circle over the affected pupil, adjust its size with the slider control, and press <gui>Apply</gui>. The redness will be removed.</p> + </item> + <item> + <p>Repeat this process for all red pupils in your photo. Press <gui>Close</gui> when finished.</p> + </item> + </steps> +</page> diff --git a/help/de/edit-rotate.page b/help/de/edit-rotate.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f171a86 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/de/edit-rotate.page @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="edit-rotate" xml:lang="de"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#edit"/> + <desc>Click the <gui>Rotate</gui> button, or choose one of the commands in the <gui>Photo</gui> menu.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="edit-straighten"/> + </info> + + <title>Rotate or flip a photo</title> + + <p>You can rotate your photos left and right (clockwise and counterclockwise) with the <gui>Rotate</gui> button on the toolbar of most views. You can also make a mirror image of any photo.</p> + + <p>To rotate right, click on the <gui>Rotate</gui> button. To rotate left, press and hold the <key>Ctrl</key> key and then click the button. Both commands are available in the <gui>Photos</gui> menu too. Alternatively, use the following keyboard shortcuts:</p> + <list> + <item><p>rotate left: <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>R</key></keyseq> or <key>[</key></p></item> + <item><p>rotate right: <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>R</key></keyseq> or <key>]</key></p></item> + </list> + <p>To create a mirror image of a photo, use the <gui>Flip Horizontally</gui> command in the <gui>Photos</gui> menu. To flip an image vertically, use the <gui>Flip Vertically</gui> command in the same menu.</p> + + <note> + <p>If you select more than one image, you can rotate all of them at the same time.</p> + </note> + +</page> diff --git a/help/de/edit-straighten.page b/help/de/edit-straighten.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..895fb10 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/de/edit-straighten.page @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="edit-straighten" xml:lang="de"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#edit"/> + <desc>Straighten a photo so that its horizon appears level.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="edit-undo"/> + </info> + + <title>Straighten photos</title> + +<p>The straighten tools allows photos to be leveled and straightened. The straighten tool is only available in full-window or fullscreen mode. </p> + + <steps> + <item> + <p>Click <gui>Straighten</gui>. The straighten slider will appear. Alternatively, use the keyboard shortcut <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></keyseq>.</p> + </item> + <item> + <p>Drag the slider to achieve the desired degree of straightening.</p> + </item> + <item> + <p>Press <gui>Straighten</gui> when finished.</p> + </item> + </steps> + +</page> diff --git a/help/de/edit-undo.page b/help/de/edit-undo.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bfd4c1a --- /dev/null +++ b/help/de/edit-undo.page @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="edit-undo" xml:lang="de"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#edit"/> + <desc>Return a photo to its original, unedited form.</desc> + + <link type="seealso" xref="edit-nondestructive"/> + + <link type="next" xref="edit-nondestructive"/> + </info> + + <title>Änderungen rückgängig machen</title> + + <p>Because Shotwell is a non-destructive photo editor, you can undo any alterations you make to a photograph.</p> + + <p>If you want to see what a photo looked like before your modifications, press the <key>Shift</key> key. The original photo will be displayed as long as you hold the key down.</p> + + <p>To completely undo all the changes you've made to a photo, click <guiseq><gui>Photos</gui><gui>Revert to Original</gui></guiseq>. The only exception is that time and date adjustments will not be reverted.</p> + +</page> diff --git a/help/de/formats.page b/help/de/formats.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c79acc4 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/de/formats.page @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="formats" xml:lang="de"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index"/> + <desc>Shotwell unterstützt JPEG, PNG, TIFF, BMP und RAW-Fotos ebenso wie Video-Dateien.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="running"/> + </info> + + <title>Unterstützte Foto- und Video-Formate</title> + + <p>Shotwell supports JPEG, PNG, TIFF, BMP and <link type="guide" xref="other-raw">RAW</link> photo files. Shotwell does not yet support other graphics format such as GIF.</p> + +<p>Shotwell's RAW format support is currently limited. When you view a RAW photo, you are actually viewing a JPEG derived from the RAW photo, not the RAW image itself. Additionally, the RAW editing pipeline is not fully 16-bit - you can only export edited photos as 8-bit files. All supported formats can be used for export (JPEG, PNG, TIFF, BMP).</p> + +<p>For more information about RAW-format photos in Shotwell, please see +the <link type="guide" xref="other-raw">RAW</link> section. +</p> + +<p>Shotwell also supports video files in any format supported by the GStreamer media library on the system where +Shotwell is running. This typically includes the following formats among others:</p> +<list> +<item><p>Container formats: Ogg, QuickTime, MP4, AVI.</p></item> +<item><p>Codecs: Theora, Quicktime, MPEG-4, Motion JPEG. <em>Note that some operating systems may not include all +codecs listed here due to legal or licensing restrictions.</em></p></item> +</list> + +<p>Shotwell supports both photos and videos, but for simplicity, this documentation uses just the term "photos" +in most places. Many operations in Shotwell apply to both photos and videos, however. In particular, events, +flagging, rating, tagging, and publishing work both for photos and for videos.</p> + +</page> diff --git a/help/de/import-camera.page b/help/de/import-camera.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3267b18 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/de/import-camera.page @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="import-camera" xml:lang="de"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#import"/> + <desc>So kopieren Sie Fotos von einer Digitalkamera.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="import-memorycard"/> + </info> + + <title>Importieren von einer Kamera</title> + + <p>So importieren Sie Fotos von einer Digitalkamera:</p> + + <steps> + <item> + <p>Connect the camera to your computer and switch it on. + Shotwell will detect it and list it in the sidebar.</p> + </item> + <item> + <p>Select the camera in the sidebar. Previews of each photo on the camera will be displayed.</p> + </item> + <item> + <p>If you like, you can choose a set of specific photos to import. To do this, hold down the <key>Ctrl</key> key and click to select individual photos. You can hold down <key>Shift</key> and click to select a range of photos too.</p> + </item> + <item> + <p>Click either <gui>Import Selected</gui> or <gui>Import All</gui>. The photos will be copied from the camera and saved on your computer.</p> + </item> + </steps> + + <p>Once the import is complete, you can open the <gui>Last Import</gui> view (in the sidebar) to see all photos that were imported. The Events list (also in the sidebar) will also show the new photos, organized by date.</p> +</page> diff --git a/help/de/import-f-spot.page b/help/de/import-f-spot.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..54da952 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/de/import-f-spot.page @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="import-f-spot" xml:lang="de"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#import"/> + <desc>Shotwell can import all your photos and tags from the F-Spot photo manager.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="import-camera"/> + </info> + + <title>Importieren aus F-Spot</title> + + <p>So importieren Sie eine bestehende Fotosammlung aus F-Spot:</p> + <steps> + <item><p>Wählen Sie <guiseq><gui>Datei</gui><gui>Importieren aus F-Spot</gui></guiseq>.</p></item> + <item><p>Wählen Sie anschließend die voreingestellte F-Spot-Bibliothek oder eine andere F-Spot-Datenbank. Wenn Sie aus einer anderen F-Spot-Datenbank importieren, wählen Sie einen Ordner und eine Datei im Dateiwähler.</p></item> + </steps> + <p>Shotwell will import your photos, together with their tags and other information. + Once the import is complete, you can select <gui>Last Import</gui> in the sidebar to see all photos successfully imported. The Events list will also show new entries for the dates corresponding to the imported photos.</p> +</page> diff --git a/help/de/import-file.page b/help/de/import-file.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..40bc5d3 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/de/import-file.page @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="import-file" xml:lang="de"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#import"/> + <desc>Import photos that are already saved on your computer.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="import-f-spot"/> + </info> + + <title>Importieren von Ihrer Festplatte</title> + + <p>To import photo files from your hard disk into Shotwell, just drag them from your file browser into the Shotwell window.</p> + + <p>Alternatively, click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Import From Folder...</gui></guiseq> and select the folder containing the photos you want to import.</p> + + <p>Shotwell will ask whether you want to copy the photo files to your library folder (usually this is the <file>Pictures</file> folder in your home directory) or to import them in place without copying the files.</p> + + <p>If you hold down <key>Ctrl</key> while dragging photos in, Shotwell will copy the photos into your library folder without prompting. Similarly, if you hold down <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Shift</key></keyseq> while dragging photos in, Shotwell will import the photos without copying them.</p> + + <p>Once the import is complete, you can select <gui>Last Import</gui> in the sidebar to see all photos successfully imported. The Events list will also show new entries for the dates corresponding to the imported photos.</p> + +</page> diff --git a/help/de/import-memorycard.page b/help/de/import-memorycard.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5a6513f --- /dev/null +++ b/help/de/import-memorycard.page @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="import-memorycard" xml:lang="de"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#import"/> + <desc>Import photos from a digital camera's memory card.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="import-file"/> + </info> + + <title>Importieren von einer Speicherkarte</title> + +<p>So importieren Sie Fotos von einer Speicherkarte:</p> + +<steps> + <item> + <p>Put the card into your card reader. Make sure the card reader is plugged in to the computer and switched on.</p> + </item> + <item> + <p>The card reader and card should be detected automatically.</p> + </item> + <item> + <p>Follow the instructions for <link xref="import-file">importing photos from your hard disk</link>. If you click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Import From Folder...</gui></guiseq>, the memory card should be visible as a folder in the side bar of the file selection window.</p> + </item> +</steps> + +<p>Shotwell can import photos from any memory card that is compatible with your card reader.</p> + +<p>If the card is not detected automatically, your card reader may not have been recognized. Try unplugging it and then plugging it in again. If that doesn't work, you should still be able to import photos by <link xref="import-camera">connecting your camera directly to the computer</link>, though.</p> + +</page> diff --git a/help/de/index.page b/help/de/index.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..58f5ff5 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/de/index.page @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="index" xml:lang="de"> + + <info> + <title type="link">Shotwell</title> + <title type="text">Shotwell</title> + <credit type="author"> + <name>Jim Nelson</name> + <email>jim@yorba.org</email> + <name>Allison Barlow</name> + <email>allison@yorba.org</email> + <name>Robert Ancell</name> + <email>robert.ancell@canonical.com</email> + <name>Peter Smith</name> + <email>pdo.smith@gmail.com</email> + <name>Phil Bull</name> + <email>philbull@gmail.com</email> + </credit> + </info> + + + <title><media type="image" src="figures/shotwell_logo.png"/>Shotwell Fotoverwaltung</title> + + <section id="import" style="2column"> + <title>Fotos importieren</title> + </section> + + <section id="view" style="2column"> + <title>Fotos ansehen</title> + </section> + + <section id="organize" style="2column"> + <title>Fotos organisieren</title> + </section> + + <section id="edit" style="2column"> + <title>Fotos bearbeiten</title> + </section> + + <section id="share" style="2column"> + <title>Fotos teilen</title> + </section> + + <section id="other" style="2column"> + <title>Weitere Funktionen</title> + </section> +</page> diff --git a/help/de/organize-event.page b/help/de/organize-event.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ec28533 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/de/organize-event.page @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="event" xml:lang="de"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#organize"/> + <desc>Group photos together that were taken at the same time. Learn how to rename, merge, and sort events.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="flag"/> + </info> + + <title>Ereignisse</title> + + <p>An event is a group of photos that were taken at approximately the same time. When you import photos, Shotwell checks when each photo was taken. It then groups the photos into events.</p> + + <p>Choose <gui>Events</gui> from the sidebar to see your photos organized by date. If you select a month or year from the sidebar, a list of events will be displayed in the main window. Double-click an event to see all the photos that were taken around that time.</p> + + <p>If a photo has no embedded date/time information, then Shotwell can't automatically + place it in any event. In this case the photo will appear in the <gui>No Event</gui> + view accessible from the sidebar. You can still move the photo to any event you like + as described below. + </p> + + <section> + <title>Renaming events</title> + + <p>To give an event a name rather than referring to it by its date, select the event, click <guiseq><gui>Events</gui><gui>Rename Event...</gui></guiseq> and enter a new name. Another way of renaming an event is to double-click its name in the sidebar; type a new name and then press <key>Enter</key>.</p> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Moving photos between events</title> + + <p>Even though photos are initially grouped into events by their date, you can move photos between events. To do this, drag any photo to the sidebar and drop it on an event.</p> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Creating and merging events</title> + <p>To create a new event, select the photos you would like in the new event and click <guiseq><gui>Events</gui><gui>New Event</gui></guiseq>.</p> + <p>To merge events, select <guiseq><gui>Events</gui></guiseq> from the sidebar, then, while holding down <key>Ctrl</key> click on the events you want to merge in the main window area. Finally, click <guiseq><gui>Events</gui><gui>Merge Events</gui></guiseq>.</p> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Sorting events</title> + + <p>Events are displayed in a tree in the sidebar, organized by the year and month of the earliest photo in the event. + To change the event sort order, click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Sort Events</gui></guiseq> and select either ascending or descending.</p> + + </section> + + <section> + <title>Change the photo used to represent each event</title> + + <p>If you select the <gui>Events</gui> item in the sidebar, you'll see a single photo which represents each event. This is called the key photo.</p> + + <p>By default, Shotwell uses the first photo in each event as its key photo. + To use a different key photo, select the photo and choose <guiseq><gui>Photos</gui><gui>Make Key Photo for Event</gui></guiseq>.</p> + + </section> + +</page> diff --git a/help/de/organize-flag.page b/help/de/organize-flag.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..211a827 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/de/organize-flag.page @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="flag" xml:lang="de"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#organize"/> + <desc>Markieren Sie Fotos, um sie als besondere zu kennzeichnen oder mit diesen als Menge zu arbeiten.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="rating"/> + </info> + + <title>Fotos markieren</title> + + <p>Shotwell lets you <em>flag</em> photos. When a photo is flagged, a small flag icon + appears in its upper right corner. You can select the <gui>Flagged</gui> item in the sidebar to see + all photos which have been flagged.</p> + + <p>Flagging a photo marks it as special. You can interpret this in any way you like. For example, + you might flag all photos which need visual + adjustment, or all photos which you want to share with a friend.</p> + + <p>Flagging + is also useful because you can operate on all flagged photos as a set. For example, you can + select the <gui>Flagged</gui> view and then upload all flagged photos to a publishing service.</p> + + <section> + <title>So markieren Sie ein Foto oder heben die Markierung auf</title> + <p> + To flag or unflag a photo, right-click the photo and choose <gui>Flag</gui> or <gui>Unflag</gui> + from the context menu. Or use the <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>G</key></keyseq> or <key>/</key> + shortcut keys. + </p> + </section> + +</page> diff --git a/help/de/organize-rating.page b/help/de/organize-rating.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..aca1bd4 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/de/organize-rating.page @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="rating" xml:lang="de"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#organize"/> + <desc>Give photos a rating between 1 and 5 stars. You can reject bad photos, hiding them from view.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="delete"/> + </info> + + <title>Bewertungen</title> +<p>You can assign each photo a rating from 1-5 stars, or may alternatively rate it as Rejected, in which case Shotwell will hide the photo by default.</p> + +<p>You can rate a photo or a set of photos in any of these ways:</p> + +<list> +<item><p>Select the photo(s), then choose a rating from the top-level <guiseq><gui>Photos</gui><gui>Set Rating</gui></guiseq> menu.</p></item> +<item><p>Right-click on the photo(s), then choose a rating from the Set Rating context menu.</p></item> +<item><p>Select the photo(s), then press any of the shortcut keys <key>1</key>, <key>2</key>, <key>3</key>, <key>4</key> or <key>5</key> to assign a rating. Or press <key>9</key> to mark the photo(s) as rejected or <key>0</key> to clear the rating(s).</p></item> +</list> + +<p> +Normally Shotwell displays all photos except rejected photos. You can set a different rating filter using the <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Filter Photos</gui></guiseq> menu - for example, you can display only photos rated with 3 stars or higher, or you can display all photos including those marked rejected. The Shotwell icon on the toolbar displays the current rating filter and can also be used to set the filter.</p> + +<p>Shotwell normally displays each photo's rating in its lower left-hand corner. You can turn off the display of ratings using the <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Ratings</gui></guiseq> menu item.</p> + +<p>You can increase or decrease a photo's rating using the <guiseq><gui>Set Rating</gui><gui>Increase</gui></guiseq> and <guiseq><gui>Set Rating</gui><gui>Decrease</gui></guiseq> commands, or the keyboard shortcuts <key><</key> and <key>></key>. </p> +</page> diff --git a/help/de/organize-remove.page b/help/de/organize-remove.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a4d3dd5 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/de/organize-remove.page @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="delete" xml:lang="de"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#organize"/> + <desc>Remove photos from the library, or delete them from your computer entirely.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="search"/> + </info> + + <title>Removing and deleting photos</title> + + <p>You may remove photos from your library and you may additionally delete them entirely from your hard disk.</p> +<media type="image" src="figures/trash_process.png">Delete process</media> +<p>This diagram shows how a photo, when deleted, is first put into Shotwell's trash. If you delete it from Shotwell's trash, it is put into your computer's trash. If you delete it from your computer's trash the photo is finally and irretrievably deleted from your computer.</p> +<section id="delete-remove"> + <title>Fotos werden aus der Bibliothek entfernt</title> + <p>Select the photos to remove and choose <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Move to Trash</gui></guiseq>. + (You can also press the <key>Delete</key> key.) + The photos will be moved from your library to Shotwell's Trash.</p> + <p>If you want to remove photos from Shotwell without having them pass through the trash, simply select the photos to be removed and choose <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Remove From Library</gui></guiseq>. The photo files will be left in place on disk.</p> +</section> + +<section id="delete-empty"> + <title>Den Papierkorb leeren oder Fotos wiederherstellen</title> + <p>Select the Trash entry in the Sidebar and Shotwell will display all photos that have been marked for removal or deletion. In the Trash view, the following commands are available:</p> + <terms> + <item><title>Löschen</title><p>Löschen der ausgewählten Fotos aus dem Papierkorb.</p></item> + <item><title>Wiederherstellen</title><p>Wiederherstellen der gewählten Fotos in Shotwell.</p></item> + <item><title>Papierkorb leeren</title><p>Löschen aller Fotos im Papierkorb.</p></item> + </terms> +</section> + +<section id="delete-trash"> + <title>Löschen oder Leeren des Papierkorbs</title> + <p>When you delete files from the Trash folder or empty the Trash folder, you will be given the following choices:</p> + <terms> + <item><title>Nur entfernen</title><p>Remove photos from the library but leave the photos in their location on the computer.</p></item> + <item><title>Datei löschen</title><p>Remove photos from the library and delete them from the computer.</p></item> + <item><title>Abbrechen</title><p>Nichts tun.</p></item> + </terms> +</section> + +</page> diff --git a/help/de/organize-search.page b/help/de/organize-search.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cdd26e7 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/de/organize-search.page @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="search" xml:lang="de"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#organize"/> + <desc>Find photos and videos in your collection by a variety of criteria.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="tag"/> + </info> + + <title>Suchen</title> + + <p> + There are two ways to search in Shotwell: the filter toolbar, and with a saved search. The search + bar allows you to quickly search the current view for certain criteria. Saved Searches feature + more complex search criteria and persist in the sidebar between sessions. + </p> + + <section id="searchbar"> + <title>Suchleiste</title> + <p> + The <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Search Bar</gui></guiseq> checkbox toggles the display of the + search bar. You can also hit <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</key></keyseq> or <key>F8</key> to + bring up the search bar. From this bar, you can find, show and hide photos and videos based on + title, tag, rating or other options. + </p> + + <p> + To begin searching, simply enter a search keyword in the text box, or click on <gui>Flagged</gui>, + <gui>Rating</gui> or <gui>Type</gui>. The text search matches your keywords across tag names, + photo or video titles and photos' original filenames. The <gui>Flagged</gui>, + <gui>Rating</gui> and <gui>Type</gui> buttons allow you to filter your collection by + whether photos are flagged, their current number of stars, and whether the items shown are + images, videos, or raw camera files, respectively. + </p> + + <p> + Disabling the search bar or exiting Shotwell automatically resets the search bar. + </p> + </section> + + <section id="savedsearch"> + <title>Gespeicherte Suche</title> + <p> + A saved search persists across Shotwell sessions, and is updated as photos and videos are added + and removed from your Shotwell library. + </p> + + <p> + Create a new saved search with <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>New Saved Search...</gui></guiseq> or by hitting + <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq>. The dialog box allows you to enter a name for the + search and select whether you want to meet Any, All, or None of the criteria in the following rows. + </p> + + <p> + Each row represents a search criterion. Use the <gui>+</gui> button to add more rows, and the + <gui>-</gui> button to remove a specific row. The combo box on the left of each row selects the type + of criteria. Criteria must be entered correctly before the <gui>OK</gui> button becomes available. + </p> + </section> + +</page> diff --git a/help/de/organize-tag.page b/help/de/organize-tag.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9515256 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/de/organize-tag.page @@ -0,0 +1,93 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="tag" xml:lang="de"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#organize"/> + <desc>Fotos durch Kennzeichnung organisieren.</desc> + + <link type="seealso" xref="event"/> + + <link type="next" xref="title"/> + </info> + + <title>Fotos markieren</title> + + <p> + You can assign one or more tags to selected photos. + A tag can be one or more words that you want to associate with + those photos. + </p> + + <p> + To add new tags to photos, select the photos you would like to + tag, then do any of the following: + </p> + + <list> + <item><p>Choose <guiseq><gui>Tags</gui><gui>Add Tags...</gui></guiseq>.</p></item> + <item><p>Drücken Sie <keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>T</key></keyseq>.</p></item> + <item><p>Drag the selected photos and drop them on the desired tag.</p></item> + </list> + + <p> + When you use <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>T</key></keyseq> or + <guiseq><gui>Tags</gui><gui>Add Tags...</gui></guiseq> you can type + in the names of one or more tags, separated by commas. + Once you have created a tag, you can rename it by selecting that + tag in the sidebar and choosing + <guiseq><gui>Tags</gui><gui>Rename Tag "[name]"...</gui></guiseq>, + by rightclicking on it and choose <gui>Rename...</gui> or + double-click on the tag in the sidebar. + </p> + + <p> + To change which tags are associated with a particular photo, + select that photo, choose + <guiseq><gui>Tags</gui><gui>Modify Tags...</gui></guiseq> or + right-click on a photo and select <gui>Modify Tags...</gui> and + edit the comma separated list. + To remove a tag from one or more photos, first select that tag + in the sidebar, then select the photos you would like to remove, + and choose + <guiseq><gui>Tags</gui><gui>Remove Tag "[name]" from Photos</gui></guiseq> + or right-click on the photos an select + <gui>Remove Tag "[name]" from Photos</gui>. + </p> + + <p> + To delete a tag entirely, select that tag in the sidebar and choose + <guiseq><gui>Tags</gui><gui>Delete Tag "[name]"</gui></guiseq> + or by right-click and select <gui>Delete Tag "[name]"</gui>. + </p> + + <p> + When you create a tag, it will appear in the sidebar under the + <gui>Tags</gui> item, which is hidden if there are no tags. Photos + can have multiple tags attached to them, and when you click on the + name of a given tag in the sidebar, you will see all the photos + associated with that tag. + </p> + + <section id="hierarchaicaltags"> + <title>Hierarchical Tags</title> + <p> + Shotwell supports also hierarchial tags. You can + rearrange your tags by drag and drop a tag onto another. + To create a new subtag right-click on a tag and select + <gui>New</gui>. + </p> + + <p> + Hierarchial tags can help you to sort your tag list in + ways that better match how you work or think; for example, + you can store location tags like "Mountains" or "Beach" + under a parent tag "Places", which itself can be placed + under the tag "Summer Holidays". + </p> + + <p> + Note that deleting a parent tag will also delete its + child tags. + </p> + </section> +</page> diff --git a/help/de/organize-title.page b/help/de/organize-title.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ad49f74 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/de/organize-title.page @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="title" xml:lang="de"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#organize"/> + <desc>Betiteln Ihrer Fotos</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="event"/> + </info> + + <title>Titel</title> + +<p>The <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Titles</gui></guiseq> checkbox toggles the display of titles +beneath each photo. By default, a photo's title is its filename.</p> + +<p>To change a photo's title, +select the photo and click <guiseq><gui>Photos</gui><gui>Edit Title...</gui></guiseq>, or press <key>F2</key>.</p> + +</page> diff --git a/help/de/other-files.page b/help/de/other-files.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bcaedf8 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/de/other-files.page @@ -0,0 +1,131 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="other-files" xml:lang="de"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#other"/> + <desc>Keep the Shotwell library in sync with photo files on disk.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="other-plugins"/> + </info> + + <title>Fotodateien</title> + + <p> + Every photo in the Shotwell library corresponds to a file stored on your hard disk. Shotwell has + several features which help you keep the Shotwell library and files on disk in sync. + </p> + <links type="section"/> + + <section id="dirpattern"> + <title>Ein eigenes Namensschema verwenden</title> + <p>Shotwell erlaubt es, ein eigenes Namensschema für Ihre Bibliothek zu verwenden. Passen Sie dazu die Einstellungen für <gui>Ordnerstruktur</gui> und <gui>Muster</gui> in den <gui>Einstellungen</gui> an. Verwenden Sie ein vorgewähltes Schema oder wählen Sie <gui>Benutzerdefiniert</gui> und tippen Sie Ihr eigenes ein.</p> + + <p> + The available symbols for the directory pattern begin with a % (percent sign). The values + these symbols produce are locale-dependent, so what you see on your computer may vary + from the examples below. + </p> + + <table frame="all" rules="rowgroups"> + <tbody> + <tr> + <td><p> </p></td> <td><p><em>Symbol</em></p></td> <td><p><em>Meaning</em></p></td> <td><p><em>Example</em></p></td> + </tr> + </tbody> + <tbody> + <tr> + <td><p> </p></td><td><p>%Y</p></td><td><p>Jahr: lang</p></td><td><p>2011</p></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td><p> </p></td><td><p>%y</p></td><td><p>Jahr: kurz</p></td><td><p>11</p></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td><p> </p></td><td><p>%d</p></td><td><p>Tag des Monats mit führender Null</p></td><td><p>03</p></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td><p> </p></td><td><p>%A</p></td><td><p>Tag: lang</p></td><td><p>Mittwoch</p></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td><p> </p></td><td><p>%a</p></td><td><p>Tag: abgekürzt</p></td><td><p>Mi</p></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td><p> </p></td><td><p>%m</p></td><td><p>Monat als Zahl mit führender Null</p></td><td><p>02</p></td> + </tr> + <tr><td><p> </p></td><td><p>%b</p></td><td><p>Monat: abgekürzt</p></td><td><p>Feb</p></td></tr><tr><td><p> </p></td><td><p>%B</p></td><td><p>Monat: lang</p></td><td><p>Februar</p></td></tr><tr><td><p> </p></td><td><p>%I</p></td><td><p>Stunde: 12-Stunden-Format</p></td><td><p>05</p></td></tr><tr><td><p> </p></td><td><p>%H</p></td><td><p>Stunde: 24-Stunden-Format</p></td><td><p>17</p></td></tr><tr><td><p> </p></td><td><p>%M</p></td><td><p>Minute</p></td><td><p>16</p></td></tr><tr><td><p> </p></td><td><p>%S</p></td><td><p>Sekunde</p></td><td><p>30</p></td></tr><tr><td><p> </p></td><td><p>%p</p></td><td><p>a. m. oder p. m.</p></td><td><p>p. m.</p></td></tr> + </tbody> + </table> + + <p> + There are other symbols available; please check the manual for strftime by running + the command <cmd>man strftime</cmd> if you need one that isn't listed here. + </p> + </section> + + <section id="automatic-import"> + <title>Automatisch Fotos importieren</title> + + <p>Shotwell can automatically import new photos which appear in the library directory. + (The library directory is usually the <file>Pictures</file> directory in your home directory; + you can change its location in in the <gui>Preferences</gui> window.) + </p> + + <p>To enable auto-import, + check the box <gui>Watch library directory for new files</gui> in + the <gui>Preferences</gui> window.</p> + + <note style="advanced"><p>Shotwell can also follow symbolic links inside automatically-imported directories.</p></note> + + </section> + + <section id="automatic-rename"> + <title>Automatically renaming imported photos to lowercase</title> + + <p> + Shotwell can automatically change the filenames of imported photos + to lowercase. To enable this, choose <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui></guiseq>, + and in the <gui>Preferences</gui> window, check the <gui>Rename imported files to lowercase</gui> + box. + </p> + + </section> + + <section id="writing-metadata"> + <title>Writing metadata on the fly</title> + + <p>By default, Shotwell does not modify photo files, even when you edit photos or change their + tags or titles. Shotwell records these changes in its own database only.</p> + + <p>To change this behavior, you can enable the checkbox + <gui>Write tags, titles and other metadata to photo files</gui> + in the <gui>Preferences</gui> dialog. When this option is enabled, Shotwell will write + the following metadata to most photo files whenever you change it in Shotwell:</p> + + <list> + <item><p>Titel</p></item> + <item><p>Schlagworte</p></item> + <item><p>Bewertungen</p></item> + <item><p>Rotationsinformation</p></item> + <item><p>Uhrzeit/Datum</p></item> + </list> + + <p>Shotwell stores this information in photo files in EXIF, IPTC and/or XMP format. Note + that Shotwell can write only to photo files in JPEG, PNG and TIFF format, not to BMP photos, RAW photos + or to video files. + </p> + + </section> + + <section id="runtime-monitoring"> + <title>Runtime monitoring</title> + + <p>While Shotwell is running, it notices changes made to any photo file externally. + When a photo file changes, Shotwell rereads the file and updates your view of the + photo and metadata.</p> + + <p>Note that Shotwell checks all photo files for changes at startup, but only photo files contained in + the library directory are monitored in real time after startup. We hope to remove this limitation + in a further release.</p> + + </section> + +</page> diff --git a/help/de/other-missing.page b/help/de/other-missing.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fe45299 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/de/other-missing.page @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="other-missing" xml:lang="de"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#other"/> + <desc>If Shotwell can't find a photo in your library, it marks it as missing.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="other-multiple"/> + </info> + + <title>Fehlende Fotos</title> + +<p>Each time Shotwell starts up, it scans your photo library to verify that all photo files still exist on your hard drive. If Shotwell finds that any photo files are missing, it will not display them in the normal Photos, Events and Tags views, but will instead show them in a separate Missing Files view which will appear in the sidebar.</p> + +<p>If you no longer want the missing files to be part of your Shotwell collection (perhaps because you deleted them), go to the Missing Files view, select the photos and then click <gui>Remove From Library</gui>.</p> + +<p>If you have photos on a removable disk, such as a CD or USB flash drive, and <link xref="index#import">import</link> them into Shotwell <em>without</em> copying the photos to your computer, they will show up as missing files if you then disconnect the removable disk. See <link xref="import-file"/> to learn how to copy files from removable disks onto your computer.</p> + +<p>If any missing photo files become available again, Shotwell will notice this the next time it starts. The photos will once again appear in the Photos, Events and Tags views.</p> + +</page> diff --git a/help/de/other-multiple.page b/help/de/other-multiple.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2558b82 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/de/other-multiple.page @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="other-multiple" xml:lang="de"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#other"/> + <desc>You can open Shotwell with a different photo library by using the command line.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="other-files"/> + </info> + + <title>Mehrere Bibliotheken</title> + +<p>Shotwell speichert normalerweise seine Datenbank und Vorschaubilder der Fotos im Ordner <file>~/.shotwell</file>. Dieser Ordner enthält keine Fotos, sondern lediglich eine Datenbank mit einer Liste aller Fotos in der Shotwell-Bibliothek.</p> + +<p>As an advanced feature, it's possible for you to have multiple Shotwell libraries, each of which has its own set of photos. Each library needs its own database directory. To launch Shotwell with an alternate library, specify an alternate database directory on the command line as follows:</p> + +<screen> +shotwell -d [Bibliotheksordner] +</screen> + +</page> diff --git a/help/de/other-plugins.page b/help/de/other-plugins.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9ad2483 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/de/other-plugins.page @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="other-plugins" xml:lang="de"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#other"/> + <desc>Extend Shotwell's functionality dynamically.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="other-missing"/> + </info> + + <title>Erweiterungen</title> + <p> + Shotwell can be used with <em>plugins</em>, which are companion shared libraries that can + add support for new publishing destinations or new slideshow transitions. + </p> + + <p> + To see a list of installed plugins, choose <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui></guiseq>, + and in the <gui>Preferences</gui> window, click on the <gui>Plugins</gui> tab. You'll see a list + of currently-installed plugins, each with a checkbox by it, and you may enable or disable each by + selecting or deselecting the checkbox by its name. + </p> + + <note style="advanced"><p>Full documentation on how to develop new plugins is available at + <link href="http://redmine.yorba.org/projects/shotwell/wiki/ShotwellArchWritingPlugins">http://redmine.yorba.org/projects/shotwell/wiki/ShotwellArchWritingPlugins</link></p></note> + +</page> diff --git a/help/de/raw.page b/help/de/raw.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..af7ca72 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/de/raw.page @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="other-raw" xml:lang="de"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#other"/> + <desc>Weiteres zur RAW-Unterstützung in Shotwell.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="running"/> + </info> + + <title>RAW-Unterstützung in Shotwell</title> + <p>Some cameras have the ability to store data directly off the sensor + and into a file that contains extra color information; this is commonly + referred to as 'RAW' or 'camera RAW', and Shotwell supports these files + as well.</p> + + <p>Since RAW photographs normally cannot be displayed directly, but must + be first developed - that is, have their extra information interpreted and + readied for displaying - most cameras will either embed a JPEG inside a + RAW-format file, or produce a JPEG alongside the RAW file at the time the + snapshot is taken. The latter is referred to throughout this document as + RAW+JPEG. If you import a RAW+JPEG pair, Shotwell will + keep them paired and treat them as one item in your library. + </p> + + <p>When you import a RAW file, you can choose to either use the camera's + internally-developed JPEG or Shotwell's by selecting + <guiseq><gui>Photos</gui><gui>Developer</gui></guiseq> in the menus. + </p> + + <note> + <p> + Changing between developers will cause all edits made to a photograph + to be discarded. + </p> + </note> + + <p> + In order to publish or use a RAW photograph in most other software, it has to be + exported first. Shotwell can export your RAW photos in JPEG, PNG, TIFF + or BMP format, and, when publishing, will internally export a JPEG version + for you and publish that. + </p> + +</page> diff --git a/help/de/running.page b/help/de/running.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c0717f6 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/de/running.page @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="running" xml:lang="de"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index"/> + <desc>So finden Sie Shotwell im Anwendungsmenü oder lassen Sie es automatisch starten, wenn eine Kamera angeschlossen wird.</desc> + + <link type="seealso" xref="other-multiple"/> + + <link type="next" xref="formats"/> + </info> + + <title>Shotwell ausführen</title> + +<p>Sobald Shotwell installiert wurde, ist es in Ihrem <gui>Anwendungs</gui>-Menü verfügbar unter <gui>Grafik</gui> oder <gui>Fotografie</gui>.</p> + +<p>Shotwell kann automatisch gestartet werden, sobald eine Kamera an Ihren Rechner angeschlossen wird. Um zu prüfen, ob Ihr System so eingerichtet ist, dass Shotwell gestartet wird, sobald eine Kamera erkannt wird, öffnen Sie <guiseq><gui>Bearbeiten</gui><gui>Einstellungen</gui></guiseq> in der Dateiverwaltung Nautilus und wählen Sie den Reiter <gui>Medien</gui>. Dort finden Sie ein Auswahlfeld namens <gui>Fotos:</gui>, wo Sie Shotwell als die Vorgabe-Anwendung für Fotos festlegen.</p> + +<note style="advanced"> + <p>Shotwell kann auch direkt im Erstellungsordner ausgeführt werden. Dies ist jedoch nur zum Testen von Shotwell und für Entwickler empfohlen.</p> +</note> + +</page> diff --git a/help/de/share-background.page b/help/de/share-background.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..43ab5af --- /dev/null +++ b/help/de/share-background.page @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="share-background" xml:lang="de"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#share"/> + <desc>Das Hintergrundbild als ein Foto oder eine Diaschau von Fotos festlegen.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="share-slideshow"/> + </info> + + <title>Ein Schreibtisch-Hintergrund oder eine Diaschau festlegen</title> + + <p>Wählen Sie <guiseq><gui>Datei</gui><gui>Als Hintergrundbild festlegen</gui></guiseq>, um ein einzelnes Foto als Schreibtisch-Hintergrund festzulegen.</p> + + <p>You can also set your background to a slideshow of photos. To do this, select the photos for + the slideshow and choose <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Set as Desktop Slideshow...</gui></guiseq>. + Shotwell will prompt you for a slideshow delay, which can be any interval up to one day in length. + The background slideshow will proceed even when Shotwell is not running. + </p> + +</page> diff --git a/help/de/share-export.page b/help/de/share-export.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6b01461 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/de/share-export.page @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="share-export" xml:lang="de"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#share"/> + <desc>So kopieren Sie Fotos aus Shotwell heraus, um sie anderweitig abzulegen.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="share-print"/> + </info> + + <title>Fotos exportieren</title> + +<p>Um Fotos aus Shotwell mittels Ziehen-und-Ablegen zu exportieren, ziehen Sie die Fotos aus Shotwell in das Fenster einer Dateiverwaltung oder auf Ihre Arbeitsfläche. Die neuen Dateien entsprechen dann einer Kopie der Fotos Ihrer Bibliothek in Originalgröße.</p> + +<p> +Alternatively, select a set of photos and choose the <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Export...</gui></guiseq> command or press <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>E</key></keyseq>, which exports photos while letting you fine-tune the size and dimensions of your photo files. +A window will appear allowing you to make several choices: +</p> + +<list> +<item><p>Ein Exportformat.</p> +<list> +<item><p>Wählen Sie <gui>Unverändert</gui>, um Fotos im ursprünglichen Format ohne Veränderungen durch Shotwell zu exportieren. RAW-Fotos werden im ursprünglichen RAW-Format exportiert.</p></item> +<item><p>Wählen Sie <gui>Aktuell</gui>, um Fotos einschließlich aller in Shotwell gemachter Änderungen zu exportieren. RAW-Fotos werden im JPEG-Format exportiert, wenn sie diese in Shotwell bearbeitet haben, anderenfalls werden sie in ihren RAW-Format exportiert.</p></item> +<item><p>Alternativ wählen Sie ein bestimmtes Bildformat (JPEG, PNG, TIFF, BMP) für den Export. Alle in Shotwell getätigten Änderungen werden mit einbezogen und Shotwell wandelt die Fotos in das Zielformat um.</p></item> +</list> +</item> +<item><p>Die Bildqualität beim Exportieren (gering, mittel, hoch oder maximal).</p></item> +<item><p>Eine Skalierungsbeschränkung (sie legt fest, wie Shotwell entscheidet die Fotos zu skalieren) und die gewünschte Pixelgröße.</p></item> +<item><p>Legt fest, ob Metadaten wie beispielsweise Markierungen oder Bewertungen exportiert werden sollen. Im Falle von Metadaten für Ortsdienste oder anderweitiger privater Markierungen kann dies dabei helfen, Ihre Privatsphäre zu schützen.</p></item> +</list> + +<p>Legt fest, ob Shotwell Markierungen, Titel und andere Metadaten in die neuen Dateien schreiben soll.</p> + +</page> diff --git a/help/de/share-print.page b/help/de/share-print.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8c5dca9 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/de/share-print.page @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="share-print" xml:lang="de"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#share"/> + <desc>Klicken Sie auf <guiseq><gui>Datei</gui><gui>Drucken</gui></guiseq>. Wählen Sie für weitere Druckeinstellungen den Reiter <gui>Seite einrichten</gui> im Dialog <gui>Drucken</gui>.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="share-upload"/> + </info> + + <title>Drucken</title> + + <p>Um ein Foto zu drucken, wählen Sie es aus und wählen Sie anschließend <guiseq><gui>Datei</gui><gui>Drucken</gui></guiseq>.</p> + + <p>Shotwell kann mehrere Fotos auf eine Seite drucken. Wählen Sie dazu mehrere Bilder und dann <guiseq><gui>Datei</gui><gui>Drucken</gui></guiseq> und anschließend im Dialog <gui>Drucken</gui> den Reiter <gui>Bildeinstellungen</gui>. Wählen Sie unter <gui>Bildeinstellungen</gui> eine der Einstellungen für mehrere Bilder pro Seite unter <gui>Automatische Größe</gui>.</p> + + <p>Zum Festlegen der Formatierung, der Papiergröße und der Ausrichtung verwenden Sie vor dem Drucken den Reiter <gui>Seite einrichten</gui> im Dialog <gui>Drucken</gui>.</p> +</page> diff --git a/help/de/share-send.page b/help/de/share-send.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7dce436 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/de/share-send.page @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="share-send" xml:lang="de"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#share"/> + <desc>So verschicken Sie Fotos per E-Mail, Sofortnachricht oder auf andere Weisen.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="share-background"/> + </info> + + <title>Fotos versenden</title> + + <p>Shotwell versendet Fotos mit dem Mechanismus »Senden an« der GNOME Arbeitsumgebung. So können Sie Fotos per E-Mail, Sofortnachricht oder auf andere Weisen verschicken.</p> + <p>Wählen Sie Fotos zum Verschicken in Shotwell aus und wählen Sie dann <guiseq><gui>Datei</gui><gui>Senden an</gui></guiseq>, oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf das Foto und wählen Sie <gui>Senden an</gui> im Kontextmenü. Daraufhin erscheint der Dialog <gui>Senden an</gui>, wo Sie ein Verfahren zum Verschicken der Fotos (wie zum Beispiel E-Mail oder Sofortnachricht) und einen Empfänger festlegen. Optional können Sie Dateien komprimieren und versenden.</p> + +</page> diff --git a/help/de/share-slideshow.page b/help/de/share-slideshow.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..83edbe0 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/de/share-slideshow.page @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="share-slideshow" xml:lang="de"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#share"/> + <desc>Eine Bildvorführung Ihrer Fotos ansehen</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="share-export"/> + </info> + + <title>Bildvorführungen</title> + + <p>Um eine Diaschau einer Sammlung in Shotwell zu sehen, wählen Sie diese Sammlung und dann <guiseq><gui>Ansicht</gui><gui>Diaschau</gui></guiseq> oder drücken Sie <key>F5</key>.</p> + + <p>Sie können folgende Einstellungen während einer Diaschau anpassen:</p> + + <list> + <item><p>Die Darstellungsdauer eines Bildes: 1 - 30 Sekunden</p></item> + <item><p>Sie können verschiedene Übergangseffekte wählen.</p></item> + <item><p>Die Zeit für jeden Übergangseffekt: 0,1 - 1,0 Sekunden</p></item> + </list> +</page> diff --git a/help/de/share-upload.page b/help/de/share-upload.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e3a894c --- /dev/null +++ b/help/de/share-upload.page @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="share-upload" xml:lang="de"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#share"/> + <desc>So veröffentlichen Sie Fotos bei Facebook, Flickr, Picasa Webalben und anderen Seiten.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="share-send"/> + </info> + + <title>Ins Internet veröffentlichen</title> + + <p>Mit Hilfe von <link xref="other-plugins">Plugins</link> kann Shotwell Fotos und Videos bei den folgenden Diensten veröffentlichen. Jeder Dienst erfordert ein Benutzerkonto:</p> + + <list> + <item><p><link href="http://facebook.com">Facebook</link></p></item> + <item><p><link href="http://flickr.com">Flickr</link></p></item> + <item><p><link href="https://picasaweb.google.com/home?hl=de">Picasa Webalben</link> und <link href="http://plus.google.com">Google+</link></p></item> + <item><p><link href="http://youtube.com">YouTube</link> (nur Videos)</p></item> + <item><p><link href="http://fotki.yandex.ru">Yandex.Fotki</link>, eine in Russland beliebte Fotoseite (nur Fotos)</p></item> + <item><p>Jede Internetseite, welche die Fotogalerie-Software <link href="http://piwigo.org">Piwigo</link> installiert hat (nur Fotos)</p></item> + </list> + + <p>Wählen Sie zum Veröffentlichen von gewählten Fotos einer Sammlung <guiseq><gui>Bearbeiten</gui><gui>Einstellungen</gui></guiseq> und dann den Reiter <gui>Erweiterungen</gui> zum Einschalten der Erweiterung für den Dienst, den Sie verwenden wollen. Wählen Sie anschließend <guiseq><gui>Datei</gui><gui>Veröffentlichen</gui></guiseq> oder den Knopf <gui>Veröffentlichen</gui> in der Werkzeugleiste oder tippen Sie <keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>P</key></keyseq>. Daraufhin erscheint ein Fenster, in dem Sie den Dienst zur Veröffentlichung wählen. Sie müssen sich dann beim Dienst anmelden.</p> + + <p>Die Veröffentlichung auf Facebook erfordert es, der Anwendung »Shotwell Connect Facebook« verschiedene Rechte einzuräumen. Sie müssen diese Zugriffsrechte nur einmal gewähren, wenn Sie Shotwell zum ersten Mal mit Facebook verbinden.</p> + <note style="advanced"><p>You will be only able to publish images with at most the permission you granted to the Shotwell Facebook application</p></note> + + <p>Ebenso erfordert es die Veröffentlichung auf Flickr, Shotwell Connect zu gestatten, auf Ihr Konto zuzugreifen.</p> + + <p>Wenn Sie ein Google-Konto verfügen, aber die Picasa-Webalben noch nicht genutzt haben, müssen Sie sich zunächst in einem Browser bei Picasa anmelden, bevor Sie diesen Dienst zur Veröffentlichung nutzen können.</p> +</page> diff --git a/help/de/view-displaying.page b/help/de/view-displaying.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d95463a --- /dev/null +++ b/help/de/view-displaying.page @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="view-view" xml:lang="de"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#view"/> + <desc>Erfahren Sie mehr über die verschiedenen Ansichtsmöglichkeiten Ihrer Fotos: Im Raster, im Hauptfenster oder Bildschirm füllend.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="view-sidebar"/> + </info> + + <title>Fotoansichten</title> + +<p>Wenn Sie eine Sammlung in der Seitenleiste wählen, zeigt Shotwell alle Fotos der Sammlung im Hauptfenster an. Unten rechts befindet sich ein Schieberegler zur Anpassung der Größe der Vorschaubilder. Sie können ebenfalls die Größe der Vorschaubilder mit den Tasten <key>+</key> und <key>-</key> anpassen, oder indem Sie <key>Strg</key> gedrückt halten, während das Mausrad gedreht wird.</p> + +<p>Schauen Sie sich ein Foto im Vollbild an, indem Sie zweimal darauf klicken. Daraufhin wechseln Sie zu anderen Fotos Ihrer Sammlung mit den Tasten ← und →. Klicken Sie zweimal auf das Foto oder drücken Sie <key>Esc</key>, um zur Sammlung zurückzukehren.</p> + +<p>Beim Ansehen von Fotos im Vollbildmodus steuert der Regler in der Werkzeugleiste die Vergrößerung. Verschieben Sie das Foto, indem Sie die Maustaste gedrückt halten und die Maus bewegen. Sie können die Ansicht auch durch Drehen des Mausrads vergrößern und verkleinern, oder indem Sie die folgenden Tastenkürzel einsetzen: <keyseq><key>Strg</key>0</keyseq> für Vollansicht, <keyseq><key>Strg</key>1</keyseq> für 100% (1 Bildpunkt = 1 Bildschirmpunkt) und <keyseq><key>Strg</key>2</keyseq> für 200% (1 Bildpunkt = 2x2 Bildschirmpunkte).</p> + +<p>Shotwell kann Fotos auf dem gesamten Bildschirm darstellen. Wählen Sie dazu <guiseq><gui>Ansicht</gui><gui>Bildschirmfüllend</gui></guiseq> oder drücken Sie <key>F11</key>. Bewegen Sie den Mauszeiger unten auf den Bildschirm, um die Werkzeugleiste im Vollbildmodus einzublenden. Die Werkzeugleiste hat Knöpfe zum Blättern in der Sammlung, zum Anheften der Werkzeugleiste (so dass diese nicht mehr automatisch verborgen wird) und zum Verlassen des Vollbildmodus.</p> + +<section> +<title>Videos ansehen</title> +<p>Wenn Sie zweimal auf ein Video klicken, startet Shotwell ein externes Wiedergabeprogramm zum Abspielen. Es ist derzeit nicht möglich, ein Video im Vollbildmodus in Shotwell darzustellen oder das Video in Shotwell selbst anzuzeigen.</p> +</section> + +</page> diff --git a/help/de/view-information.page b/help/de/view-information.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..364b3a1 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/de/view-information.page @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="view-information" xml:lang="de"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#view"/> + <desc>Sehen Sie sich weitere Details über Fotos an, wie das von der Kamera verwendete Belichtungsverfahren.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="view-view"/> + </info> + + <title>Grundlegende und erweiterte Informationen</title> + +<p>Das Teilfenster mit grundlegenden Informationen erscheint unten in der Seitenleiste und zeigt eine kurze Übersicht der von Ihnen gewählten Fotos. Wenn keine Fotos ausgewählt sind, wird eine Zusammenfassung der gesamten Sammlung angezeigt. Schalten Sie die Darstellung des Teilfensters mit <guiseq><gui>Ansicht</gui><gui>Grundlegende Informationen</gui></guiseq> ein oder aus.</p> + +<p>Das schwebende Fenster »Erweiterte Informationen« zeigt weitere Informationen zu den gewählten Fotos. Mit <guiseq><gui>Ansicht</gui><gui>Erweiterte Informationen</gui></guiseq> oder <keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>Umschalttaste</key><key>X</key></keyseq> blenden Sie das Fenster ein oder aus.</p> + +</page> diff --git a/help/de/view-sidebar.page b/help/de/view-sidebar.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e20af7c --- /dev/null +++ b/help/de/view-sidebar.page @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="view-sidebar" xml:lang="de"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#view"/> + <desc>Die Seitenleiste links des Fensters zeigt verschiedene Ansichten Ihrer Bibliothek.</desc> + + <link type="seealso" xref="event"/> + <link type="seealso" xref="tag"/> + <link type="seealso" xref="flag"/> + <link type="seealso" xref="search#savedsearch"/> + <link type="seealso" xref="import-file"/> + <link type="seealso" xref="import-f-spot"/> + <link type="seealso" xref="import-memorycard"/> + <link type="seealso" xref="import-camera"/> + + <link type="next" xref="view-information"/> + </info> + + <title>Die Seitenleiste</title> + +<p>Die Seitenleiste links des Shotwell-Fensters zeigt verschiedene Ansichten Ihrer Bibliothek. Obwohl Sie eventuell das selbe Foto in mehreren Ansichten sehen, ist es tatsächlich nur einmal auf Ihrem System gespeichert.</p> + +<p>Die Ansicht <gui>Letzter Import</gui> zeigt die zuletzt importierten Fotos unabhängig von Ihrer Quelle wie F-Spot, Ihrer Kamera, einer Speicherkarte oder der Festplatte.</p> + +<p><gui>Markiert</gui> listet alle zuvor markierten Fotos.</p> + +<p>Mit <gui>Gespeicherte Suchen</gui> sortieren Sie Ihre Bibliothek anhand von vielen verschiedenen Kriterien.</p> + +<p>Der Ordner <gui>Ereignisse</gui> listet alle Ereignisse Ihrer Bibliothek auf. Ein Ereignis ist eine Menge von Fotos, die ungefähr im gleichen Zeitraum aufgenommen wurden.</p> + +<p>Der Ordner <gui>Markierungen</gui> listet alle markierten Fotos auf. Fotos können mehrfach markiert sein. Klicken Sie auf den Namen einer Markierung in der Seitenleiste, um alle mit der entsprechenden Markierung zu sehen.</p> + +</page> diff --git a/help/el/edit-adjustments.page b/help/el/edit-adjustments.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c066525 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/el/edit-adjustments.page @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="edit-adjustments" xml:lang="el"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#edit"/> + <desc>Αλλαγή της έκθεσης, του κορεσμού, της απόχρωσης και των σκιών μιας φωτογραφίας.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="edit-crop"/> + </info> + + <title>Προσαρμογές χρώματος</title> + +<p>Το πλήκτρο <gui>Ρύθμιση</gui> ανοίγει ένα αιωρούμενο παράθυρο με ένα ιστόγραμμα και ολισθητές για να ρυθμίσουν την έκθεση, τον κορεσμό, την απόχρωση, τη θερμοκρασία και τις σκιές μιας φωτογραφίας. Το ιστόγραμμα επίσης έχει ολισθητές που μειώνουν τα πάνω και κάτω κατώφλια έντασης της φωτογραφίας, επεκτείνοντας την αντίθεση της μεσαίας περιοχής.</p> + +<p>Το πλήκτρο <gui>Βελτίωση</gui> ρυθμίζει το ιστόγραμμα και τους ολισθητές σκιών για να βελτιώσουν την ποιότητα μιας φωτογραφίας.</p> + +<p>When the photo's colors and contrast are to your liking, press <gui>OK</gui> to save the changes. <gui>Reset</gui> will return the image to its original state. <gui>Cancel</gui> discards all changes you've made.</p> + +<section> + <title>Τι κάνουν οι ρυθμίσεις χρώματος;</title> + <terms> + <item> + <title>Έκθεση</title> + <p>Αλλάζει τη φωτεινότητα κάνοντας τη φωτογραφία να φαίνεται ότι εκτέθηκε για μεγαλύτερο ή λιγότερο χρόνο. Χρησιμοποιήστε το για να διορθώσετε υποεκτεθειμένες ή υπερεκτεθειμένες φωτογραφίες.</p> + </item> + <item> + <title>Κορεσμός</title> + <p>Αλλάζει τη ζωηρότητα των χρωμάτων. Αν η φωτογραφία φαίνεται γκρίζα και ξεθωριασμένη, δοκιμάστε να αυξήσετε τον κορεσμό. Αν τα χρώματα φαίνονται υπερβολικά έντονα, δοκιμάστε να τον μειώσετε.</p> + </item> + <item> + <title>Απόχρωση</title> + <p>Αυτό χρωματίζει τη φωτογραφία με ένα χρώμα. Είναι χρήσιμη για διόρθωση φωτογραφιών που ελήφθησαν με εσφαλμένη ρύθμιση ισορροπίας λευκού, που τυπικά έχει μια αφύσικη απόχρωση χρώματος. Για παράδειγμα, οι φωτογραφίες που ελήφθησαν υπαίθρια με την λευκή ισορροπία ορισμένη σε "βολφράμιο" μπορεί να έχουν μια γαλάζια απόχρωση.</p> + </item> + <item> + <title>Θερμοκρασία</title> + <p>Αλλάζει το πόσο "θερμή" ή "κρύα" φαίνεται η εικόνα. Χρησιμοποιήστε το για να κάνετε κρύα μειώνοντας τις σκηνές που φαίνονται πιο ζωντανές, για παράδειγμα.</p> + </item> + <item> + <title>Σκιές</title> + <p>Αυτό κάνει σκιώδεις περιοχές να φαίνονται πιο ανοικτές. Χρησιμοποιήστε το για να κάνετε την λεπτομέρεια πιο ορατή αν καλύπτεται από τη σκοτεινότητα μιας σκιάς.</p> + </item> + <item> + <title>Κατώφλι έντασης (ολισθητές στο ιστόγραμμα)</title> + <p>Αυτοί οι ολισθητές αλλάζουν το πόσο ανοικτό είναι το πιο φωτεινό λευκό και πόσο σκούρο το πιο σκοτεινό μαύρο. Χρησιμοποιήστε τα για να αλλάξετε την αντίθεση της φωτογραφίας. Οι φωτογραφίες που φαίνονται ξεθωριασμένες πρέπει να επωφελούνται ιδιαίτερα από την αλλαγή αυτών των ρυθμίσεων.</p> + </item> + </terms> +</section> + +</page> diff --git a/help/el/edit-crop.page b/help/el/edit-crop.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..efb7a0f --- /dev/null +++ b/help/el/edit-crop.page @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="edit-crop" xml:lang="el"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#edit"/> + <desc>Βελτιώστε τη σύνθεση μιας φωτογραφίας περικόπτοντας τμήματά της.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="edit-external"/> + </info> + + <title>Περικοπή</title> + + <p>Για να μειώσετε την περιοχή μιας φωτογραφίας και να συγκεντρώσετε την προσοχή του θεατή σε ένα μικρότερο τμήμα της, χρησιμοποιήστε το εργαλείο περικοπής. Το εργαλείο περικοπής είναι διαθέσιμο μόνο σε πλήρες παράθυρο ή κατάσταση πλήρους οθόνης.</p> + +<steps> + <item> + <p>Διπλοπατήστε μια φωτογραφία για να μπείτε στην κατάσταση πλήρους παραθύρου, έπειτα πατήστε το πλήκτρο <gui>Περικοπή</gui> στην εργαλειοθήκη.</p> + </item> + <item> + <p>Ένα λευκό πλαίσιο, το ορθογώνιο περικοπής, θα εμφανιστεί πάνω από τη φωτογραφία. Το πιο φωτεινό τμήμα της φωτογραφίας μέσα στο ορθογώνιο περικοπής απεικονίζει πώς θα μοιάζει η φωτογραφία όταν την περικόψετε.</p> + </item> + <item> + <p>Αν τοποθετήσετε τον δρομέα σας στη μέση του πλαισίου, μπορείτε να μετακινήσετε το πλαίσιο ολόγυρα. Αν σύρετε τις άκρες του πλαισίου, μπορείτε να ρυθμίσετε το μέγεθός της. Καθώς μετακινείτε και ρυθμίζετε το πλαίσιο περικοπής, θα δείτε τέσσερις γραμμές να εμφανίζονται μέσα της, όπως ένα πλέγμα τρίλιζας. Αυτές είναι γραμμές του <em>κανόνα των τρίτων</em>.</p> + <p>Μπορείτε επίσης να περιορίσετε το πλαίσιο περικοπής σε ένα από τα πολλά συνηθισμένα μεγέθη. Επιλέξτε ένα μέγεθος από τον πτυσσόμενο κατάλογο που ταιριάζει τις ανάγκες σας. Αν πατήσετε το κουμπί αναστροφής δίπλα του, ο προσανατολισμός του περιορισμού θα αλλάξει (από οριζόντιο σε κάθετο).</p> + </item> + <item> + <p>When you're happy with your crop outline, apply it by pressing the <gui>Crop</gui> button. Shotwell will display the cropped photo.</p> + </item> + <item> + <p>Αν αλλάξετε γνώμη, πατήστε το πλήκτρο <gui>Περικοπή</gui> ξανά και μικρορυθμίστε την περικοπή.</p> + <p>Αν πατήσετε <gui>Άκυρο</gui> αντί για <gui>Εφαρμογή</gui>, το Shotwell θα επιστρέψει στις διαστάσεις πριν την περικοπή της φωτογραφίας.</p> + </item> +</steps> + +<section> + <title>Τι είναι ο κανόνας των τρίτων;</title> + <p>Ο <em>κανόνας των τρίτων</em> σας βοηθά να επιλέξετε μια καλύτερη σύνθεση για μια φωτογραφία.</p> + <p>Θεωρήστε ότι η σκηνή διαιρείται σε ένα πλέγμα 3x3 από δύο ισαπέχουσες κάθετες γραμμές και δύο ισαπέχουσες οριζόντιες γραμμές. Σύμφωνα με τον κανόνα, είναι πιο πιθανό να πάρετε μια καλύτερη σύνθεση αν στοιχίσετε τα μεγάλα γνωρίσματα (όπως τον ορίζοντα, ή το σώμα του ατόμου) με μια από αυτές τις γραμμές. Προσέχοντας τον τρόπο που τα γνωρίσματα ρέουν από το ένα μέρος του πλέγματος στο άλλο μπορεί επίσης να βοηθήσει.</p> + <p>Η περικοπή μιας φωτογραφίας έτσι ώστε να συμφωνεί με τον κανόνα των τρίτων καταλήγει συχνά σε μια περισσότερο ελκυστική οπτικά εικόνα.</p> + <media type="image" src="figures/crop_thirds.jpg"> + <p>Περικοπή μιας φωτογραφίας, χρησιμοποιώντας τον "κανόνα των τρίτων" για να βελτιώσετε τη σύνθεση.</p> + </media> +</section> +</page> diff --git a/help/el/edit-date-time.page b/help/el/edit-date-time.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d427509 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/el/edit-date-time.page @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="edit-date-time" xml:lang="el"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#edit"/> + <desc>Change the date and time of photos if those details are incorrect.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="edit-enhance"/> + </info> + + <title>Adjust the date and time of photos</title> + +<p>To adjust the date and time of photos, select the photos you would like to adjust, choose <guiseq><gui>Photos</gui><gui>Adjust Date and Time...</gui></guiseq> and select a new date and time.</p> + +<p>Αν αλλάζετε την ημερομηνία και την ώρα πολλών φωτογραφιών μονομιάς, μπορείτε να επιλέξετε να μετατοπίσετε όλες τις φωτογραφίες κατά τον ίδιο χρόνο ή να ορίσετε όλες τις φωτογραφίες στην ίδια ώρα.</p> + +<p>By default, the date and time are only changed inside Shotwell. You can also choose to modify the date and time in the original file, but this cannot be undone once you exit Shotwell.</p> + +</page> diff --git a/help/el/edit-enhance.page b/help/el/edit-enhance.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..82f4e60 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/el/edit-enhance.page @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="edit-enhance" xml:lang="el"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#edit"/> + <desc>Αφήστε το Shotwell να βελτιώσει τη φωτεινότητα και την αντίθεση μιας φωτογραφίας αυτόματα.</desc> + + <link type="seealso" xref="edit-adjustments"/> + + <link type="next" xref="edit-adjustments"/> + </info> + + <title>Αυτόματη βελτίωση</title> + + <p>Πατώντας το πλήκτρο <gui>Βελτίωση</gui> είναι ένας γρήγορος τρόπος για αυτόματη ρύθμιση της φωτεινότητας και της αντίθεσης της φωτογραφίας σας. Θα σας δώσει συχνά μια φωτογραφία με τη σωστή έκθεση. Μπορείτε επίσης να την χρησιμοποιήσετε ως αρχικό σημείο και έπειτα να βελτιώσετε τις ρυθμίσεις πατώντας στο πλήκτρο <gui>Προσαρμογή</gui>.</p> +</page> diff --git a/help/el/edit-external.page b/help/el/edit-external.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c83aac4 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/el/edit-external.page @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="edit-external" xml:lang="el"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#edit"/> + <desc>Χρησιμοποιήστε ένα διαφορετικό πρόγραμμα για να επεξεργαστείτε μια φωτογραφία.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="edit-redeye"/> + </info> + + <title>Επεξεργασία φωτογραφιών με εξωτερικό πρόγραμμα</title> + + <p>Μπορεί να θέλετε να χρησιμοποιήσετε έναν εξωτερικό επεξεργαστή για να κάνει επιπρόσθετη δουλειά σε μια φωτογραφία. Αν εγκατασταθεί, τα GIMP και UFRaw είναι οι προεπιλεγμένοι εξωτερικοί επεξεργαστές για φωτογραφίες και επεξεργασία RAW, αντίστοιχα. Αν αυτά τα προγράμματα δεν είναι εγκατεστημένα, πρέπει να επιλέξετε τους αγαπημένους σας επεξεργαστές επιλέγοντας <guiseq><gui>Επεξεργασία</gui><gui>Προτιμήσεις</gui></guiseq> και επιλέγοντας επεξεργαστές από τα πτυσσόμενα μενού των εγκατεστημένων εφαρμογών.</p> + + <p> + Once your editors have been set, select a photo and choose <guiseq><gui>Photos</gui> + <gui>Open With External Editor</gui></guiseq> to open the photo with the external editor. + Likewise, if the original photo is a RAW file, select <guiseq><gui>Photos</gui><gui>Open + With RAW Editor</gui></guiseq> to edit the RAW file directly with the set RAW editor. + </p> + + <p>Όταν ολοκληρώσετε τις επεξεργασίες σας και αποθηκεύσετε το αρχείο, το Shotwell θα αναγνωρίσει τις αλλαγές και θα ενημερώσει τη φωτογραφία. Όταν έχουν γίνει εξωτερικές επεξεργασίες, πατήστε και κρατήστε πατημένο το πλήκτρο <key>Shift</key> σε προβολή πλήρους παραθύρου για να εμφανίσετε την αρχική φωτογραφία αντί για την εξωτερικά επεξεργασμένη.</p> + + <p>Η επαναφορά στην αρχική θα σβήσει κάθε εξωτερική επεξεργασία.</p> + + <note> + <p>Αν επεξεργαστείτε εξωτερικά μια φωτογραφία RAW και αποθηκεύσετε το αποτέλεσμα σε μια άλλη εικόνα, όπως JPEG ή PNG, το Shotwell δεν μπορεί να προσδιορίσει αυτόματα ότι η αρχική RAW και η νέα εικόνα πρέπει να συζευχθούν.</p> + + <p>Αν θέλετε να δουλέψετε μέσα στην τελική εικόνα μες το Shotwell, θα χρειαστείτε να την εισάγετε οι ίδιοι.</p> + </note> +</page> diff --git a/help/el/edit-nondestructive.page b/help/el/edit-nondestructive.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..aa6e1b3 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/el/edit-nondestructive.page @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="edit-nondestructive" xml:lang="el"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#edit"/> + <desc>Το Shotwell είναι ένας μη καταστροφικός επεξεργαστής φωτογραφίας - δεν τροποποιεί τις αρχικές σας φωτογραφίες.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="edit-date-time"/> + </info> + + <title>Τι συμβαίνει στην αρχική φωτογραφία όταν επεξεργάζεται μια φωτογραφία;</title> + +<p>Το Shotwell είναι ένας μη καταστροφικός επεξεργαστής φωτογραφίας. Δεν τροποποιεί τις αρχικές σας φωτογραφίες. Δηλαδή, αν περικόψετε μια φωτογραφία ή ρυθμίσετε τα χρώματά της, το αρχείο φωτογραφίας στον δίσκο παραμένει ανέπαφο. Το Shotwell αποθηκεύει τις επεξεργασίες σας σε μια βάση δεδομένων και τις εφαρμόζει απευθείας όταν χρειάζεται. Αυτό σημαίνει ότι μπορείτε να αναιρέσετε οποιεσδήποτε αλλαγές κάνετε σε μια φωτογραφία.</p> + +<p>Αν θέλετε να δείτε πώς ήταν μια φωτογραφία πριν τις τροποποιήσεις σας, πατήστε το πλήκτρο <key>Shift</key>. Η αρχική φωτογραφία θα εμφανιστεί όσο κρατάτε πατημένο το πλήκτρο.</p> + +<p>Σημειώστε ότι το Shotwell μπορεί προαιρετικά να γράψει μεταδεδομένα (όπως ετικέτες και τίτλους) σε αρχεία φωτογραφίας. Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες, δείτε την ενότητα <link xref="other-files">Αρχεία φωτογραφιών</link>.</p> + +</page> diff --git a/help/el/edit-redeye.page b/help/el/edit-redeye.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0260478 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/el/edit-redeye.page @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="edit-redeye" xml:lang="el"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#edit"/> + <desc>Διορθώστε τις φωτογραφίες όπου οι άνθρωποι έχουν κόκκινα μάτια λόγω της αναλαμπής της φωτογραφικής μηχανής.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="edit-rotate"/> + </info> + + <title>Αφαίρεση κόκκινου ματιού</title> + + <p>Το κόκκινο μάτι συμβαίνει όταν η αναλαμπή της φωτογραφικής μηχανής ανανακλά την κόρη του ματιού. Για να το εξουδετερώσετε αυτό σε μια φωτογραφία, χρησιμοποιήστε το εργαλείο κόκκινου ματιού.</p> + <steps> + <item> + <p>Πατήστε <gui>Κόκκινο μάτι</gui>. Θα εμφανιστεί ένας κύκλος στη φωτογραφία.</p> + </item> + <item> + <p>Μεταφέρτε τον κύκλο πάνω από την επηρεαζόμενη κόρη, ρυθμίστε το μέγεθός της με το στοιχείο ελέγχου ολισθητή και πατήστε <gui>Εφαρμογή</gui>. Η ερυθρότητα θα αφαιρεθεί.</p> + </item> + <item> + <p>Επαναλάβετε αυτήν τη διεργασία για όλες τις κόκκινες κόρες στην φωτογραφία σας. Πατήστε <gui>κλείσιμο</gui> όταν τελειώσετε.</p> + </item> + </steps> +</page> diff --git a/help/el/edit-rotate.page b/help/el/edit-rotate.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..983e0f7 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/el/edit-rotate.page @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="edit-rotate" xml:lang="el"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#edit"/> + <desc>Πατήστε το πλήκτρο <gui>Περιστροφή</gui>, ή επιλέξτε μια από τις εντολές στο μενού <gui>Φωτογραφία</gui>.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="edit-straighten"/> + </info> + + <title>Περιστροφή ή αναστροφή φωτογραφίας</title> + + <p>Μπορείτε να περιστρέψετε τις φωτογραφίες σας αριστερά και δεξιά (δεξιόστροφα και αριστερόστροφα) με το πλήκτρο <gui>Περιστροφή</gui> στην εργαλειοθήκη των περισσότερων προβολών. Μπορείτε επίσης να κάνετε μια κατοπτρική εικόνα κάθε φωτογραφίας.</p> + + <p>Για να περιστρέψετε δεξιά, πατήστε το πλήκτρο <gui>Περιστροφή</gui>. Για να περιστρέψετε αριστερά, πατήστε και κρατήστε πατημένο το πλήκτρο <key>Ctrl</key> και έπειτα πατήστε το πλήκτρο. Και οι δυο εντολές είναι διαθέσιμες επίσης στο μενού <gui>Φωτογραφίες</gui>. Εναλλακτικά, χρησιμοποιήστε τις παρακάτω συντομεύσεις πληκτρολογίου:</p> + <list> + <item><p>αριστερή περιστροφή: <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>R</key></keyseq> ή <key>[</key></p></item> + <item><p>δεξιά περιστροφή: <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>R</key></keyseq> ή <key>]</key></p></item> + </list> + <p>Για να δημιουργήσετε μια κατοπτρική εικόνα μιας φωτογραφίας, χρησιμοποιήστε την εντολή <gui>Οριζόντια αναστροφή</gui> στο μενού <gui>Φωτογραφίες</gui>. Για να αναστρέψετε μια εικόνα κάθετα, χρησιμοποιήστε την εντολή <gui>Κάθετη αναστροφή</gui> στο ίδιο μενού.</p> + + <note> + <p>Αν επιλέξετε περισσότερες από μία εικόνες, μπορείτε να τις περιστρέψετε όλες ταυτόχρονα.</p> + </note> + +</page> diff --git a/help/el/edit-straighten.page b/help/el/edit-straighten.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2cb55ef --- /dev/null +++ b/help/el/edit-straighten.page @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="edit-straighten" xml:lang="el"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#edit"/> + <desc>Ευθυγράμμιση μιας φωτογραφίας έτσι ώστε ο ορίζοντας της να εμφανίζεται επίπεδος.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="edit-undo"/> + </info> + + <title>Ευθυγράμμιση φωτογραφιών</title> + +<p>Τα εργαλεία ευθυγράμμισης επιτρέπουν την εξίσωση και ευθυγράμμιση των φωτογραφιών. Το εργαλείο ευθυγράμμισης είναι διαθέσιμο μόνο σε πλήρες παράθυρο ή σε κατάσταση πλήρους οθόνης.</p> + + <steps> + <item> + <p>Πατήστε <gui>Ευθυγράμμιση</gui>. Ο ολισθητής ευθυγράμμισης θα εμφανιστεί. Εναλλακτικά, χρησιμοποιήστε τη συντόμευση πληκτρολογίου <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></keyseq>.</p> + </item> + <item> + <p>Μεταφέρτε τον ολισθητή για να πετύχετε τον επιθυμητό βαθμό ευθυγράμμισης.</p> + </item> + <item> + <p>Press <gui>Straighten</gui> when finished.</p> + </item> + </steps> + +</page> diff --git a/help/el/edit-undo.page b/help/el/edit-undo.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4ba1b9d --- /dev/null +++ b/help/el/edit-undo.page @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="edit-undo" xml:lang="el"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#edit"/> + <desc>Επιστροφή μιας φωτογραφίας στην αρχική ανεπεξέργαστη μορφή.</desc> + + <link type="seealso" xref="edit-nondestructive"/> + + <link type="next" xref="edit-nondestructive"/> + </info> + + <title>Αναίρεση αλλαγών</title> + + <p>Επειδή το Shotwell είναι ένας μη καταστροφικός επεξεργαστής φωτογραφίας, μπορείτε να αναιρέσετε οποιεσδήποτε αλλαγές κάνετε σε μια φωτογραφία.</p> + + <p>Αν θέλετε να δείτε πώς ήταν μια φωτογραφία πριν τις τροποποιήσεις σας, πατήστε το πλήκτρο <key>Shift</key>. Η αρχική φωτογραφία θα εμφανιστεί όσο κρατάτε πατημένο το πλήκτρο.</p> + + <p>Για να αναιρέσετε πλήρως όλες τις αλλαγές που έχετε κάνει σε μια φωτογραφία, πατήστε <guiseq><gui>Φωτογραφίες</gui><gui>Επαναφορά στο αρχικό</gui></guiseq>. Η μόνη εξαίρεση είναι ότι οι ρυθμίσεις ώρας και ημερομηνίας δεν θα μετατραπούν.</p> + +</page> diff --git a/help/el/el.stamp b/help/el/el.stamp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e69de29 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/el/el.stamp diff --git a/help/el/formats.page b/help/el/formats.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bda92c6 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/el/formats.page @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="formats" xml:lang="el"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index"/> + <desc>Το Shotwell υποστηρίζει αρχεία φωτογραφίας JPEG, PNG, TIFF, BMP και RAW καθώς και αρχεία βίντεο.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="running"/> + </info> + + <title>Υποστηριζόμενες μορφές φωτογραφιών και βίντεο</title> + + <p>Το Shotwell υποστηρίζει αρχεία φωτογραφίας JPEG, PNG, TIFF, BMP και <link type="guide" xref="other-raw">RAW</link>. Το Shotwell δεν υποστηρίζει ακόμα άλλες μορφές γραφικών όπως GIF.</p> + +<p>Η υποστήριξη της μορφής RAW του Shotwell είναι προς το παρόν περιορισμένη. Όταν προβάλετε μια φωτογραφία RAW, στην πραγματικότητα προβάλετε μια JPEG που παράγεται από τη φωτογραφία RAW, όχι την ίδια την εικόνα RAW. Επιπρόσθετα, η διοχέτευση επεξεργασίας RAW δεν είναι πλήρως 16-δυαδικών - μπορείτε μόνο να εξάγετε επεξεργασμένες φωτογραφίες ως αρχεία 8 δυαδικών. Όλες οι υποστηριζόμενες μορφές μπορούν να χρησιμοποιηθούν για εξαγωγή (JPEG, PNG, TIFF, BMP).</p> + +<p>Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες σχετικά με τις φωτογραφίες μορφής RAW στο Shotwell, παρακαλούμε δείτε την ενότητα <link type="guide" xref="other-raw">RAW</link>.</p> + +<p>Το Shotwell υποστηρίζει επίσης αρχεία βίντεο σε οποιαδήποτε υποστηριζόμενη μορφή από τη βιβλιοθήκη πολυμέσων GStreamer στο σύστημα όπου εκτελείται το Shotwell. Αυτό περιλαμβάνει τυπικά τις παρακάτω μορφές μεταξύ άλλων:</p> +<list> +<item><p>Μορφές περιέκτη: Ogg, QuickTime, MP4, AVI.</p></item> +<item><p>Κωδικοποιητές: Theora, Quicktime, MPEG-4, Motion JPEG. <em>Σημειώστε ότι κάποια λειτουργικά συστήματα μπορεί να μην περιλαμβάνουν όλους τους καταχωρισμένους κωδικοποιητές εδώ λόγω νομικών περιορισμών ή αδειοδότησης.</em></p></item> +</list> + +<p>Το Shotwell υποστηρίζει και φωτογραφίες και βίντεο, αλλά για απλότητα, αυτή η τεκμηρίωση χρησιμοποιεί απλά τον όρο "φωτογραφίες" στις περισσότερες τοποθεσίες. Πολλές λειτουργίες στο Shotwell εφαρμόζονται και στις φωτογραφίες και στα βίντεο. Ειδικά, τα συμβάντα, η προσθήκη σημαίας, η αξιολόγηση, οι ετικέτες και η δημοσίευση δουλεύουν και για φωτογραφίες και για βίντεο.</p> + +</page> diff --git a/help/el/import-camera.page b/help/el/import-camera.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..34fc5c7 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/el/import-camera.page @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="import-camera" xml:lang="el"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#import"/> + <desc>Αντιγραφή φωτογραφιών από μια ψηφιακή φωτογραφική μηχανή.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="import-memorycard"/> + </info> + + <title>Εισαγωγή από φωτογραφική μηχανή</title> + + <p>Για να εισάγετε φωτογραφίες από μια ψηφιακή κάμερα:</p> + + <steps> + <item> + <p>Συνδέστε τη φωτογραφική μηχανή στον υπολογιστή σας και ανοίξτε την. Το Shotwell θα την αναγνωρίσει και θα την καταχωρίσει στην πλευρική στήλη.</p> + </item> + <item> + <p>Επιλέξτε τη φωτογραφική μηχανή στην πλευρική στήλη. Οι προεπισκοπήσεις κάθε φωτογραφίας στη φωτογραφική μηχανή θα εμφανιστούν.</p> + </item> + <item> + <p>Αν θέλετε, μπορείτε να επιλέξετε ένα σύνολο ειδικών φωτογραφιών για εισαγωγή. Για να το κάνετε αυτό, κρατήστε πατημένο το πλήκτρο <key>Ctrl</key> και πατήστε για να επιλέξετε τις μεμονωμένες φωτογραφίες. Μπορείτε να κρατήσετε πατημένο το <key>Shift</key> και να πατήσετε να επιλέξετε μια περιοχή φωτογραφιών επίσης.</p> + </item> + <item> + <p>Πατήστε ή <gui>Εισαγωγή επιλεγμένης</gui> ή <gui>Εισαγωγή όλων</gui>. Οι φωτογραφίες θα αντιγραφούν από τη φωτογραφική μηχανή και θα αποθηκευτούν στον υπολογιστή σας.</p> + </item> + </steps> + + <p>Όταν ολοκληρωθεί η εισαγωγή, μπορείτε να ανοίξετε την προβολή <gui>Τελευταία εισαγωγή</gui> (στην πλευρική στήλη) για να δείτε όλες τις φωτογραφίες που εισήχθησαν. Ο κατάλογος συμβάντων (επίσης στην πλευρική στήλη) θα εμφανίσει τις νέες φωτογραφίες, οργανωμένες κατά ημερομηνία.</p> +</page> diff --git a/help/el/import-f-spot.page b/help/el/import-f-spot.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6067edb --- /dev/null +++ b/help/el/import-f-spot.page @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="import-f-spot" xml:lang="el"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#import"/> + <desc>Το Shotwell μπορεί να εισάγει όλες τις φωτογραφίες και ετικέτες σας από τον διαχειριστή φωτογραφιών F-Spot.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="import-camera"/> + </info> + + <title>Εισαγωγή από F-Spot</title> + + <p>Για να εισάγετε μια υπάρχουσα φωτογραφική συλλογή από F-Spot:</p> + <steps> + <item><p>Επιλέξτε <guiseq><gui>Αρχείο</gui><gui>Εισαγωγή από F-Spot</gui></guiseq>.</p></item> + <item><p>Τώρα επιλέξτε ή την προεπιλεγμένη βιβλιοθήκη F-Spot ή κάποια άλλη βάση δεδομένων F-Spot. Αν η εισαγωγή είναι από μια άλλη βάση δεδομένων F-Spot, επιλέξτε κατάλογο και αρχείο από το πλαίσιο διαλόγου επιλογής.</p></item> + </steps> + <p>Το Shotwell θα εισάγει τις φωτογραφίες σας, μαζί με τις ετικέτες τους και άλλες πληροφορίες. Αφού συμπληρωθεί η εισαγωγή, μπορείτε να επιλέξετε <gui>Τελευταία εισαγωγή</gui> στην πλευρική στήλη για να δείτε όλες τις φωτογραφίες εισηγμένες με επιτυχία. Ο κατάλογος συμβάντων θα εμφανίσει επίσης νέες καταχωρίσεις για τις ημερομηνίες που αντιστοιχούν στις εισηγμένες φωτογραφίες.</p> +</page> diff --git a/help/el/import-file.page b/help/el/import-file.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..26dd401 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/el/import-file.page @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="import-file" xml:lang="el"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#import"/> + <desc>Για να εισάγετε φωτογραφίες που είναι ήδη αποθηκευμένες στον υπολογιστή σας.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="import-f-spot"/> + </info> + + <title>Εισαγωγή από τον σκληρό δίσκο σας</title> + + <p>Για να εισάγετε αρχεία φωτογραφιών από τον σκληρό δίσκο σας στο Shotwell, μεταφέρτε τα απλά από τον περιηγητή αρχείων σας στο παράθυρο Shotwell.</p> + + <p>Alternatively, click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Import From Folder...</gui></guiseq> and select the folder containing the photos you want to import.</p> + + <p>Το Shotwell θα ρωτήσει αν θέλετε να αντιγράψετε τα αρχεία φωτογραφίας στον φάκελο βιβλιοθήκης (συνήθως αυτός είναι ο φάκελος <file>Pictures</file> στον προσωπικό σας κατάλογο) ή να τα εισάγετε επί τόπου χωρίς αντιγραφή των αρχείων.</p> + + <p>Αν κρατάτε πατημένο το <key>Ctrl</key> κατά τη μεταφορά των φωτογραφιών, το Shotwell θα αντιγράψει τις φωτογραφίες στον φάκελο βιβλιοθήκης χωρίς ειδοποίηση. Παρόμοια, αν κρατάτε πατημένα τα <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Shift</key></keyseq> κατά τη μεταφορά φωτογραφιών, το Shotwell θα εισάγει τις φωτογραφίες χωρίς να τις αντιγράψει.</p> + + <p>Αφού συμπληρωθεί η εισαγωγή, μπορείτε να επιλέξετε <gui>Τελευταία εισαγωγή</gui> στην πλευρική στήλη για να δείτε όλες τις φωτογραφίες εισηγμένες με επιτυχία. Ο κατάλογος συμβάντων θα εμφανίσει επίσης νέες καταχωρίσεις για τις ημερομηνίες που αντιστοιχούν στις εισηγμένες φωτογραφίες.</p> + +</page> diff --git a/help/el/import-memorycard.page b/help/el/import-memorycard.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..55a42f2 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/el/import-memorycard.page @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="import-memorycard" xml:lang="el"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#import"/> + <desc>Εισαγωγή φωτογραφιών από κάρτα μνήμης ψηφιακής φωτογραφικής μηχανής.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="import-file"/> + </info> + + <title>Εισαγωγή από μια κάρτα μνήμης</title> + +<p>Για να εισάγετε φωτογραφίες από μια κάρτα μνήμης φωτογραφικής μηχανής:</p> + +<steps> + <item> + <p>Βάλτε την κάρτα στον αναγνώστη καρτών σας. Βεβαιωθείτε ότι ο αναγνώστης καρτών είναι συνδεμένος με τον υπολογιστή και ενεργός.</p> + </item> + <item> + <p>Ο αναγνώστης καρτών και η κάρτα πρέπει να ανιχνευτούν αυτόματα.</p> + </item> + <item> + <p>Follow the instructions for <link xref="import-file">importing photos from your hard disk</link>. If you click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Import From Folder...</gui></guiseq>, the memory card should be visible as a folder in the side bar of the file selection window.</p> + </item> +</steps> + +<p>Το Shotwell μπορεί να εισάγει φωτογραφίες από κάθε κάρτα μνήμης που είναι συμβατή με τον αναγνώστη της κάρτας σας.</p> + +<p>Αν η κάρτα δεν έχει αναγνωριστεί αυτόματα, ο αναγνώστης της κάρτας σας μπορεί να μην έχει αναγνωριστεί. Δοκιμάστε να την αποσυνδέσετε και έπειτα συνδέστε την πάλι. Αν αυτό δεν δουλέψει, θα πρέπει να μπορείτε ακόμα να εισάγετε φωτογραφίες <link xref="import-camera">συνδέοντας την φωτογραφική μηχανή σας άμεσα με τον υπολογιστή</link>, όμως.</p> + +</page> diff --git a/help/el/index.page b/help/el/index.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a8db6de --- /dev/null +++ b/help/el/index.page @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="index" xml:lang="el"> + + <info> + <title type="link">Shotwell</title> + <title type="text">Shotwell</title> + <credit type="author"> + <name>Jim Nelson</name> + <email>jim@yorba.org</email> + <name>Allison Barlow</name> + <email>allison@yorba.org</email> + <name>Robert Ancell</name> + <email>robert.ancell@canonical.com</email> + <name>Peter Smith</name> + <email>pdo.smith@gmail.com</email> + <name>Phil Bull</name> + <email>philbull@gmail.com</email> + </credit> + </info> + + + <title><media type="image" src="figures/shotwell_logo.png"/>Διαχειριστής φωτογραφιών Shotwell</title> + + <section id="import" style="2column"> + <title>Εισαγωγή φωτογραφιών</title> + </section> + + <section id="view" style="2column"> + <title>Προβολή φωτογραφιών</title> + </section> + + <section id="organize" style="2column"> + <title>Οργάνωση φωτογραφιών</title> + </section> + + <section id="edit" style="2column"> + <title>Επεξεργασία φωτογραφιών</title> + </section> + + <section id="share" style="2column"> + <title>Μερισμός φωτογραφιών</title> + </section> + + <section id="other" style="2column"> + <title>Άλλα χαρακτηριστικά</title> + </section> +</page> diff --git a/help/el/organize-event.page b/help/el/organize-event.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..267338b --- /dev/null +++ b/help/el/organize-event.page @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="event" xml:lang="el"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#organize"/> + <desc>Ομαδοποιήστε μαζί τις φωτογραφίες που ελήφθησαν ταυτόχρονα. Μάθετε πώς να μετονομάσετε, να συγχωνεύσετε και να ταξινομήσετε συμβάντα.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="flag"/> + </info> + + <title>Συμβάντα</title> + + <p>Ένα συμβάν είναι μια ομάδα φωτογραφιών που ελήφθησαν περίπου την ίδια ώρα. Όταν εισάγετε φωτογραφίες, το Shotwell ελέγχει πότε ελήφθη κάθε φωτογραφία. Έπειτα ομαδοποιεί τις φωτογραφίες σε συμβάντα.</p> + + <p>Επιλέξτε <gui>Συμβάντα</gui> από την πλευρική στήλη για να δείτε τις φωτογραφίες σας οργανωμένες κατά ημερομηνία. Αν επιλέξετε έναν μήνα ή έτος από την πλευρική στήλη, θα εμφανιστεί ένας κατάλογος συμβάντων στο κυρίως παράθυρο. Διπλοπατήστε όλες τις φωτογραφίες που ελήφθησαν περίπου την ίδια ώρα.</p> + + <p>Αν μια φωτογραφία δεν έχει ενσωματωμένες πληροφορίες ημερομηνίας/χρόνου, τότε το Shotwell δεν μπορεί να την βάλει αυτόματα σε κανένα συμβάν. Σε αυτήν την περίπτωση η φωτογραφία θα εμφανιστεί στην προβολή <gui>Κανένα συμβάν</gui> προσβάσιμη από την πλευρική στήλη. Μπορείτε ακόμα να μετακινήσετε την φωτογραφία σε οποιοδήποτε συμβάν θέλετε όπως περιγράφεται παρακάτω.</p> + + <section> + <title>Μετονομασία συμβάντων</title> + + <p>To give an event a name rather than referring to it by its date, select the event, click <guiseq><gui>Events</gui><gui>Rename Event...</gui></guiseq> and enter a new name. Another way of renaming an event is to double-click its name in the sidebar; type a new name and then press <key>Enter</key>.</p> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Μετακίνηση φωτογραφιών μεταξύ συμβάντων</title> + + <p>Αν και οι φωτογραφίες είναι αρχικά ομαδοποιημένες σε συμβάντα με την ημερομηνία τους, μπορείτε να μετακινήσετε φωτογραφίες μεταξύ συμβάντων. Για να το κάνετε αυτό, μεταφέρτε κάθε φωτογραφία στην πλευρική στήλη και αποθέστε την σε ένα συμβάν.</p> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Δημιουργία και συγχώνευση συμβάντων</title> + <p>Για να δημιουργήσετε ένα νέο συμβάν, επιλέξτε τις φωτογραφίες που θα θέλατε στο νέο συμβάν και πατήστε <guiseq><gui>Συμβάντα</gui><gui>Νέο συμβάν</gui></guiseq>.</p> + <p>Για να συγχωνεύσετε συμβάντα, επιλέξτε <guiseq><gui>Συμβάντα</gui></guiseq> από την πλευρική στήλη, έπειτα, ενώ κρατάτε πατημένο το <key>Ctrl</key> πατήστε στα συμβάντα που θέλετε να συγχωνεύσετε στην περιοχή του κυρίως παραθύρου. Τελικά, πατήστε <guiseq><gui>Συμβάντα</gui><gui>Συγχώνευση συμβάντων</gui></guiseq>.</p> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Ταξινόμηση συμβάντων</title> + + <p>Τα συμβάντα εμφανίζονται σε ένα δένδρο στην πλευρική στήλη, οργανωμένα σύμφωνα με το έτος και τον μήνα της πιο πρόσφατης φωτογραφίας στο συμβάν. Για να αλλάξετε τη σειρά ταξινόμησης του συμβάντος, πατήστε <guiseq><gui>Προβολή</gui><gui>Ταξινόμηση συμβάντων</gui></guiseq> και επιλέξτε ή αύξουσα ή φθίνουσα.</p> + + </section> + + <section> + <title>Αλλαγή της χρησιμοποιούμενης φωτογραφίας που θα αναπαραστήσει κάθε συμβάν</title> + + <p>If you select the <gui>Events</gui> item in the sidebar, you'll see a single photo which represents each event. This is called the key photo.</p> + + <p>Από προεπιλογή, το Shotwell χρησιμοποιεί την πρώτη φωτογραφία σε κάθε συμβάν ως την βασική φωτογραφία. Για να χρησιμοποιήσετε μια διαφορετική φωτογραφία ως βασική, επιλέξτε την φωτογραφία και διαλέξτε <guiseq><gui>Φωτογραφίες</gui><gui>Ορισμός ως βασική φωτογραφία για το συμβάν</gui></guiseq>.</p> + + </section> + +</page> diff --git a/help/el/organize-flag.page b/help/el/organize-flag.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1852eee --- /dev/null +++ b/help/el/organize-flag.page @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="flag" xml:lang="el"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#organize"/> + <desc>Βάλτε σημαίες για να τις σημειώσετε ως ειδικές ή για να τις δουλέψετε ως σύνολο.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="rating"/> + </info> + + <title>Προσθήκη σημαίας στις φωτογραφίες</title> + + <p>Το Shotwell σας επιτρέπει να <em>βάλετε σημαία</em> στις φωτογραφίες. Όταν μια φωτογραφία είναι με σημαία, ένα μικρό εικονίδιο σημαίας εμφανίζεται στην πάνω δεξιά γωνία. Μπορείτε να επιλέξετε το στοιχείο <gui>με σημαία</gui> στην πλευρική στήλη για να δείτε όλες τις φωτογραφίες που έχουν σημαία.</p> + + <p>Η προσθήκη σημαίας σε μια φωτογραφία τη σημειώνει ως ειδική. Μπορείτε να το ερμηνεύσετε όπως θέλετε. Για παράδειγμα, μπορείτε να βάλετε σημαία σε όλες τις φωτογραφίες που χρειάζονται οπτική ρύθμιση, ή σε όλες τις φωτογραφίες που θέλετε να μοιραστείτε με έναν φίλο.</p> + + <p>Η προσθήκη σημαίας είναι επίσης χρήσιμη, επειδή μπορείτε να επεξεργαστείτε όλες τις φωτογραφίες με σημαία ως σύνολο. Για παράδειγμα, μπορείτε να επιλέξετε την προβολή <gui>με σημαία</gui> και έπειτα να μεταφορτώσετε όλες τις φωτογραφίες με σημαία σε μια υπηρεσία δημοσίευσης.</p> + + <section> + <title>Προσθήκη ή αφαίρεση σημαίας σε φωτογραφία</title> + <p>Για να προσθέσετε ή να αφαιρέσετε σημαία σε μια φωτογραφία, δεξιοπατήστε τη φωτογραφία και επιλέξτε <gui>Προσθήκη σημαίας</gui> ή <gui>Αφαίρεση σημαίας</gui> από το μενού περιεχομένων. Ή χρησιμοποιήστε τα πλήκτρα συντόμευσης <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>G</key></keyseq> ή <key>/</key>.</p> + </section> + +</page> diff --git a/help/el/organize-rating.page b/help/el/organize-rating.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9f90bc0 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/el/organize-rating.page @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="rating" xml:lang="el"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#organize"/> + <desc>Δώστε στις φωτογραφίες μια αξιολόγηση μεταξύ 1 και 5 αστεριών. Μπορείτε να απορρίψετε άσχημες φωτογραφίες, κρύβοντας τες από την προβολή.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="delete"/> + </info> + + <title>Αξιολογήσεις</title> +<p>Μπορείτε να δώσετε σε κάθε φωτογραφία μια βαθμολόγηση από 1-5 αστέρια, ή μπορείτε εναλλακτικά να την αξιολογήσετε ως απορριφθείσα, οπότε το Shotwell θα κρύψει την φωτογραφία από προεπιλογή.</p> + +<p>Μπορείτε να αξιολογήσετε μια φωτογραφία ή ένα σύνολο φωτογραφιών με οποιονδήποτε από αυτούς τους τρόπους:</p> + +<list> +<item><p>Επιλέξτε τις φωτογραφίες, έπειτα επιλέξτε μια αξιολόγηση από το μενού ανωτάτου επιπέδου <guiseq><gui>Φωτογραφίες</gui><gui>Ορισμός αξιολόγησης</gui></guiseq>.</p></item> +<item><p>Δεξιοπατήστε στις φωτογραφίες, έπειτα επιλέξτε μια αξιολόγηση από το μενού περιεχομένων αξιολόγησης.</p></item> +<item><p>Επιλέξτε τις φωτογραφίες, έπειτα πατήστε οποιαδήποτε από τα πλήκτρα συντόμευσης <key>1</key>, <key>2</key>, <key>3</key>, <key>4</key> ή <key>5</key> για να δώσετε μια αξιολόγηση. Ή πατήστε <key>9</key> για να σημειώσετε τις φωτογραφίες ως απορριφθείσες ή <key>0</key> για να καθαρίσετε τις αξιολογήσεις.</p></item> +</list> + +<p>Κανονικά το Shotwell εμφανίζει όλες τις φωτογραφίες εκτός από τις απορριφθείσες. Μπορείτε να ορίσετε ένα διαφορετικό φίλτρο αξιολόγησης χρησιμοποιώντας το μενού <guiseq><gui>Προβολή</gui><gui>Φιλτράρισμα φωτογραφιών</gui></guiseq> - για παράδειγμα, μπορείτε να εμφανίσετε μόνο φωτογραφίες που αξιολογούνται με 3 αστέρια ή περισσότερο, ή μπορείτε να εμφανίσετε όλες τις φωτογραφίες συμπεριλαμβανομένων αυτών που σημειώθηκαν ως απορριφθείσες. Το εικονίδιο Shotwell στην εργαλειοθήκη εμφανίζει το τρέχον φίλτρο αξιολόγησης και μπορεί επίσης να χρησιμοποιηθεί για να ορίσει το φίλτρο.</p> + +<p>Το Shotwell κανονικά εμφανίζει αξιολόγηση κάθε φωτογραφίας στην κάτω αριστερή γωνία. Μπορείτε να απενεργοποιήσετε την εμφάνιση των αξιολογήσεων χρησιμοποιώντας το στοιχείο μενού <guiseq><gui>Προβολή</gui><gui>Αξιολογήσεις</gui></guiseq>.</p> + +<p>Μπορείτε να αυξήσετε ή να μειώσετε την αξιολόγηση μιας φωτογραφίας χρησιμοποιώντας τις εντολές <guiseq><gui>Ορισμός αξιολόγησης</gui><gui>Αύξηση</gui></guiseq> και <guiseq><gui>Ορισμός αξιολόγησης</gui><gui>Μείωση</gui></guiseq>, ή τις συντομεύσεις πληκτρολογίου <key><</key> και <key>></key>.</p> +</page> diff --git a/help/el/organize-remove.page b/help/el/organize-remove.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..437c0a6 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/el/organize-remove.page @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="delete" xml:lang="el"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#organize"/> + <desc>Αφαίρεση φωτογραφιών από τη βιβλιοθήκη, ή διαγραφή τους από τον υπολογιστή σας πλήρως.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="search"/> + </info> + + <title>Αφαίρεση και διαγραφή φωτογραφιών</title> + + <p>Μπορείτε να αφαιρέσετε φωτογραφίες από τη βιβλιοθήκη σας και μπορείτε πρόσθετα να τις διαγράψετε πλήρως από τον σκληρό σας δίσκο.</p> +<media type="image" src="figures/trash_process.png">Διαγραφή διεργασίας</media> +<p>Αυτό το διάγραμμα εμφανίζει πώς μια φωτογραφία, όταν διαγράφεται, μπαίνει πρώτα στα απορρίμματα του Shotwell. Αν την διαγράψετε από τα απορρίμματα του Shotwell, μπαίνει στα απορρίμματα του υπολογιστή σας. Αν την διαγράψετε από τα απορρίμματα του υπολογιστή σας η φωτογραφία διαγράφεται οριστικά και αμετάκλητα από τον υπολογιστή σας.</p> +<section id="delete-remove"> + <title>Αφαίρεση φωτογραφιών από τη βιβλιοθήκη</title> + <p>Επιλέξτε τις φωτογραφίες που θέλετε να αφαιρέσετε και επιλέξτε <guiseq><gui>Επεξεργασία</gui><gui>Μετακίνηση στα απορρίμματα</gui></guiseq>. (Μπορείτε επίσης να πατήσετε το πλήκτρο <key>Διαγραφή</key>.) Οι φωτογραφίες θα μετακινηθούν από τη βιβλιοθήκη σας στα απορρίμματα του Shotwell.</p> + <p>Αν θέλετε να αφαιρέσετε φωτογραφίες από το Shotwell χωρίς να τις περάσετε μέσα από τα απορρίμματα, επιλέξτε απλά τις φωτογραφίες που θα αφαιρεθούν και επιλέξτε <guiseq><gui>Επεξεργασία</gui><gui>Αφαίρεση από τη βιβλιοθήκη</gui></guiseq>. Τα αρχεία φωτογραφιών θα αφεθούν επί τόπου στον δίσκο.</p> +</section> + +<section id="delete-empty"> + <title>Άδειασμα ή επαναφορά του φακέλου απορριμμάτων</title> + <p>Επιλέξτε την καταχώριση απορριμμάτων στην πλευρική στήλη και το Shotwell θα εμφανίσει όλες τις φωτογραφίες που έχετε σημειώσει για αφαίρεση ή διαγραφή. Στην προβολή απορριμάτων, οι επόμενες εντολές είναι διαθέσιμες:</p> + <terms> + <item><title>Διαγραφή</title><p>Διαγραφή των επιλεγμένων φωτογραφιών από τον φάκελο απορριμμάτων.</p></item> + <item><title>Επαναφορά</title><p>Επαναφορά των επιλεγμένων φωτογραφιών στο Shotwell.</p></item> + <item><title>Άδειασμα απορριμάτων</title><p>Διαγραφή όλων των φωτογραφιών από τον φάκελο απορριμμάτων.</p></item> + </terms> +</section> + +<section id="delete-trash"> + <title>Διαγραφή ή άδειασμα απορριμμάτων</title> + <p>Όταν διαγράφετε αρχεία από τον φάκελο απορριμμάτων ή αδειάζετε τον φάκελο απορριμμάτων, θα σας δοθούν οι επόμενες επιλογές:</p> + <terms> + <item><title>Μόνο αφαίρεση</title><p>Αφαιρεί τις φωτογραφίες από τη βιβλιοθήκη, αλλά τις αφήνει στη θέση τους στον υπολογιστή.</p></item> + <item><title>Αρχείο απορριμμάτων</title><p>Αφαιρεί τις φωτογραφίες από τη βιβλιοθήκη και τις διαγράφει από τον υπολογιστή.</p></item> + <item><title>Άκυρο</title><p>Καμία ενέργεια.</p></item> + </terms> +</section> + +</page> diff --git a/help/el/organize-search.page b/help/el/organize-search.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..833f57d --- /dev/null +++ b/help/el/organize-search.page @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="search" xml:lang="el"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#organize"/> + <desc>Εύρεση φωτογραφιών και βίντεο στη συλλογή σας με διάφορα κριτήρια.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="tag"/> + </info> + + <title>Αναζήτηση</title> + + <p>Υπάρχουν δύο τρόποι αναζήτησης στο Shotwell: η εργαλειοθήκη φίλτρου και με μια αποθηκευμένη αναζήτηση. Η γραμμή αναζήτησης σας επιτρέπει να αναζητήσετε γρήγορα την τρέχουσα προβολή για συγκεκριμένα κριτήρια. Αποθηκευμένες αναζητήσεις χαρακτηρίζουν πιο σύνθετα κριτήρια αναζήτησης και παραμένουν στην πλευρική στήλη μεταξύ των συνεδριών.</p> + + <section id="searchbar"> + <title>Γραμμή αναζήτησης</title> + <p>Το πλαίσιο ελέγχου <guiseq><gui>Προβολή</gui><gui>Γραμμή αναζήτησης</gui></guiseq> εναλλάσσει την εμφάνιση της γραμμής αναζήτησης. Μπορείτε επίσης να πατήσετε <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</key></keyseq> ή <key>F8</key> για να εμφανίσετε τη γραμμή αναζήτησης. Από αυτήν τη γραμμή, μπορείτε να βρείτε, να εμφανίσετε και να κρύψετε φωτογραφίες και βίντεο με βάση τον τίτλο, την ετικέτα, την βαθμολόγηση ή άλλες επιλογές.</p> + + <p>Για να ξεκινήσετε την αναζήτηση, εισάγετε απλά μια λέξη-κλειδί αναζήτησης στο πλαίσιο κειμένου, ή πατήστε στα <gui>Με σημαία</gui>, <gui>Αξιολόγηση</gui> ή <gui>Τύπος</gui>. Η αναζήτηση κειμένου ταιριάζει με τις λέξεις-κλειδιά σας σε όλα τα ονόματα ετικετών, φωτογραφιών ή τίτλων βίντεο και με τα αρχικά ονόματα αρχείων των φωτογραφιών. Τα πλήκτρα <gui>Με σημαία</gui>, <gui>Αξιολόγηση</gui> και <gui>Τύπος</gui> σας επιτρέπουν να φιλτράρετε τη συλλογή σας σύμφωνα με το αν οι φωτογραφίες είναι με σημαία, με τον τρέχοντα αριθμό αστεριών και αν τα εμφανιζόμενα στοιχεία είναι εικόνες, βίντεο ή ακατέργαστα αρχεία φωτογραφικής μηχανής, αντίστοιχα.</p> + + <p>Η απενεργοποίηση της γραμμής αναζήτησης ή η έξοδος από το Shotwell επαναφέρει αυτόματα τη γραμμή αναζήτησης.</p> + </section> + + <section id="savedsearch"> + <title>Αποθηκευμένη αναζήτηση</title> + <p>Μια αποθηκευμένη αναζήτηση παραμένει στις συνεδρίες του Shotwell και ενημερώνεται καθώς προστίθενται και αφαιρούνται φωτογραφίες και βίντεο από τη βιβλιοθήκη του Shotwell.</p> + + <p> + Create a new saved search with <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>New Saved Search...</gui></guiseq> or by hitting + <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq>. The dialog box allows you to enter a name for the + search and select whether you want to meet Any, All, or None of the criteria in the following rows. + </p> + + <p> + Each row represents a search criterion. Use the <gui>+</gui> button to add more rows, and the + <gui>-</gui> button to remove a specific row. The combo box on the left of each row selects the type + of criteria. Criteria must be entered correctly before the <gui>OK</gui> button becomes available. + </p> + </section> + +</page> diff --git a/help/el/organize-tag.page b/help/el/organize-tag.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..42a8cf5 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/el/organize-tag.page @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="tag" xml:lang="el"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#organize"/> + <desc>Οργάνωση φωτογραφιών βάζοντας ετικέτες.</desc> + + <link type="seealso" xref="event"/> + + <link type="next" xref="title"/> + </info> + + <title>Ονομασία φωτογραφιών</title> + + <p>Μπορείτε να δώσετε μία ή περισσότερες ετικέτες σε επιλεγμένες φωτογραφίες. Μια ετικέτα μπορεί να έχει μία ή περισσότερες λέξεις που θέλετε να συσχετίσετε με αυτές τις φωτογραφίες.</p> + + <p>Για να προσθέσετε νέες ετικέτες στις φωτογραφίες, επιλέξτε τις φωτογραφίες στις οποίες θέλετε να βάλετε ετικέτες, έπειτα κάντε οποιοδήποτε από τα παρακάτω:</p> + + <list> + <item><p>Choose <guiseq><gui>Tags</gui><gui>Add Tags...</gui></guiseq>.</p></item> + <item><p>Πληκτρολογήστε <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>T</key></keyseq>.</p></item> + <item><p>Μεταφέρτε τις επιλεγμένες φωτογραφίες και αποθέστε τες στην επιθυμητή ετικέτα.</p></item> + </list> + + <p> + When you use <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>T</key></keyseq> or + <guiseq><gui>Tags</gui><gui>Add Tags...</gui></guiseq> you can type + in the names of one or more tags, separated by commas. + Once you have created a tag, you can rename it by selecting that + tag in the sidebar and choosing + <guiseq><gui>Tags</gui><gui>Rename Tag "[name]"...</gui></guiseq>, + by rightclicking on it and choose <gui>Rename...</gui> or + double-click on the tag in the sidebar. + </p> + + <p> + To change which tags are associated with a particular photo, + select that photo, choose + <guiseq><gui>Tags</gui><gui>Modify Tags...</gui></guiseq> or + right-click on a photo and select <gui>Modify Tags...</gui> and + edit the comma separated list. + To remove a tag from one or more photos, first select that tag + in the sidebar, then select the photos you would like to remove, + and choose + <guiseq><gui>Tags</gui><gui>Remove Tag "[name]" from Photos</gui></guiseq> + or right-click on the photos an select + <gui>Remove Tag "[name]" from Photos</gui>. + </p> + + <p>Για να διαγράψετε μια ετικέτα πλήρως, επιλέξτε αυτήν την ετικέτα στην πλευρική στήλη και επιλέξτε <guiseq><gui>Ετικέτες</gui><gui>Διαγραφή ετικέτας "[όνομα]"</gui></guiseq> ή δεξιοπατήστε και επιλέξτε <gui>Διαγραφή ετικέτας "[όνομα]"</gui>.</p> + + <p> + When you create a tag, it will appear in the sidebar under the + <gui>Tags</gui> item, which is hidden if there are no tags. Photos + can have multiple tags attached to them, and when you click on the + name of a given tag in the sidebar, you will see all the photos + associated with that tag. + </p> + + <section id="hierarchaicaltags"> + <title>Ιεραρχικές ετικέτες</title> + <p>Το Shotwell υποστηρίζει επίσης ιεραρχικές ετικέτες. Μπορείτε να αναδιατάξετε τις ετικέτες σας με μεταφορά και απόθεση μιας ετικέτας σε μια άλλη. Για να δημιουργήσετε μια νέα υποετικέτα δεξιοπατήστε σε μια ετικέτα και επιλέξτε <gui>Νέα</gui>.</p> + + <p>Οι ιεραρχικές ετικέτες μπορεί να σας βοηθήσουν να ταξινομήσετε τον κατάλογο ετικετών σας έτσι που να ταιριάζει καλύτερα με τον τρόπο εργασίας ή σκέψης σας· για παράδειγμα, μπορείτε να αποθηκεύσετε ετικέτες θέσης όπως "βουνά" ή "παραλίες" κάτω από μια γονική ετικέτα "Τοποθεσίες", που η ίδια μπορεί να τοποθετηθεί κάτω από την ετικέτα "καλοκαιρινές διακοπές".</p> + + <p>Σημειώστε ότι διαγράφοντας μια γονική ετικέτα διαγράφονται επίσης και οι θυγατρικές της ετικέτες.</p> + </section> +</page> diff --git a/help/el/organize-title.page b/help/el/organize-title.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1ab0a2c --- /dev/null +++ b/help/el/organize-title.page @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="title" xml:lang="el"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#organize"/> + <desc>Δώστε τίτλους στις φωτογραφίες σας.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="event"/> + </info> + + <title>Τίτλοι</title> + +<p>Το πλαίσιο ελέγχου <guiseq><gui>Προβολή</gui><gui>Τίτλοι</gui></guiseq> εναλλάσσει την εμφάνιση των τίτλων κάτω από κάθε φωτογραφία. Από προεπιλογή, ο τίτλος μιας φωτογραφίας είναι το όνομα του αρχείου της.</p> + +<p>To change a photo's title, +select the photo and click <guiseq><gui>Photos</gui><gui>Edit Title...</gui></guiseq>, or press <key>F2</key>.</p> + +</page> diff --git a/help/el/other-files.page b/help/el/other-files.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..994ed95 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/el/other-files.page @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="other-files" xml:lang="el"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#other"/> + <desc>Διατηρείστε τη βιβλιοθήκη Shotwell σε συγχρονισμό με τα αρχεία φωτογραφιών στον δίσκο.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="other-plugins"/> + </info> + + <title>Αρχεία φωτογραφιών</title> + + <p>Κάθε φωτογραφία στη βιβλιοθήκη Shotwell αντιστοιχεί σε ένα αποθηκευμένο αρχείο στον σκληρό σας δίσκο. Το Shotwell έχει πολλά γνωρίσματα που σας βοηθούν να κρατήσετε τη βιβλιοθήκη Shotwell και τα αρχεία στον δίσκο σε συγχρονισμό.</p> + <links type="section"/> + + <section id="dirpattern"> + <title>Χρησιμοποιώντας ένα προσαρμοσμένο υπόδειγμα καταλόγου</title> + <p>Το Shotwell σας επιτρέπει να ορίσετε τον τρόπο ονομασίας των καταλόγων στη βιβλιοθήκη σας. Μπορείτε να το κάνετε αλλάζοντας τις ρυθμίσεις <gui>Δομή καταλόγου</gui> και <gui>Υπόδειγμα</gui> στον διάλογο <gui>Προτιμήσεις</gui>. Μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε ένα προεπιλεγμένο υπόδειγμα, ή να επιλέξετε <gui>Προσαρμογή</gui> και να πληκτρολογήσετε το δικό σας.</p> + + <p>Τα διαθέσιμα σύμβολα για υπόδειγμα καταλόγου ξεκινά με ένα % (σύμβολο ποσοστού). Οι τιμές που αυτά τα σύμβολα παράγουν εξαρτώνται από τις τοπικές ρυθμίσεις, έτσι ό,τι βλέπετε στον υπολογιστή σας μπορεί να διαφέρει από τα παρακάτω παραδείγματα.</p> + + <table frame="all" rules="rowgroups"> + <tbody> + <tr> + <td><p> </p></td> <td><p><em>Symbol</em></p></td> <td><p><em>Meaning</em></p></td> <td><p><em>Example</em></p></td> + </tr> + </tbody> + <tbody> + <tr> + <td><p> </p></td><td><p>%Y</p></td><td><p>Έτος: πλήρες</p></td><td><p>2011</p></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td><p> </p></td><td><p>%y</p></td><td><p>Έτος: δύο ψηφία</p></td><td><p>11</p></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td><p> </p></td><td><p>%d</p></td><td><p>Ημέρα του μήνα με αρχικό μηδέν</p></td><td><p>03</p></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td><p> </p></td><td><p>%A</p></td><td><p>Όνομα ημέρας: πλήρες</p></td><td><p>Τετάρτη</p></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td><p> </p></td><td><p>%a</p></td><td><p>Όνομα ημέρας: συντομευμένο</p></td><td><p>Τετ</p></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td><p> </p></td><td><p>%m</p></td><td><p>Αριθμός μήνα με αρχικό μηδέν</p></td><td><p>02</p></td> + </tr> + <tr><td><p> </p></td><td><p>%b</p></td><td><p>Όνομα μήνα: συντομευμένο</p></td><td><p>Φεβ</p></td></tr><tr><td><p> </p></td><td><p>%B</p></td><td><p>Όνομα μήνα: πλήρες</p></td><td><p>Φεβρουάριος</p></td></tr><tr><td><p> </p></td><td><p>%I</p></td><td><p>Ώρα: 12ώρη μορφή</p></td><td><p>05</p></td></tr><tr><td><p> </p></td><td><p>%H</p></td><td><p>Ώρα: 24ώρη μορφή</p></td><td><p>17</p></td></tr><tr><td><p> </p></td><td><p>%M</p></td><td><p>Λεπτό</p></td><td><p>16</p></td></tr><tr><td><p> </p></td><td><p>%S</p></td><td><p>Δευτερόλεπτο</p></td><td><p>30</p></td></tr><tr><td><p> </p></td><td><p>%p</p></td><td><p>ΠΜ ή ΜΜ</p></td><td><p>ΜΜ</p></td></tr> + </tbody> + </table> + + <p>Υπάρχουν άλλα διαθέσιμα σύμβολα· παρακαλούμε, ελέγξτε το εγχειρίδιο για strftime εκτελώντας την εντολή <cmd>man strftime</cmd> αν χρειάζεστε ένα σύμβολο που δεν είναι καταχωρισμένο εδώ.</p> + </section> + + <section id="automatic-import"> + <title>Αυτόματη εισαγωγή φωτογραφιών</title> + + <p>Το Shotwell μπορεί να εισάγει αυτόματα νέες φωτογραφίες που εμφανίζονται στον κατάλογο βιβλιοθήκης. (Ο κατάλογος βιβλιοθήκης είναι συνήθως ο κατάλογος <file>Εικόνες</file> στον προσωπικό σας κατάλογο· μπορείτε να αλλάξετε την θέση του στο παράθυρο <gui>Προτιμήσεις</gui>.)</p> + + <p>Για την ενεργοποίηση της αυτόματης εισαγωγής, ελέγξτε το πλαίσιο <gui>Παρακολούθηση του καταλόγου βιβλιοθήκης για νέα αρχεία</gui> στο παράθυρο <gui>Προτιμήσεις</gui>.</p> + + <note style="advanced"><p>Το Shotwell μπορεί επίσης να ακολουθήσει τους συμβολικούς δεσμούς σε αυτόματα εισαγόμενους καταλόγους.</p></note> + + </section> + + <section id="automatic-rename"> + <title>Αυτόματη μετονομασία εισαγόμενων φωτογραφιών σε πεζά γράμματα</title> + + <p>Το Shotwell μπορεί να αλλάξει αυτόματα τα ονόματα αρχείων των εισαγόμενων φωτογραφιών σε πεζά γράμματα. Για να το ενεργοποιήσετε αυτό, επιλέξτε <guiseq><gui>Επεξεργασία</gui><gui>Προτιμήσεις</gui></guiseq> και στο παράθυρο <gui>Προτιμήσεις</gui>, σημειώστε το πλαίσιο <gui>Μετονομασία εισαγόμενων αρχείων σε πεζά γράμματα</gui>.</p> + + </section> + + <section id="writing-metadata"> + <title>Εγγραφή μεταδεδομένων απευθείας</title> + + <p>Από προεπιλογή, το Shotwell δεν τροποποιεί αρχεία φωτογραφιών, ακόμα κι όταν επεξεργάζεστε φωτογραφίες ή αλλάζετε τις ετικέτες τους ή τίτλους τους. Το Shotwell καταγράφει αυτές τις αλλαγές μόνο στη δικιά του βάση δεδομένων.</p> + + <p>Για να αλλάξετε αυτήν την συμπεριφορά, μπορείτε να ενεργοποιήσετε το πλαίσιο ελέγχου <gui>Εγγραφή ετικετών, τίτλων και άλλων μεταδεδομένων σε αρχεία φωτογραφιών</gui> στον διάλογο <gui>Προτιμήσεις</gui>. Όταν αυτή η επιλογή είναι ενεργή, το Shotwell θα γράψει τα παρακάτω μεταδεδομένα στα περισσότερα αρχεία φωτογραφιών όποτε το αλλάζετε σε Shotwell:</p> + + <list> + <item><p>τίτλοι</p></item> + <item><p>ετικέτες</p></item> + <item><p>αξιολογήσεις</p></item> + <item><p>πληροφορίες περιστροφής</p></item> + <item><p>χρόνος/ημερομηνία</p></item> + </list> + + <p>Το Shotwell αποθηκεύει αυτές τις πληροφορίες σε αρχεία φωτογραφιών σε μορφή EXIF, IPTC και/ή XMP. Σημειώστε ότι το Shotwell μπορεί να γράψει μόνο σε αρχεία φωτογραφιών σε μορφή JPEG, PNG και TIFF, όχι σε φωτογραφίες BMP, RAW ή σε αρχεία βίντεο.</p> + + </section> + + <section id="runtime-monitoring"> + <title>Παρακολούθηση χρόνου εκτέλεσης</title> + + <p>Ενώ εκτελείται το Shotwell, σημειώνει αλλαγές που έγιναν σε οποιαδήποτε εξωτερικό αρχείο φωτογραφίας. Όταν ένα αρχείο φωτογραφίας αλλάζει, το Shotwell ξαναδιαβάζει το αρχείο και ενημερώνει την προβολή σας της φωτογραφίας και των μεταδεδομένων.</p> + + <p>Σημειώστε ότι το Shotwell ελέγχει όλα τα αρχεία φωτογραφιών για αλλαγές στην εκκίνηση, αλλά μόνο τα περιεχόμενα αρχεία φωτογραφίας στον κατάλογο βιβλιοθήκης παρακολουθούνται σε πραγματικό χρόνο μετά την εκκίνηση. Ελπίζουμε να αφαιρέσουμε αυτόν τον περιορισμό σε μια μεταγενέστερη έκδοση.</p> + + </section> + +</page> diff --git a/help/el/other-missing.page b/help/el/other-missing.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6ed4886 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/el/other-missing.page @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="other-missing" xml:lang="el"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#other"/> + <desc>Αν το Shotwell δεν μπορεί να βρει μια φωτογραφία στη βιβλιοθήκη σας, τη σημειώνει ως χαμένη.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="other-multiple"/> + </info> + + <title>Χαμένες φωτογραφίες</title> + +<p>Κάθε φορά που το Shotwell ξεκινά, σαρώνει τη βιβλιοθήκη φωτογραφιών σας για να επιβεβαιώσει ότι όλα τα αρχεία φωτογραφιών υπάρχουν ακόμα στον σκληρό σας δίσκο. Αν το Shotwell βρει ότι οποιαδήποτε αρχεία φωτογραφιών λείπουν, δεν θα τα εμφανίσει στις κανονικές προβολές φωτογραφιών, συμβάντων και ετικετών, αλλά θα τα εμφανίσει σε μια ξεχωριστή προβολή χαμένων αρχείων που θα εμφανιστεί στην πλευρική στήλη.</p> + +<p>Αν δεν θέλετε πια τα χαμένα αρχεία να είναι μέρος της συλλογής σας Shotwell (ίσως επειδή τα διαγράψατε), πηγαίνετε στην προβολή χαμένα αρχεία, επιλέξτε τις φωτογραφίες και έπειτα πατήστε <gui>Αφαίρεση από τη βιβλιοθήκη</gui>.</p> + +<p>Αν έχετε φωτογραφίες σε έναν αφαιρούμενο δίσκο, όπως σε ένα CD ή USB και τα <link xref="index#import">εισάγετε</link> στο Shotwell <em>χωρίς</em> να αντιγράψετε τις φωτογραφίες στον υπολογιστή σας, θα εμφανιστούν ως χαμένα αρχεία αν έπειτα αποσυνδέσετε τον αφαιρούμενο δίσκο. Δείτε <link xref="import-file"/> για να μάθετε πώς να αντιγράψετε αρχεία από αφαιρούμενους δίσκους στον υπολογιστή σας.</p> + +<p>Αν οποιαδήποτε χαμένα αρχεία φωτογραφιών γίνουν διαθέσιμα ξανά, το Shotwell θα το σημειώσει την επόμενη φορά που ξεκινά. Οι φωτογραφίες θα εμφανιστούν πάλι στις προβολές φωτογραφιών, συμβάντων και ετικετών.</p> + +</page> diff --git a/help/el/other-multiple.page b/help/el/other-multiple.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9fbf21c --- /dev/null +++ b/help/el/other-multiple.page @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="other-multiple" xml:lang="el"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#other"/> + <desc>Μπορείτε να ανοίξετε το Shotwell με μια διαφορετική βιβλιοθήκη φωτογραφιών χρησιμοποιώντας τη γραμμή εντολών.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="other-files"/> + </info> + + <title>Πολλαπλές βιβλιοθήκες</title> + +<p>Το Shotwell κανονικά αποθηκεύει τη βάση δεδομένων του και τις μικρογραφίες φωτογραφιών στον κατάλογο <file>~/.shotwell</file>. Αυτός ο κατάλογος δεν περιέχει φωτογραφίες, αλλά η βάση δεδομένων σε αυτόν τον κατάλογο περιέχει έναν κατάλογο όλων των φωτογραφιών στη βιβλιοθήκη Shotwell.</p> + +<p>Ως ένα προχωρημένο γνώρισμα, μπορείτε να έχετε πολλαπλές βιβλιοθήκες Shotwell, που καθεμιά τους έχει το δικό της σύνολο φωτογραφιών. Κάθε βιβλιοθήκη χρειάζεται το δικό του κατάλογο βάσης δεδομένων. Για να ξεκινήσετε το Shotwell με μια εναλλακτική βιβλιοθήκη, ορίστε έναν εναλλακτικό κατάλογο βάσης δεδομένων στη γραμμή εντολών ως εξής:</p> + +<screen> +shotwell -d [library-directory] +</screen> + +</page> diff --git a/help/el/other-plugins.page b/help/el/other-plugins.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..82aa070 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/el/other-plugins.page @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="other-plugins" xml:lang="el"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#other"/> + <desc>Επέκταση της δυναμικής λειτουργικότητας του Shotwell.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="other-missing"/> + </info> + + <title>Πρόσθετα</title> + <p>Το Shotwell μπορεί να χρησιμοποιηθεί με <em>πρόσθετα</em>, που είναι συνοδοί κοινόχρηστων βιβλιοθηκών που μπορούν να προσθέσουν υποστήριξη για νεοδημοσιευόμενους προορισμούς ή νέες μεταβάσεις προβολής διαφανειών.</p> + + <p>Για να δείτε έναν κατάλογο εγκατεστημένων προσθέτων, επιλέξτε <guiseq><gui>Επεξεργασία</gui><gui>Προτιμήσεις</gui></guiseq> και στο παράθυρο <gui>Προτιμήσεις</gui>, πατώντας στην καρτέλα <gui>Πρόσθετα</gui>. Θα δείτε έναν κατάλογο των εγκατεστημένων μέχρι τώρα προσθέτων, που το καθένα τους έχει ένα πλαίσιο ελέγχου και μπορείτε να ενεργοποιήσετε ή να απενεργοποιήσετε καθένα τους επιλέγοντας ή αποεπιλέγοντας το όνομά του.</p> + + <note style="advanced"><p>Η πλήρης τεκμηρίωση ανάπτυξης νέων προσθέτων είναι διαθέσιμη στο <link href="http://redmine.yorba.org/projects/shotwell/wiki/ShotwellArchWritingPlugins">http://redmine.yorba.org/projects/shotwell/wiki/ShotwellArchWritingPlugins</link></p></note> + +</page> diff --git a/help/el/raw.page b/help/el/raw.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cc2fe8c --- /dev/null +++ b/help/el/raw.page @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="other-raw" xml:lang="el"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#other"/> + <desc>Περισσότερα για την υποστήριξη RAW στο Shotwell.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="running"/> + </info> + + <title>Υποστήριξη RAW (ακατέργαστο) στο Shotwell</title> + <p>Κάποιες φωτογραφικές μηχανές έχουν τη δυνατότητα να αποθηκεύουν δεδομένα αμέσως από τον αισθητήρα και σε ένα αρχείο που περιέχει πρόσθετες πληροφορίες χρώματος· αυτό συνήθως αναφέρεται ως 'RAW' ή 'φωτογραφική μηχανή RAW' και το Shotwell υποστηρίζει αυτά τα αρχεία επίσης.</p> + + <p>Αφού οι φωτογραφίες RAW δεν μπορούν κανονικά να εμφανιστούν άμεσα, αλλά πρέπει πρώτα να αναπτυχθούν - δηλαδή, έχουν τις δικές τους πρόσθετες πληροφορίες να ερμηνευτούν και να διαβαστούν για να εμφανιστούν - οι περισσότερες φωτογραφικές μηχανές ή ενσωματώνουν μια JPEG μέσα σε ένα αρχείο μορφής RAW, ή παράγουν μια JPEG μαζί με το αρχείο RAW τη στιγμή λήψης του στιγμιοτύπου. Το δεύτερο αναφέρεται σε όλο αυτό το έγγραφο ως RAW+JPEG. Αν εισάγετε ένα ζεύγος RAW+JPEG, το Shotwell θα τα κρατήσει συζευγμένα και θα τα θεωρήσει ως ένα στοιχείο στη βιβλιοθήκη σας.</p> + + <p>Όταν εισάγετε ένα αρχείο RAW, μπορείτε να επιλέξετε ή να χρησιμοποιήσετε την εσωτερικά αναπτυγμένη JPEG της φωτογραφικής μηχανής ή του Shotwell επιλέγοντας <guiseq><gui>Φωτογραφίες</gui><gui>Ανάπτυξη</gui></guiseq> στα μενού.</p> + + <note> + <p>Η αλλαγή μεταξύ αναπτύξεων θα προκαλέσει την απόρριψη όλων των επεξεργασιών που έγιναν σε μια φωτογραφία.</p> + </note> + + <p>Για να δημοσιεύσετε ή να χρησιμοποιήσετε μια φωτογραφία RAW στα περισσότερα άλλα λογισμικά, πρέπει πρώτα να εξαχθεί. Το Shotwell μπορεί να εξάγει τις φωτογραφίες RAW σε μορφή JPEG, PNG, TIFF ή BMP και όταν δημοσιευτούν θα εξάγει εσωτερικά μια έκδοση JPEG για σας και θα την δημοσιεύσει.</p> + +</page> diff --git a/help/el/running.page b/help/el/running.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0bcc3ca --- /dev/null +++ b/help/el/running.page @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="running" xml:lang="el"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index"/> + <desc>Βρείτε το Shotwell στο μενού εφαρμογές, ή ξεκινήστε το αυτόματα όταν συνδέετε μια φωτογραφική μηχανή.</desc> + + <link type="seealso" xref="other-multiple"/> + + <link type="next" xref="formats"/> + </info> + + <title>Εκτελώντας το Shotwell</title> + +<p>Μόλις εγκατασταθεί το Shotwell είναι διαθέσιμο στο μενού <gui>Εφαρμογές</gui> κάτω από το <gui>Γραφικά</gui> ή <gui>Φωτογραφία</gui>.</p> + +<p>Το Shotwell μπορεί επίσης να εκτελεστεί αυτόματα όταν μια φωτογραφική μηχανή συνδέεται με τον υπολογιστή σας. Για να ελέγξετε ότι το σύστημά σας έχει ρυθμιστεί να εκτελέσει το Shotwell όταν μια φωτογραφική μηχανή ανιχνευτεί, πηγαίνετε στο <guiseq><gui>Αρχείο</gui><gui>Προτιμήσεις</gui></guiseq> σε οποιοδήποτε παράθυρο Ναυτίλου (περιηγητής αρχείου) και επιλέξτε την καρτέλα <gui>Μέσα</gui>. Θα δείτε ένα πτυσσόμενο πλαίσιο με τίτλο <gui>Φωτογραφίες:</gui> που σας επιτρέπει να επιλέξετε το Shotwell ως την εφαρμογή διαχείρισης φωτογραφιών.</p> + +<note style="advanced"> + <p>Το Shotwell μπορεί επίσης να εκτελεστεί άμεσα από το δομημένο κατάλογό του αν και αυτό συνιστάται μόνο για δοκιμή του Shotwell ή για προγραμματιστές.</p> +</note> + +</page> diff --git a/help/el/share-background.page b/help/el/share-background.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bc1f815 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/el/share-background.page @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="share-background" xml:lang="el"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#share"/> + <desc>Ορίστε το παρασκήνιο της επιφάνειας εργασίας σας σε μια μόνο φωτογραφία ή σε μια προβολή διαφανειών των φωτογραφιών.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="share-slideshow"/> + </info> + + <title>Ορίστε ένα παρασκήνιο επιφάνειας εργασίας ή προβολής διαφανειών</title> + + <p>Για να ορίσετε μια μόνο φωτογραφία ως παρασκήνιο της επιφάνειας εργασίας σας, επιλέξτε τη φωτογραφία και διαλέξτε <guiseq><gui>Αρχείο</gui><gui>Ορισμός ως παρασκήνιο επιφάνειας εργασίας</gui></guiseq>.</p> + + <p>You can also set your background to a slideshow of photos. To do this, select the photos for + the slideshow and choose <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Set as Desktop Slideshow...</gui></guiseq>. + Shotwell will prompt you for a slideshow delay, which can be any interval up to one day in length. + The background slideshow will proceed even when Shotwell is not running. + </p> + +</page> diff --git a/help/el/share-export.page b/help/el/share-export.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9ea9f81 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/el/share-export.page @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="share-export" xml:lang="el"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#share"/> + <desc>Αντιγραφή φωτογραφιών από το Shotwell, έτσι ώστε να μπορείτε να τις βάλετε κάπου αλλού.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="share-print"/> + </info> + + <title>Εξαγωγή φωτογραφιών</title> + +<p>Για να εξάγετε φωτογραφίες από το Shotwell μέσα από μεταφορά και απόθεση, μεταφέρτε τις φωτογραφίες από το Shotwell σε ένα παράθυρο διαχειριστή αρχείων ή στην επιφάνεια εργασίας σας. Τα νέα αρχεία θα είναι αντίγραφα πλήρους μεγέθους των φωτογραφιών στη βιβλιοθήκη σας.</p> + +<p> +Alternatively, select a set of photos and choose the <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Export...</gui></guiseq> command or press <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>E</key></keyseq>, which exports photos while letting you fine-tune the size and dimensions of your photo files. +A window will appear allowing you to make several choices: +</p> + +<list> +<item><p>Μια μορφή για εξαγωγή.</p> +<list> +<item><p>Επιλέξτε <gui>Ατροποποίητη</gui> για να εξάγετε φωτογραφίες στην αρχική τους μορφή χωρίς καμιά επεξεργασία που έγινε στο Shotwell. Οι ακατέργαστες φωτογραφίες θα εξαχθούν στην αρχική τους μορφή RAW.</p></item> +<item><p>Επιλέξτε <gui>Τρέχουσα</gui> για να εξάγετε τις φωτογραφίες συμπεριλαμβάνοντας τις επεξεργασίες που έγιναν στο Shotwell. Οι ακατέργαστες φωτογραφίες θα εξαχθούν σε μορφή JPEG αν τις έχετε επεξεργαστεί στο Shotwell και αλλιώς στην αρχική τους ακατέργαστη μορφή.</p></item> +<item><p>Ή μπορείτε να επιλέξετε μια ειδική μορφή εικόνας (JPEG, PNG, TIFF, BMP) που θα χρησιμοποιηθεί για εξαγωγή. Οποιαδήποτε επεξεργασία έγινε στο Shotwell θα συμπεριληφθεί και το Shotwell θα μετατρέψει τις φωτογραφίες στη μορφή προορισμού.</p></item> +</list> +</item> +<item><p>Η ποιότητα εικόνας για εξαγωγή (χαμηλή, μέτρια, υψηλή, ή μέγιστη).</p></item> +<item><p>Ένας περιορισμός κλιμάκωσης (που σημαίνει πώς θα αποφασίσει το Shotwell να σμικρύνει τις φωτογραφίες) και το επιθυμητό μέγεθος εικονοστοιχείων.</p></item> +<item><p>Η επιλογή εξαγωγής μεταδεδομένων όπως ετικέτες ή αξιολογήσεις. Αυτό μπορεί να βοηθήσει στην αποθήκευση της ιδιωτικότητά σας αν έχετε ετικέτες γεωεντοπισμού ή ετικέτες που δεν θα έπρεπε να ιδωθούν από κάποιον.</p></item> +</list> + +<p>Αν επιλεγεί, το Shotwell θα γράψει ετικέτες, τίτλους και άλλα μεταδεδομένα στα νέα αρχεία.</p> + +</page> diff --git a/help/el/share-print.page b/help/el/share-print.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..57c7197 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/el/share-print.page @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="share-print" xml:lang="el"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#share"/> + <desc>Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Print...</gui></guiseq>. For more printing options, select the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab in the <gui>Print</gui> dialog.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="share-upload"/> + </info> + + <title>Εκτύπωση</title> + + <p>To print a photo, select it and choose <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Print...</gui></guiseq>.</p> + + <p> + Shotwell can also print multiple images in one page; to do this, select multiple images, + choose <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Print...</gui></guiseq>, and in the <gui>Print</gui> dialog, + choose the <gui>Image Settings</gui> tab. In <gui>Image Settings</gui>, choose one of the + multiple-image-per-page options under <gui>Autosize</gui>. + </p> + + <p>Αν θα θέλατε να ορίσετε επιλογές μορφοποίηση, μέγεθος χαρτιού και προσανατολισμό, επιλέξτε την καρτέλα <gui>Διαμόρφωση σελίδας</gui> στον διάλογο <gui>Εκτύπωση</gui> πριν από την εκτύπωση.</p> +</page> diff --git a/help/el/share-send.page b/help/el/share-send.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..79a1232 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/el/share-send.page @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="share-send" xml:lang="el"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#share"/> + <desc>Αποστολή φωτογραφιών μέσα από ηλεκτρονική αλληλογραφία, άμεσα μηνύματα ή με άλλους τρόπους.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="share-background"/> + </info> + + <title>Αποστολή φωτογραφιών</title> + + <p>Το Shotwell μπορεί να στείλει φωτογραφίες χρησιμοποιώντας τον μηχανισμό αποστολής προς της επιφάνειας εργασίας GNOME, που σας επιτρέπει να στέλνετε φωτογραφίες μέσα από ηλεκτρονική αλληλογραφία, άμεσα μηνύματα ή με άλλους τρόπους.</p> + <p>Για να στείλετε φωτογραφίες, επιλέξτε τες στο Shotwell και επιλέξτε <guiseq><gui>Αρχείο</gui><gui>Αποστολή σε...</gui></guiseq>, ή δεξιοπατήστε τις φωτογραφίες και επιλέξτε <gui>Αποστολή σε...</gui> από το μενού περιεχομένων. Ένα πλαίσιο διαλόγου <gui>Αποστολή προς</gui> θα εμφανιστεί που σας επιτρέπει να επιλέξετε έναν μηχανισμό για αποστολή των αρχείων (όπως ηλεκτρονική αλληλογραφία ή άμεσα μηνύματα) και έναν προορισμό. Μπορείτε προαιρετικά να επιλέξετε να στείλετε τα αρχεία σε συμπιεσμένη μορφή.</p> + +</page> diff --git a/help/el/share-slideshow.page b/help/el/share-slideshow.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ac13cc9 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/el/share-slideshow.page @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="share-slideshow" xml:lang="el"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#share"/> + <desc>Παρακολούθηση μιας προβολής διαφανειών των φωτογραφιών σας.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="share-export"/> + </info> + + <title>Προβολές διαφανειών</title> + + <p>Για να δείτε νια προβολή διαφανειών οποιασδήποτε συλλογής στο Shotwell, περιηγηθείτε σε αυτήν τη συλλογή και επιλέξτε <guiseq><gui>Προβολή</gui><gui>Προβολή διαφανειών</gui></guiseq> ή πατήστε <key>F5</key>.</p> + + <p>Μπορείτε να αλλάξετε κάποιες ρυθμίσεις σε μια εκτελούμενη προβολή διαφανειών:</p> + + <list> + <item><p>Η διάρκεια χρόνου εμφάνισης μιας εικόνας πρέπει να είναι: 1 - 30 δευτερόλεπτα</p></item> + <item><p>Μπορείτε να επιλέξετε διαφορετικά εφέ μετάβασης.</p></item> + <item><p>Ο χρόνος για κάθε εφέ μετάβασης: 0.1 - 1.0 δευτερόλεπτα</p></item> + </list> +</page> diff --git a/help/el/share-upload.page b/help/el/share-upload.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6a3e4ec --- /dev/null +++ b/help/el/share-upload.page @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="share-upload" xml:lang="el"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#share"/> + <desc>Δημοσίευση φωτογραφιών στα Facebook, Flickr, συλλογές ιστού Picasa, ή άλλους τόπους.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="share-send"/> + </info> + + <title>Δημοσιεύοντας στον ιστό</title> + + <p>Μέσα από τη χρήση <link xref="other-plugins">προσθέτων</link>, το Shotwell μπορεί να δημοσιεύσει φωτογραφίες και βίντεο στις ακόλουθες υπηρεσίες, που καθεμιά τους απαιτεί έναν λογαριασμό:</p> + + <list> + <item><p><link href="http://facebook.com">Facebook</link></p></item> + <item><p><link href="http://flickr.com">Flickr</link></p></item> + <item><p><link href="http://picasaweb.google.com">Συλλογές ιστού Picasa</link> και <link href="http://plus.google.com">Google+</link></p></item> + <item><p><link href="http://youtube.com">YouTube</link> (μόνο βίντεο)</p></item> + <item><p><link href="http://fotki.yandex.ru">Yandex.Fotki</link>, έναν δημοφιλή τόπο φωτογραφιών στη Ρωσία (μόνο φωτογραφίες)</p></item> + <item><p>Οποιονδήποτε τόπο που τρέχει το λογισμικό συλλογής φωτογραφιών <link href="http://piwigo.org">Piwigo</link> (μόνο φωτογραφίες)</p></item> + </list> + + <p>Για να δημοσιεύσετε επιλεγμένες φωτογραφίες σε μια συλλογή, επιλέξτε <guiseq><gui>Επεξεργασία</gui><gui>Προτιμήσεις</gui></guiseq> και πατήστε την καρτέλα <gui>Πρόσθετα</gui> για να ενεργοποιήσετε το πρόσθετο για την υπηρεσία στην οποία θέλετε να δημοσιεύσετε. Κατόπιν, επιλέξτε, <guiseq><gui>Αρχείο</gui><gui>Δημοσίευση</gui></guiseq>, πατήστε το πλήκτρο εργαλειοθήκης <gui>Δημοσίευση</gui> ή χρησιμοποιήστε <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>P</key></keyseq>. Θα δείτε έναν διάλογο που σας επιτρέπει να επιλέξετε μια υπηρεσία δημοσίευσης. Θα χρειαστείτε τότε να συνδεθείτε ή να δημιουργήσετε έναν λογαριασμό.</p> + + <p>Publishing to Facebook requires you to grant certain permissions to the Shotwell Facebook application. + You only need to grant these permissions once, when you first associate Shotwell with your Facebook account. +</p> + <note style="advanced"><p>You will be only able to publish images with at most the permission you granted to the Shotwell Facebook application</p></note> + + <p>Παρόμοια, η δημοσίευση στο Flickr απαιτεί να συνδεθείτε και να επιτρέψετε στο Shotwell Connect να προσπελάσει τον λογαριασμό σας.</p> + + <p>Αν έχετε έναν λογαριασμό Google, αλλά δεν έχετε ακόμα χρησιμοποιήσει τις συλλογές ιστού Picasa, θα χρειαστείτε να συνδεθείτε στο Picasa χρησιμοποιώντας έναν περιηγητή μια φορά πριν να μπορείτε να δημοσιεύετε σε αυτήν την υπηρεσία.</p> +</page> diff --git a/help/el/view-displaying.page b/help/el/view-displaying.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1d48627 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/el/view-displaying.page @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="view-view" xml:lang="el"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#view"/> + <desc>Μάθετε για τους διαφορετικούς τρόπους προβολής των φωτογραφιών σας: σε ένα πλέγμα, με γεμάτο το κυρίως παράθυρο ή όλη την οθόνη.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="view-sidebar"/> + </info> + + <title>Προβολές φωτογραφίας</title> + +<p>Όταν επιλέγετε οποιαδήποτε συλλογή στην πλευρική στήλη, το Shotwell εμφανίζει όλες τις φωτογραφίες της συλλογής στην περιοχή του κυρίως παραθύρου. Στα κάτω δεξιά υπάρχει ένας ολισθητής που ρυθμίζει το μέγεθος προβολής των μικρογραφιών. Μπορείτε επίσης να ρυθμίσετε το μέγεθος μικρογραφιών χρησιμοποιώντας τα πλήκτρα συν και πλην (<key>+</key> και <key>-</key>) ή πατώντας το <key>Ctrl</key> ενώ μετακινείτε τον τροχό κύλισης του ποντικιού.</p> + +<p>Μπορείτε να προβάλετε μια φωτογραφία σε πλήρες παράθυρο διπλοπατώντας την. Από εκεί μπορείτε να μετακινηθείτε σε άλλες φωτογραφίες στη συλλογή με τα πλήκτρα πίσω και μπροστά. Για να επιστρέψετε στη συλλογή, διπλοπατήστε στη φωτογραφία ή πατήστε το πλήκτρο <key>Διαφυγής</key>.</p> + +<p>Όταν προβάλετε μια φωτογραφία σε κατάσταση πλήρους παραθύρου, ο ολισθητής στην εργαλειοθήκη ελέγχει την εστίαση. Μπορείτε να μετακινηθείτε ολόγυρα συλλαμβάνοντας και μεταφέροντας οπουδήποτε στην φωτογραφία. Μπορείτε επίσης να εστιάσετε χρησιμοποιώντας τον τροχό κύλισης ή πατώντας τις παρακάτω συντομεύσεις πληκτρολογίου: <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key>0</keyseq> για την πλήρη εικόνα, <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key>1</keyseq> για 100% (1 εικονοστοιχείο φωτογραφίας = 1 εικονοστοιχείο οθόνης) και <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key>2</keyseq> για 200% (1 εικονοστοιχείο φωτογραφίας = 2x2 εικονοστοιχεία οθόνης).</p> + +<p>Το Shotwell προσφέρει μια κατάσταση πλήρους οθόνης για προβολή φωτογραφιών. Επιλέξτε <guiseq><gui>Προβολή</gui><gui>Πλήρης οθόνη</gui></guiseq> ή πατήστε <key>F11</key>. Για να δείτε την εργαλειοθήκη πλήρης οθόνη, μετακινήστε το ποντίκι σας στο τέλος της οθόνης. Η εργαλειοθήκη προσφέρει πλήκτρα για μετακίνηση μέσα από τη συλλογή, για να προσδέσει την εργαλειοθήκη (έτσι δεν είναι κρυφή όταν μετακινείτε το ποντίκι μακριά) και για να αφήσετε την προβολή πλήρους οθόνης.</p> + +<section> +<title>Προβολή βίντεο</title> +<p>Όταν διπλοπατάτε ένα βίντεο, το Shotwell θα ξεκινήσει μια εξωτερική συσκευή βίντεο για να αναπαραγάγει το βίντεο. Δεν είναι προς το παρόν δυνατή η εμφάνιση ενός βίντεο σε κατάσταση πλήρους παραθύρου στο Shotwell ή η αναπαραγωγή του βίντεο στο ίδιο το Shotwell.</p> +</section> + +</page> diff --git a/help/el/view-information.page b/help/el/view-information.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a8f2644 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/el/view-information.page @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="view-information" xml:lang="el"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#view"/> + <desc>Προβολή περισσότερο λεπτομερών πληροφοριών για τις φωτογραφίες, όπως η κατάσταση έκθεσης που χρησιμοποιείται από τη φωτογραφική μηχανή.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="view-view"/> + </info> + + <title>Βασικές και εκτεταμένες πληροφορίες</title> + +<p>Το βασικό φάτνωμα πληροφοριών εμφανίζεται στο τέλος της πλευρικής στήλης και εμφανίζει μια σύντομη περίληψη των φωτογραφιών που έχετε επιλέξει. Αν δεν επιλεγεί καμία φωτογραφία, εμφανίζει μια περίληψη ολόκληρης της συλλογής. Μπορείτε να εναλλάξετε την εμφάνιση αυτού του φατνώματος χρησιμοποιώντας την εντολή <guiseq><gui>Προβολή</gui><gui>Βασικές πληροφορίες</gui></guiseq>.</p> + +<p>Το αιωρούμενο εκτεταμένο παράθυρο πληροφοριών εμφανίζει περισσότερες πληροφορίες για την επιλεγμένη φωτογραφία. Η εντολή <guiseq><gui>Προβολή</gui><gui>Εκτεταμένες πληροφορίες</gui></guiseq> ή <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Shift</key><key>X</key></keyseq> εναλλάσσει την εμφάνιση αυτού του παραθύρου.</p> + +</page> diff --git a/help/el/view-sidebar.page b/help/el/view-sidebar.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6bb8482 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/el/view-sidebar.page @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="view-sidebar" xml:lang="el"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#view"/> + <desc>Η πλευρική στήλη στα αριστερά του παραθύρου καταχωρίζει ποικίλες προβολές της βιβλιοθήκης σας.</desc> + + <link type="seealso" xref="event"/> + <link type="seealso" xref="tag"/> + <link type="seealso" xref="flag"/> + <link type="seealso" xref="search#savedsearch"/> + <link type="seealso" xref="import-file"/> + <link type="seealso" xref="import-f-spot"/> + <link type="seealso" xref="import-memorycard"/> + <link type="seealso" xref="import-camera"/> + + <link type="next" xref="view-information"/> + </info> + + <title>Η πλευρική στήλη</title> + +<p>Η πλευρική στήλη στα αριστερά του παραθύρου Shotwell εμφανίζει ποικίλες προβολές της βιβλιοθήκης σας. Αν και μπορείτε να δείτε την ίδια φωτογραφία σε πολλές προβολές, είναι αποθηκευμένη μόνο μια φορά στον σκληρό σας δίσκο.</p> + +<p>Η προβολή <gui>Τελευταία εισαγωγή</gui> εμφανίζει τις τελευταίες εισηγμένες φωτογραφίες άσχετα με το αν εισήχθησαν από το F-Spot, τη κάμερά σας, μια κάρτα μνήμης ή τον σκληρό δίσκο.</p> + +<p>Το <gui>Με σημαία</gui> εμφανίζει όλες τις φωτογραφίες που είχατε προηγούμενων με σημαία.</p> + +<p>Το <gui>Αποθηκευμένη αναζήτηση</gui> σας επιτρέπει την ταξινόμηση της βιβλιοθήκης σας με πολλά κριτήρια.</p> + +<p>Ο φάκελος <gui>Συμβάντα</gui> εμφανίζει όλα τα συμβάντα στη βιβλιοθήκη σας. Ένα συμβάν είναι μια ομάδα φωτογραφιών που ελήφθησαν περίπου την ίδια ώρα.</p> + +<p>Ο φάκελος <gui>Ετικέτες</gui> εμφανίζει όλες τις ετικέτες που έχετε εκχωρήσει σε φωτογραφίες. Οι φωτογραφίες μπορούν να έχουν πολλαπλές ετικέτες συσχετισμένες με αυτές. Όταν πατήσετε σε ένα όνομα μιας ετικέτας στην πλευρική στήλη, θα δείτε όλες τις συσχετισμένες φωτογραφίες με αυτήν την ετικέτα.</p> + +</page> diff --git a/help/es/edit-adjustments.page b/help/es/edit-adjustments.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2ee4887 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/es/edit-adjustments.page @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="edit-adjustments" xml:lang="es"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#edit"/> + <desc>Cambiar la exposición, saturación, matiz y sombras de una foto.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="edit-crop"/> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Daniel Mustieles</mal:name> + <mal:email>daniel.mustieles@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2014 - 2016</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Dámaris Letelier</mal:name> + <mal:email>dam.letelier@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2014</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + </info> + + <title>Ajustes del color</title> + +<p>The <gui>Adjust</gui> button opens a floating window with a histogram and sliders to adjust a photo's exposure, saturation, tint, temperature, and shadows. The histogram also has sliders to reduce the upper and lower intensity thresholds of the photograph, expanding the contrast of the middle range.</p> + +<p>The <gui>Enhance</gui> button adjusts the histogram and shadows sliders to improve the quality of a photo.</p> + +<p>When the photo's colors and contrast are to your liking, press <gui>OK</gui> to save the changes. <gui>Reset</gui> will return the image to its original state. <gui>Cancel</gui> discards all changes you've made.</p> + +<section> + <title>¿Qué hacen los ajustes del color?</title> + <terms> + <item> + <title>Exposición</title> + <p>Changes the brightness to make it look like the photo was exposed for a longer or shorter time. Use this to correct under- or over-exposed photos.</p> + </item> + <item> + <title>Saturación</title> + <p>Changes how vivid colors look. If your photo looks gray and washed out, try increasing the saturation. If colors look too bold, try decreasing it.</p> + </item> + <item> + <title>Matiz</title> + <p>This tints the photo with a color. It's useful for correcting photos taken with the wrong white balance setting, which typically have an unnatural color cast. For example, photos taken outdoors with the white balance set to "Tungsten" may have a blue cast.</p> + </item> + <item> + <title>Temperatura</title> + <p>Changes how "warm" or "cool" the picture looks. Use this to make cold, depressing scenes look more lively, for example.</p> + </item> + <item> + <title>Sombras</title> + <p>This makes shadowy areas appear lighter. Use this to make detail more visible if it's obscured by the darkness of a shadow.</p> + </item> + <item> + <title>Umbral de intensidad (control deslizante en el histograma)</title> + <p>These sliders change how light the brightest white is and how dark the darkest black is. Use them to change the contrast of the photo. Photos which look washed out should particularly benefit from changing these settings.</p> + </item> + </terms> +</section> + +</page> diff --git a/help/es/edit-crop.page b/help/es/edit-crop.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5187d86 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/es/edit-crop.page @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="edit-crop" xml:lang="es"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#edit"/> + <desc>Improve the composition of a photo by cutting out parts of it.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="edit-external"/> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Daniel Mustieles</mal:name> + <mal:email>daniel.mustieles@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2014 - 2016</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Dámaris Letelier</mal:name> + <mal:email>dam.letelier@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2014</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + </info> + + <title>Recortar</title> + + <p>To reduce the area of a photo and concentrate the viewer's attention on a smaller portion of it, use the Crop tool. + The crop tool is only available in full-window or fullscreen mode.</p> + +<steps> + <item> + <p>Double-click on a photo to enter full-window mode, then press the <gui>Crop</gui> button on the toolbar.</p> + </item> + <item> + <p>A white box, the crop rectangle, will appear over the photo. The lighter portion of the photo within the crop rectangle represents what the photo will look like when you crop it.</p> + </item> + <item> + <p>If you place your cursor in the middle of the box, you can move the box around. If you drag the edges of the box, you can adjust its size. As you move and adjust the crop box, you'll see four lines appear inside it, like a tic-tac-toe grid. These are <em>rule of thirds</em> lines.</p> + <p>You can also constrain the crop box to one of many common sizes. Choose a size from the drop-down list that suits your needs. If you press the flip button next to it, the orientation of the constraint will switch (from landscape to portrait).</p> + </item> + <item> + <p>When you're happy with your crop outline, apply it by pressing the <gui>Crop</gui> button. Shotwell will display the cropped photo.</p> + </item> + <item> + <p>If you change your mind, press the <gui>Crop</gui> button again and fine-tune the crop.</p> + <p>If you press <gui>Cancel</gui> rather than <gui>Apply</gui>, Shotwell will return to the photo's previous crop dimensions.</p> + </item> +</steps> + +<section> + <title>¿Qué es la regla de los tercios?</title> + <p>The <em>rule of thirds</em> helps you to choose a pleasing composition for a photo.</p> + <p>Imagine that the scene is divided up into a 3x3 grid by two equally-spaced vertical lines and two equally-spaced horizontal lines. According to the rule, you're more likely to get a pleasing composition if you align major features (like the horizon, or a person's body) with one of the lines. Paying attention to the way features flow from one part of the grid to another can also help.</p> + <p>Cropping a photo so that it conforms to the rule of thirds often results in a more visually appealing image.</p> + <media type="image" src="figures/crop_thirds.jpg"> + <p>Cropping a photo, using the "rule of thirds" lines to improve the composition.</p> + </media> +</section> +</page> diff --git a/help/es/edit-date-time.page b/help/es/edit-date-time.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fe00e2f --- /dev/null +++ b/help/es/edit-date-time.page @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="edit-date-time" xml:lang="es"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#edit"/> + <desc>Change the date and time of photos if those details are incorrect.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="edit-enhance"/> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Daniel Mustieles</mal:name> + <mal:email>daniel.mustieles@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2014 - 2016</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Dámaris Letelier</mal:name> + <mal:email>dam.letelier@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2014</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + </info> + + <title>Adjust the date and time of photos</title> + +<p>To adjust the date and time of photos, select the photos you would like to adjust, choose <guiseq><gui>Photos</gui><gui>Adjust Date and Time...</gui></guiseq> and select a new date and time.</p> + +<p>If you are changing the date and time of multiple photos at once, you can choose to shift all the photos by the same amount of time or to set all the photos to the same time.</p> + +<p>By default, the date and time are only changed inside Shotwell. You can also choose to modify the date and time in the original file, but this cannot be undone once you exit Shotwell.</p> + +</page> diff --git a/help/es/edit-enhance.page b/help/es/edit-enhance.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..458a275 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/es/edit-enhance.page @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="edit-enhance" xml:lang="es"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#edit"/> + <desc>Let Shotwell improve the brightness and contrast of a photo automatically.</desc> + + <link type="seealso" xref="edit-adjustments"/> + + <link type="next" xref="edit-adjustments"/> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Daniel Mustieles</mal:name> + <mal:email>daniel.mustieles@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2014 - 2016</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Dámaris Letelier</mal:name> + <mal:email>dam.letelier@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2014</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + </info> + + <title>Mejora automática</title> + + <p>Clicking on the <gui>Enhance</gui> button is a quick way to automatically adjust the brightness and contrast of your photo. It will often give you a photo that is correctly exposed. You can also use it as a starting point and then improve the adjustments by clicking on the <gui>Adjust</gui> button.</p> +</page> diff --git a/help/es/edit-external.page b/help/es/edit-external.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f2c4c80 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/es/edit-external.page @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="edit-external" xml:lang="es"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#edit"/> + <desc>Usar un programa diferente para editar una foto.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="edit-redeye"/> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Daniel Mustieles</mal:name> + <mal:email>daniel.mustieles@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2014 - 2016</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Dámaris Letelier</mal:name> + <mal:email>dam.letelier@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2014</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + </info> + + <title>Editar las fotos con un programa externo</title> + + <p> + You might want to use an external editor to do additional work on a photo. + If installed, GIMP and UFRaw are the default external editors for photo and RAW editing, + respectively. If these programs are not installed, you must select your preferred + editors by choosing <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui></guiseq> and selecting + editors from drop-down menus of installed applications. + </p> + + <p> + Once your editors have been set, select a photo and choose <guiseq><gui>Photos</gui> + <gui>Open With External Editor</gui></guiseq> to open the photo with the external editor. + Likewise, if the original photo is a RAW file, select <guiseq><gui>Photos</gui><gui>Open + With RAW Editor</gui></guiseq> to edit the RAW file directly with the set RAW editor. + </p> + + <p> + When you complete your edits and save the file, Shotwell will detect the changes and + update the photo. When external edits have been made, press and hold the + <key>Shift</key> key in full-window view to show the original photo rather than the + externally-edited one. + </p> + + <p>Revertir al original borrará cualquier cambio externo.</p> + + <note> + <p> + If you externally edit a RAW photo and save the result to another image, such as a + JPEG or PNG, Shotwell cannot automatically determine that the original RAW and the + new image should be paired. + </p> + + <p> + If you want to work within the resulting image within Shotwell, you'll need to + import it yourself. + </p> + </note> +</page> diff --git a/help/es/edit-nondestructive.page b/help/es/edit-nondestructive.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..27302fa --- /dev/null +++ b/help/es/edit-nondestructive.page @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="edit-nondestructive" xml:lang="es"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#edit"/> + <desc>Shotwell is a non-destructive photo editor - it does not modify your original photos.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="edit-date-time"/> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Daniel Mustieles</mal:name> + <mal:email>daniel.mustieles@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2014 - 2016</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Dámaris Letelier</mal:name> + <mal:email>dam.letelier@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2014</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + </info> + + <title>¿Qué sucede con el original cuando edito una foto?</title> + +<p>Shotwell is a non-destructive photo editor. It does not modify your original photographs. That is to say, if you crop a photo or adjust its colors, the photo file on disc remains untouched. Shotwell stores your edits in a database and applies them on the fly as necessary. This means you can undo any alterations you make to a photograph.</p> + +<p>If you want to see what a photo looked like before your modifications, press the <key>Shift</key> key. The original photo will be displayed as long as you hold the key down.</p> + +<p>Note that Shotwell can optionally write metadata (such as tags and titles) to photo files. +For more information, see the section <link xref="other-files">Photo files</link>.</p> + +</page> diff --git a/help/es/edit-redeye.page b/help/es/edit-redeye.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6df0a8e --- /dev/null +++ b/help/es/edit-redeye.page @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="edit-redeye" xml:lang="es"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#edit"/> + <desc>Corrige las fotos donde las personas tienen ojos rojos por el flash de la cámara.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="edit-rotate"/> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Daniel Mustieles</mal:name> + <mal:email>daniel.mustieles@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2014 - 2016</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Dámaris Letelier</mal:name> + <mal:email>dam.letelier@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2014</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + </info> + + <title>Quitar los ojos rojos</title> + + <p>Red-eye occurs when the camera's flash reflects off the pupil of someone's eye. To eliminate this in a photo, use the Red-eye tool.</p> + <steps> + <item> + <p>Pulse en <gui>Ojos Rojos</gui>. Un círculo aparecerá en la foto.</p> + </item> + <item> + <p>Drag the circle over the affected pupil, adjust its size with the slider control, and press <gui>Apply</gui>. The redness will be removed.</p> + </item> + <item> + <p>Repeat this process for all red pupils in your photo. Press <gui>Close</gui> when finished.</p> + </item> + </steps> +</page> diff --git a/help/es/edit-rotate.page b/help/es/edit-rotate.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e4adf64 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/es/edit-rotate.page @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="edit-rotate" xml:lang="es"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#edit"/> + <desc>Pulse el botón <gui>Girar</gui>, o elija uno de los comandos en el menú <gui>Foto</gui>.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="edit-straighten"/> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Daniel Mustieles</mal:name> + <mal:email>daniel.mustieles@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2014 - 2016</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Dámaris Letelier</mal:name> + <mal:email>dam.letelier@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2014</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + </info> + + <title>Girar o voltear una foto</title> + + <p>You can rotate your photos left and right (clockwise and counterclockwise) with the <gui>Rotate</gui> button on the toolbar of most views. You can also make a mirror image of any photo.</p> + + <p>To rotate right, click on the <gui>Rotate</gui> button. To rotate left, press and hold the <key>Ctrl</key> key and then click the button. Both commands are available in the <gui>Photos</gui> menu too. Alternatively, use the following keyboard shortcuts:</p> + <list> + <item><p>rotar a la izquierda: <keyseq><key>Mayús</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>R</key></keyseq> o <key>[</key></p></item> + <item><p>rotar a la derecha: <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>R</key></keyseq> or <key>]</key></p></item> + </list> + <p>To create a mirror image of a photo, use the <gui>Flip Horizontally</gui> command in the <gui>Photos</gui> menu. To flip an image vertically, use the <gui>Flip Vertically</gui> command in the same menu.</p> + + <note> + <p>Si selecciona más de una imagen, puede girar todas ellas al mismo tiempo.</p> + </note> + +</page> diff --git a/help/es/edit-straighten.page b/help/es/edit-straighten.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b78ca77 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/es/edit-straighten.page @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="edit-straighten" xml:lang="es"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#edit"/> + <desc>Enderezar una foto tal que su horizonte aparezca nivelado.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="edit-undo"/> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Daniel Mustieles</mal:name> + <mal:email>daniel.mustieles@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2014 - 2016</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Dámaris Letelier</mal:name> + <mal:email>dam.letelier@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2014</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + </info> + + <title>Enderezar fotos</title> + +<p>The straighten tools allows photos to be leveled and straightened. The straighten tool is only available in full-window or fullscreen mode. </p> + + <steps> + <item> + <p>Click <gui>Straighten</gui>. The straighten slider will appear. Alternatively, use the keyboard shortcut <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></keyseq>.</p> + </item> + <item> + <p>Arrastre el control deslizante para conseguir el grado que quiera de enderezamiento.</p> + </item> + <item> + <p>Press <gui>Straighten</gui> when finished.</p> + </item> + </steps> + +</page> diff --git a/help/es/edit-undo.page b/help/es/edit-undo.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d93a55b --- /dev/null +++ b/help/es/edit-undo.page @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="edit-undo" xml:lang="es"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#edit"/> + <desc>Restaurar una foto a su estado original, sin edición.</desc> + + <link type="seealso" xref="edit-nondestructive"/> + + <link type="next" xref="edit-nondestructive"/> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Daniel Mustieles</mal:name> + <mal:email>daniel.mustieles@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2014 - 2016</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Dámaris Letelier</mal:name> + <mal:email>dam.letelier@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2014</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + </info> + + <title>Deshacer cambios</title> + + <p>Because Shotwell is a non-destructive photo editor, you can undo any alterations you make to a photograph.</p> + + <p>If you want to see what a photo looked like before your modifications, press the <key>Shift</key> key. The original photo will be displayed as long as you hold the key down.</p> + + <p>To completely undo all the changes you've made to a photo, click <guiseq><gui>Photos</gui><gui>Revert to Original</gui></guiseq>. The only exception is that time and date adjustments will not be reverted.</p> + +</page> diff --git a/help/es/es.po b/help/es/es.po index 6f7b496..1e7189f 100644 --- a/help/es/es.po +++ b/help/es/es.po @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: shotwell master\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-03-09 08:19+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-03-10 11:49+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-07-04 07:20+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-07-04 14:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Daniel Mustieles <daniel.mustieles@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Español; Castellano <gnome-es-list@gnome.org>\n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,1330 +19,1236 @@ msgstr "" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" "X-Generator: Gtranslator 2.91.6\n" -#: C/view-sidebar.page:7(desc) -msgid "" -"The sidebar on the left of the window lists various views of your library." +#. Put one translator per line, in the form NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" -"La barra lateral de la izquierda de la ventana lista varios tipos de vistas " -"de su biblioteca." +"Daniel Mustieles <daniel.mustieles@gmail.com>, 2014 - 2016\n" +"Dámaris Letelier <dam.letelier@gmail.com>, 2014" -#: C/view-sidebar.page:21(title) -msgid "The sidebar" -msgstr "La barra lateral" +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/edit-adjustments.page:7 +msgid "Change the exposure, saturation, tint, and shadows of a photo." +msgstr "Cambiar la exposición, saturación, matiz y sombras de una foto." + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/edit-adjustments.page:12 +msgid "Color adjustments" +msgstr "Ajustes del color" -#: C/view-sidebar.page:23(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/edit-adjustments.page:14 msgid "" -"The sidebar on the left side of the Shotwell window lists various views of " -"your library. Although you may see the same photo in multiple views, it's " -"only stored once on your hard drive." +"The <gui>Adjust</gui> button opens a floating window with a histogram and " +"sliders to adjust a photo's exposure, saturation, tint, temperature, and " +"shadows. The histogram also has sliders to reduce the upper and lower " +"intensity thresholds of the photograph, expanding the contrast of the middle " +"range." msgstr "" -"La barra lateral a la izquierda de la ventana de Shotwell lista varias " -"vistas de su biblioteca. Aunque puede ver muchas vistas de la misma foto, " -"solo se almacena una en su disco duro" -#: C/view-sidebar.page:25(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/edit-adjustments.page:16 msgid "" -"The <gui>Last Import</gui> view lists your last imported photos no matter if " -"they are imported from F-Spot, your camera, a memory card or the hard disk." +"The <gui>Enhance</gui> button adjusts the histogram and shadows sliders to " +"improve the quality of a photo." msgstr "" -"La vista <gui>Última importación</gui> lista sus últimas fotos importadas no " -"importa si estas se importaron de F-Spot, su cámara, una tarjeta de memoria " -"o su disco duro." -#: C/view-sidebar.page:27(p) -msgid "The <gui>Flagged</gui> lists all photos you had previous flagged." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/edit-adjustments.page:18 +msgid "" +"When the photo's colors and contrast are to your liking, press <gui>OK</gui> " +"to save the changes. <gui>Reset</gui> will return the image to its original " +"state. <gui>Cancel</gui> discards all changes you've made." msgstr "" -"La opción <gui>Marcada</gui> lista todas las fotos que ha marcado " -"anteriormente." -#: C/view-sidebar.page:29(p) +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/edit-adjustments.page:21 +msgid "What do the color adjustments do?" +msgstr "¿Qué hacen los ajustes del color?" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/edit-adjustments.page:24 +msgid "Exposure" +msgstr "Exposición" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/edit-adjustments.page:25 msgid "" -"The <gui>Saved Search</gui> allows you to sort your library by many criteria." +"Changes the brightness to make it look like the photo was exposed for a " +"longer or shorter time. Use this to correct under- or over-exposed photos." msgstr "" -"La <gui>Búsqueda guardada</gui> le permite ordenar su biblioteca bajo " -"diferentes criterios." -#: C/view-sidebar.page:31(p) +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/edit-adjustments.page:28 +msgid "Saturation" +msgstr "Saturación" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/edit-adjustments.page:29 msgid "" -"The <gui>Events</gui> folder lists all events in your library. An event is a " -"group of photos that were taken at approximately the same time." +"Changes how vivid colors look. If your photo looks gray and washed out, try " +"increasing the saturation. If colors look too bold, try decreasing it." msgstr "" -"La carpeta de <gui>Eventos</gui> lista todos los eventos en su biblioteca.Un " -"evento es un grupo de fotos que se tomaron aproximadamente al mismo tiempo." -#: C/view-sidebar.page:33(p) +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/edit-adjustments.page:32 +msgid "Tint" +msgstr "Matiz" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/edit-adjustments.page:33 msgid "" -"The <gui>Tags</gui> folder lists all tags you've assigned to photos. Photos " -"can have multiple tags attached to them. When you click on the name of a tag " -"in the sidebar, you will see all the photos associated with that tag." +"This tints the photo with a color. It's useful for correcting photos taken " +"with the wrong white balance setting, which typically have an unnatural " +"color cast. For example, photos taken outdoors with the white balance set to " +"\"Tungsten\" may have a blue cast." msgstr "" -"La carpeta <gui>Etiquetas</gui> lista todas las etiquetas que ha asignado a " -"sus fotos. Las fotos pueden tener múltiples etiquetas relacionadas con las " -"mismas. Cuando posiciona el cursor sobre el nombre de una etiqueta en la " -"barra lateral, podrá ver todas las fotos asociadas a esa etiqueta." -#: C/view-information.page:7(desc) +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/edit-adjustments.page:36 +msgid "Temperature" +msgstr "Temperatura" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/edit-adjustments.page:37 msgid "" -"View more detailed information about photos, like the exposure mode used by " -"the camera." +"Changes how \"warm\" or \"cool\" the picture looks. Use this to make cold, " +"depressing scenes look more lively, for example." msgstr "" -"Ver información más detallada sobre las fotos, como el modo de exposición " -"usado por la cámara." -#: C/view-information.page:12(title) -msgid "Basic and extended information" -msgstr "Información básica y extendida" +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/edit-adjustments.page:40 +msgid "Shadows" +msgstr "Sombras" -#: C/view-information.page:14(p) +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/edit-adjustments.page:41 msgid "" -"The Basic Information pane appears at the bottom of the sidebar, and " -"displays a brief summary of the photos you've selected. If no photos are " -"selected, it displays a summary of the entire collection. You can toggle the " -"display of this pane using the <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Basic " -"Information</gui></guiseq> command." +"This makes shadowy areas appear lighter. Use this to make detail more " +"visible if it's obscured by the darkness of a shadow." msgstr "" -"El panel de información básica aparece en la parte inferior de la barra " -"lateral, y muestra un breve resumen de las fotos que ha seleccionado. Si no " -"se ha seleccionado ninguna foto, muestra un resumen de la colección " -"completa. Puede cambiar la visibilidad de este panel usando el comando " -"<guiseq><gui>Ver</gui><gui>Información básica</gui></guiseq>." -#: C/view-information.page:16(p) +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/edit-adjustments.page:44 +msgid "Intensity Threshold (sliders on the histogram)" +msgstr "Umbral de intensidad (control deslizante en el histograma)" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/edit-adjustments.page:45 msgid "" -"The floating Extended Information window displays more information about the " -"selected photo. The <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Extended Information</gui></" -"guiseq> command or <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Shift</key><key>X</key></" -"keyseq> toggles the display of this window." +"These sliders change how light the brightest white is and how dark the " +"darkest black is. Use them to change the contrast of the photo. Photos which " +"look washed out should particularly benefit from changing these settings." msgstr "" -#: C/view-displaying.page:7(desc) +#. (itstool) path: media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/edit-crop.page:42 +msgctxt "_" msgid "" -"Learn about different ways of viewing your photos: in a grid, filling the " -"main window, or filling the whole screen." +"external ref='figures/crop_thirds.jpg' md5='4cf0a026bb812c7eab0c9db8210a9524'" msgstr "" -"Aprenda sobre diferentes formas de ver sus fotos: en una cuadrícula, " -"llenando la ventana principal o a pantalla completa." +"external ref='figures/crop_thirds.jpg' md5='4cf0a026bb812c7eab0c9db8210a9524'" -#: C/view-displaying.page:12(title) -msgid "Photo views" -msgstr "Vistas de fotos" +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/edit-crop.page:7 +msgid "Improve the composition of a photo by cutting out parts of it." +msgstr "" -#: C/view-displaying.page:14(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/edit-crop.page:12 +msgid "Cropping" +msgstr "Recortar" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/edit-crop.page:14 msgid "" -"When you select any collection in the sidebar, Shotwell displays all photos " -"in the collection in the main window area. At the bottom right is a slider " -"which adjusts the viewing size of the thumbnails. You may also adjust the " -"thumbnail size using the plus and minus keys (<key>+</key> and <key>-</key>) " -"or by pressing <key>Ctrl</key> while moving your mouse scroll wheel." +"To reduce the area of a photo and concentrate the viewer's attention on a " +"smaller portion of it, use the Crop tool. The crop tool is only available in " +"full-window or fullscreen mode." msgstr "" -"Cuando selecciona cualquier colección en la barra lateral, Shotwell muestra " -"todas las fotos en esa colección en la ventana principal. En la esquina " -"inferior derecha hay un control deslizante que puede ajustar el tamaño de " -"las vistas miniatura. Puede ajustar el tamaño de las miniaturas usando las " -"teclas más y menos (<key>+</key> y <key>-</key>) o presionando <key>Ctrl</" -"key> mientras mueve la rueda central del ratón." -#: C/view-displaying.page:16(p) +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/edit-crop.page:19 msgid "" -"You can view a photo full-window by double-clicking on it. From there you " -"may move to other photos in the collection with the Back and Forward " -"buttons. To return to the collection, double-click on the photo or press " -"<key>Esc</key>." +"Double-click on a photo to enter full-window mode, then press the <gui>Crop</" +"gui> button on the toolbar." msgstr "" -"Puede ver la vista de la foto en pantalla completa pulsando dos veces. Desde " -"ahí puede moverse a otras fotos en la colección con los botones de retroceso " -"y avance. Puede regresar a la colección, pulsando dos veces en la foto o " -"presionando <key>Esc</key>." -#: C/view-displaying.page:18(p) +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/edit-crop.page:22 msgid "" -"When viewing a photo in full-window mode, the slider on the toolbar controls " -"zoom. You can pan around by grabbing and dragging anywhere on the photo. You " -"can also zoom using your scroll wheel or by pressing the following keyboard " -"shortcuts: <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key>0</keyseq> for the full image, " -"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key>1</keyseq> for 100% (1 photo pixel = 1 screen pixel), " -"and <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key>2</keyseq> for 200% (1 photo pixel = 2x2 screen " -"pixels)." +"A white box, the crop rectangle, will appear over the photo. The lighter " +"portion of the photo within the crop rectangle represents what the photo " +"will look like when you crop it." msgstr "" -#: C/view-displaying.page:20(p) +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/edit-crop.page:25 msgid "" -"Shotwell offers a fullscreen mode to display photos. Choose " -"<guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Fullscreen</gui></guiseq> or press <key>F11</" -"key>. To see the fullscreen toolbar, move your mouse to the bottom of the " -"screen. The toolbar offers buttons to move through the collection, to pin " -"the toolbar down (so it isn't hidden when you move the mouse away), and to " -"leave fullscreen view." +"If you place your cursor in the middle of the box, you can move the box " +"around. If you drag the edges of the box, you can adjust its size. As you " +"move and adjust the crop box, you'll see four lines appear inside it, like a " +"tic-tac-toe grid. These are <em>rule of thirds</em> lines." msgstr "" -"Shotwell ofrece un modo de pantalla completa para mostrar las fotos. Escoja " -"<guiseg><gui>Ver</gui><gui>Pantalla completa</gui></guiseq> o presione " -"<key>F11</key>. Para ver la barra de herramientas de pantalla completa, " -"mueva su ratón a la parte inferior de la pantalla. La barra de herramientas " -"le ofrece botones para moverse a través de la colección, para fijar la barra " -"de herramientas (así esta no se ocultará cuando mueva el ratón), y dejar la " -"vista de pantalla completa." -#: C/view-displaying.page:23(title) -msgid "Viewing videos" -msgstr "Ver vídeos" - -#: C/view-displaying.page:24(p) +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/edit-crop.page:26 msgid "" -"When you double-click a video, Shotwell will launch an external video player " -"to play the video. It's not currently possible to display a video in full-" -"window mode in Shotwell or to play the video within Shotwell itself." +"You can also constrain the crop box to one of many common sizes. Choose a " +"size from the drop-down list that suits your needs. If you press the flip " +"button next to it, the orientation of the constraint will switch (from " +"landscape to portrait)." msgstr "" -"Cuando pulse dos veces sobre un vídeo, Shotwell lanzará un reproductor de " -"vídeo externo para reproducir el vídeo. Actualmente no es posible mostrar un " -"vídeo en modo a pantalla completa o reproducirlo dentro del propio Shotwell" -#: C/share-upload.page:7(desc) -msgid "Publish photos to Facebook, Flickr, Picasa Web Albums, or other sites." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/edit-crop.page:29 +msgid "" +"When you're happy with your crop outline, apply it by pressing the " +"<gui>Crop</gui> button. Shotwell will display the cropped photo." msgstr "" -"Publica fotos en Facebook, Flickr, álbumes web de Picasa o en otros sitios." -#: C/share-upload.page:12(title) -msgid "Publishing to the Web" -msgstr "Publicar en la web" - -#: C/share-upload.page:14(p) +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/edit-crop.page:32 msgid "" -"Through the use of <link xref=\"other-plugins\">plugins</link>, Shotwell can " -"publish photos and videos to the following services, each of which requires " -"an account:" +"If you change your mind, press the <gui>Crop</gui> button again and fine-" +"tune the crop." msgstr "" -"Gracias al uso de <link xref=\"other-plugins\">complementos</link>, Shotwell " -"puede publicar fotos y vídeos en los siguientes servicios, para los que se " -"requiere una cuenta." - -#: C/share-upload.page:18(link) -msgid "Facebook" -msgstr "Facebook" - -#: C/share-upload.page:19(link) -msgid "Flickr" -msgstr "Flickr" -#: C/share-upload.page:20(p) +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/edit-crop.page:33 msgid "" -"<link href=\"http://picasaweb.google.com\">Picasa Web Albums</link> and " -"<link href=\"http://plus.google.com\">Google+</link>" +"If you press <gui>Cancel</gui> rather than <gui>Apply</gui>, Shotwell will " +"return to the photo's previous crop dimensions." msgstr "" -"<link href=\"http://picasaweb.google.com\">Álbumes de Picasa Web</link> y " -"<link href=\"http://plus.google.com\">Google+</link>" -#: C/share-upload.page:21(p) -msgid "<link href=\"http://youtube.com\">YouTube</link> (videos only)" -msgstr "<link href=\"http://youtube.com\">YouTube</link> (sólo vídeos)" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/edit-crop.page:38 +msgid "What is the rule of thirds?" +msgstr "¿Qué es la regla de los tercios?" -#: C/share-upload.page:22(p) +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/edit-crop.page:39 msgid "" -"<link href=\"http://fotki.yandex.ru\">Yandex.Fotki</link>, a photo site " -"popular in Russia (photos only)" +"The <em>rule of thirds</em> helps you to choose a pleasing composition for a " +"photo." msgstr "" -"<link href=\"http://fotki.yandex.ru\">Yandex.Fotki</link>, una página de " -"fotos popular en Rusia (sólo fotos)" -#: C/share-upload.page:23(p) +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/edit-crop.page:40 msgid "" -"Any site running the <link href=\"http://piwigo.org\">Piwigo</link> photo " -"gallery software (photos only)" +"Imagine that the scene is divided up into a 3x3 grid by two equally-spaced " +"vertical lines and two equally-spaced horizontal lines. According to the " +"rule, you're more likely to get a pleasing composition if you align major " +"features (like the horizon, or a person's body) with one of the lines. " +"Paying attention to the way features flow from one part of the grid to " +"another can also help." msgstr "" -"Cualquier sitio que ejecute el software de galería de fotos <link href=" -"\"http://piwigo.org\">Piwigo</link> (sólo fotos)" -#: C/share-upload.page:26(p) +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/edit-crop.page:41 msgid "" -"To publish selected photos in a collection, choose <guiseq><gui>Edit</" -"gui><gui>Preferences</gui></guiseq> and click on the <gui>Plugins</gui> tab " -"to enable the plugin for the service you want to publish to. Next, choose, " -"<guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Publish</gui></guiseq>, press the <gui>Publish</" -"gui> toolbar button or use <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>P</key></keyseq>. You " -"will see a dialog that lets you select a publishing service. You will then " -"need to log in or create an account." +"Cropping a photo so that it conforms to the rule of thirds often results in " +"a more visually appealing image." msgstr "" -"Para publicar las fotos seleccionadas en una colección, elija " -"<guiseq><gui>Editar</gui><gui>Preferencias</gui></guiseq> y pulse en la " -"pestaña <gui>Complementos</gui> para activar el complemento del servicio en " -"el que quiere publicar. A continuación, elija <guiseq><gui>Archivo</" -"gui><gui>Publicar</gui></guiseq>, pulse el botón <gui>Publicar</gui> en la " -"barra de herramientas o pulse <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>P</key></keyseq>. " -"Verá un diálogo que le permite elegir el servicio de publicación. Necesitará " -"iniciar sesión o crear una cuenta." -#: C/share-upload.page:31(p) +#. (itstool) path: media/p +#: C/edit-crop.page:43 msgid "" -"Publishing to Facebook requires you to grant certain permissions to the " -"Shotwell Connect Facebook application. You only need to grant these " -"permissions once, when you first associate Shotwell Connect with your " -"Facebook account." +"Cropping a photo, using the \"rule of thirds\" lines to improve the " +"composition." msgstr "" -"Publicar en Facebook requiere que conceda ciertos permisos a la aplicación " -"Conectar Shotwell con Facebook. Solo necesita conceder los permisos una vez, " -"la primera vez que asocie Shotwell con su cuenta de Facebook." -#: C/share-upload.page:35(p) +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/edit-enhance.page:7 msgid "" -"Similarly, publishing to Flickr requires you to log in and permit Shotwell " -"Connect to access your account." +"Let Shotwell improve the brightness and contrast of a photo automatically." msgstr "" -"Del mismo modo, publicar en Flickr requiere que inicie sesión y permita que " -"Shotwell Connect acceda a su cuenta." -#: C/share-upload.page:37(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/edit-enhance.page:14 +msgid "Auto-enhance" +msgstr "Mejora automática" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/edit-enhance.page:16 msgid "" -"If you have a Google account, but have not yet used Picasa Web Albums, you " -"will need to log in to Picasa using a browser once before you can publish to " -"this service." +"Clicking on the <gui>Enhance</gui> button is a quick way to automatically " +"adjust the brightness and contrast of your photo. It will often give you a " +"photo that is correctly exposed. You can also use it as a starting point and " +"then improve the adjustments by clicking on the <gui>Adjust</gui> button." msgstr "" -"Si tiene una cuenta de Google, pero nunca ha usado los álbumes web de " -"Picasa, necesitará iniciar sesión en Picasa usando un navegador antes de " -"poder publicar algo en este servicio." -#: C/share-slideshow.page:7(desc) -msgid "Watch a slideshow of your photos." -msgstr "Ver sus fotos como diapositivas." +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/edit-external.page:7 +msgid "Use a different program to edit a photo." +msgstr "Usar un programa diferente para editar una foto." -#: C/share-slideshow.page:12(title) -msgid "Slideshows" -msgstr "Diapositivas" +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/edit-external.page:12 +msgid "Edit photos with an external program" +msgstr "Editar las fotos con un programa externo" -#: C/share-slideshow.page:14(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/edit-external.page:16 msgid "" -"To see a sideshow of any collection in Shotwell, navigate to that collection " -"and select <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Slideshow</gui></guiseq> or press " -"<key>F5</key>." +"You might want to use an external editor to do additional work on a photo. " +"If installed, GIMP and UFRaw are the default external editors for photo and " +"RAW editing, respectively. If these programs are not installed, you must " +"select your preferred editors by choosing <guiseq><gui>Edit</" +"gui><gui>Preferences</gui></guiseq> and selecting editors from drop-down " +"menus of installed applications." msgstr "" -"Para ver una presentación de diapositivas en Shotwell, navegue hasta la " -"colección y elija <guiseq><gui>Ver</gui><gui>Presentación</gui></guiseq> o " -"pulse <key>F5</key>." -#: C/share-slideshow.page:16(p) -msgid "You can change some settings in a running slideshow:" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/edit-external.page:24 +msgid "" +"Once your editors have been set, select a photo and choose " +"<guiseq><gui>Photos</gui> <gui>Open With External Editor</gui></guiseq> to " +"open the photo with the external editor. Likewise, if the original photo is " +"a RAW file, select <guiseq><gui>Photos</gui><gui>Open With RAW Editor</gui></" +"guiseq> to edit the RAW file directly with the set RAW editor." msgstr "" -"Puede cambiar algunas configuraciones de una presentación de diapositivas en " -"ejecución:" -#: C/share-slideshow.page:19(p) -msgid "The duration how long an image should be shown: 1 - 30 seconds" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/edit-external.page:31 +msgid "" +"When you complete your edits and save the file, Shotwell will detect the " +"changes and update the photo. When external edits have been made, press and " +"hold the <key>Shift</key> key in full-window view to show the original photo " +"rather than the externally-edited one." msgstr "" -"La duración de cuánto tiempo se debe mostrar una imagen: 1 - 30 segundos" - -#: C/share-slideshow.page:20(p) -msgid "You can select different transition effects." -msgstr "Puede seleccionar diferentes efectos de transición." -#: C/share-slideshow.page:21(p) -msgid "The time for each transition effect: 0.1 - 1.0 seconds" -msgstr "El tiempo para cada efecto de transición: 0.1 - 1.0 segundos" - -#: C/share-send.page:7(desc) -msgid "Send photos via email, instant messaging or in other ways." -msgstr "Enviar fotos por correo-e, mensajería instantánea u otras maneras." - -#: C/share-send.page:12(title) -msgid "Sending photos" -msgstr "Enviar fotos" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/edit-external.page:38 +msgid "Reverting to original will erase any external edits." +msgstr "Revertir al original borrará cualquier cambio externo." -#: C/share-send.page:14(p) +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/edit-external.page:43 msgid "" -"Shotwell can send photos using the GNOME desktop's Send To mechanism, which " -"lets you send photos via email, instant messaging or in other ways." +"If you externally edit a RAW photo and save the result to another image, " +"such as a JPEG or PNG, Shotwell cannot automatically determine that the " +"original RAW and the new image should be paired." msgstr "" -"Shotwell puede enviar fotos usando el mecanismo de «Enviar a» de GNOME, lo " -"que le permite enviar fotos por correo-e, mensajería instantánea u otras " -"maneras." -#: C/share-send.page:16(p) +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/edit-external.page:49 msgid "" -"To send photos, select them in Shotwell and choose <guiseq><gui>File</" -"gui><gui>Send To...</gui></guiseq>, or right-click the photos and choose " -"<gui>Send To...</gui> from the context menu. A <gui>Send To</gui> dialog box " -"will appear which lets you choose a mechanism for sending the files (such as " -"email or instant messaging) and a destination. You can optionally choose to " -"send the files in a compressed format." +"If you want to work within the resulting image within Shotwell, you'll need " +"to import it yourself." msgstr "" -"Para enviar fotos, selecciónelas en Shotwell y después " -"escoja<guiseq><gui>Archivo</gui><gui>Enviar a...</gui></guiseq>, o pulse con " -"el botón derecho en las fotos y escoja <gui>Enviar a ...</gui> del menú " -"contextual. Aparecerá una caja de diálogo en donde puede escoger la forma " -"para enviar los archivos (como correo electrónico o mensaje instantáneo) y " -"el destino. Puede, opcionalmente, enviar los archivos en un formato " -"comprimido." -#: C/share-print.page:7(desc) +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/edit-nondestructive.page:7 msgid "" -"Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Print</gui></guiseq>. For more printing " -"options, select the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab in the <gui>Print</gui> dialog." +"Shotwell is a non-destructive photo editor - it does not modify your " +"original photos." msgstr "" -"Pulse <guiseq><gui>Archivo</gui><gui>Imprimir</gui></guiseq>. Para más " -"opciones de impresión, seleccione la pestaña <gui>Configuración de página</" -"gui> en el diálogo <gui>Imprimir</gui>." -#: C/share-print.page:12(title) -msgid "Printing" -msgstr "Imprimir" +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/edit-nondestructive.page:12 +msgid "What happens to the original when I edit a photo?" +msgstr "¿Qué sucede con el original cuando edito una foto?" -#: C/share-print.page:14(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/edit-nondestructive.page:14 msgid "" -"To print a photo, select it and choose <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Print</" -"gui></guiseq>." +"Shotwell is a non-destructive photo editor. It does not modify your original " +"photographs. That is to say, if you crop a photo or adjust its colors, the " +"photo file on disc remains untouched. Shotwell stores your edits in a " +"database and applies them on the fly as necessary. This means you can undo " +"any alterations you make to a photograph." msgstr "" -"Para imprimir una foto, selecciónela y elija <guiseq><gui>Archivo</" -"gui><gui>Imprimir</gui></guiseq>." -#: C/share-print.page:16(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/edit-nondestructive.page:16 C/edit-undo.page:18 msgid "" -"Shotwell can also print multiple images in one page; to do this, select " -"multiple images, choose <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Print</gui></guiseq>, " -"and in the <gui>Print</gui> dialog, choose the <gui>Image Settings</gui> " -"tab. In <gui>Image Settings</gui>, choose one of the multiple-image-per-page " -"options under <gui>Autosize</gui>." +"If you want to see what a photo looked like before your modifications, press " +"the <key>Shift</key> key. The original photo will be displayed as long as " +"you hold the key down." msgstr "" -"Shotwell puede también imprimir varias imágenes en una página; para hacer " -"esto, seleccione las imágenes, escoja <guiseq><gui>Archivo</" -"gui><gui>Imprimir</gui></guiseq> y en el cuadro de diálogo <gui>Imprimir</" -"gui>, seleccione la pestaña <gui>Configuraciones de la imagen</gui>. " -"En<gui>Configuración de la imagen</gui>, escoja una de las opciones " -"múltiples imágenes por página en <gui>Tamaño automático</gui>." -#: C/share-print.page:23(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/edit-nondestructive.page:18 msgid "" -"If you would like to set formatting, paper size, and orientation options, " -"choose the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab in the <gui>Print</gui> dialog prior to " -"printing." -msgstr "" -"Si quiere establecer el formato, el tamaño del papel, y la orientación, " -"seleccione la pestaña <gui>Configuración de la página</gui>en el cuadro de " -"diálogo <gui>Imprimir</gui> antes de imprimir." - -#: C/share-export.page:7(desc) -msgid "Copy photos out of Shotwell so you can put them somewhere else." +"Note that Shotwell can optionally write metadata (such as tags and titles) " +"to photo files. For more information, see the section <link xref=\"other-" +"files\">Photo files</link>." msgstr "" -"Copiar fotos fuera Shotwell, para poder ponerlas en cualquier otro lugar." -#: C/share-export.page:12(title) -msgid "Exporting photos" -msgstr "Exportar fotos" - -#: C/share-export.page:14(p) +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/edit-redeye.page:7 msgid "" -"To export photos from Shotwell via drag and drop, drag the photos from " -"Shotwell onto a file manager window or your desktop. The new files will be " -"full-sized copies of the photos in your library." +"Correct photos where people have red eyes because of the camera's flash." msgstr "" -"Para exportar fotos desde Shotwell usando arrastrar y soltar, arrastre desde " -"Shotwell hacia una ventana de manejador de archivos o su escritorio. Los " -"archivos nuevos serán copias de tamaño completo de las fotos de su " -"biblioteca." +"Corrige las fotos donde las personas tienen ojos rojos por el flash de la " +"cámara." + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/edit-redeye.page:12 +msgid "Removing red-eye" +msgstr "Quitar los ojos rojos" -#: C/share-export.page:18(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/edit-redeye.page:14 msgid "" -"Alternatively, select a set of photos and choose the <guiseq><gui>File</" -"gui><gui>Export</gui></guiseq> command or press <keyseq><key>Shift</" -"key><key>Ctrl</key><key>E</key></keyseq>, which exports photos while letting " -"you fine-tune the size and dimensions of your photo files. A window will " -"appear allowing you to make several choices:" +"Red-eye occurs when the camera's flash reflects off the pupil of someone's " +"eye. To eliminate this in a photo, use the Red-eye tool." msgstr "" -#: C/share-export.page:24(p) -msgid "A format for export." -msgstr "Un formato al que exportar." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/edit-redeye.page:17 +msgid "Click <gui>Red-eye</gui>. A circle will appear on the photo." +msgstr "Pulse en <gui>Ojos Rojos</gui>. Un círculo aparecerá en la foto." -#: C/share-export.page:27(p) +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/edit-redeye.page:20 msgid "" -"Choose <gui>Unmodified</gui> to export photos in their original format " -"without any edits made in Shotwell. RAW photos will be exported in their " -"original RAW format." +"Drag the circle over the affected pupil, adjust its size with the slider " +"control, and press <gui>Apply</gui>. The redness will be removed." msgstr "" -"Selecione <gui>Sin modificar</gui> para exportar las fotos en su formato " -"original, sin ninguna modificación hecha en Shotwell. Las fotos en bruto se " -"exportarán en su formato original." -#: C/share-export.page:29(p) +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/edit-redeye.page:23 msgid "" -"Choose <gui>Current</gui> to export photos including edits made in Shotwell. " -"RAW photos will be exported in JPEG format if you have edited them in " -"Shotwell, and otherwise in their original RAW format." +"Repeat this process for all red pupils in your photo. Press <gui>Close</gui> " +"when finished." msgstr "" -"Escoja <gui>Actual</gui> para exportar las fotos, incluyendo las editadas en " -"Shotwell. Las fotos en bruto se exportarán en formato JPEG si las editó en " -"Shotwell, y si no en su formato en bruto original." -#: C/share-export.page:31(p) +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/edit-rotate.page:7 msgid "" -"Or you can choose a particular image format (JPEG, PNG, TIFF, BMP) to be " -"used for exporting. Any edits made in Shotwell will be included, and " -"Shotwell will convert photos to the destination format." +"Click the <gui>Rotate</gui> button, or choose one of the commands in the " +"<gui>Photo</gui> menu." msgstr "" -"O puede seleccionar un formato de imagen específico (JPEG, PNG,TIFF, BMP) " -"para usar en la exportación. Cualquier edición hecha en Shotwell se " -"incluirá, y Shotwel convertirá las fotos al formato de destino." +"Pulse el botón <gui>Girar</gui>, o elija uno de los comandos en el menú " +"<gui>Foto</gui>." -#: C/share-export.page:37(p) -msgid "The image quality for exporting (Low, Medium, High, or Maximum)." -msgstr "La calidad de la imagen al exportarla (baja, media, alta o máxima)." +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/edit-rotate.page:12 +msgid "Rotate or flip a photo" +msgstr "Girar o voltear una foto" -#: C/share-export.page:38(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/edit-rotate.page:14 msgid "" -"A scaling constraint (which means how Shotwell will decide to scale the " -"photos down), and the desired pixel size." +"You can rotate your photos left and right (clockwise and counterclockwise) " +"with the <gui>Rotate</gui> button on the toolbar of most views. You can also " +"make a mirror image of any photo." msgstr "" -"Una restricción de la escala (que significa cómo Shotwell va a decidir " -"reducir la escala proporcionalmente), y el tamaño de píxel requerido." -#: C/share-export.page:39(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/edit-rotate.page:16 msgid "" -"The option whether you like to export metadatas such as tags or ratings. " -"This can help to save your privacy if you have geolocation tags or tags " -"which shouldn't be seen by anyone." +"To rotate right, click on the <gui>Rotate</gui> button. To rotate left, " +"press and hold the <key>Ctrl</key> key and then click the button. Both " +"commands are available in the <gui>Photos</gui> menu too. Alternatively, use " +"the following keyboard shortcuts:" msgstr "" -#: C/share-export.page:42(p) +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/edit-rotate.page:18 msgid "" -"If selected, Shotwell will write tags, titles, and other metadata to the new " -"files." +"rotate left: <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>R</key></keyseq> or " +"<key>[</key>" msgstr "" -"Si está seleccionada, Shotwell escribirá etiquetas, títulos y otros " -"metadatos a los nuevos archivos." +"rotar a la izquierda: <keyseq><key>Mayús</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>R</key></" +"keyseq> o <key>[</key>" -#: C/share-background.page:7(desc) +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/edit-rotate.page:19 msgid "" -"Set your desktop background to a single photo or to a slideshow of photos." +"rotate right: <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>R</key></keyseq> or <key>]</key>" msgstr "" -"Configure su fondo de escritorio como una única foto o como una presentación " -"de fotos." - -#: C/share-background.page:12(title) -msgid "Set a desktop background or slideshow" -msgstr "Configurar un fondo de escritorio o presentación" +"rotar a la derecha: <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>R</key></keyseq> or <key>]</" +"key>" -#: C/share-background.page:14(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/edit-rotate.page:21 msgid "" -"To set a single photo as your desktop background, select the photo and " -"choose <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Set as Desktop Background</gui></guiseq>." +"To create a mirror image of a photo, use the <gui>Flip Horizontally</gui> " +"command in the <gui>Photos</gui> menu. To flip an image vertically, use the " +"<gui>Flip Vertically</gui> command in the same menu." msgstr "" -"Para establecer una única foto como fondo del escritorio, seleccione la foto " -"y escriba <guiseq><gui>Archivo</gui><gui>Establecer como fondo del " -"escritorio</gui></guiseq>." -#: C/share-background.page:16(p) +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/edit-rotate.page:24 msgid "" -"You can also set your background to a slideshow of photos. To do this, " -"select the photos for the slideshow and choose <guiseq><gui>File</" -"gui><gui>Set as Desktop Slideshow</gui></guiseq>. Shotwell will prompt you " -"for a slideshow delay, which can be any interval up to one day in length. " -"The background slideshow will proceed even when Shotwell is not running." +"If you select more than one image, you can rotate all of them at the same " +"time." msgstr "" +"Si selecciona más de una imagen, puede girar todas ellas al mismo tiempo." -#: C/running.page:7(desc) -msgid "" -"Find Shotwell in the Applications menu, or have it start automatically when " -"you plug in a camera." -msgstr "" -"Busque Shotwell en el menú Aplicaciones o haga que se inicie automáticamente " -"cuando conecta una cámara." +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/edit-straighten.page:7 +msgid "Straighten a photo so that its horizon appears level." +msgstr "Enderezar una foto tal que su horizonte aparezca nivelado." -#: C/running.page:14(title) -msgid "Running Shotwell" -msgstr "Ejecutar Shotwell" +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/edit-straighten.page:12 +msgid "Straighten photos" +msgstr "Enderezar fotos" -#: C/running.page:16(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/edit-straighten.page:14 msgid "" -"Once installed, Shotwell is available in your <gui>Applications</gui> menu " -"under <gui>Graphics</gui> or <gui>Photography</gui>." +"The straighten tools allows photos to be leveled and straightened. The " +"straighten tool is only available in full-window or fullscreen mode." msgstr "" -"Una vez instalado, Shotwell estará disponible en su menú <gui>Aplicaciones</" -"gui>, en <gui>Gráficos</gui> o en <gui>Fotografía</gui>." -#: C/running.page:18(p) +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/edit-straighten.page:18 msgid "" -"Shotwell may also be executed automatically when a camera is plugged in to " -"your computer. To check that your system is set up to run Shotwell when a " -"camera is detected, go to <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui></" -"guiseq> in any Nautilus (file browser) window and choose the <gui>Media</" -"gui> tab. You'll see a dropdown box entitled <gui>Photos:</gui> which lets " -"you choose Shotwell as your photo handling application." +"Click <gui>Straighten</gui>. The straighten slider will appear. " +"Alternatively, use the keyboard shortcut <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</" +"key></keyseq>." msgstr "" -#: C/running.page:25(p) -msgid "" -"Shotwell may also be executed directly from its build directory, although " -"this is only recommended for testing out Shotwell or for developers." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/edit-straighten.page:21 +msgid "Drag the slider to achieve the desired degree of straightening." msgstr "" -"También puede ejecutar Shotwell directamente desde la carpeta en la que se " -"construyó, pero esto sólo se recomienda para probar Shotwell o para " -"desarrolladores." +"Arrastre el control deslizante para conseguir el grado que quiera de " +"enderezamiento." -#: C/raw.page:7(desc) -msgid "More about RAW support in Shotwell." -msgstr "Más sobre el soporte RAW en Shotwell." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/edit-straighten.page:24 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Press <gui>OK</gui> when finished." +msgid "Press <gui>Straighten</gui> when finished." +msgstr "Pulse <gui>Aceptar</gui> cuando haya acabado." -#: C/raw.page:12(title) -msgid "RAW support in Shotwell" -msgstr "Soporte de RAW en Shotwell" +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/edit-date-time.page:7 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Change the time and date of photos if those details are incorrect." +msgid "Change the date and time of photos if those details are incorrect." +msgstr "Cambiar la hora y la fecha de las fotos si son incorrectas." + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/edit-date-time.page:12 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Adjust the time and date of photos" +msgid "Adjust the date and time of photos" +msgstr "Ajustar la hora y fecha de las fotos" -#: C/raw.page:13(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/edit-date-time.page:14 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "To create a new event, select the photos you would like in the new event " +#| "and click <guiseq><gui>Events</gui><gui>New Event</gui></guiseq>." msgid "" -"Some cameras have the ability to store data directly off the sensor and into " -"a file that contains extra color information; this is commonly referred to " -"as 'RAW' or 'camera RAW', and Shotwell supports these files as well." +"To adjust the date and time of photos, select the photos you would like to " +"adjust, choose <guiseq><gui>Photos</gui><gui>Adjust Date and Time...</gui></" +"guiseq> and select a new date and time." msgstr "" +"Para crear un evento nuevo, seleccione las fotos que quiere tener en el " +"evento y pulse <guiseq><gui>Eventos</gui><gui>Nuevo evento</gui></guiseq>." -#: C/raw.page:18(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/edit-date-time.page:16 msgid "" -"Since RAW photographs normally cannot be displayed directly, but must be " -"first developed - that is, have their extra information interpreted and " -"readied for displaying - most cameras will either embed a JPEG inside a RAW-" -"format file, or produce a JPEG alongside the RAW file at the time the " -"snapshot is taken. The latter is referred to throughout this document as RAW" -"+JPEG. If you import a RAW+JPEG pair, Shotwell will keep them paired and " -"treat them as one item in your library." +"If you are changing the date and time of multiple photos at once, you can " +"choose to shift all the photos by the same amount of time or to set all the " +"photos to the same time." msgstr "" -#: C/raw.page:27(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/edit-date-time.page:18 msgid "" -"When you import a RAW file, you can choose to either use the camera's " -"internally-developed JPEG or Shotwell's by selecting <guiseq><gui>Photos</" -"gui><gui>Developer</gui></guiseq> in the menus." +"By default, the date and time are only changed inside Shotwell. You can also " +"choose to modify the date and time in the original file, but this cannot be " +"undone once you exit Shotwell." msgstr "" -#: C/raw.page:33(p) +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/edit-undo.page:7 +msgid "Return a photo to its original, unedited form." +msgstr "Restaurar una foto a su estado original, sin edición." + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/edit-undo.page:14 +msgid "Undoing changes" +msgstr "Deshacer cambios" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/edit-undo.page:16 msgid "" -"Changing between developers will cause all edits made to a photograph to be " -"discarded." +"Because Shotwell is a non-destructive photo editor, you can undo any " +"alterations you make to a photograph." msgstr "" -#: C/raw.page:39(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/edit-undo.page:20 msgid "" -"In order to publish or use a RAW photograph in most other software, it has " -"to be exported first. Shotwell can export your RAW photos in JPEG, PNG, TIFF " -"or BMP format, and, when publishing, will internally export a JPEG version " -"for you and publish that." +"To completely undo all the changes you've made to a photo, click " +"<guiseq><gui>Photos</gui><gui>Revert to Original</gui></guiseq>. The only " +"exception is that time and date adjustments will not be reverted." msgstr "" -#: C/other-plugins.page:7(desc) -msgid "Extend Shotwell's functionality dynamically." -msgstr "Ampliar la funcionalidad de Shotwell dinámicamente." +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/formats.page:7 +msgid "" +"Shotwell supports JPEG, PNG, TIFF, BMP and RAW photo files as well as video " +"files." +msgstr "" -#: C/other-plugins.page:12(title) -msgid "Plugins" -msgstr "Complementos" +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/formats.page:12 +msgid "Supported photo and video formats" +msgstr "Formatos de foto y vídeo soportados" -#: C/other-plugins.page:13(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/formats.page:14 msgid "" -"Shotwell can be used with <em>plugins</em>, which are companion shared " -"libraries that can add support for new publishing destinations or new " -"slideshow transitions." +"Shotwell supports JPEG, PNG, TIFF, BMP and <link type=\"guide\" xref=\"other-" +"raw\">RAW</link> photo files. Shotwell does not yet support other graphics " +"format such as GIF." msgstr "" -#: C/other-plugins.page:18(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/formats.page:16 msgid "" -"To see a list of installed plugins, choose <guiseq><gui>Edit</" -"gui><gui>Preferences</gui></guiseq>, and in the <gui>Preferences</gui> " -"window, click on the <gui>Plugins</gui> tab. You'll see a list of currently-" -"installed plugins, each with a checkbox by it, and you may enable or disable " -"each by selecting or deselecting the checkbox by its name." +"Shotwell's RAW format support is currently limited. When you view a RAW " +"photo, you are actually viewing a JPEG derived from the RAW photo, not the " +"RAW image itself. Additionally, the RAW editing pipeline is not fully 16-bit " +"- you can only export edited photos as 8-bit files. All supported formats " +"can be used for export (JPEG, PNG, TIFF, BMP)." msgstr "" -"Para ver una lista de los complementos instalados, elija " -"<guiseq><gui>Editar</gui><gui>Preferencias</gui></guiseq>, y en la ventana " -"de <gui>Preferencias</gui> pulse en la pestaña <gui>Complementos</gui>. Verá " -"una lista de los complementos actualmente instalados, cada uno con una " -"casilla mediante la que puede activarlos o desactivarlos por su nombre." -#: C/other-plugins.page:25(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/formats.page:18 msgid "" -"Full documentation on how to develop new plugins is available at <link href=" -"\"http://redmine.yorba.org/projects/shotwell/wiki/ShotwellArchWritingPlugins" -"\">http://redmine.yorba.org/projects/shotwell/wiki/" -"ShotwellArchWritingPlugins</link>" +"For more information about RAW-format photos in Shotwell, please see the " +"<link type=\"guide\" xref=\"other-raw\">RAW</link> section." msgstr "" -"La documentación completa sobre cómo desarrollar nuevos complementos está " -"disponible en <link href=\"http://redmine.yorba.org/projects/shotwell/wiki/" -"ShotwellArchWritingPlugins\">http://redmine.yorba.org/projects/shotwell/wiki/" -"ShotwellArchWritingPlugins</link>" -#: C/other-multiple.page:7(desc) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/formats.page:22 msgid "" -"You can open Shotwell with a different photo library by using the command " -"line." +"Shotwell also supports video files in any format supported by the GStreamer " +"media library on the system where Shotwell is running. This typically " +"includes the following formats among others:" msgstr "" -"Puede abrir Shotwell con una biblioteca de fotos diferente usando la línea " -"de comandos." -#: C/other-multiple.page:12(title) -msgid "Multiple libraries" -msgstr "Varias bibliotecas" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/formats.page:25 +msgid "Container formats: Ogg, QuickTime, MP4, AVI." +msgstr "Formatos de contenedor: Ogg, QuickTime, MP4, AVI." -#: C/other-multiple.page:14(p) +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/formats.page:26 msgid "" -"Shotwell normally stores its database and photo thumbnails in the directory " -"<file>~/.shotwell</file> . This directory does not hold photos, but the " -"database in this directory contains a list of all the photos in the Shotwell " -"library." +"Codecs: Theora, Quicktime, MPEG-4, Motion JPEG. <em>Note that some operating " +"systems may not include all codecs listed here due to legal or licensing " +"restrictions.</em>" msgstr "" -#: C/other-multiple.page:16(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/formats.page:30 msgid "" -"As an advanced feature, it's possible for you to have multiple Shotwell " -"libraries, each of which has its own set of photos. Each library needs its " -"own database directory. To launch Shotwell with an alternate library, " -"specify an alternate database directory on the command line as follows:" +"Shotwell supports both photos and videos, but for simplicity, this " +"documentation uses just the term \"photos\" in most places. Many operations " +"in Shotwell apply to both photos and videos, however. In particular, events, " +"flagging, rating, tagging, and publishing work both for photos and for " +"videos." msgstr "" -"Como característica avanzada, es posible tener varias bibliotecas de " -"Shotwell, cada una de ellas con su propio conjunto de fotos. Cada biblioteca " -"necesita su propia carpeta de base de datos. Para ejecutar Shotwell con una " -"biblioteca diferente, especifique una base de datos alternativa en la línea " -"de comandos como sigue:" -#: C/other-multiple.page:18(screen) -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"\n" -"shotwell -d [library-directory]\n" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"shotwell -d [carpeta-biblioteca]\n" +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/import-camera.page:7 +msgid "Copy photos from a digital camera." +msgstr "Copiar fotos desde una cámara digital." -#: C/other-missing.page:7(desc) -msgid "If Shotwell can't find a photo in your library, it marks it as missing." -msgstr "" -"Si Shotwell no puede encontrar una foto en su biblioteca, la marca como " -"ausente." +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/import-camera.page:12 +msgid "Importing from a camera" +msgstr "Importar desde una cámara" -#: C/other-missing.page:12(title) -msgid "Missing photos" -msgstr "Fotos ausentes" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/import-camera.page:14 +msgid "To import photos from a digital camera:" +msgstr "Para importar fotos desde una cámara digital:" -#: C/other-missing.page:14(p) +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/import-camera.page:18 msgid "" -"Each time Shotwell starts up, it scans your photo library to verify that all " -"photo files still exist on your hard drive. If Shotwell finds that any photo " -"files are missing, it will not display them in the normal Photos, Events and " -"Tags views, but will instead show them in a separate Missing Files view " -"which will appear in the sidebar." +"Connect the camera to your computer and switch it on. Shotwell will detect " +"it and list it in the sidebar." msgstr "" -"Cada vez que Shotwell se inicia, analiza su biblioteca de fotos para " -"verificar que todos los archivos de fotos siguen existiendo en el disco " -"duro. Si Shotwell encuentra que falta alguna foto, no la mostrará en las " -"vistas normales de Fotos, Eventos o Etiquetas, sino que la mostrará en una " -"vista de Fotos ausentes separada que aparecerá en la barra lateral." +"Conecte la cámara al equipo y enciéndala. Shotwell la detectará y la " +"mostrará en la barra lateral." -#: C/other-missing.page:16(p) +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/import-camera.page:22 msgid "" -"If you no longer want the missing files to be part of your Shotwell " -"collection (perhaps because you deleted them), go to the Missing Files view, " -"select the photos and then click <gui>Remove From Library</gui>." +"Select the camera in the sidebar. Previews of each photo on the camera will " +"be displayed." msgstr "" +"Seleccione la cámara en la barra lateral. Se mostrará la vista previa de " +"cada una de las fotos de la cámara." -#: C/other-missing.page:18(p) +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/import-camera.page:25 msgid "" -"If you have photos on a removable disk, such as a CD or USB flash drive, and " -"<link xref=\"index#import\">import</link> them into Shotwell <em>without</" -"em> copying the photos to your computer, they will show up as missing files " -"if you then disconnect the removable disk. See <link xref=\"import-file\"/> " -"to learn how to copy files from removable disks onto your computer." +"If you like, you can choose a set of specific photos to import. To do this, " +"hold down the <key>Ctrl</key> key and click to select individual photos. You " +"can hold down <key>Shift</key> and click to select a range of photos too." msgstr "" -"Si tiene fotos en un disco externo, como un CD o un pendrive USB y las <link " -"xref=\"index#import\">importa</link> en Shotwell <em>sin</em> copiarlas al " -"equipo, se mostrarán como archivos ausentes cuando desconecte el disco " -"extraíble. Consulte la <link xref=\"import-file\"/> para aprender cómo " -"copiar archivos desde discos extraíbles a su equipo." -#: C/other-missing.page:20(p) +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/import-camera.page:28 msgid "" -"If any missing photo files become available again, Shotwell will notice this " -"the next time it starts. The photos will once again appear in the Photos, " -"Events and Tags views." +"Click either <gui>Import Selected</gui> or <gui>Import All</gui>. The photos " +"will be copied from the camera and saved on your computer." msgstr "" -"Si una foto ausente vuelve a estar disponible, Shotwell lo tendrá en cuenta " -"la próxima vez que se inicie. Las fotos volverán a aparecer en las vistas de " -"Fotos, Eventos y Etiquetas." -#: C/other-files.page:7(desc) -msgid "Keep the Shotwell library in sync with photo files on disk." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/import-camera.page:32 +msgid "" +"Once the import is complete, you can open the <gui>Last Import</gui> view " +"(in the sidebar) to see all photos that were imported. The Events list (also " +"in the sidebar) will also show the new photos, organized by date." msgstr "" -"Mantener la biblioteca de Shotwell sincronizada con los archivos de fotos " -"del disco." -#: C/other-files.page:12(title) -msgid "Photo files" -msgstr "Archivos de fotos" +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/import-file.page:7 +msgid "Import photos that are already saved on your computer." +msgstr "Importar fotos que ya están en el equipo." -#: C/other-files.page:14(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/import-file.page:12 +msgid "Importing from your hard disk" +msgstr "Importar desde su disco duro" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/import-file.page:14 msgid "" -"Every photo in the Shotwell library corresponds to a file stored on your " -"hard disk. Shotwell has several features which help you keep the Shotwell " -"library and files on disk in sync." +"To import photo files from your hard disk into Shotwell, just drag them from " +"your file browser into the Shotwell window." msgstr "" -"Cada foto de la biblioteca de Shotwell se corresponde con un archivo " -"almacenado en su disco duro. Shotwell tienen varias características que le " -"ayudan a mantener su biblioteca y los archivos del disco sincronizados." - -#: C/other-files.page:21(title) -msgid "Using a custom directory pattern" -msgstr "Usar un patrón de carpeta predeterminado" +"Para importar fotos desde su disco duro a Shotwell, solo debe arrastrarlas " +"desde su explorador a la ventana de Shotwell." -#: C/other-files.page:22(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/import-file.page:16 msgid "" -"Shotwell allows you to specify how it names directories in your library. You " -"can do this by changing the <gui>Directory Structure</gui> and <gui>Pattern</" -"gui> settings in the <gui>Preferences</gui> dialog. You may use a " -"preselected pattern, or choose <gui>Custom</gui> and type in your own." +"Alternatively, click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Import From Folder...</" +"gui></guiseq> and select the folder containing the photos you want to import." msgstr "" -"Shotwell le permite especificar como llamar a sus carpetas en una " -"biblioteca. Puede hacer esto cambiando las configuraciones de " -"<gui>Estructura del directorio</gui> y <gui>Patrón</gui> en el cuadro de " -"diálogo <gui>Preferencias</gui>. Puede utilizar un patrón preseleccionado, o " -"escoger <gui>Personalizado</gui> y escribir el suyo." -#: C/other-files.page:29(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/import-file.page:18 msgid "" -"The available symbols for the directory pattern begin with a % (percent " -"sign). The values these symbols produce are locale-dependent, so what you " -"see on your computer may vary from the examples below." +"Shotwell will ask whether you want to copy the photo files to your library " +"folder (usually this is the <file>Pictures</file> folder in your home " +"directory) or to import them in place without copying the files." msgstr "" -"Los símbolos disponibles para los patrones de carpetas empiezan por " -"«%» (signo de porcentaje). Los valores que estos símbolos producen dependen " -"de la configuración regional, por lo que lo que vea en su equipo puede ser " -"diferente a estos ejemplos." - -#: C/other-files.page:38(em) -msgid "Symbol" -msgstr "Símbolo" - -#: C/other-files.page:38(em) -msgid "Meaning" -msgstr "Significado" - -#: C/other-files.page:38(em) -msgid "Example" -msgstr "Ejemplo" - -#: C/other-files.page:43(p) -msgid "%Y" -msgstr "%Y" - -#: C/other-files.page:43(p) -msgid "Year: full" -msgstr "Año: completo" - -#: C/other-files.page:43(p) -msgid "2011" -msgstr "2011" - -#: C/other-files.page:46(p) -msgid "%y" -msgstr "%y" - -#: C/other-files.page:46(p) -msgid "Year: two digit" -msgstr "Año: dos dígitos" -#: C/other-files.page:46(p) -msgid "11" -msgstr "11" - -#: C/other-files.page:49(p) -msgid "%d" -msgstr "%d" - -#: C/other-files.page:49(p) -msgid "Day of the month with leading zero" -msgstr "Día del mes, empezando por cero" - -#: C/other-files.page:49(p) -msgid "03" -msgstr "03" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/import-file.page:20 +msgid "" +"If you hold down <key>Ctrl</key> while dragging photos in, Shotwell will " +"copy the photos into your library folder without prompting. Similarly, if " +"you hold down <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Shift</key></keyseq> while " +"dragging photos in, Shotwell will import the photos without copying them." +msgstr "" -#: C/other-files.page:52(p) -msgid "%A" -msgstr "%A" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/import-file.page:22 +msgid "" +"Once the import is complete, you can select <gui>Last Import</gui> in the " +"sidebar to see all photos successfully imported. The Events list will also " +"show new entries for the dates corresponding to the imported photos." +msgstr "" -#: C/other-files.page:52(p) -msgid "Day name: full" -msgstr "Nombre del día: completo" +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/import-f-spot.page:7 +msgid "" +"Shotwell can import all your photos and tags from the F-Spot photo manager." +msgstr "" +"Shotwell puede importar todas sus fotos y etiquetas desde el gestor de fotos " +"F-Spot." -#: C/other-files.page:52(p) -msgid "Wednesday" -msgstr "Miércoles" +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/import-f-spot.page:12 +msgid "Importing from F-Spot" +msgstr "Importar desde F-Spot" -#: C/other-files.page:55(p) -msgid "%a" -msgstr "%a" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/import-f-spot.page:14 +msgid "To import an existing photo collection from F-Spot:" +msgstr "Para importar una colección de fotos existente desde F-Spot:" -#: C/other-files.page:55(p) -msgid "Day name: abbreviated" -msgstr "Nombre del día: abreviado" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/import-f-spot.page:16 +msgid "Select <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Import From F-Spot</gui></guiseq>." +msgstr "" +"Seleccione <guiseq><gui>Archivo</gui><gui>Importar desde F-Spot</gui></" +"guiseq>." -#: C/other-files.page:55(p) -msgid "Wed" -msgstr "Mié" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/import-f-spot.page:17 +msgid "" +"Now choose either the default F-Spot library or another F-Spot database. If " +"importing from another F-Spot database, select a directory and file from the " +"chooser dialog box." +msgstr "" -#: C/other-files.page:58(p) -msgid "%m" -msgstr "%m" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/import-f-spot.page:20 +msgid "" +"Shotwell will import your photos, together with their tags and other " +"information. Once the import is complete, you can select <gui>Last Import</" +"gui> in the sidebar to see all photos successfully imported. The Events list " +"will also show new entries for the dates corresponding to the imported " +"photos." +msgstr "" -#: C/other-files.page:58(p) -msgid "Month number with leading zero" -msgstr "Número de mes, empezando por cero" +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/import-memorycard.page:7 +msgid "Import photos from a digital camera's memory card." +msgstr "Importar fotos desde una tarjeta de memoria de una cámara digital." -#: C/other-files.page:58(p) -msgid "02" -msgstr "02" +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/import-memorycard.page:12 +msgid "Importing from a memory card" +msgstr "Importar desde una tarjeta de memoria" -#: C/other-files.page:60(p) -msgid "%b" -msgstr "%b" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/import-memorycard.page:14 +msgid "To import photos from a camera memory card:" +msgstr "Para importar fotos desde una tarjeta de memoria de una cámara:" -#: C/other-files.page:60(p) -msgid "Month name: abbreviated" -msgstr "Nombre del mes: abreviado" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/import-memorycard.page:18 +msgid "" +"Put the card into your card reader. Make sure the card reader is plugged in " +"to the computer and switched on." +msgstr "" +"Coloque la tarjeta en el lector de tarjetas. Asegúrese de que el lector está " +"conectado al equipo y encendido." -#: C/other-files.page:60(p) -msgid "Feb" -msgstr "Feb" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/import-memorycard.page:21 +msgid "The card reader and card should be detected automatically." +msgstr "" +"El lector de tarjetas y la tarjeta se deberían detectar automáticamente." -#: C/other-files.page:62(p) -msgid "%B" -msgstr "%B" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/import-memorycard.page:24 +msgid "" +"Follow the instructions for <link xref=\"import-file\">importing photos from " +"your hard disk</link>. If you click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Import From " +"Folder...</gui></guiseq>, the memory card should be visible as a folder in " +"the side bar of the file selection window." +msgstr "" -#: C/other-files.page:62(p) -msgid "Month name: full" -msgstr "Nombre del mes: completo" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/import-memorycard.page:28 +msgid "" +"Shotwell can import photos from any memory card that is compatible with your " +"card reader." +msgstr "" +"Shotwell puede importar fotos de una tarjeta de memoria que sea compatible " +"con su lector de tarjetas." -#: C/other-files.page:62(p) -msgid "February" -msgstr "Febrero" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/import-memorycard.page:30 +msgid "" +"If the card is not detected automatically, your card reader may not have " +"been recognized. Try unplugging it and then plugging it in again. If that " +"doesn't work, you should still be able to import photos by <link xref=" +"\"import-camera\">connecting your camera directly to the computer</link>, " +"though." +msgstr "" -#: C/other-files.page:63(p) -msgid "%I" -msgstr "%I" +#. (itstool) path: media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/index.page:23 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/shotwell_logo.png' " +"md5='4b333499555b4e496b1a38f7899067f3'" +msgstr "" +"external ref='figures/shotwell_logo.png' " +"md5='4b333499555b4e496b1a38f7899067f3'" -#: C/other-files.page:63(p) -msgid "Hour: 12 hour format" -msgstr "Hora: formato de 12 horas" +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/index.page:6 +msgctxt "link" +msgid "Shotwell" +msgstr "Shotwell" -#: C/other-files.page:63(p) -msgid "05" -msgstr "05" +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/index.page:7 +msgctxt "text" +msgid "Shotwell" +msgstr "Shotwell" -#: C/other-files.page:64(p) -msgid "%H" -msgstr "%H" +#. (itstool) path: credit/name +#: C/index.page:9 +msgid "Jim Nelson" +msgstr "Jim Nelson" -#: C/other-files.page:64(p) -msgid "Hour: 24 hour format" -msgstr "Hora: formato de 24 horas" +#. (itstool) path: credit/name +#: C/index.page:11 +msgid "Allison Barlow" +msgstr "Allison Barlow" -#: C/other-files.page:64(p) -msgid "17" -msgstr "17" +#. (itstool) path: credit/name +#: C/index.page:13 +msgid "Robert Ancell" +msgstr "Robert Ancell" -#: C/other-files.page:66(p) -msgid "%M" -msgstr "%M" +#. (itstool) path: credit/name +#: C/index.page:15 +msgid "Peter Smith" +msgstr "Peter Smith" -#: C/other-files.page:66(p) -msgid "Minute" -msgstr "Minuto" +#. (itstool) path: credit/name +#: C/index.page:17 +msgid "Phil Bull" +msgstr "Phil Bull" -#: C/other-files.page:66(p) -msgid "16" -msgstr "16" +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/index.page:23 +msgid "" +"<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/shotwell_logo.png\"/>Shotwell Photo " +"Manager" +msgstr "" +"<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/shotwell_logo.png\"/>Gestor de fotos " +"Shotwell" -#: C/other-files.page:67(p) -msgid "%S" -msgstr "%S" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/index.page:26 +msgid "Importing Photos" +msgstr "Importar fotos" -#: C/other-files.page:67(p) -msgid "Second" -msgstr "Segundo" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/index.page:30 +msgid "Viewing Photos" +msgstr "Ver fotos" -#: C/other-files.page:67(p) -msgid "30" -msgstr "30" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/index.page:34 +msgid "Organizing Photos" +msgstr "Organizar fotos" -#: C/other-files.page:68(p) -msgid "%p" -msgstr "%p" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/index.page:38 +msgid "Editing Photos" +msgstr "Editar fotos" -#: C/other-files.page:68(p) -msgid "AM or PM" -msgstr "AM o PM" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/index.page:42 +msgid "Sharing Photos" +msgstr "Compartir fotos" -#: C/other-files.page:68(p) -msgid "PM" -msgstr "PM" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/index.page:46 +msgid "Other Features" +msgstr "Otras características" -#: C/other-files.page:72(p) +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/organize-event.page:7 msgid "" -"There are other symbols available; please check the manual for strftime by " -"running the command <cmd>man strftime</cmd> if you need one that isn't " -"listed here." +"Group photos together that were taken at the same time. Learn how to rename, " +"merge, and sort events." msgstr "" -"Existen otros símbolos disponibles, revise el manual de strftime ejecutando " -"el comando <cdm>man strftime</cmd> si necesita alguno que no esté listado " -"aquí." - -#: C/other-files.page:79(title) -msgid "Automatically importing photos" -msgstr "Importar fotos automáticamente" +"Agrupar fotos que se tomadron al mismo tiempo. Aprenda como renombrar, unir " +"y ordenar eventos." -#: C/other-files.page:81(p) -msgid "" -"Shotwell can automatically import new photos which appear in the library " -"directory. (The library directory is usually the <file>Pictures</file> " -"directory in your home directory; you can change its location in in the " -"<gui>Preferences</gui> window.)" -msgstr "" -"Shotwell puede automáticamente importar nuevas fotos que aparezcan en la " -"carpeta de la biblioteca. (La carpeta de la biblioteca está usualmente en la " -"carpeta <file>Imágenes</file> en su carpeta local; puede cambiar esta " -"ubicación en la ventana <gui>Preferencias</gui>.)" +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/organize-event.page:12 +msgid "Events" +msgstr "Eventos" -#: C/other-files.page:86(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/organize-event.page:14 msgid "" -"To enable auto-import, check the box <gui>Watch library directory for new " -"files</gui> in the <gui>Preferences</gui> window." +"An event is a group of photos that were taken at approximately the same " +"time. When you import photos, Shotwell checks when each photo was taken. It " +"then groups the photos into events." msgstr "" -"Para activar la importación automática, marca la opción <gui>Vigilar mi " -"colección en búsqueda de archivos nuevos</gui> en la ventana " -"<gui>Preferencias</gui>." -#: C/other-files.page:90(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/organize-event.page:16 msgid "" -"Shotwell can also follow symbolic links inside automatically-imported " -"directories." +"Choose <gui>Events</gui> from the sidebar to see your photos organized by " +"date. If you select a month or year from the sidebar, a list of events will " +"be displayed in the main window. Double-click an event to see all the photos " +"that were taken around that time." msgstr "" -"Shotwell también puede seguir los enlaces simbólicos en carpetas importadas " -"automáticamente." - -#: C/other-files.page:95(title) -msgid "Automatically renaming imported photos to lowercase" -msgstr "Renombrar a minúsculas automáticamente las fotos importadas" -#: C/other-files.page:97(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/organize-event.page:18 msgid "" -"Shotwell can automatically change the filenames of imported photos to " -"lowercase. To enable this, choose <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</" -"gui></guiseq>, and in the <gui>Preferences</gui> window, check the " -"<gui>Rename imported files to lowercase</gui> box." +"If a photo has no embedded date/time information, then Shotwell can't " +"automatically place it in any event. In this case the photo will appear in " +"the <gui>No Event</gui> view accessible from the sidebar. You can still move " +"the photo to any event you like as described below." msgstr "" -"Shotwell puede cambiar automáticamente los nombres de las fotos importadas a " -"minúsculas. Para activar esto, escoja <guiseq><gui>Editar</" -"gui><gui>Preferencias</gui></guiseq>, y en la ventana de <gui>Preferencias</" -"gui>, marque la casilla <gui>Renombrar los archivos importados a minúsculas</" -"gui>." - -#: C/other-files.page:107(title) -msgid "Writing metadata on the fly" -msgstr "Escribir metadatos al vuelo" -#: C/other-files.page:109(p) -msgid "" -"By default, Shotwell does not modify photo files, even when you edit photos " -"or change their tags or titles. Shotwell records these changes in its own " -"database only." -msgstr "" -"De manera predeterminada, Shotwell no modifica los archivos de fotos, aunque " -"las edite o cambie sus etiquetas o títulos. Shotwell guardará estos cambios " -"únicamente en su propia base de datos." +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/organize-event.page:25 +msgid "Renaming events" +msgstr "Renombrar eventos" -#: C/other-files.page:112(p) +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/organize-event.page:27 msgid "" -"To change this behavior, you can enable the checkbox <gui>Write tags, titles " -"and other metadata to photo files</gui> in the <gui>Preferences</gui> " -"dialog. When this option is enabled, Shotwell will write the following " -"metadata to most photo files whenever you change it in Shotwell:" +"To give an event a name rather than referring to it by its date, select the " +"event, click <guiseq><gui>Events</gui><gui>Rename Event...</gui></guiseq> " +"and enter a new name. Another way of renaming an event is to double-click " +"its name in the sidebar; type a new name and then press <key>Enter</key>." msgstr "" -"Para cambiar este comportamiento, puede activar la casilla <gui>Escribir " -"etiquetas, títulos y otros metadatos a los archivos</gui> en el cuadro de " -"diálogo <gui>Preferencias</gui>. Cuando esta opción se activa, Shotwell " -"escribirá los siguientes metadatos a la mayoría de los archivos cada vez que " -"los modifique en Shotwell." - -#: C/other-files.page:118(p) -msgid "titles" -msgstr "títulos" - -#: C/other-files.page:119(p) -msgid "tags" -msgstr "etiquetas" - -#: C/other-files.page:120(p) -msgid "ratings" -msgstr "valoraciones" - -#: C/other-files.page:121(p) -msgid "rotation information" -msgstr "información de rotación" -#: C/other-files.page:122(p) -msgid "time/date" -msgstr "fecha/hora" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/organize-event.page:31 +msgid "Moving photos between events" +msgstr "Mover fotos entre eventos" -#: C/other-files.page:125(p) +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/organize-event.page:33 msgid "" -"Shotwell stores this information in photo files in EXIF, IPTC and/or XMP " -"format. Note that Shotwell can write only to photo files in JPEG, PNG and " -"TIFF format, not to BMP photos, RAW photos or to video files." +"Even though photos are initially grouped into events by their date, you can " +"move photos between events. To do this, drag any photo to the sidebar and " +"drop it on an event." msgstr "" -"Shotwell almacena esta información en archivos de fotos en formato EXIF, " -"IPTC y/o XMP. Tenga en cuenta que Shotwell sólo puede escribir en archivos " -"de fotos en formato JPEG, PNG y TIFF, no en fotos en BMP, RAW o en archivos " -"de vídeo." -#: C/other-files.page:133(title) -msgid "Runtime monitoring" -msgstr "Monitorizazión en tiempo de ejecución" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/organize-event.page:37 +msgid "Creating and merging events" +msgstr "Crear y combinar eventos" -#: C/other-files.page:135(p) +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/organize-event.page:38 msgid "" -"While Shotwell is running, it notices changes made to any photo file " -"externally. When a photo file changes, Shotwell rereads the file and updates " -"your view of the photo and metadata." +"To create a new event, select the photos you would like in the new event and " +"click <guiseq><gui>Events</gui><gui>New Event</gui></guiseq>." msgstr "" -"Mientras Shotwell está en ejecución, tiene en cuenta los cambios realizados " -"en un archivo de una foto externamente. Cuando el archivo cambia, Shotwell " -"vuelve a leer el archivo y actualiza la vista de la foto y sus metadatos." +"Para crear un evento nuevo, seleccione las fotos que quiere tener en el " +"evento y pulse <guiseq><gui>Eventos</gui><gui>Nuevo evento</gui></guiseq>." -#: C/other-files.page:139(p) +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/organize-event.page:39 msgid "" -"Note that Shotwell checks all photo files for changes at startup, but only " -"photo files contained in the library directory are monitored in real time " -"after startup. We hope to remove this limitation in a further release." +"To merge events, select <guiseq><gui>Events</gui></guiseq> from the sidebar, " +"then, while holding down <key>Ctrl</key> click on the events you want to " +"merge in the main window area. Finally, click <guiseq><gui>Events</" +"gui><gui>Merge Events</gui></guiseq>." msgstr "" -#: C/organize-title.page:7(desc) -msgid "Give titles to your photos." -msgstr "Asignar títulos a las fotos." - -#: C/organize-title.page:12(title) -msgid "Titles" -msgstr "Títulos" - -#: C/organize-title.page:14(p) -msgid "" -"The <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Titles</gui></guiseq> checkbox toggles the " -"display of titles beneath each photo. By default, a photo's title is its " -"filename." -msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/organize-event.page:43 +msgid "Sorting events" +msgstr "Ordenar eventos" -#: C/organize-title.page:17(p) +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/organize-event.page:45 msgid "" -"To change a photo's title, select the photo and click <guiseq><gui>Photos</" -"gui><gui>Edit Title</gui></guiseq>, or press <key>F2</key>." +"Events are displayed in a tree in the sidebar, organized by the year and " +"month of the earliest photo in the event. To change the event sort order, " +"click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Sort Events</gui></guiseq> and select " +"either ascending or descending." msgstr "" -"Para cambiar el título de una foto, selecciónela y pulse <guiseq><gui>Fotos</" -"gui><gui>Editar título</gui></guiseq>, o pulse <key>F2</key>." - -#: C/organize-tag.page:7(desc) -msgid "Organize photos by labelling them." -msgstr "Organizar las fotos etiquetándolas." -#: C/organize-tag.page:14(title) -msgid "Tagging photos" -msgstr "Etiquetar fotos" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/organize-event.page:51 +msgid "Change the photo used to represent each event" +msgstr "Cambiar la foto usada para representar cada evento" -#: C/organize-tag.page:16(p) +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/organize-event.page:53 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "If you select the Events item in the sidebar, you'll see a single photo " +#| "which represents each event. This is called the key photo." msgid "" -"You can assign one or more tags to selected photos. A tag can be one or more " -"words that you want to associate with those photos." +"If you select the <gui>Events</gui> item in the sidebar, you'll see a single " +"photo which represents each event. This is called the key photo." msgstr "" -"Puede asignar una o más etiquetas a las fotos seleccionadas. Una etiqueta " -"puede constar de una o más palabras que quiera asociar a esas fotos." +"Si selecciona el elemento Eventos en la barra lateral, verá una única foto " +"que representa cada evento. Esto se denomina «foto clave»." -#: C/organize-tag.page:22(p) +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/organize-event.page:55 msgid "" -"To add new tags to photos, select the photos you would like to tag, then do " -"any of the following:" +"By default, Shotwell uses the first photo in each event as its key photo. To " +"use a different key photo, select the photo and choose <guiseq><gui>Photos</" +"gui><gui>Make Key Photo for Event</gui></guiseq>." msgstr "" -"Para añadir etiquetas nuevas a las fotos, seleccione las fotos que quiere " -"etiquetar y siga estos pasos:" -#: C/organize-tag.page:28(p) -msgid "Choose <guiseq><gui>Tags</gui><gui>Add Tags</gui></guiseq>." +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/organize-flag.page:7 +msgid "Flag photos to mark them as special or to work with them as a set." msgstr "" -"Elija <guiseq><gui>Etiquetas</gui><gui>Añadir etiquetas</gui></guiseq>." - -#: C/organize-tag.page:29(p) -msgid "Type <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>T</key></keyseq>." -msgstr "Pulse <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>T</key></keyseq>." - -#: C/organize-tag.page:30(p) -msgid "Drag the selected photos and drop them on the desired tag." -msgstr "Arrastre las fotos y suéltelas en la etiqueta que quiera." +"Marcar fotos para identificarlas como especiales o para trabajar con ellas " +"como conjunto." -#: C/organize-tag.page:33(p) -msgid "" -"When you use <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>T</key></keyseq> or " -"<guiseq><gui>Tags</gui><gui>Add Tags</gui></guiseq> you can type in the " -"names of one or more tags, separated by commas. Once you have created a tag, " -"you can rename it by selecting that tag in the sidebar and choosing " -"<guiseq><gui>Tags</gui><gui>Rename Tag \"[name]\"</gui></guiseq>, by " -"rightclicking on it and choose <gui>Rename...</gui> or double-click on the " -"tag in the sidebar." -msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/organize-flag.page:12 +msgid "Flagging photos" +msgstr "Marcar fotos" -#: C/organize-tag.page:44(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/organize-flag.page:14 msgid "" -"To change which tags are associated with a particular photo, select that " -"photo, choose <guiseq><gui>Tags</gui><gui>Modify Tags</gui></guiseq> or " -"right-click on a photo and select <gui>Modify Tags</gui> and edit the comma " -"separated list. To remove a tag from one or more photos, first select that " -"tag in the sidebar, then select the photos you would like to remove, and " -"choose <guiseq><gui>Tags</gui><gui>Remove Tag \"[name]\" from Photos</gui></" -"guiseq> or right-click on the photos an select <gui>Remove Tag \"[name]\" " -"from Photos</gui>." +"Shotwell lets you <em>flag</em> photos. When a photo is flagged, a small " +"flag icon appears in its upper right corner. You can select the " +"<gui>Flagged</gui> item in the sidebar to see all photos which have been " +"flagged." msgstr "" -#: C/organize-tag.page:58(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/organize-flag.page:18 msgid "" -"To delete a tag entirely, select that tag in the sidebar and choose " -"<guiseq><gui>Tags</gui><gui>Delete Tag \"[name]\"</gui></guiseq> or by right-" -"click and select <gui>Delete Tag \"[name]\"</gui>." +"Flagging a photo marks it as special. You can interpret this in any way you " +"like. For example, you might flag all photos which need visual adjustment, " +"or all photos which you want to share with a friend." msgstr "" -"Para eliminar por completo una etiqueta, selecciónela en la barra latera y " -"elija <guiseq><gui>Etiquetas</gui><gui>Eliminar etiqueta «nombre»</gui></" -"guiseq> o púlsela con el botón derecho y elija <gui>Eliminar etiqueta " -"«nombre»</gui>." -#: C/organize-tag.page:64(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/organize-flag.page:22 msgid "" -"When you create a tag, it will appear in the sidebar under the Tags item, " -"which is hidden if there are no tags. Photos can have multiple tags attached " -"to them, and when you click on the name of a given tag in the sidebar, you " -"will see all the photos associated with that tag." +"Flagging is also useful because you can operate on all flagged photos as a " +"set. For example, you can select the <gui>Flagged</gui> view and then upload " +"all flagged photos to a publishing service." msgstr "" -#: C/organize-tag.page:73(title) -msgid "Hierarchical Tags" -msgstr "Etiquetas jerárquicas" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/organize-flag.page:27 +msgid "To flag or unflag a photo" +msgstr "Para marcar o desmarcar una foto" -#: C/organize-tag.page:74(p) +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/organize-flag.page:28 msgid "" -"Shotwell supports also hierarchial tags. You can rearrange your tags by drag " -"and drop a tag onto another. To create a new subtag right-click on a tag and " -"select <gui>New</gui>." +"To flag or unflag a photo, right-click the photo and choose <gui>Flag</gui> " +"or <gui>Unflag</gui> from the context menu. Or use the <keyseq><key>Ctrl</" +"key><key>G</key></keyseq> or <key>/</key> shortcut keys." msgstr "" -"Shotwell también soporta etiquetas jerárquicas. Puede reordenar sus " -"etiquetas arrastrando y soltando una etiqueta sobre otra. Para crear una " -"etiqueta hija nueva, pulse con el botón derecho sobre una etiqueta y elija " -"<gui>Nuevo</gui>." -#: C/organize-tag.page:81(p) +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/organize-rating.page:7 msgid "" -"Hierarchial tags can help you to sort your tag list in ways that better " -"match how you work or think; for example, you can store location tags like " -"\"Mountains\" or \"Beach\" under a parent tag \"Places\", which itself can " -"be placed under the tag \"Summer Holidays\"." -msgstr "" -"Las etiquetas jerárquicas le pueden ayudar a ordenar su lista de etiquetas " -"de manera que se ajuste a mejor a lo que necesita; por ejemplo, puede tener " -"las etiquetas «Montañas» o «Playa» dentro de la etiqueta «Lugares», que a su " -"vez puede estar dentro de la etiqueta «Vacaciones de verano»." - -#: C/organize-tag.page:89(p) -msgid "Note that deleting a parent tag will also delete its child tags." +"Give photos a rating between 1 and 5 stars. You can reject bad photos, " +"hiding them from view." msgstr "" -"Tenga en cuenta que al eliminar una etiqueta padre también se eliminarán las " -"etiquetas hijas." - -#: C/organize-search.page:7(desc) -msgid "Find photos and videos in your collection by a variety of criteria." -msgstr "Buscar fotos y vídeos en su colección siguiendo varios criterios." +"Asigne a las fotos una puntuación entre 1 y 5. Puede rechazar las fotos " +"malas, ocultándolas en la vista." -#: C/organize-search.page:12(title) -msgid "Searching" -msgstr "Búsqueda" +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/organize-rating.page:12 +msgid "Ratings" +msgstr "Valoraciones" -#: C/organize-search.page:14(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/organize-rating.page:13 msgid "" -"There are two ways to search in Shotwell: the filter toolbar, and with a " -"saved search. The search bar allows you to quickly search the current view " -"for certain criteria. Saved Searches feature more complex search criteria " -"and persist in the sidebar between sessions." +"You can assign each photo a rating from 1-5 stars, or may alternatively rate " +"it as Rejected, in which case Shotwell will hide the photo by default." msgstr "" +"Puede asignar a cada foto una puntuación entre 1 y 5, o marcarla como " +"rechazada, en cuyo caso Shotwell la ocultará de manera predeterminada." -#: C/organize-search.page:21(title) -msgid "Search bar" -msgstr "Barra de búsqueda" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/organize-rating.page:15 +msgid "You can rate a photo or a set of photos in any of these ways:" +msgstr "" +"Puede valorar una foto o un conjunto de fotos de cualquiera de estas maneras:" -#: C/organize-search.page:22(p) +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/organize-rating.page:18 msgid "" -"The <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Search Bar</gui></guiseq> checkbox toggles " -"the display of the search bar. You can also hit <keyseq><key>Ctrl</" -"key><key>F</key></keyseq> or <key>F8</key> to bring up the search bar. From " -"this bar, you can find, show and hide photos and videos based on title, tag, " -"rating or other options." +"Select the photo(s), then choose a rating from the top-level " +"<guiseq><gui>Photos</gui><gui>Set Rating</gui></guiseq> menu." msgstr "" +"Seleccione las fotos y luego escoja una puntuación en el menú " +"<guiseq><gui>Foto</gui><gui>Establecer puntuación</gui></guiseq> del nivel " +"superior." -#: C/organize-search.page:29(p) +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/organize-rating.page:19 msgid "" -"To begin searching, simply enter a search keyword in the text box, or click " -"on <gui>Flagged</gui>, <gui>Rating</gui> or <gui>Type</gui>. The text search " -"matches your keywords across tag names, photo or video titles and photos' " -"original filenames. The <gui>Flagged</gui>, <gui>Rating</gui> and <gui>Type</" -"gui> buttons allow you to filter your collection by whether photos are " -"flagged, their current number of stars, and whether the items shown are " -"images, videos, or raw camera files, respectively." +"Right-click on the photo(s), then choose a rating from the Set Rating " +"context menu." msgstr "" +"Pulse con el botón derecho en las fotos y luego escoja su puntuación en el " +"menú contextual «Establecer puntuación»." -#: C/organize-search.page:38(p) +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/organize-rating.page:20 msgid "" -"Disabling the search bar or exiting Shotwell automatically resets the search " -"bar." +"Select the photo(s), then press any of the shortcut keys <key>1</key>, " +"<key>2</key>, <key>3</key>, <key>4</key> or <key>5</key> to assign a rating. " +"Or press <key>9</key> to mark the photo(s) as rejected or <key>0</key> to " +"clear the rating(s)." msgstr "" -"Desactivar la barra de búsqueda o salir de Shotwell reinicia automáticamente " -"la barra de búsqueda." -#: C/organize-search.page:44(title) -msgid "Saved search" -msgstr "Búsqueda guardada" - -#: C/organize-search.page:45(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/organize-rating.page:23 msgid "" -"A saved search persists across Shotwell sessions, and is updated as photos " -"and videos are added and removed from your Shotwell library." +"Normally Shotwell displays all photos except rejected photos. You can set a " +"different rating filter using the <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Filter Photos</" +"gui></guiseq> menu - for example, you can display only photos rated with 3 " +"stars or higher, or you can display all photos including those marked " +"rejected. The Shotwell icon on the toolbar displays the current rating " +"filter and can also be used to set the filter." msgstr "" -"Una búsqueda guardada se mantiene entre sesiones de Shotwell, y se actualiza " -"con las fotos y vídeos que se añaden o quitan de su biblioteca de Shotwell." -#: C/organize-search.page:50(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/organize-rating.page:26 msgid "" -"Create a new saved search with <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>New Search</gui></" -"guiseq> or by hitting <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq>. The " -"dialog box allows you to enter a name for the search and select whether you " -"want to meet Any, All, or None of the criteria in the following rows." +"Shotwell normally displays each photo's rating in its lower left-hand " +"corner. You can turn off the display of ratings using the <guiseq><gui>View</" +"gui><gui>Ratings</gui></guiseq> menu item." msgstr "" -#: C/organize-search.page:56(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/organize-rating.page:28 msgid "" -"Each row represents a search criterion. Use the + button to add more rows, " -"and the - button to remove a specific row. The combo box on the left of each " -"row selects the type of criteria. Criteria must be entered correctly before " -"the OK button becomes available." +"You can increase or decrease a photo's rating using the <guiseq><gui>Set " +"Rating</gui><gui>Increase</gui></guiseq> and <guiseq><gui>Set Rating</" +"gui><gui>Decrease</gui></guiseq> commands, or the keyboard shortcuts " +"<key><</key> and <key>></key>." msgstr "" -#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. -#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. -#: C/organize-remove.page:15(None) +#. (itstool) path: media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/organize-remove.page:15 +msgctxt "_" msgid "" -"@@image: 'figures/trash_process.png'; md5=ed596bda34c2f4a79a310fbc8bb51fd2" +"external ref='figures/trash_process.png' " +"md5='ed596bda34c2f4a79a310fbc8bb51fd2'" msgstr "" -"@@image: 'figures/trash_process.png'; md5=ed596bda34c2f4a79a310fbc8bb51fd2" +"external ref='figures/trash_process.png' " +"md5='ed596bda34c2f4a79a310fbc8bb51fd2'" -#: C/organize-remove.page:7(desc) +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/organize-remove.page:7 msgid "" "Remove photos from the library, or delete them from your computer entirely." msgstr "Quitar fotos de la biblioteca, o eliminarlas por completo del equipo." -#: C/organize-remove.page:12(title) +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/organize-remove.page:12 msgid "Removing and deleting photos" msgstr "Quitar y eliminar fotos" -#: C/organize-remove.page:14(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/organize-remove.page:14 msgid "" "You may remove photos from your library and you may additionally delete them " "entirely from your hard disk." @@ -1350,11 +1256,13 @@ msgstr "" "Puede eliminar las fotos de su biblioteca y también puede eliminarlas de su " "disco duro." -#: C/organize-remove.page:15(media) +#. (itstool) path: page/media +#: C/organize-remove.page:15 msgid "Delete process" msgstr "Proceso de eliminado" -#: C/organize-remove.page:16(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/organize-remove.page:16 msgid "" "This diagram shows how a photo, when deleted, is first put into Shotwell's " "trash. If you delete it from Shotwell's trash, it is put into your " @@ -1366,11 +1274,13 @@ msgstr "" "a la papelera de su equipo. Si la elimina de la papelera del equipo, se " "eliminará permanentemente." -#: C/organize-remove.page:18(title) +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/organize-remove.page:18 msgid "Removing photos from the library" msgstr "Quitar fotos de la biblioteca" -#: C/organize-remove.page:19(p) +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/organize-remove.page:19 msgid "" "Select the photos to remove and choose <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Move to " "Trash</gui></guiseq>. (You can also press the <key>Delete</key> key.) The " @@ -1381,7 +1291,8 @@ msgstr "" "<key>Supr</key>.) Las fotos se moverán de su biblioteca a la papelera de " "Shotwell." -#: C/organize-remove.page:22(p) +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/organize-remove.page:22 msgid "" "If you want to remove photos from Shotwell without having them pass through " "the trash, simply select the photos to be removed and choose " @@ -1389,11 +1300,13 @@ msgid "" "files will be left in place on disk." msgstr "" -#: C/organize-remove.page:26(title) +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/organize-remove.page:26 msgid "Emptying or restoring the trash folder" msgstr "Vaciar o restaurar la carpeta de la papelera" -#: C/organize-remove.page:27(p) +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/organize-remove.page:27 msgid "" "Select the Trash entry in the Sidebar and Shotwell will display all photos " "that have been marked for removal or deletion. In the Trash view, the " @@ -1403,35 +1316,43 @@ msgstr "" "todas las fotos que se han marcado para quitar o eliminar. En la vista de la " "papelera están disponibles los siguientes comandos:" -#: C/organize-remove.page:29(title) +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/organize-remove.page:29 msgid "Delete" msgstr "Eliminar" -#: C/organize-remove.page:29(p) +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/organize-remove.page:29 msgid "Delete the selected photos from the trash folder." msgstr "Eliminar las fotos seleccionadas de la carpeta de la papelera" -#: C/organize-remove.page:30(title) +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/organize-remove.page:30 msgid "Restore" msgstr "Restaurar" -#: C/organize-remove.page:30(p) +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/organize-remove.page:30 msgid "Restore the selected photos into Shotwell." msgstr "Restaurar las fotos seleccionadas en Shotwell." -#: C/organize-remove.page:31(title) +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/organize-remove.page:31 msgid "Empty trash" msgstr "Vaciar la papelera" -#: C/organize-remove.page:31(p) +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/organize-remove.page:31 msgid "Delete all photos from the trash folder." msgstr "Eliminar todas las fotos de la papelera." -#: C/organize-remove.page:36(title) +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/organize-remove.page:36 msgid "Deleting or emptying Trash" msgstr "Eliminar o vaciar la papelera" -#: C/organize-remove.page:37(p) +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/organize-remove.page:37 msgid "" "When you delete files from the Trash folder or empty the Trash folder, you " "will be given the following choices:" @@ -1439,11 +1360,13 @@ msgstr "" "Cuando elimine archivos de la carpeta Papelera, o cuando la vacíe, se le " "ofrecerán las siguientes opciones:" -#: C/organize-remove.page:39(title) +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/organize-remove.page:39 msgid "Only Remove" msgstr "Solo eliminar" -#: C/organize-remove.page:39(p) +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/organize-remove.page:39 msgid "" "Remove photos from the library but leave the photos in their location on the " "computer." @@ -1451,1045 +1374,1587 @@ msgstr "" "Quitar fotos de la biblioteca pero mantener las fotos en su ubicación dentro " "del equipo." -#: C/organize-remove.page:40(title) +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/organize-remove.page:40 msgid "Trash file" msgstr "Archivo de Papelera" -#: C/organize-remove.page:40(p) +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/organize-remove.page:40 msgid "Remove photos from the library and delete them from the computer." msgstr "Quitar fotos de la biblioteca y eliminarlas del equipo." -#: C/organize-remove.page:41(title) +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/organize-remove.page:41 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "Cancelar" -#: C/organize-remove.page:41(p) +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/organize-remove.page:41 msgid "Do nothing." msgstr "No hacer nada." -#: C/organize-rating.page:7(desc) -msgid "" -"Give photos a rating between 1 and 5 stars. You can reject bad photos, " -"hiding them from view." -msgstr "" -"Asigne a las fotos una puntuación entre 1 y 5. Puede rechazar las fotos " -"malas, ocultándolas en la vista." +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/organize-search.page:7 +msgid "Find photos and videos in your collection by a variety of criteria." +msgstr "Buscar fotos y vídeos en su colección siguiendo varios criterios." -#: C/organize-rating.page:12(title) -msgid "Ratings" -msgstr "Valoraciones" +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/organize-search.page:12 +msgid "Searching" +msgstr "Búsqueda" -#: C/organize-rating.page:13(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/organize-search.page:14 msgid "" -"You can assign each photo a rating from 1-5 stars, or may alternatively rate " -"it as Rejected, in which case Shotwell will hide the photo by default." +"There are two ways to search in Shotwell: the filter toolbar, and with a " +"saved search. The search bar allows you to quickly search the current view " +"for certain criteria. Saved Searches feature more complex search criteria " +"and persist in the sidebar between sessions." msgstr "" -"Puede asignar a cada foto una puntuación entre 1 y 5, o marcarla como " -"rechazada, en cuyo caso Shotwell la ocultará de manera predeterminada." -#: C/organize-rating.page:15(p) -msgid "You can rate a photo or a set of photos in any of these ways:" -msgstr "" -"Puede valorar una foto o un conjunto de fotos de cualquiera de estas maneras:" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/organize-search.page:21 +msgid "Search bar" +msgstr "Barra de búsqueda" -#: C/organize-rating.page:18(p) +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/organize-search.page:22 msgid "" -"Select the photo(s), then choose a rating from the top-level " -"<guiseq><gui>Photos</gui><gui>Set Rating</gui></guiseq> menu." +"The <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Search Bar</gui></guiseq> checkbox toggles " +"the display of the search bar. You can also hit <keyseq><key>Ctrl</" +"key><key>F</key></keyseq> or <key>F8</key> to bring up the search bar. From " +"this bar, you can find, show and hide photos and videos based on title, tag, " +"rating or other options." msgstr "" -"Seleccione las fotos y luego escoja una puntuación en el menú " -"<guiseq><gui>Foto</gui><gui>Establecer puntuación</gui></guiseq> del nivel " -"superior." -#: C/organize-rating.page:19(p) +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/organize-search.page:29 msgid "" -"Right-click on the photo(s), then choose a rating from the Set Rating " -"context menu." +"To begin searching, simply enter a search keyword in the text box, or click " +"on <gui>Flagged</gui>, <gui>Rating</gui> or <gui>Type</gui>. The text search " +"matches your keywords across tag names, photo or video titles and photos' " +"original filenames. The <gui>Flagged</gui>, <gui>Rating</gui> and <gui>Type</" +"gui> buttons allow you to filter your collection by whether photos are " +"flagged, their current number of stars, and whether the items shown are " +"images, videos, or raw camera files, respectively." msgstr "" -"Pulse con el botón derecho en las fotos y luego escoja su puntuación en el " -"menú contextual «Establecer puntuación»." -#: C/organize-rating.page:20(p) +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/organize-search.page:38 msgid "" -"Select the photo(s), then press any of the shortcut keys <key>1</key>, " -"<key>2</key>, <key>3</key>, <key>4</key> or <key>5</key> to assign a rating. " -"Or press <key>9</key> to mark the photo(s) as rejected or <key>0</key> to " -"clear the rating(s)." +"Disabling the search bar or exiting Shotwell automatically resets the search " +"bar." msgstr "" +"Desactivar la barra de búsqueda o salir de Shotwell reinicia automáticamente " +"la barra de búsqueda." + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/organize-search.page:44 +msgid "Saved search" +msgstr "Búsqueda guardada" -#: C/organize-rating.page:23(p) +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/organize-search.page:45 msgid "" -"Normally Shotwell displays all photos except rejected photos. You can set a " -"different rating filter using the <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Filter Photos</" -"gui></guiseq> menu - for example, you can display only photos rated with 3 " -"stars or higher, or you can display all photos including those marked " -"rejected. The Shotwell icon on the toolbar displays the current rating " -"filter and can also be used to set the filter." +"A saved search persists across Shotwell sessions, and is updated as photos " +"and videos are added and removed from your Shotwell library." msgstr "" +"Una búsqueda guardada se mantiene entre sesiones de Shotwell, y se actualiza " +"con las fotos y vídeos que se añaden o quitan de su biblioteca de Shotwell." -#: C/organize-rating.page:26(p) +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/organize-search.page:50 msgid "" -"Shotwell normally displays each photo's rating in its lower left-hand " -"corner. You can turn off the display of ratings using the <guiseq><gui>View</" -"gui><gui>Ratings</gui></guiseq> menu item." +"Create a new saved search with <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>New Saved " +"Search...</gui></guiseq> or by hitting <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></" +"keyseq>. The dialog box allows you to enter a name for the search and select " +"whether you want to meet Any, All, or None of the criteria in the following " +"rows." msgstr "" -#: C/organize-rating.page:28(p) +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/organize-search.page:56 msgid "" -"You can increase or decrease a photo's rating using the <guiseq><gui>Set " -"Rating</gui><gui>Increase</gui></guiseq> and <guiseq><gui>Set Rating</" -"gui><gui>Decrease</gui></guiseq> commands, or the keyboard shortcuts " -"<key><</key> and <key>></key>." +"Each row represents a search criterion. Use the <gui>+</gui> button to add " +"more rows, and the <gui>-</gui> button to remove a specific row. The combo " +"box on the left of each row selects the type of criteria. Criteria must be " +"entered correctly before the <gui>OK</gui> button becomes available." msgstr "" -#: C/organize-flag.page:7(desc) -msgid "Flag photos to mark them as special or to work with them as a set." -msgstr "" -"Marcar fotos para identificarlas como especiales o para trabajar con ellas " -"como conjunto." +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/organize-tag.page:7 +msgid "Organize photos by labelling them." +msgstr "Organizar las fotos etiquetándolas." -#: C/organize-flag.page:12(title) -msgid "Flagging photos" -msgstr "Marcar fotos" +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/organize-tag.page:14 +msgid "Tagging photos" +msgstr "Etiquetar fotos" -#: C/organize-flag.page:14(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/organize-tag.page:16 msgid "" -"Shotwell lets you <em>flag</em> photos. When a photo is flagged, a small " -"flag icon appears in its upper right corner. You can select the " -"<gui>Flagged</gui> item in the sidebar to see all photos which have been " -"flagged." +"You can assign one or more tags to selected photos. A tag can be one or more " +"words that you want to associate with those photos." msgstr "" +"Puede asignar una o más etiquetas a las fotos seleccionadas. Una etiqueta " +"puede constar de una o más palabras que quiera asociar a esas fotos." -#: C/organize-flag.page:18(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/organize-tag.page:22 msgid "" -"Flagging a photo marks it as special. You can interpret this in any way you " -"like. For example, you might flag all photos which need visual adjustment, " -"or all photos which you want to share with a friend." +"To add new tags to photos, select the photos you would like to tag, then do " +"any of the following:" msgstr "" +"Para añadir etiquetas nuevas a las fotos, seleccione las fotos que quiere " +"etiquetar y siga estos pasos:" -#: C/organize-flag.page:22(p) -msgid "" -"Flagging is also useful because you can operate on all flagged photos as a " -"set. For example, you can select the <gui>Flagged</gui> view and then upload " -"all flagged photos to a publishing service." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/organize-tag.page:28 +msgid "Choose <guiseq><gui>Tags</gui><gui>Add Tags...</gui></guiseq>." msgstr "" +"Elija <guiseq><gui>Etiquetas</gui><gui>Añadir etiquetas...</gui></guiseq>." -#: C/organize-flag.page:27(title) -msgid "To flag or unflag a photo" -msgstr "Para marcar o desmarcar una foto" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/organize-tag.page:29 +msgid "Type <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>T</key></keyseq>." +msgstr "Pulse <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>T</key></keyseq>." -#: C/organize-flag.page:28(p) -msgid "" -"To flag or unflag a photo, right-click the photo and choose <gui>Flag</gui> " -"or <gui>Unflag</gui> from the context menu. Or use the <keyseq><key>Ctrl</" -"key><key>G</key></keyseq> or <key>/</key> shortcut keys." -msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/organize-tag.page:30 +msgid "Drag the selected photos and drop them on the desired tag." +msgstr "Arrastre las fotos y suéltelas en la etiqueta que quiera." -#: C/organize-event.page:7(desc) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/organize-tag.page:33 msgid "" -"Group photos together that were taken at the same time. Learn how to rename, " -"merge, and sort events." +"When you use <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>T</key></keyseq> or " +"<guiseq><gui>Tags</gui><gui>Add Tags...</gui></guiseq> you can type in the " +"names of one or more tags, separated by commas. Once you have created a tag, " +"you can rename it by selecting that tag in the sidebar and choosing " +"<guiseq><gui>Tags</gui><gui>Rename Tag \"[name]\"...</gui></guiseq>, by " +"rightclicking on it and choose <gui>Rename...</gui> or double-click on the " +"tag in the sidebar." msgstr "" -"Agrupar fotos que se tomadron al mismo tiempo. Aprenda como renombrar, unir " -"y ordenar eventos." -#: C/organize-event.page:12(title) -msgid "Events" -msgstr "Eventos" - -#: C/organize-event.page:14(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/organize-tag.page:44 msgid "" -"An event is a group of photos that were taken at approximately the same " -"time. When you import photos, Shotwell checks when each photo was taken. It " -"then groups the photos into events." +"To change which tags are associated with a particular photo, select that " +"photo, choose <guiseq><gui>Tags</gui><gui>Modify Tags...</gui></guiseq> or " +"right-click on a photo and select <gui>Modify Tags...</gui> and edit the " +"comma separated list. To remove a tag from one or more photos, first select " +"that tag in the sidebar, then select the photos you would like to remove, " +"and choose <guiseq><gui>Tags</gui><gui>Remove Tag \"[name]\" from Photos</" +"gui></guiseq> or right-click on the photos an select <gui>Remove Tag " +"\"[name]\" from Photos</gui>." msgstr "" -#: C/organize-event.page:16(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/organize-tag.page:58 msgid "" -"Choose <gui>Events</gui> from the sidebar to see your photos organized by " -"date. If you select a month or year from the sidebar, a list of events will " -"be displayed in the main window. Double-click an event to see all the photos " -"that were taken around that time." +"To delete a tag entirely, select that tag in the sidebar and choose " +"<guiseq><gui>Tags</gui><gui>Delete Tag \"[name]\"</gui></guiseq> or by right-" +"click and select <gui>Delete Tag \"[name]\"</gui>." msgstr "" +"Para eliminar por completo una etiqueta, selecciónela en la barra latera y " +"elija <guiseq><gui>Etiquetas</gui><gui>Eliminar etiqueta «nombre»</gui></" +"guiseq> o púlsela con el botón derecho y elija <gui>Eliminar etiqueta " +"«nombre»</gui>." -#: C/organize-event.page:18(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/organize-tag.page:64 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The <gui>Tags</gui> folder lists all tags you've assigned to photos. " +#| "Photos can have multiple tags attached to them. When you click on the " +#| "name of a tag in the sidebar, you will see all the photos associated with " +#| "that tag." msgid "" -"If a photo has no embedded date/time information, then Shotwell can't " -"automatically place it in any event. In this case the photo will appear in " -"the <gui>No Event</gui> view accessible from the sidebar. You can still move " -"the photo to any event you like as described below." +"When you create a tag, it will appear in the sidebar under the <gui>Tags</" +"gui> item, which is hidden if there are no tags. Photos can have multiple " +"tags attached to them, and when you click on the name of a given tag in the " +"sidebar, you will see all the photos associated with that tag." msgstr "" +"La carpeta <gui>Etiquetas</gui> lista todas las etiquetas que ha asignado a " +"sus fotos. Las fotos pueden tener múltiples etiquetas relacionadas con las " +"mismas. Cuando posiciona el cursor sobre el nombre de una etiqueta en la " +"barra lateral, podrá ver todas las fotos asociadas a esa etiqueta." -#: C/organize-event.page:25(title) -msgid "Renaming events" -msgstr "Renombrar eventos" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/organize-tag.page:73 +msgid "Hierarchical Tags" +msgstr "Etiquetas jerárquicas" -#: C/organize-event.page:27(p) +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/organize-tag.page:74 msgid "" -"To give an event a name rather than referring to it by its date, select the " -"event, click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Rename Event</gui></guiseq> and " -"enter a new name. Another way of renaming an event is to double-click its " -"name in the sidebar; type a new name and then press <key>Enter</key>." +"Shotwell supports also hierarchial tags. You can rearrange your tags by drag " +"and drop a tag onto another. To create a new subtag right-click on a tag and " +"select <gui>New</gui>." msgstr "" +"Shotwell también soporta etiquetas jerárquicas. Puede reordenar sus " +"etiquetas arrastrando y soltando una etiqueta sobre otra. Para crear una " +"etiqueta hija nueva, pulse con el botón derecho sobre una etiqueta y elija " +"<gui>Nuevo</gui>." -#: C/organize-event.page:31(title) -msgid "Moving photos between events" -msgstr "Mover fotos entre eventos" - -#: C/organize-event.page:33(p) +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/organize-tag.page:81 msgid "" -"Even though photos are initially grouped into events by their date, you can " -"move photos between events. To do this, drag any photo to the sidebar and " -"drop it on an event." +"Hierarchial tags can help you to sort your tag list in ways that better " +"match how you work or think; for example, you can store location tags like " +"\"Mountains\" or \"Beach\" under a parent tag \"Places\", which itself can " +"be placed under the tag \"Summer Holidays\"." msgstr "" +"Las etiquetas jerárquicas le pueden ayudar a ordenar su lista de etiquetas " +"de manera que se ajuste a mejor a lo que necesita; por ejemplo, puede tener " +"las etiquetas «Montañas» o «Playa» dentro de la etiqueta «Lugares», que a su " +"vez puede estar dentro de la etiqueta «Vacaciones de verano»." -#: C/organize-event.page:37(title) -msgid "Creating and merging events" -msgstr "Crear y combinar eventos" +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/organize-tag.page:89 +msgid "Note that deleting a parent tag will also delete its child tags." +msgstr "" +"Tenga en cuenta que al eliminar una etiqueta padre también se eliminarán las " +"etiquetas hijas." -#: C/organize-event.page:38(p) +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/organize-title.page:7 +msgid "Give titles to your photos." +msgstr "Asignar títulos a las fotos." + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/organize-title.page:12 +msgid "Titles" +msgstr "Títulos" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/organize-title.page:14 msgid "" -"To create a new event, select the photos you would like in the new event and " -"click <guiseq><gui>Events</gui><gui>New Event</gui></guiseq>." +"The <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Titles</gui></guiseq> checkbox toggles the " +"display of titles beneath each photo. By default, a photo's title is its " +"filename." msgstr "" -"Para crear un evento nuevo, seleccione las fotos que quiere tener en el " -"evento y pulse <guiseq><gui>Eventos</gui><gui>Nuevo evento</gui></guiseq>." -#: C/organize-event.page:39(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/organize-title.page:17 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "To change a photo's title, select the photo and click " +#| "<guiseq><gui>Photos</gui><gui>Edit Title</gui></guiseq>, or press " +#| "<key>F2</key>." msgid "" -"To merge events, select <guiseq><gui>Events</gui></guiseq> from the sidebar, " -"then, while holding down <key>Ctrl</key> click on the events you want to " -"merge in the main window area. Finally, click <guiseq><gui>Events</" -"gui><gui>Merge Events</gui></guiseq>." +"To change a photo's title, select the photo and click <guiseq><gui>Photos</" +"gui><gui>Edit Title...</gui></guiseq>, or press <key>F2</key>." msgstr "" +"Para cambiar el título de una foto, selecciónela y pulse <guiseq><gui>Fotos</" +"gui><gui>Editar título</gui></guiseq>, o pulse <key>F2</key>." -#: C/organize-event.page:43(title) -msgid "Sorting events" -msgstr "Ordenar eventos" - -#: C/organize-event.page:45(p) -msgid "" -"Events are displayed in a tree in the sidebar, organized by the year and " -"month of the earliest photo in the event. To change the event sort order, " -"click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Sort Events</gui></guiseq> and select " -"either ascending or descending." +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/other-files.page:7 +msgid "Keep the Shotwell library in sync with photo files on disk." msgstr "" +"Mantener la biblioteca de Shotwell sincronizada con los archivos de fotos " +"del disco." -#: C/organize-event.page:51(title) -msgid "Change the photo used to represent each event" -msgstr "Cambiar la foto usada para representar cada evento" +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/other-files.page:12 +msgid "Photo files" +msgstr "Archivos de fotos" -#: C/organize-event.page:53(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/other-files.page:14 msgid "" -"If you select the Events item in the sidebar, you'll see a single photo " -"which represents each event. This is called the key photo." +"Every photo in the Shotwell library corresponds to a file stored on your " +"hard disk. Shotwell has several features which help you keep the Shotwell " +"library and files on disk in sync." msgstr "" -"Si selecciona el elemento Eventos en la barra lateral, verá una única foto " -"que representa cada evento. Esto se denomina «foto clave»." +"Cada foto de la biblioteca de Shotwell se corresponde con un archivo " +"almacenado en su disco duro. Shotwell tienen varias características que le " +"ayudan a mantener su biblioteca y los archivos del disco sincronizados." -#: C/organize-event.page:55(p) +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/other-files.page:21 +msgid "Using a custom directory pattern" +msgstr "Usar un patrón de carpeta predeterminado" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/other-files.page:22 msgid "" -"By default, Shotwell uses the first photo in each event as its key photo. To " -"use a different key photo, select the photo and choose <guiseq><gui>Photos</" -"gui><gui>Make Key Photo for Event</gui></guiseq>." +"Shotwell allows you to specify how it names directories in your library. You " +"can do this by changing the <gui>Directory Structure</gui> and <gui>Pattern</" +"gui> settings in the <gui>Preferences</gui> dialog. You may use a " +"preselected pattern, or choose <gui>Custom</gui> and type in your own." msgstr "" +"Shotwell le permite especificar como llamar a sus carpetas en una " +"biblioteca. Puede hacer esto cambiando las configuraciones de " +"<gui>Estructura del directorio</gui> y <gui>Patrón</gui> en el cuadro de " +"diálogo <gui>Preferencias</gui>. Puede utilizar un patrón preseleccionado, o " +"escoger <gui>Personalizado</gui> y escribir el suyo." -#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. -#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. -#: C/index.page:23(None) +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/other-files.page:29 msgid "" -"@@image: 'figures/shotwell_logo.png'; md5=59de2b2c4fa64ea1497c98452c509dbd" +"The available symbols for the directory pattern begin with a % (percent " +"sign). The values these symbols produce are locale-dependent, so what you " +"see on your computer may vary from the examples below." msgstr "" -"@@image: 'figures/shotwell_logo.png'; md5=59de2b2c4fa64ea1497c98452c509dbd" +"Los símbolos disponibles para los patrones de carpetas empiezan por " +"«%» (signo de porcentaje). Los valores que estos símbolos producen dependen " +"de la configuración regional, por lo que lo que vea en su equipo puede ser " +"diferente a estos ejemplos." -#: C/index.page:6(title) C/index.page:7(title) -msgid "Shotwell" -msgstr "Shotwell" +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/other-files.page:38 +msgid "<em>Symbol</em>" +msgstr "<em>Símbolo</em>" -#: C/index.page:9(name) -msgid "Jim Nelson" -msgstr "Jim Nelson" +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/other-files.page:38 +msgid "<em>Meaning</em>" +msgstr "<em>Significado</em>" -#: C/index.page:10(email) -msgid "jim@yorba.org" -msgstr "jim@yorba.org" +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/other-files.page:38 +msgid "<em>Example</em>" +msgstr "<em>Ejemplo</em>" -#: C/index.page:11(name) -msgid "Allison Barlow" -msgstr "Allison Barlow" +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/other-files.page:43 +msgid "%Y" +msgstr "%Y" -#: C/index.page:12(email) -msgid "allison@yorba.org" -msgstr "allison@yorba.org" +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/other-files.page:43 +msgid "Year: full" +msgstr "Año: completo" -#: C/index.page:13(name) -msgid "Robert Ancell" -msgstr "Robert Ancell" +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/other-files.page:43 +msgid "2011" +msgstr "2011" -#: C/index.page:14(email) -msgid "robert.ancell@canonical.com" -msgstr "robert.ancell@canonical.com" +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/other-files.page:46 +msgid "%y" +msgstr "%y" -#: C/index.page:15(name) -msgid "Peter Smith" -msgstr "Peter Smith" +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/other-files.page:46 +msgid "Year: two digit" +msgstr "Año: dos dígitos" -#: C/index.page:16(email) -msgid "pdo.smith@gmail.com" -msgstr "pdo.smith@gmail.com" +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/other-files.page:46 +msgid "11" +msgstr "11" -#: C/index.page:17(name) -msgid "Phil Bull" -msgstr "Phil Bull" +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/other-files.page:49 +msgid "%d" +msgstr "%d" -#: C/index.page:18(email) -msgid "philbull@gmail.com" -msgstr "philbull@gmail.com" +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/other-files.page:49 +msgid "Day of the month with leading zero" +msgstr "Día del mes, empezando por cero" -#: C/index.page:23(title) -msgid "" -"<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/shotwell_logo.png\"/>Shotwell Photo " -"Manager" -msgstr "" -"<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/shotwell_logo.png\"/>Gestor de fotos " -"Shotwell" +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/other-files.page:49 +msgid "03" +msgstr "03" -#: C/index.page:26(title) -msgid "Importing Photos" -msgstr "Importar fotos" +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/other-files.page:52 +msgid "%A" +msgstr "%A" -#: C/index.page:30(title) -msgid "Viewing Photos" -msgstr "Ver fotos" +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/other-files.page:52 +msgid "Day name: full" +msgstr "Nombre del día: completo" -#: C/index.page:34(title) -msgid "Organizing Photos" -msgstr "Organizar fotos" +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/other-files.page:52 +msgid "Wednesday" +msgstr "Miércoles" -#: C/index.page:38(title) -msgid "Editing Photos" -msgstr "Editar fotos" +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/other-files.page:55 +msgid "%a" +msgstr "%a" -#: C/index.page:42(title) -msgid "Sharing Photos" -msgstr "Compartir fotos" +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/other-files.page:55 +msgid "Day name: abbreviated" +msgstr "Nombre del día: abreviado" -#: C/index.page:46(title) -msgid "Other Features" -msgstr "Otras características" +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/other-files.page:55 +msgid "Wed" +msgstr "Mié" -#: C/import-memorycard.page:7(desc) -msgid "Import photos from a digital camera's memory card." -msgstr "Importar fotos desde una tarjeta de memoria de una cámara digital." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/other-files.page:58 +msgid "%m" +msgstr "%m" -#: C/import-memorycard.page:12(title) -msgid "Importing from a memory card" -msgstr "Importar desde una tarjeta de memoria" +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/other-files.page:58 +msgid "Month number with leading zero" +msgstr "Número de mes, empezando por cero" -#: C/import-memorycard.page:14(p) -msgid "To import photos from a camera memory card:" -msgstr "Para importar fotos desde una tarjeta de memoria de una cámara:" +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/other-files.page:58 +msgid "02" +msgstr "02" -#: C/import-memorycard.page:18(p) -msgid "" -"Put the card into your card reader. Make sure the card reader is plugged in " -"to the computer and switched on." -msgstr "" -"Coloque la tarjeta en el lector de tarjetas. Asegúrese de que el lector está " -"conectado al equipo y encendido." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/other-files.page:60 +msgid "%b" +msgstr "%b" -#: C/import-memorycard.page:21(p) -msgid "The card reader and card should be detected automatically." -msgstr "" -"El lector de tarjetas y la tarjeta se deberían detectar automáticamente." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/other-files.page:60 +msgid "Month name: abbreviated" +msgstr "Nombre del mes: abreviado" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/other-files.page:60 +msgid "Feb" +msgstr "Feb" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/other-files.page:62 +msgid "%B" +msgstr "%B" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/other-files.page:62 +msgid "Month name: full" +msgstr "Nombre del mes: completo" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/other-files.page:62 +msgid "February" +msgstr "Febrero" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/other-files.page:63 +msgid "%I" +msgstr "%I" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/other-files.page:63 +msgid "Hour: 12 hour format" +msgstr "Hora: formato de 12 horas" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/other-files.page:63 +msgid "05" +msgstr "05" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/other-files.page:64 +msgid "%H" +msgstr "%H" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/other-files.page:64 +msgid "Hour: 24 hour format" +msgstr "Hora: formato de 24 horas" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/other-files.page:64 +msgid "17" +msgstr "17" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/other-files.page:66 +msgid "%M" +msgstr "%M" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/other-files.page:66 +msgid "Minute" +msgstr "Minuto" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/other-files.page:66 +msgid "16" +msgstr "16" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/other-files.page:67 +msgid "%S" +msgstr "%S" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/other-files.page:67 +msgid "Second" +msgstr "Segundo" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/other-files.page:67 +msgid "30" +msgstr "30" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/other-files.page:68 +msgid "%p" +msgstr "%p" -#: C/import-memorycard.page:24(p) +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/other-files.page:68 +msgid "AM or PM" +msgstr "AM o PM" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/other-files.page:68 +msgid "PM" +msgstr "PM" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/other-files.page:72 msgid "" -"Follow the instructions for <link xref=\"import-file\">importing photos from " -"your hard disk</link>. If you click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Import From " -"Folder</gui></guiseq>, the memory card should be visible as a folder in the " -"side bar of the file selection window." +"There are other symbols available; please check the manual for strftime by " +"running the command <cmd>man strftime</cmd> if you need one that isn't " +"listed here." msgstr "" +"Existen otros símbolos disponibles, revise el manual de strftime ejecutando " +"el comando <cmd>man strftime</cmd> si necesita alguno que no esté listado " +"aquí." -#: C/import-memorycard.page:28(p) +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/other-files.page:79 +msgid "Automatically importing photos" +msgstr "Importar fotos automáticamente" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/other-files.page:81 msgid "" -"Shotwell can import photos from any memory card that is compatible with your " -"card reader." +"Shotwell can automatically import new photos which appear in the library " +"directory. (The library directory is usually the <file>Pictures</file> " +"directory in your home directory; you can change its location in in the " +"<gui>Preferences</gui> window.)" msgstr "" -"Shotwell puede importar fotos de una tarjeta de memoria que sea compatible " -"con su lector de tarjetas." +"Shotwell puede automáticamente importar nuevas fotos que aparezcan en la " +"carpeta de la biblioteca. (La carpeta de la biblioteca está usualmente en la " +"carpeta <file>Imágenes</file> en su carpeta local; puede cambiar esta " +"ubicación en la ventana <gui>Preferencias</gui>.)" -#: C/import-memorycard.page:30(p) +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/other-files.page:86 msgid "" -"If the card is not detected automatically, your card reader may not have " -"been recognized. Try unplugging it and then plugging it in again. If that " -"doesn't work, you should still be able to import photos by <link xref=" -"\"import-camera\">connecting your camera directly to the computer</link>, " -"though." +"To enable auto-import, check the box <gui>Watch library directory for new " +"files</gui> in the <gui>Preferences</gui> window." msgstr "" +"Para activar la importación automática, marca la opción <gui>Vigilar mi " +"colección en búsqueda de archivos nuevos</gui> en la ventana " +"<gui>Preferencias</gui>." -#: C/import-f-spot.page:7(desc) +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/other-files.page:90 msgid "" -"Shotwell can import all your photos and tags from the F-Spot photo manager." +"Shotwell can also follow symbolic links inside automatically-imported " +"directories." msgstr "" -"Shotwell puede importar todas sus fotos y etiquetas desde el gestor de fotos " -"F-Spot." - -#: C/import-f-spot.page:12(title) -msgid "Importing from F-Spot" -msgstr "Importar desde F-Spot" +"Shotwell también puede seguir los enlaces simbólicos en carpetas importadas " +"automáticamente." -#: C/import-f-spot.page:14(p) -msgid "To import an existing photo collection from F-Spot:" -msgstr "Para importar una colección de fotos existente desde F-Spot:" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/other-files.page:95 +msgid "Automatically renaming imported photos to lowercase" +msgstr "Renombrar a minúsculas automáticamente las fotos importadas" -#: C/import-f-spot.page:16(p) -msgid "Select <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Import From F-Spot</gui></guiseq>." +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/other-files.page:97 +msgid "" +"Shotwell can automatically change the filenames of imported photos to " +"lowercase. To enable this, choose <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</" +"gui></guiseq>, and in the <gui>Preferences</gui> window, check the " +"<gui>Rename imported files to lowercase</gui> box." msgstr "" -"Seleccione <guiseq><gui>Archivo</gui><gui>Importar desde F-Spot</gui></" -"guiseq>." +"Shotwell puede cambiar automáticamente los nombres de las fotos importadas a " +"minúsculas. Para activar esto, escoja <guiseq><gui>Editar</" +"gui><gui>Preferencias</gui></guiseq>, y en la ventana de <gui>Preferencias</" +"gui>, marque la casilla <gui>Renombrar los archivos importados a minúsculas</" +"gui>." -#: C/import-f-spot.page:17(p) +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/other-files.page:107 +msgid "Writing metadata on the fly" +msgstr "Escribir metadatos al vuelo" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/other-files.page:109 msgid "" -"Now choose either the default F-Spot library or another F-Spot database. If " -"importing from another F-Spot database, select a directory and file from the " -"chooser dialog box." +"By default, Shotwell does not modify photo files, even when you edit photos " +"or change their tags or titles. Shotwell records these changes in its own " +"database only." msgstr "" +"De manera predeterminada, Shotwell no modifica los archivos de fotos, aunque " +"las edite o cambie sus etiquetas o títulos. Shotwell guardará estos cambios " +"únicamente en su propia base de datos." -#: C/import-f-spot.page:20(p) +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/other-files.page:112 msgid "" -"Shotwell will import your photos, together with their tags and other " -"information. Once the import is complete, you can select <gui>Last Import</" -"gui> in the sidebar to see all photos successfully imported. The Events list " -"will also show new entries for the dates corresponding to the imported " -"photos." +"To change this behavior, you can enable the checkbox <gui>Write tags, titles " +"and other metadata to photo files</gui> in the <gui>Preferences</gui> " +"dialog. When this option is enabled, Shotwell will write the following " +"metadata to most photo files whenever you change it in Shotwell:" msgstr "" +"Para cambiar este comportamiento, puede activar la casilla <gui>Escribir " +"etiquetas, títulos y otros metadatos a los archivos</gui> en el cuadro de " +"diálogo <gui>Preferencias</gui>. Cuando esta opción se activa, Shotwell " +"escribirá los siguientes metadatos a la mayoría de los archivos cada vez que " +"los modifique en Shotwell." -#: C/import-file.page:7(desc) -msgid "Import photos that are already saved on your computer." -msgstr "Importar fotos que ya están en el equipo." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/other-files.page:118 +msgid "titles" +msgstr "títulos" -#: C/import-file.page:12(title) -msgid "Importing from your hard disk" -msgstr "Importar desde su disco duro" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/other-files.page:119 +msgid "tags" +msgstr "etiquetas" -#: C/import-file.page:14(p) -msgid "" -"To import photo files from your hard disk into Shotwell, just drag them from " -"your file browser into the Shotwell window." -msgstr "" -"Para importar fotos desde su disco duro a Shotwell, solo debe arrastrarlas " -"desde su explorador a la ventana de Shotwell." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/other-files.page:120 +msgid "ratings" +msgstr "valoraciones" -#: C/import-file.page:16(p) -msgid "" -"Alternatively, click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Import From Folder</gui></" -"guiseq> and select the folder containing the photos you want to import." -msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/other-files.page:121 +msgid "rotation information" +msgstr "información de rotación" -#: C/import-file.page:18(p) +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/other-files.page:122 +msgid "time/date" +msgstr "fecha/hora" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/other-files.page:125 msgid "" -"Shotwell will ask whether you want to copy the photo files to your library " -"folder (usually this is the <file>Pictures</file> folder in your home " -"directory) or to import them in place without copying the files." +"Shotwell stores this information in photo files in EXIF, IPTC and/or XMP " +"format. Note that Shotwell can write only to photo files in JPEG, PNG and " +"TIFF format, not to BMP photos, RAW photos or to video files." msgstr "" +"Shotwell almacena esta información en archivos de fotos en formato EXIF, " +"IPTC y/o XMP. Tenga en cuenta que Shotwell sólo puede escribir en archivos " +"de fotos en formato JPEG, PNG y TIFF, no en fotos en BMP, RAW o en archivos " +"de vídeo." -#: C/import-file.page:20(p) +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/other-files.page:133 +msgid "Runtime monitoring" +msgstr "Monitorizazión en tiempo de ejecución" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/other-files.page:135 msgid "" -"If you hold down <key>Ctrl</key> while dragging photos in, Shotwell will " -"copy the photos into your library folder without prompting. Similarly, if " -"you hold down <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Shift</key></keyseq> while " -"dragging photos in, Shotwell will import the photos without copying them." +"While Shotwell is running, it notices changes made to any photo file " +"externally. When a photo file changes, Shotwell rereads the file and updates " +"your view of the photo and metadata." msgstr "" +"Mientras Shotwell está en ejecución, tiene en cuenta los cambios realizados " +"en un archivo de una foto externamente. Cuando el archivo cambia, Shotwell " +"vuelve a leer el archivo y actualiza la vista de la foto y sus metadatos." -#: C/import-file.page:22(p) +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/other-files.page:139 msgid "" -"Once the import is complete, you can select <gui>Last Import</gui> in the " -"sidebar to see all photos successfully imported. The Events list will also " -"show new entries for the dates corresponding to the imported photos." +"Note that Shotwell checks all photo files for changes at startup, but only " +"photo files contained in the library directory are monitored in real time " +"after startup. We hope to remove this limitation in a further release." msgstr "" -#: C/import-camera.page:7(desc) -msgid "Copy photos from a digital camera." -msgstr "Copiar fotos desde una cámara digital." - -#: C/import-camera.page:12(title) -msgid "Importing from a camera" -msgstr "Importar desde una cámara" +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/other-missing.page:7 +msgid "If Shotwell can't find a photo in your library, it marks it as missing." +msgstr "" +"Si Shotwell no puede encontrar una foto en su biblioteca, la marca como " +"ausente." -#: C/import-camera.page:14(p) -msgid "To import photos from a digital camera:" -msgstr "Para importar fotos desde una cámara digital:" +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/other-missing.page:12 +msgid "Missing photos" +msgstr "Fotos ausentes" -#: C/import-camera.page:18(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/other-missing.page:14 msgid "" -"Connect the camera to your computer and switch it on. Shotwell will detect " -"it and list it in the sidebar." +"Each time Shotwell starts up, it scans your photo library to verify that all " +"photo files still exist on your hard drive. If Shotwell finds that any photo " +"files are missing, it will not display them in the normal Photos, Events and " +"Tags views, but will instead show them in a separate Missing Files view " +"which will appear in the sidebar." msgstr "" -"Conecte la cámara al equipo y enciéndala. Shotwell la detectará y la " -"mostrará en la barra lateral." +"Cada vez que Shotwell se inicia, analiza su biblioteca de fotos para " +"verificar que todos los archivos de fotos siguen existiendo en el disco " +"duro. Si Shotwell encuentra que falta alguna foto, no la mostrará en las " +"vistas normales de Fotos, Eventos o Etiquetas, sino que la mostrará en una " +"vista de Fotos ausentes separada que aparecerá en la barra lateral." -#: C/import-camera.page:22(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/other-missing.page:16 msgid "" -"Select the camera in the sidebar. Previews of each photo on the camera will " -"be displayed." +"If you no longer want the missing files to be part of your Shotwell " +"collection (perhaps because you deleted them), go to the Missing Files view, " +"select the photos and then click <gui>Remove From Library</gui>." msgstr "" -"Seleccione la cámara en la barra lateral. Se mostrará la vista previa de " -"cada una de las fotos de la cámara." -#: C/import-camera.page:25(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/other-missing.page:18 msgid "" -"If you like, you can choose a set of specific photos to import. To do this, " -"hold down the <key>Ctrl</key> key and click to select individual photos. You " -"can hold down <key>Shift</key> and click to select a range of photos too." +"If you have photos on a removable disk, such as a CD or USB flash drive, and " +"<link xref=\"index#import\">import</link> them into Shotwell <em>without</" +"em> copying the photos to your computer, they will show up as missing files " +"if you then disconnect the removable disk. See <link xref=\"import-file\"/> " +"to learn how to copy files from removable disks onto your computer." msgstr "" +"Si tiene fotos en un disco externo, como un CD o un pendrive USB y las <link " +"xref=\"index#import\">importa</link> en Shotwell <em>sin</em> copiarlas al " +"equipo, se mostrarán como archivos ausentes cuando desconecte el disco " +"extraíble. Consulte la <link xref=\"import-file\"/> para aprender cómo " +"copiar archivos desde discos extraíbles a su equipo." -#: C/import-camera.page:28(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/other-missing.page:20 msgid "" -"Click either <gui>Import Selected</gui> or <gui>Import All</gui>. The photos " -"will be copied from the camera and saved on your computer." +"If any missing photo files become available again, Shotwell will notice this " +"the next time it starts. The photos will once again appear in the Photos, " +"Events and Tags views." msgstr "" +"Si una foto ausente vuelve a estar disponible, Shotwell lo tendrá en cuenta " +"la próxima vez que se inicie. Las fotos volverán a aparecer en las vistas de " +"Fotos, Eventos y Etiquetas." -#: C/import-camera.page:32(p) +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/other-multiple.page:7 msgid "" -"Once the import is complete, you can open the <gui>Last Import</gui> view " -"(in the sidebar) to see all photos that were imported. The Events list (also " -"in the sidebar) will also show the new photos, organized by date." +"You can open Shotwell with a different photo library by using the command " +"line." msgstr "" +"Puede abrir Shotwell con una biblioteca de fotos diferente usando la línea " +"de comandos." -#: C/formats.page:7(desc) +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/other-multiple.page:12 +msgid "Multiple libraries" +msgstr "Varias bibliotecas" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/other-multiple.page:14 msgid "" -"Shotwell supports JPEG, PNG, TIFF, BMP and RAW photo files as well as video " -"files." +"Shotwell normally stores its database and photo thumbnails in the directory " +"<file>~/.shotwell</file> . This directory does not hold photos, but the " +"database in this directory contains a list of all the photos in the Shotwell " +"library." msgstr "" -#: C/formats.page:12(title) -msgid "Supported photo and video formats" -msgstr "Formatos de foto y vídeo soportados" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/other-multiple.page:16 +msgid "" +"As an advanced feature, it's possible for you to have multiple Shotwell " +"libraries, each of which has its own set of photos. Each library needs its " +"own database directory. To launch Shotwell with an alternate library, " +"specify an alternate database directory on the command line as follows:" +msgstr "" +"Como característica avanzada, es posible tener varias bibliotecas de " +"Shotwell, cada una de ellas con su propio conjunto de fotos. Cada biblioteca " +"necesita su propia carpeta de base de datos. Para ejecutar Shotwell con una " +"biblioteca diferente, especifique una base de datos alternativa en la línea " +"de comandos como sigue:" -#: C/formats.page:14(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/screen +#: C/other-multiple.page:18 +#, no-wrap msgid "" -"Shotwell supports JPEG, PNG, TIFF, BMP and <link type=\"guide\" xref=\"other-" -"raw\">RAW</link> photo files. Shotwell does not yet support other graphics " -"format such as GIF." +"\n" +"shotwell -d [library-directory]\n" msgstr "" +"\n" +"shotwell -d [carpeta-biblioteca]\n" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/other-plugins.page:7 +msgid "Extend Shotwell's functionality dynamically." +msgstr "Ampliar la funcionalidad de Shotwell dinámicamente." + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/other-plugins.page:12 +msgid "Plugins" +msgstr "Complementos" -#: C/formats.page:16(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/other-plugins.page:13 msgid "" -"Shotwell's RAW format support is currently limited. When you view a RAW " -"photo, you are actually viewing a JPEG derived from the RAW photo, not the " -"RAW image itself. Additionally, the RAW editing pipeline is not fully 16-bit " -"- you can only export edited photos as 8-bit files. All supported formats " -"can be used for export (JPEG, PNG, TIFF, BMP)." +"Shotwell can be used with <em>plugins</em>, which are companion shared " +"libraries that can add support for new publishing destinations or new " +"slideshow transitions." msgstr "" -#: C/formats.page:18(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/other-plugins.page:18 msgid "" -"For more information about RAW-format photos in Shotwell, please see the " -"<link type=\"guide\" xref=\"other-raw\">RAW</link> section." +"To see a list of installed plugins, choose <guiseq><gui>Edit</" +"gui><gui>Preferences</gui></guiseq>, and in the <gui>Preferences</gui> " +"window, click on the <gui>Plugins</gui> tab. You'll see a list of currently-" +"installed plugins, each with a checkbox by it, and you may enable or disable " +"each by selecting or deselecting the checkbox by its name." msgstr "" +"Para ver una lista de los complementos instalados, elija " +"<guiseq><gui>Editar</gui><gui>Preferencias</gui></guiseq>, y en la ventana " +"de <gui>Preferencias</gui> pulse en la pestaña <gui>Complementos</gui>. Verá " +"una lista de los complementos actualmente instalados, cada uno con una " +"casilla mediante la que puede activarlos o desactivarlos por su nombre." -#: C/formats.page:22(p) +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/other-plugins.page:25 msgid "" -"Shotwell also supports video files in any format supported by the GStreamer " -"media library on the system where Shotwell is running. This typically " -"includes the following formats among others:" +"Full documentation on how to develop new plugins is available at <link href=" +"\"http://redmine.yorba.org/projects/shotwell/wiki/ShotwellArchWritingPlugins" +"\">http://redmine.yorba.org/projects/shotwell/wiki/" +"ShotwellArchWritingPlugins</link>" msgstr "" +"La documentación completa sobre cómo desarrollar nuevos complementos está " +"disponible en <link href=\"http://redmine.yorba.org/projects/shotwell/wiki/" +"ShotwellArchWritingPlugins\">http://redmine.yorba.org/projects/shotwell/wiki/" +"ShotwellArchWritingPlugins</link>" -#: C/formats.page:25(p) -msgid "Container formats: Ogg, QuickTime, MP4, AVI." -msgstr "Formatos de contenedor: Ogg, QuickTime, MP4, AVI." +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/raw.page:7 +msgid "More about RAW support in Shotwell." +msgstr "Más sobre el soporte RAW en Shotwell." -#: C/formats.page:26(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/raw.page:12 +msgid "RAW support in Shotwell" +msgstr "Soporte de RAW en Shotwell" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/raw.page:13 msgid "" -"Codecs: Theora, Quicktime, MPEG-4, Motion JPEG. <em>Note that some operating " -"systems may not include all codecs listed here due to legal or licensing " -"restrictions.</em>" +"Some cameras have the ability to store data directly off the sensor and into " +"a file that contains extra color information; this is commonly referred to " +"as 'RAW' or 'camera RAW', and Shotwell supports these files as well." msgstr "" -#: C/formats.page:30(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/raw.page:18 msgid "" -"Shotwell supports both photos and videos, but for simplicity, this " -"documentation uses just the term \"photos\" in most places. Many operations " -"in Shotwell apply to both photos and videos, however. In particular, events, " -"flagging, rating, tagging, and publishing work both for photos and for " -"videos." +"Since RAW photographs normally cannot be displayed directly, but must be " +"first developed - that is, have their extra information interpreted and " +"readied for displaying - most cameras will either embed a JPEG inside a RAW-" +"format file, or produce a JPEG alongside the RAW file at the time the " +"snapshot is taken. The latter is referred to throughout this document as RAW" +"+JPEG. If you import a RAW+JPEG pair, Shotwell will keep them paired and " +"treat them as one item in your library." msgstr "" -#: C/edit-undo.page:7(desc) -msgid "Return a photo to its original, unedited form." -msgstr "Restaurar una foto a su estado original, sin edición." - -#: C/edit-undo.page:14(title) -msgid "Undoing changes" -msgstr "Deshacer cambios" - -#: C/edit-undo.page:16(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/raw.page:27 msgid "" -"Because Shotwell is a non-destructive photo editor, you can undo any " -"alterations you make to a photograph." +"When you import a RAW file, you can choose to either use the camera's " +"internally-developed JPEG or Shotwell's by selecting <guiseq><gui>Photos</" +"gui><gui>Developer</gui></guiseq> in the menus." msgstr "" -#: C/edit-undo.page:18(p) C/edit-nondestructive.page:16(p) +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/raw.page:33 msgid "" -"If you want to see what a photo looked like before your modifications, press " -"the <key>Shift</key> key. The original photo will be displayed as long as " -"you hold the key down." +"Changing between developers will cause all edits made to a photograph to be " +"discarded." msgstr "" -#: C/edit-undo.page:20(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/raw.page:39 msgid "" -"To completely undo all the changes you've made to a photo, click " -"<guiseq><gui>Photos</gui><gui>Revert to Original</gui></guiseq>. The only " -"exception is that time and date adjustments will not be reverted." +"In order to publish or use a RAW photograph in most other software, it has " +"to be exported first. Shotwell can export your RAW photos in JPEG, PNG, TIFF " +"or BMP format, and, when publishing, will internally export a JPEG version " +"for you and publish that." msgstr "" -#: C/edit-time-date.page:7(desc) -msgid "Change the time and date of photos if those details are incorrect." -msgstr "Cambiar la hora y la fecha de las fotos si son incorrectas." +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/running.page:7 +msgid "" +"Find Shotwell in the Applications menu, or have it start automatically when " +"you plug in a camera." +msgstr "" +"Busque Shotwell en el menú Aplicaciones o haga que se inicie automáticamente " +"cuando conecta una cámara." -#: C/edit-time-date.page:12(title) -msgid "Adjust the time and date of photos" -msgstr "Ajustar la hora y fecha de las fotos" +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/running.page:14 +msgid "Running Shotwell" +msgstr "Ejecutar Shotwell" -#: C/edit-time-date.page:14(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/running.page:16 msgid "" -"To adjust the time and date of photos, select the photos you would like to " -"adjust, choose <guiseq><gui>Photos</gui><gui>Adjust Time and Date</gui></" -"guiseq> and select a new time and date." +"Once installed, Shotwell is available in your <gui>Applications</gui> menu " +"under <gui>Graphics</gui> or <gui>Photography</gui>." msgstr "" +"Una vez instalado, Shotwell estará disponible en su menú <gui>Aplicaciones</" +"gui>, en <gui>Gráficos</gui> o en <gui>Fotografía</gui>." -#: C/edit-time-date.page:16(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/running.page:18 msgid "" -"If you are changing the date and time of multiple photos at once, you can " -"choose to shift all the photos by the same amount of time or to set all the " -"photos to the same time." +"Shotwell may also be executed automatically when a camera is plugged in to " +"your computer. To check that your system is set up to run Shotwell when a " +"camera is detected, go to <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui></" +"guiseq> in any Nautilus (file browser) window and choose the <gui>Media</" +"gui> tab. You'll see a dropdown box entitled <gui>Photos:</gui> which lets " +"you choose Shotwell as your photo handling application." msgstr "" -#: C/edit-time-date.page:18(p) +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/running.page:25 msgid "" -"By default, the time and date are only changed inside Shotwell. You can also " -"choose to modify the time and date in the original file, but this cannot be " -"undone once you exit Shotwell." +"Shotwell may also be executed directly from its build directory, although " +"this is only recommended for testing out Shotwell or for developers." msgstr "" +"También puede ejecutar Shotwell directamente desde la carpeta en la que se " +"construyó, pero esto sólo se recomienda para probar Shotwell o para " +"desarrolladores." -#: C/edit-straighten.page:7(desc) -msgid "Straighten a photo so that its horizon appears level." -msgstr "Enderezar una foto tal que su horizonte aparezca nivelado." +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/share-background.page:7 +msgid "" +"Set your desktop background to a single photo or to a slideshow of photos." +msgstr "" +"Configure su fondo de escritorio como una única foto o como una presentación " +"de fotos." -#: C/edit-straighten.page:12(title) -msgid "Straighten photos" -msgstr "Enderezar fotos" +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/share-background.page:12 +msgid "Set a desktop background or slideshow" +msgstr "Configurar un fondo de escritorio o presentación" -#: C/edit-straighten.page:14(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/share-background.page:14 msgid "" -"The straighten tools allows photos to be leveled and straightened. The " -"straighten tool is only available in full-window or fullscreen mode." +"To set a single photo as your desktop background, select the photo and " +"choose <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Set as Desktop Background</gui></guiseq>." msgstr "" +"Para establecer una única foto como fondo del escritorio, seleccione la foto " +"y escriba <guiseq><gui>Archivo</gui><gui>Establecer como fondo del " +"escritorio</gui></guiseq>." -#: C/edit-straighten.page:18(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/share-background.page:16 msgid "" -"Click <gui>Straighten</gui>. The straighten slider will appear. " -"Alternatively, use the keyboard shortcut <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</" -"key></keyseq>." +"You can also set your background to a slideshow of photos. To do this, " +"select the photos for the slideshow and choose <guiseq><gui>File</" +"gui><gui>Set as Desktop Slideshow...</gui></guiseq>. Shotwell will prompt " +"you for a slideshow delay, which can be any interval up to one day in " +"length. The background slideshow will proceed even when Shotwell is not " +"running." msgstr "" -#: C/edit-straighten.page:21(p) -msgid "Drag the slider to achieve the desired degree of straightening." +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/share-export.page:7 +msgid "Copy photos out of Shotwell so you can put them somewhere else." msgstr "" -"Arrastre el control deslizante para conseguir el grado que quiera de " -"enderezamiento." +"Copiar fotos fuera Shotwell, para poder ponerlas en cualquier otro lugar." -#: C/edit-straighten.page:24(p) -msgid "Press <gui>OK</gui> when finished." -msgstr "Pulse <gui>Aceptar</gui> cuando haya acabado." +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/share-export.page:12 +msgid "Exporting photos" +msgstr "Exportar fotos" -#: C/edit-rotate.page:7(desc) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/share-export.page:14 msgid "" -"Click the <gui>Rotate</gui> button, or choose one of the commands in the " -"<gui>Photo</gui> menu." +"To export photos from Shotwell via drag and drop, drag the photos from " +"Shotwell onto a file manager window or your desktop. The new files will be " +"full-sized copies of the photos in your library." msgstr "" -"Pulse el botón <gui>Girar</gui>, o elija uno de los comandos en el menú " -"<gui>Foto</gui>." - -#: C/edit-rotate.page:12(title) -msgid "Rotate or flip a photo" -msgstr "Girar o voltear una foto" +"Para exportar fotos desde Shotwell usando arrastrar y soltar, arrastre desde " +"Shotwell hacia una ventana de manejador de archivos o su escritorio. Los " +"archivos nuevos serán copias de tamaño completo de las fotos de su " +"biblioteca." -#: C/edit-rotate.page:14(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/share-export.page:18 msgid "" -"You can rotate your photos left and right (clockwise and counterclockwise) " -"with the <gui>Rotate</gui> button on the toolbar of most views. You can also " -"make a mirror image of any photo." +"Alternatively, select a set of photos and choose the <guiseq><gui>File</" +"gui><gui>Export...</gui></guiseq> command or press <keyseq><key>Shift</" +"key><key>Ctrl</key><key>E</key></keyseq>, which exports photos while letting " +"you fine-tune the size and dimensions of your photo files. A window will " +"appear allowing you to make several choices:" msgstr "" -#: C/edit-rotate.page:16(p) +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/share-export.page:24 +msgid "A format for export." +msgstr "Un formato al que exportar." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/share-export.page:27 msgid "" -"To rotate right, click on the <gui>Rotate</gui> button. To rotate left, " -"press and hold the <key>Ctrl</key> key and then click the button. Both " -"commands are available in the <gui>Photos</gui> menu too. Alternatively, use " -"the following keyboard shortcuts:" +"Choose <gui>Unmodified</gui> to export photos in their original format " +"without any edits made in Shotwell. RAW photos will be exported in their " +"original RAW format." msgstr "" +"Selecione <gui>Sin modificar</gui> para exportar las fotos en su formato " +"original, sin ninguna modificación hecha en Shotwell. Las fotos en bruto se " +"exportarán en su formato original." -#: C/edit-rotate.page:18(p) +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/share-export.page:29 msgid "" -"rotate left: <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>R</key></keyseq> or " -"<key>[</key>" +"Choose <gui>Current</gui> to export photos including edits made in Shotwell. " +"RAW photos will be exported in JPEG format if you have edited them in " +"Shotwell, and otherwise in their original RAW format." msgstr "" -"rotar a la izquierda: <keyseq><key>Mayús</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>R</key></" -"keyseq> o <key>[</key>" +"Escoja <gui>Actual</gui> para exportar las fotos, incluyendo las editadas en " +"Shotwell. Las fotos en bruto se exportarán en formato JPEG si las editó en " +"Shotwell, y si no en su formato en bruto original." -#: C/edit-rotate.page:19(p) +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/share-export.page:31 msgid "" -"rotate right: <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>R</key></keyseq> or <key>]</key>" +"Or you can choose a particular image format (JPEG, PNG, TIFF, BMP) to be " +"used for exporting. Any edits made in Shotwell will be included, and " +"Shotwell will convert photos to the destination format." msgstr "" -"rotar a la derecha: <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>R</key></keyseq> or <key>]</" -"key>" +"O puede seleccionar un formato de imagen específico (JPEG, PNG,TIFF, BMP) " +"para usar en la exportación. Cualquier edición hecha en Shotwell se " +"incluirá, y Shotwel convertirá las fotos al formato de destino." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/share-export.page:37 +msgid "The image quality for exporting (Low, Medium, High, or Maximum)." +msgstr "La calidad de la imagen al exportarla (baja, media, alta o máxima)." -#: C/edit-rotate.page:21(p) +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/share-export.page:38 msgid "" -"To create a mirror image of a photo, use the <gui>Flip Horizontally</gui> " -"command in the <gui>Photos</gui> menu. To flip an image vertically, use the " -"<gui>Flip Vertically</gui> command in the same menu." +"A scaling constraint (which means how Shotwell will decide to scale the " +"photos down), and the desired pixel size." msgstr "" +"Una restricción de la escala (que significa cómo Shotwell va a decidir " +"reducir la escala proporcionalmente), y el tamaño de píxel requerido." -#: C/edit-rotate.page:24(p) +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/share-export.page:39 msgid "" -"If you select more than one image, you can rotate all of them at the same " -"time." +"The option whether you like to export metadatas such as tags or ratings. " +"This can help to save your privacy if you have geolocation tags or tags " +"which shouldn't be seen by anyone." msgstr "" -"Si selecciona más de una imagen, puede girar todas ellas al mismo tiempo." -#: C/edit-redeye.page:7(desc) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/share-export.page:42 msgid "" -"Correct photos where people have red eyes because of the camera's flash." +"If selected, Shotwell will write tags, titles, and other metadata to the new " +"files." msgstr "" -"Corrige las fotos donde las personas tienen ojos rojos por el flash de la " -"cámara." - -#: C/edit-redeye.page:12(title) -msgid "Removing red-eye" -msgstr "Quitar los ojos rojos" +"Si está seleccionada, Shotwell escribirá etiquetas, títulos y otros " +"metadatos a los nuevos archivos." -#: C/edit-redeye.page:14(p) +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/share-print.page:7 msgid "" -"Red-eye occurs when the camera's flash reflects off the pupil of someone's " -"eye. To eliminate this in a photo, use the Red-eye tool." +"Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Print...</gui></guiseq>. For more printing " +"options, select the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab in the <gui>Print</gui> dialog." msgstr "" +"Pulse <guiseq><gui>Archivo</gui><gui>Imprimir...</gui></guiseq>. Para más " +"opciones de impresión, seleccione la pestaña <gui>Configuración de página</" +"gui> en el diálogo <gui>Imprimir</gui>." -#: C/edit-redeye.page:17(p) -msgid "Click <gui>Red-eye</gui>. A circle will appear on the photo." -msgstr "Pulse en <gui>Ojos Rojos</gui>. Un círculo aparecerá en la foto." +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/share-print.page:12 +msgid "Printing" +msgstr "Imprimir" -#: C/edit-redeye.page:20(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/share-print.page:14 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "To print a photo, select it and choose <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Print</" +#| "gui></guiseq>." msgid "" -"Drag the circle over the affected pupil, adjust its size with the slider " -"control, and press <gui>Apply</gui>. The redness will be removed." +"To print a photo, select it and choose <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Print...</" +"gui></guiseq>." msgstr "" +"Para imprimir una foto, selecciónela y elija <guiseq><gui>Archivo</" +"gui><gui>Imprimir</gui></guiseq>." -#: C/edit-redeye.page:23(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/share-print.page:16 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Shotwell can also print multiple images in one page; to do this, select " +#| "multiple images, choose <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Print</gui></guiseq>, " +#| "and in the <gui>Print</gui> dialog, choose the <gui>Image Settings</gui> " +#| "tab. In <gui>Image Settings</gui>, choose one of the multiple-image-per-" +#| "page options under <gui>Autosize</gui>." msgid "" -"Repeat this process for all red pupils in your photo. Press <gui>Close</gui> " -"when finished." +"Shotwell can also print multiple images in one page; to do this, select " +"multiple images, choose <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Print...</gui></guiseq>, " +"and in the <gui>Print</gui> dialog, choose the <gui>Image Settings</gui> " +"tab. In <gui>Image Settings</gui>, choose one of the multiple-image-per-page " +"options under <gui>Autosize</gui>." msgstr "" +"Shotwell puede también imprimir varias imágenes en una página; para hacer " +"esto, seleccione las imágenes, escoja <guiseq><gui>Archivo</" +"gui><gui>Imprimir</gui></guiseq> y en el cuadro de diálogo <gui>Imprimir</" +"gui>, seleccione la pestaña <gui>Configuraciones de la imagen</gui>. " +"En<gui>Configuración de la imagen</gui>, escoja una de las opciones " +"múltiples imágenes por página en <gui>Tamaño automático</gui>." -#: C/edit-nondestructive.page:7(desc) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/share-print.page:23 msgid "" -"Shotwell is a non-destructive photo editor - it does not modify your " -"original photos." +"If you would like to set formatting, paper size, and orientation options, " +"choose the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab in the <gui>Print</gui> dialog prior to " +"printing." msgstr "" +"Si quiere establecer el formato, el tamaño del papel, y la orientación, " +"seleccione la pestaña <gui>Configuración de la página</gui>en el cuadro de " +"diálogo <gui>Imprimir</gui> antes de imprimir." -#: C/edit-nondestructive.page:12(title) -msgid "What happens to the original when I edit a photo?" -msgstr "¿Qué sucede con el original cuando edito una foto?" +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/share-send.page:7 +msgid "Send photos via email, instant messaging or in other ways." +msgstr "Enviar fotos por correo-e, mensajería instantánea u otras maneras." -#: C/edit-nondestructive.page:14(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/share-send.page:12 +msgid "Sending photos" +msgstr "Enviar fotos" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/share-send.page:14 msgid "" -"Shotwell is a non-destructive photo editor. It does not modify your original " -"photographs. That is to say, if you crop a photo or adjust its colors, the " -"photo file on disc remains untouched. Shotwell stores your edits in a " -"database and applies them on the fly as necessary. This means you can undo " -"any alterations you make to a photograph." +"Shotwell can send photos using the GNOME desktop's Send To mechanism, which " +"lets you send photos via email, instant messaging or in other ways." msgstr "" +"Shotwell puede enviar fotos usando el mecanismo de «Enviar a» de GNOME, lo " +"que le permite enviar fotos por correo-e, mensajería instantánea u otras " +"maneras." -#: C/edit-nondestructive.page:18(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/share-send.page:16 msgid "" -"Note that Shotwell can optionally write metadata (such as tags and titles) " -"to photo files. For more information, see the section <link xref=\"other-" -"files\">Photo files</link>." +"To send photos, select them in Shotwell and choose <guiseq><gui>File</" +"gui><gui>Send To...</gui></guiseq>, or right-click the photos and choose " +"<gui>Send To...</gui> from the context menu. A <gui>Send To</gui> dialog box " +"will appear which lets you choose a mechanism for sending the files (such as " +"email or instant messaging) and a destination. You can optionally choose to " +"send the files in a compressed format." msgstr "" +"Para enviar fotos, selecciónelas en Shotwell y después " +"escoja<guiseq><gui>Archivo</gui><gui>Enviar a...</gui></guiseq>, o pulse con " +"el botón derecho en las fotos y escoja <gui>Enviar a ...</gui> del menú " +"contextual. Aparecerá una caja de diálogo en donde puede escoger la forma " +"para enviar los archivos (como correo electrónico o mensaje instantáneo) y " +"el destino. Puede, opcionalmente, enviar los archivos en un formato " +"comprimido." -#: C/edit-external.page:7(desc) -msgid "Use a different program to edit a photo." -msgstr "Usar un programa diferente para editar una foto." +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/share-slideshow.page:7 +msgid "Watch a slideshow of your photos." +msgstr "Ver sus fotos como diapositivas." -#: C/edit-external.page:12(title) -msgid "Edit photos with an external program" -msgstr "Editar las fotos con un programa externo" +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/share-slideshow.page:12 +msgid "Slideshows" +msgstr "Diapositivas" -#: C/edit-external.page:16(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/share-slideshow.page:14 msgid "" -"You might want to use an external editor to do additional work on a photo. " -"If installed, GIMP and UFRaw are the default external editors for photo and " -"RAW editing, respectively. If these programs are not installed, you must " -"select your preferred editors by choosing <guiseq><gui>Edit</" -"gui><gui>Preferences</gui></guiseq> and selecting editors from drop-down " -"menus of installed applications." +"To see a sideshow of any collection in Shotwell, navigate to that collection " +"and select <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Slideshow</gui></guiseq> or press " +"<key>F5</key>." msgstr "" +"Para ver una presentación de diapositivas en Shotwell, navegue hasta la " +"colección y elija <guiseq><gui>Ver</gui><gui>Presentación</gui></guiseq> o " +"pulse <key>F5</key>." -#: C/edit-external.page:24(p) -msgid "" -"Once your editors have been set, select a photo and choose " -"<guiseq><gui>Photos</gui><gui>Open With External Editor</gui></guiseq> to " -"open the photo with the external editor. Likewise, if the original photo is " -"a RAW file, select <guiseq><gui>Photos</gui><gui>Open With RAW Editor</gui></" -"guiseq> to edit the RAW file directly with the set RAW editor." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/share-slideshow.page:16 +msgid "You can change some settings in a running slideshow:" msgstr "" +"Puede cambiar algunas configuraciones de una presentación de diapositivas en " +"ejecución:" -#: C/edit-external.page:31(p) -msgid "" -"When you complete your edits and save the file, Shotwell will detect the " -"changes and update the photo. When external edits have been made, press and " -"hold the <key>Shift</key> key in full-window view to show the original photo " -"rather than the externally-edited one." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/share-slideshow.page:19 +msgid "The duration how long an image should be shown: 1 - 30 seconds" msgstr "" +"La duración de cuánto tiempo se debe mostrar una imagen: 1 - 30 segundos" -#: C/edit-external.page:38(p) -msgid "Reverting to original will erase any external edits." -msgstr "Revertir al original borrará cualquier cambio externo." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/share-slideshow.page:20 +msgid "You can select different transition effects." +msgstr "Puede seleccionar diferentes efectos de transición." -#: C/edit-external.page:43(p) -msgid "" -"If you externally edit a RAW photo and save the result to another image, " -"such as a JPEG or PNG, Shotwell cannot automatically determine that the " -"original RAW and the new image should be paired." -msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/share-slideshow.page:21 +msgid "The time for each transition effect: 0.1 - 1.0 seconds" +msgstr "El tiempo para cada efecto de transición: 0.1 - 1.0 segundos" -#: C/edit-external.page:49(p) -msgid "" -"If you want to work within the resulting image within Shotwell, you'll need " -"to import it yourself." +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/share-upload.page:7 +msgid "Publish photos to Facebook, Flickr, Picasa Web Albums, or other sites." msgstr "" +"Publica fotos en Facebook, Flickr, álbumes web de Picasa o en otros sitios." + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/share-upload.page:12 +msgid "Publishing to the Web" +msgstr "Publicar en la web" -#: C/edit-enhance.page:7(desc) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/share-upload.page:14 msgid "" -"Let Shotwell improve the brightness and contrast of a photo automatically." +"Through the use of <link xref=\"other-plugins\">plugins</link>, Shotwell can " +"publish photos and videos to the following services, each of which requires " +"an account:" msgstr "" +"Gracias al uso de <link xref=\"other-plugins\">complementos</link>, Shotwell " +"puede publicar fotos y vídeos en los siguientes servicios, para los que se " +"requiere una cuenta." -#: C/edit-enhance.page:14(title) -msgid "Auto-enhance" -msgstr "Mejora automática" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/share-upload.page:18 +msgid "<link href=\"http://facebook.com\">Facebook</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"http://facebook.com\">Facebook</link>" -#: C/edit-enhance.page:16(p) -msgid "" -"Clicking on the <gui>Enhance</gui> button is a quick way to automatically " -"adjust the brightness and contrast of your photo. It will often give you a " -"photo that is correctly exposed. You can also use it as a starting point and " -"then improve the adjustments by clicking on the <gui>Adjust</gui> button." -msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/share-upload.page:19 +msgid "<link href=\"http://flickr.com\">Flickr</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"http://flickr.com\">Flickr</link>" -#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. -#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. -#: C/edit-crop.page:42(None) +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/share-upload.page:20 msgid "" -"@@image: 'figures/crop_thirds.jpg'; md5=4cf0a026bb812c7eab0c9db8210a9524" -msgstr "" -"@@image: 'figures/crop_thirds.jpg'; md5=4cf0a026bb812c7eab0c9db8210a9524" - -#: C/edit-crop.page:7(desc) -msgid "Improve the composition of a photo by cutting out parts of it." +"<link href=\"http://picasaweb.google.com\">Picasa Web Albums</link> and " +"<link href=\"http://plus.google.com\">Google+</link>" msgstr "" +"<link href=\"http://picasaweb.google.com\">Álbumes de Picasa Web</link> y " +"<link href=\"http://plus.google.com\">Google+</link>" -#: C/edit-crop.page:12(title) -msgid "Cropping" -msgstr "Recortar" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/share-upload.page:21 +msgid "<link href=\"http://youtube.com\">YouTube</link> (videos only)" +msgstr "<link href=\"http://youtube.com\">YouTube</link> (sólo vídeos)" -#: C/edit-crop.page:14(p) +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/share-upload.page:22 msgid "" -"To reduce the area of a photo and concentrate the viewer's attention on a " -"smaller portion of it, use the Crop tool. The crop tool is only available in " -"full-window or fullscreen mode." +"<link href=\"http://fotki.yandex.ru\">Yandex.Fotki</link>, a photo site " +"popular in Russia (photos only)" msgstr "" +"<link href=\"http://fotki.yandex.ru\">Yandex.Fotki</link>, una página de " +"fotos popular en Rusia (sólo fotos)" -#: C/edit-crop.page:19(p) +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/share-upload.page:23 msgid "" -"Double-click on a photo to enter full-window mode, then press the <gui>Crop</" -"gui> button on the toolbar." +"Any site running the <link href=\"http://piwigo.org\">Piwigo</link> photo " +"gallery software (photos only)" msgstr "" +"Cualquier sitio que ejecute el software de galería de fotos <link href=" +"\"http://piwigo.org\">Piwigo</link> (sólo fotos)" -#: C/edit-crop.page:22(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/share-upload.page:26 msgid "" -"A white box, the crop rectangle, will appear over the photo. The lighter " -"portion of the photo within the crop rectangle represents what the photo " -"will look like when you crop it." +"To publish selected photos in a collection, choose <guiseq><gui>Edit</" +"gui><gui>Preferences</gui></guiseq> and click on the <gui>Plugins</gui> tab " +"to enable the plugin for the service you want to publish to. Next, choose, " +"<guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Publish</gui></guiseq>, press the <gui>Publish</" +"gui> toolbar button or use <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>P</key></keyseq>. You " +"will see a dialog that lets you select a publishing service. You will then " +"need to log in or create an account." msgstr "" +"Para publicar las fotos seleccionadas en una colección, elija " +"<guiseq><gui>Editar</gui><gui>Preferencias</gui></guiseq> y pulse en la " +"pestaña <gui>Complementos</gui> para activar el complemento del servicio en " +"el que quiere publicar. A continuación, elija <guiseq><gui>Archivo</" +"gui><gui>Publicar</gui></guiseq>, pulse el botón <gui>Publicar</gui> en la " +"barra de herramientas o pulse <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>P</key></keyseq>. " +"Verá un diálogo que le permite elegir el servicio de publicación. Necesitará " +"iniciar sesión o crear una cuenta." -#: C/edit-crop.page:25(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/share-upload.page:31 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Publishing to Facebook requires you to grant certain permissions to the " +#| "Shotwell Connect Facebook application. You only need to grant these " +#| "permissions once, when you first associate Shotwell Connect with your " +#| "Facebook account." msgid "" -"If you place your cursor in the middle of the box, you can move the box " -"around. If you drag the edges of the box, you can adjust its size. As you " -"move and adjust the crop box, you'll see four lines appear inside it, like a " -"tic-tac-toe grid. These are <em>rule of thirds</em> lines." +"Publishing to Facebook requires you to grant certain permissions to the " +"Shotwell Facebook application. You only need to grant these permissions " +"once, when you first associate Shotwell with your Facebook account." msgstr "" +"Publicar en Facebook requiere que conceda ciertos permisos a la aplicación " +"Conectar Shotwell con Facebook. Solo necesita conceder los permisos una vez, " +"la primera vez que asocie Shotwell con su cuenta de Facebook." -#: C/edit-crop.page:26(p) +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/share-upload.page:34 msgid "" -"You can also constrain the crop box to one of many common sizes. Choose a " -"size from the drop-down list that suits your needs. If you press the flip " -"button next to it, the orientation of the constraint will switch (from " -"landscape to portrait)." +"You will be only able to publish images with at most the permission you " +"granted to the Shotwell Facebook application" msgstr "" -#: C/edit-crop.page:29(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/share-upload.page:36 msgid "" -"When you're happy with your crop outline, press the <gui>Apply</gui> button. " -"Shotwell will display the cropped photo." +"Similarly, publishing to Flickr requires you to log in and permit Shotwell " +"Connect to access your account." msgstr "" +"Del mismo modo, publicar en Flickr requiere que inicie sesión y permita que " +"Shotwell Connect acceda a su cuenta." -#: C/edit-crop.page:32(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/share-upload.page:38 msgid "" -"If you change your mind, press the <gui>Crop</gui> button again and fine-" -"tune the crop." +"If you have a Google account, but have not yet used Picasa Web Albums, you " +"will need to log in to Picasa using a browser once before you can publish to " +"this service." msgstr "" +"Si tiene una cuenta de Google, pero nunca ha usado los álbumes web de " +"Picasa, necesitará iniciar sesión en Picasa usando un navegador antes de " +"poder publicar algo en este servicio." -#: C/edit-crop.page:33(p) +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/view-displaying.page:7 msgid "" -"If you press <gui>Cancel</gui> rather than <gui>Apply</gui>, Shotwell will " -"return to the photo's previous crop dimensions." +"Learn about different ways of viewing your photos: in a grid, filling the " +"main window, or filling the whole screen." msgstr "" +"Aprenda sobre diferentes formas de ver sus fotos: en una cuadrícula, " +"llenando la ventana principal o a pantalla completa." -#: C/edit-crop.page:38(title) -msgid "What is the rule of thirds?" -msgstr "¿Qué es la regla de los tercios?" +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/view-displaying.page:12 +msgid "Photo views" +msgstr "Vistas de fotos" -#: C/edit-crop.page:39(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/view-displaying.page:14 msgid "" -"The <em>rule of thirds</em> helps you to choose a pleasing composition for a " -"photo." +"When you select any collection in the sidebar, Shotwell displays all photos " +"in the collection in the main window area. At the bottom right is a slider " +"which adjusts the viewing size of the thumbnails. You may also adjust the " +"thumbnail size using the plus and minus keys (<key>+</key> and <key>-</key>) " +"or by pressing <key>Ctrl</key> while moving your mouse scroll wheel." msgstr "" +"Cuando selecciona cualquier colección en la barra lateral, Shotwell muestra " +"todas las fotos en esa colección en la ventana principal. En la esquina " +"inferior derecha hay un control deslizante que puede ajustar el tamaño de " +"las vistas miniatura. Puede ajustar el tamaño de las miniaturas usando las " +"teclas más y menos (<key>+</key> y <key>-</key>) o presionando <key>Ctrl</" +"key> mientras mueve la rueda central del ratón." -#: C/edit-crop.page:40(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/view-displaying.page:16 msgid "" -"Imagine that the scene is divided up into a 3x3 grid by two equally-spaced " -"vertical lines and two equally-spaced horizontal lines. According to the " -"rule, you're more likely to get a pleasing composition if you align major " -"features (like the horizon, or a person's body) with one of the lines. " -"Paying attention to the way features flow from one part of the grid to " -"another can also help." +"You can view a photo full-window by double-clicking on it. From there you " +"may move to other photos in the collection with the Back and Forward " +"buttons. To return to the collection, double-click on the photo or press " +"<key>Esc</key>." msgstr "" +"Puede ver la vista de la foto en pantalla completa pulsando dos veces. Desde " +"ahí puede moverse a otras fotos en la colección con los botones de retroceso " +"y avance. Puede regresar a la colección, pulsando dos veces en la foto o " +"presionando <key>Esc</key>." -#: C/edit-crop.page:41(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/view-displaying.page:18 msgid "" -"Cropping a photo so that it conforms to the rule of thirds often results in " -"a more visually appealing image." +"When viewing a photo in full-window mode, the slider on the toolbar controls " +"zoom. You can pan around by grabbing and dragging anywhere on the photo. You " +"can also zoom using your scroll wheel or by pressing the following keyboard " +"shortcuts: <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key>0</keyseq> for the full image, " +"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key>1</keyseq> for 100% (1 photo pixel = 1 screen pixel), " +"and <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key>2</keyseq> for 200% (1 photo pixel = 2x2 screen " +"pixels)." msgstr "" -#: C/edit-crop.page:43(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/view-displaying.page:20 msgid "" -"Cropping a photo, using the \"rule of thirds\" lines to improve the " -"composition." +"Shotwell offers a fullscreen mode to display photos. Choose " +"<guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Fullscreen</gui></guiseq> or press <key>F11</" +"key>. To see the fullscreen toolbar, move your mouse to the bottom of the " +"screen. The toolbar offers buttons to move through the collection, to pin " +"the toolbar down (so it isn't hidden when you move the mouse away), and to " +"leave fullscreen view." msgstr "" +"Shotwell ofrece un modo de pantalla completa para mostrar las fotos. Escoja " +"<guiseq><gui>Ver</gui><gui>Pantalla completa</gui></guiseq> o presione " +"<key>F11</key>. Para ver la barra de herramientas de pantalla completa, " +"mueva su ratón a la parte inferior de la pantalla. La barra de herramientas " +"le ofrece botones para moverse a través de la colección, para fijar la barra " +"de herramientas (así esta no se ocultará cuando mueva el ratón), y dejar la " +"vista de pantalla completa." -#: C/edit-adjustments.page:7(desc) -msgid "Change the exposure, saturation, tint, and shadows of a photo." -msgstr "Cambiar la exposición, saturación, matiz y sombras de una foto." - -#: C/edit-adjustments.page:12(title) -msgid "Color adjustments" -msgstr "Ajustes del color" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/view-displaying.page:23 +msgid "Viewing videos" +msgstr "Ver vídeos" -#: C/edit-adjustments.page:14(p) +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/view-displaying.page:24 msgid "" -"The <gui>Adjust</gui> button opens a floating window with a histogram and " -"sliders to adjust a photo's exposure, saturation, tint, temperature, and " -"shadows. The histogram also has sliders to reduce the upper and lower " -"intensity thresholds of the photograph, expanding the contrast of the middle " -"range." +"When you double-click a video, Shotwell will launch an external video player " +"to play the video. It's not currently possible to display a video in full-" +"window mode in Shotwell or to play the video within Shotwell itself." msgstr "" +"Cuando pulse dos veces sobre un vídeo, Shotwell lanzará un reproductor de " +"vídeo externo para reproducir el vídeo. Actualmente no es posible mostrar un " +"vídeo en modo a pantalla completa o reproducirlo dentro del propio Shotwell" -#: C/edit-adjustments.page:16(p) +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/view-information.page:7 msgid "" -"The <gui>Enhance</gui> button adjusts the histogram and shadows sliders to " -"improve the quality of a photo." +"View more detailed information about photos, like the exposure mode used by " +"the camera." msgstr "" +"Ver información más detallada sobre las fotos, como el modo de exposición " +"usado por la cámara." + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/view-information.page:12 +msgid "Basic and extended information" +msgstr "Información básica y extendida" -#: C/edit-adjustments.page:18(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/view-information.page:14 msgid "" -"When the photo's colors and contrast are to your liking, press <gui>Apply</" -"gui> to save the changes. <gui>Reset</gui> will return the image to its " -"original state. <gui>Cancel</gui> discards all changes you've made." +"The Basic Information pane appears at the bottom of the sidebar, and " +"displays a brief summary of the photos you've selected. If no photos are " +"selected, it displays a summary of the entire collection. You can toggle the " +"display of this pane using the <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Basic " +"Information</gui></guiseq> command." msgstr "" +"El panel de información básica aparece en la parte inferior de la barra " +"lateral, y muestra un breve resumen de las fotos que ha seleccionado. Si no " +"se ha seleccionado ninguna foto, muestra un resumen de la colección " +"completa. Puede cambiar la visibilidad de este panel usando el comando " +"<guiseq><gui>Ver</gui><gui>Información básica</gui></guiseq>." -#: C/edit-adjustments.page:21(title) -msgid "What do the color adjustments do?" -msgstr "¿Qué hacen los ajustes del color?" - -#: C/edit-adjustments.page:24(title) -msgid "Exposure" -msgstr "Exposición" - -#: C/edit-adjustments.page:25(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/view-information.page:16 msgid "" -"Changes the brightness to make it look like the photo was exposed for a " -"longer or shorter time. Use this to correct under- or over-exposed photos." +"The floating Extended Information window displays more information about the " +"selected photo. The <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Extended Information</gui></" +"guiseq> command or <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Shift</key><key>X</key></" +"keyseq> toggles the display of this window." msgstr "" -#: C/edit-adjustments.page:28(title) -msgid "Saturation" -msgstr "Saturación" - -#: C/edit-adjustments.page:29(p) +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/view-sidebar.page:7 msgid "" -"Changes how vivid colors look. If your photo looks gray and washed out, try " -"increasing the saturation. If colors look too bold, try decreasing it." +"The sidebar on the left of the window lists various views of your library." msgstr "" +"La barra lateral de la izquierda de la ventana lista varios tipos de vistas " +"de su biblioteca." -#: C/edit-adjustments.page:32(title) -msgid "Tint" -msgstr "Matiz" +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/view-sidebar.page:21 +msgid "The sidebar" +msgstr "La barra lateral" -#: C/edit-adjustments.page:33(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/view-sidebar.page:23 msgid "" -"This tints the photo with a color. It's useful for correcting photos taken " -"with the wrong white balance setting, which typically have an unnatural " -"color cast. For example, photos taken outdoors with the white balance set to " -"\"Tungsten\" may have a blue cast." +"The sidebar on the left side of the Shotwell window lists various views of " +"your library. Although you may see the same photo in multiple views, it's " +"only stored once on your hard drive." msgstr "" +"La barra lateral a la izquierda de la ventana de Shotwell lista varias " +"vistas de su biblioteca. Aunque puede ver muchas vistas de la misma foto, " +"solo se almacena una en su disco duro" -#: C/edit-adjustments.page:36(title) -msgid "Temperature" -msgstr "Temperatura" - -#: C/edit-adjustments.page:37(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/view-sidebar.page:25 msgid "" -"Changes how \"warm\" or \"cool\" the picture looks. Use this to make cold, " -"depressing scenes look more lively, for example." +"The <gui>Last Import</gui> view lists your last imported photos no matter if " +"they are imported from F-Spot, your camera, a memory card or the hard disk." msgstr "" +"La vista <gui>Última importación</gui> lista sus últimas fotos importadas no " +"importa si estas se importaron de F-Spot, su cámara, una tarjeta de memoria " +"o su disco duro." -#: C/edit-adjustments.page:40(title) -msgid "Shadows" -msgstr "Sombras" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/view-sidebar.page:27 +msgid "The <gui>Flagged</gui> lists all photos you had previous flagged." +msgstr "" +"La opción <gui>Marcada</gui> lista todas las fotos que ha marcado " +"anteriormente." -#: C/edit-adjustments.page:41(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/view-sidebar.page:29 msgid "" -"This makes shadowy areas appear lighter. Use this to make detail more " -"visible if it's obscured by the darkness of a shadow." +"The <gui>Saved Search</gui> allows you to sort your library by many criteria." msgstr "" +"La <gui>Búsqueda guardada</gui> le permite ordenar su biblioteca bajo " +"diferentes criterios." -#: C/edit-adjustments.page:44(title) -msgid "Intensity Threshold (sliders on the histogram)" -msgstr "Umbral de intensidad (control deslizante en el histograma)" - -#: C/edit-adjustments.page:45(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/view-sidebar.page:31 msgid "" -"These sliders change how light the brightest white is and how dark the " -"darkest black is. Use them to change the contrast of the photo. Photos which " -"look washed out should particularly benefit from changing these settings." +"The <gui>Events</gui> folder lists all events in your library. An event is a " +"group of photos that were taken at approximately the same time." msgstr "" +"La carpeta de <gui>Eventos</gui> lista todos los eventos en su biblioteca.Un " +"evento es un grupo de fotos que se tomaron aproximadamente al mismo tiempo." -#. Put one translator per line, in the form of NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2 -#: C/edit-adjustments.page:0(None) -msgid "translator-credits" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/view-sidebar.page:33 +msgid "" +"The <gui>Tags</gui> folder lists all tags you've assigned to photos. Photos " +"can have multiple tags attached to them. When you click on the name of a tag " +"in the sidebar, you will see all the photos associated with that tag." msgstr "" -"Dámaris Letelier <dam.letelier@gmail.com>, 2014\n" -"Daniel Mustieles <daniel.mustieles@gmail.com>, 2014" +"La carpeta <gui>Etiquetas</gui> lista todas las etiquetas que ha asignado a " +"sus fotos. Las fotos pueden tener múltiples etiquetas relacionadas con las " +"mismas. Cuando posiciona el cursor sobre el nombre de una etiqueta en la " +"barra lateral, podrá ver todas las fotos asociadas a esa etiqueta." + +#~ msgid "Facebook" +#~ msgstr "Facebook" + +#~ msgid "Flickr" +#~ msgstr "Flickr" + +#~ msgid "Symbol" +#~ msgstr "Símbolo" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "@@image: 'figures/shotwell_logo.png'; md5=59de2b2c4fa64ea1497c98452c509dbd" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "@@image: 'figures/shotwell_logo.png'; md5=59de2b2c4fa64ea1497c98452c509dbd" + +#~ msgid "jim@yorba.org" +#~ msgstr "jim@yorba.org" + +#~ msgid "allison@yorba.org" +#~ msgstr "allison@yorba.org" + +#~ msgid "robert.ancell@canonical.com" +#~ msgstr "robert.ancell@canonical.com" + +#~ msgid "pdo.smith@gmail.com" +#~ msgstr "pdo.smith@gmail.com" + +#~ msgid "philbull@gmail.com" +#~ msgstr "philbull@gmail.com" diff --git a/help/es/es.stamp b/help/es/es.stamp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e69de29 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/es/es.stamp diff --git a/help/es/formats.page b/help/es/formats.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..051dd3e --- /dev/null +++ b/help/es/formats.page @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="formats" xml:lang="es"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index"/> + <desc>Shotwell supports JPEG, PNG, TIFF, BMP and RAW photo files as well as video files.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="running"/> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Daniel Mustieles</mal:name> + <mal:email>daniel.mustieles@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2014 - 2016</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Dámaris Letelier</mal:name> + <mal:email>dam.letelier@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2014</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + </info> + + <title>Formatos de foto y vídeo soportados</title> + + <p>Shotwell supports JPEG, PNG, TIFF, BMP and <link type="guide" xref="other-raw">RAW</link> photo files. Shotwell does not yet support other graphics format such as GIF.</p> + +<p>Shotwell's RAW format support is currently limited. When you view a RAW photo, you are actually viewing a JPEG derived from the RAW photo, not the RAW image itself. Additionally, the RAW editing pipeline is not fully 16-bit - you can only export edited photos as 8-bit files. All supported formats can be used for export (JPEG, PNG, TIFF, BMP).</p> + +<p>For more information about RAW-format photos in Shotwell, please see +the <link type="guide" xref="other-raw">RAW</link> section. +</p> + +<p>Shotwell also supports video files in any format supported by the GStreamer media library on the system where +Shotwell is running. This typically includes the following formats among others:</p> +<list> +<item><p>Formatos de contenedor: Ogg, QuickTime, MP4, AVI.</p></item> +<item><p>Codecs: Theora, Quicktime, MPEG-4, Motion JPEG. <em>Note that some operating systems may not include all +codecs listed here due to legal or licensing restrictions.</em></p></item> +</list> + +<p>Shotwell supports both photos and videos, but for simplicity, this documentation uses just the term "photos" +in most places. Many operations in Shotwell apply to both photos and videos, however. In particular, events, +flagging, rating, tagging, and publishing work both for photos and for videos.</p> + +</page> diff --git a/help/es/import-camera.page b/help/es/import-camera.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..21a5265 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/es/import-camera.page @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="import-camera" xml:lang="es"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#import"/> + <desc>Copiar fotos desde una cámara digital.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="import-memorycard"/> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Daniel Mustieles</mal:name> + <mal:email>daniel.mustieles@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2014 - 2016</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Dámaris Letelier</mal:name> + <mal:email>dam.letelier@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2014</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + </info> + + <title>Importar desde una cámara</title> + + <p>Para importar fotos desde una cámara digital:</p> + + <steps> + <item> + <p>Conecte la cámara al equipo y enciéndala. Shotwell la detectará y la mostrará en la barra lateral.</p> + </item> + <item> + <p>Seleccione la cámara en la barra lateral. Se mostrará la vista previa de cada una de las fotos de la cámara.</p> + </item> + <item> + <p>If you like, you can choose a set of specific photos to import. To do this, hold down the <key>Ctrl</key> key and click to select individual photos. You can hold down <key>Shift</key> and click to select a range of photos too.</p> + </item> + <item> + <p>Click either <gui>Import Selected</gui> or <gui>Import All</gui>. The photos will be copied from the camera and saved on your computer.</p> + </item> + </steps> + + <p>Once the import is complete, you can open the <gui>Last Import</gui> view (in the sidebar) to see all photos that were imported. The Events list (also in the sidebar) will also show the new photos, organized by date.</p> +</page> diff --git a/help/es/import-f-spot.page b/help/es/import-f-spot.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a546323 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/es/import-f-spot.page @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="import-f-spot" xml:lang="es"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#import"/> + <desc>Shotwell puede importar todas sus fotos y etiquetas desde el gestor de fotos F-Spot.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="import-camera"/> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Daniel Mustieles</mal:name> + <mal:email>daniel.mustieles@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2014 - 2016</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Dámaris Letelier</mal:name> + <mal:email>dam.letelier@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2014</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + </info> + + <title>Importar desde F-Spot</title> + + <p>Para importar una colección de fotos existente desde F-Spot:</p> + <steps> + <item><p>Seleccione <guiseq><gui>Archivo</gui><gui>Importar desde F-Spot</gui></guiseq>.</p></item> + <item><p>Now choose either the default F-Spot library or another F-Spot database. + If importing from another F-Spot database, select a directory and file from the chooser dialog box.</p></item> + </steps> + <p>Shotwell will import your photos, together with their tags and other information. + Once the import is complete, you can select <gui>Last Import</gui> in the sidebar to see all photos successfully imported. The Events list will also show new entries for the dates corresponding to the imported photos.</p> +</page> diff --git a/help/es/import-file.page b/help/es/import-file.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cb1426b --- /dev/null +++ b/help/es/import-file.page @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="import-file" xml:lang="es"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#import"/> + <desc>Importar fotos que ya están en el equipo.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="import-f-spot"/> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Daniel Mustieles</mal:name> + <mal:email>daniel.mustieles@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2014 - 2016</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Dámaris Letelier</mal:name> + <mal:email>dam.letelier@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2014</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + </info> + + <title>Importar desde su disco duro</title> + + <p>Para importar fotos desde su disco duro a Shotwell, solo debe arrastrarlas desde su explorador a la ventana de Shotwell.</p> + + <p>Alternatively, click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Import From Folder...</gui></guiseq> and select the folder containing the photos you want to import.</p> + + <p>Shotwell will ask whether you want to copy the photo files to your library folder (usually this is the <file>Pictures</file> folder in your home directory) or to import them in place without copying the files.</p> + + <p>If you hold down <key>Ctrl</key> while dragging photos in, Shotwell will copy the photos into your library folder without prompting. Similarly, if you hold down <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Shift</key></keyseq> while dragging photos in, Shotwell will import the photos without copying them.</p> + + <p>Once the import is complete, you can select <gui>Last Import</gui> in the sidebar to see all photos successfully imported. The Events list will also show new entries for the dates corresponding to the imported photos.</p> + +</page> diff --git a/help/es/import-memorycard.page b/help/es/import-memorycard.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fa2adf5 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/es/import-memorycard.page @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="import-memorycard" xml:lang="es"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#import"/> + <desc>Importar fotos desde una tarjeta de memoria de una cámara digital.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="import-file"/> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Daniel Mustieles</mal:name> + <mal:email>daniel.mustieles@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2014 - 2016</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Dámaris Letelier</mal:name> + <mal:email>dam.letelier@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2014</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + </info> + + <title>Importar desde una tarjeta de memoria</title> + +<p>Para importar fotos desde una tarjeta de memoria de una cámara:</p> + +<steps> + <item> + <p>Coloque la tarjeta en el lector de tarjetas. Asegúrese de que el lector está conectado al equipo y encendido.</p> + </item> + <item> + <p>El lector de tarjetas y la tarjeta se deberían detectar automáticamente.</p> + </item> + <item> + <p>Follow the instructions for <link xref="import-file">importing photos from your hard disk</link>. If you click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Import From Folder...</gui></guiseq>, the memory card should be visible as a folder in the side bar of the file selection window.</p> + </item> +</steps> + +<p>Shotwell puede importar fotos de una tarjeta de memoria que sea compatible con su lector de tarjetas.</p> + +<p>If the card is not detected automatically, your card reader may not have been recognized. Try unplugging it and then plugging it in again. If that doesn't work, you should still be able to import photos by <link xref="import-camera">connecting your camera directly to the computer</link>, though.</p> + +</page> diff --git a/help/es/index.page b/help/es/index.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c19a76b --- /dev/null +++ b/help/es/index.page @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="index" xml:lang="es"> + + <info> + <title type="link">Shotwell</title> + <title type="text">Shotwell</title> + <credit type="author"> + <name>Jim Nelson</name> + <email>jim@yorba.org</email> + <name>Allison Barlow</name> + <email>allison@yorba.org</email> + <name>Robert Ancell</name> + <email>robert.ancell@canonical.com</email> + <name>Peter Smith</name> + <email>pdo.smith@gmail.com</email> + <name>Phil Bull</name> + <email>philbull@gmail.com</email> + </credit> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Daniel Mustieles</mal:name> + <mal:email>daniel.mustieles@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2014 - 2016</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Dámaris Letelier</mal:name> + <mal:email>dam.letelier@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2014</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + </info> + + + <title><media type="image" src="figures/shotwell_logo.png"/>Gestor de fotos Shotwell</title> + + <section id="import" style="2column"> + <title>Importar fotos</title> + </section> + + <section id="view" style="2column"> + <title>Ver fotos</title> + </section> + + <section id="organize" style="2column"> + <title>Organizar fotos</title> + </section> + + <section id="edit" style="2column"> + <title>Editar fotos</title> + </section> + + <section id="share" style="2column"> + <title>Compartir fotos</title> + </section> + + <section id="other" style="2column"> + <title>Otras características</title> + </section> +</page> diff --git a/help/es/organize-event.page b/help/es/organize-event.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a4769c0 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/es/organize-event.page @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="event" xml:lang="es"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#organize"/> + <desc>Agrupar fotos que se tomadron al mismo tiempo. Aprenda como renombrar, unir y ordenar eventos.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="flag"/> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Daniel Mustieles</mal:name> + <mal:email>daniel.mustieles@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2014 - 2016</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Dámaris Letelier</mal:name> + <mal:email>dam.letelier@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2014</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + </info> + + <title>Eventos</title> + + <p>An event is a group of photos that were taken at approximately the same time. When you import photos, Shotwell checks when each photo was taken. It then groups the photos into events.</p> + + <p>Choose <gui>Events</gui> from the sidebar to see your photos organized by date. If you select a month or year from the sidebar, a list of events will be displayed in the main window. Double-click an event to see all the photos that were taken around that time.</p> + + <p>If a photo has no embedded date/time information, then Shotwell can't automatically + place it in any event. In this case the photo will appear in the <gui>No Event</gui> + view accessible from the sidebar. You can still move the photo to any event you like + as described below. + </p> + + <section> + <title>Renombrar eventos</title> + + <p>To give an event a name rather than referring to it by its date, select the event, click <guiseq><gui>Events</gui><gui>Rename Event...</gui></guiseq> and enter a new name. Another way of renaming an event is to double-click its name in the sidebar; type a new name and then press <key>Enter</key>.</p> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Mover fotos entre eventos</title> + + <p>Even though photos are initially grouped into events by their date, you can move photos between events. To do this, drag any photo to the sidebar and drop it on an event.</p> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Crear y combinar eventos</title> + <p>Para crear un evento nuevo, seleccione las fotos que quiere tener en el evento y pulse <guiseq><gui>Eventos</gui><gui>Nuevo evento</gui></guiseq>.</p> + <p>To merge events, select <guiseq><gui>Events</gui></guiseq> from the sidebar, then, while holding down <key>Ctrl</key> click on the events you want to merge in the main window area. Finally, click <guiseq><gui>Events</gui><gui>Merge Events</gui></guiseq>.</p> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Ordenar eventos</title> + + <p>Events are displayed in a tree in the sidebar, organized by the year and month of the earliest photo in the event. + To change the event sort order, click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Sort Events</gui></guiseq> and select either ascending or descending.</p> + + </section> + + <section> + <title>Cambiar la foto usada para representar cada evento</title> + + <p>If you select the <gui>Events</gui> item in the sidebar, you'll see a single photo which represents each event. This is called the key photo.</p> + + <p>By default, Shotwell uses the first photo in each event as its key photo. + To use a different key photo, select the photo and choose <guiseq><gui>Photos</gui><gui>Make Key Photo for Event</gui></guiseq>.</p> + + </section> + +</page> diff --git a/help/es/organize-flag.page b/help/es/organize-flag.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5e9b810 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/es/organize-flag.page @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="flag" xml:lang="es"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#organize"/> + <desc>Marcar fotos para identificarlas como especiales o para trabajar con ellas como conjunto.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="rating"/> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Daniel Mustieles</mal:name> + <mal:email>daniel.mustieles@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2014 - 2016</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Dámaris Letelier</mal:name> + <mal:email>dam.letelier@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2014</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + </info> + + <title>Marcar fotos</title> + + <p>Shotwell lets you <em>flag</em> photos. When a photo is flagged, a small flag icon + appears in its upper right corner. You can select the <gui>Flagged</gui> item in the sidebar to see + all photos which have been flagged.</p> + + <p>Flagging a photo marks it as special. You can interpret this in any way you like. For example, + you might flag all photos which need visual + adjustment, or all photos which you want to share with a friend.</p> + + <p>Flagging + is also useful because you can operate on all flagged photos as a set. For example, you can + select the <gui>Flagged</gui> view and then upload all flagged photos to a publishing service.</p> + + <section> + <title>Para marcar o desmarcar una foto</title> + <p> + To flag or unflag a photo, right-click the photo and choose <gui>Flag</gui> or <gui>Unflag</gui> + from the context menu. Or use the <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>G</key></keyseq> or <key>/</key> + shortcut keys. + </p> + </section> + +</page> diff --git a/help/es/organize-rating.page b/help/es/organize-rating.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3f8c84b --- /dev/null +++ b/help/es/organize-rating.page @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="rating" xml:lang="es"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#organize"/> + <desc>Asigne a las fotos una puntuación entre 1 y 5. Puede rechazar las fotos malas, ocultándolas en la vista.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="delete"/> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Daniel Mustieles</mal:name> + <mal:email>daniel.mustieles@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2014 - 2016</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Dámaris Letelier</mal:name> + <mal:email>dam.letelier@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2014</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + </info> + + <title>Valoraciones</title> +<p>Puede asignar a cada foto una puntuación entre 1 y 5, o marcarla como rechazada, en cuyo caso Shotwell la ocultará de manera predeterminada.</p> + +<p>Puede valorar una foto o un conjunto de fotos de cualquiera de estas maneras:</p> + +<list> +<item><p>Seleccione las fotos y luego escoja una puntuación en el menú <guiseq><gui>Foto</gui><gui>Establecer puntuación</gui></guiseq> del nivel superior.</p></item> +<item><p>Pulse con el botón derecho en las fotos y luego escoja su puntuación en el menú contextual «Establecer puntuación».</p></item> +<item><p>Select the photo(s), then press any of the shortcut keys <key>1</key>, <key>2</key>, <key>3</key>, <key>4</key> or <key>5</key> to assign a rating. Or press <key>9</key> to mark the photo(s) as rejected or <key>0</key> to clear the rating(s).</p></item> +</list> + +<p> +Normally Shotwell displays all photos except rejected photos. You can set a different rating filter using the <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Filter Photos</gui></guiseq> menu - for example, you can display only photos rated with 3 stars or higher, or you can display all photos including those marked rejected. The Shotwell icon on the toolbar displays the current rating filter and can also be used to set the filter.</p> + +<p>Shotwell normally displays each photo's rating in its lower left-hand corner. You can turn off the display of ratings using the <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Ratings</gui></guiseq> menu item.</p> + +<p>You can increase or decrease a photo's rating using the <guiseq><gui>Set Rating</gui><gui>Increase</gui></guiseq> and <guiseq><gui>Set Rating</gui><gui>Decrease</gui></guiseq> commands, or the keyboard shortcuts <key><</key> and <key>></key>. </p> +</page> diff --git a/help/es/organize-remove.page b/help/es/organize-remove.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..43055a1 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/es/organize-remove.page @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="delete" xml:lang="es"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#organize"/> + <desc>Quitar fotos de la biblioteca, o eliminarlas por completo del equipo.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="search"/> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Daniel Mustieles</mal:name> + <mal:email>daniel.mustieles@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2014 - 2016</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Dámaris Letelier</mal:name> + <mal:email>dam.letelier@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2014</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + </info> + + <title>Quitar y eliminar fotos</title> + + <p>Puede eliminar las fotos de su biblioteca y también puede eliminarlas de su disco duro.</p> +<media type="image" src="figures/trash_process.png">Proceso de eliminado</media> +<p>Este diagrama muestra cómo, cuando se elimina una foto, se pone primero en la papelera de Shotwell. Si la elimina de la papelera de Shotwell, se mueve a la papelera de su equipo. Si la elimina de la papelera del equipo, se eliminará permanentemente.</p> +<section id="delete-remove"> + <title>Quitar fotos de la biblioteca</title> + <p>Seleccione las fotos que quiere quitar y elija <guiseq><gui>Editar</gui><gui>Mover a la papelera</gui></guiseq>. (También puede pulsar la tecla <key>Supr</key>.) Las fotos se moverán de su biblioteca a la papelera de Shotwell.</p> + <p>If you want to remove photos from Shotwell without having them pass through the trash, simply select the photos to be removed and choose <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Remove From Library</gui></guiseq>. The photo files will be left in place on disk.</p> +</section> + +<section id="delete-empty"> + <title>Vaciar o restaurar la carpeta de la papelera</title> + <p>Seleccione la entrada de la papelera en la barra lateral y Shotwell mostrará todas las fotos que se han marcado para quitar o eliminar. En la vista de la papelera están disponibles los siguientes comandos:</p> + <terms> + <item><title>Eliminar</title><p>Eliminar las fotos seleccionadas de la carpeta de la papelera</p></item> + <item><title>Restaurar</title><p>Restaurar las fotos seleccionadas en Shotwell.</p></item> + <item><title>Vaciar la papelera</title><p>Eliminar todas las fotos de la papelera.</p></item> + </terms> +</section> + +<section id="delete-trash"> + <title>Eliminar o vaciar la papelera</title> + <p>Cuando elimine archivos de la carpeta Papelera, o cuando la vacíe, se le ofrecerán las siguientes opciones:</p> + <terms> + <item><title>Solo eliminar</title><p>Quitar fotos de la biblioteca pero mantener las fotos en su ubicación dentro del equipo.</p></item> + <item><title>Archivo de Papelera</title><p>Quitar fotos de la biblioteca y eliminarlas del equipo.</p></item> + <item><title>Cancelar</title><p>No hacer nada.</p></item> + </terms> +</section> + +</page> diff --git a/help/es/organize-search.page b/help/es/organize-search.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..aba75ba --- /dev/null +++ b/help/es/organize-search.page @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="search" xml:lang="es"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#organize"/> + <desc>Buscar fotos y vídeos en su colección siguiendo varios criterios.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="tag"/> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Daniel Mustieles</mal:name> + <mal:email>daniel.mustieles@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2014 - 2016</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Dámaris Letelier</mal:name> + <mal:email>dam.letelier@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2014</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + </info> + + <title>Búsqueda</title> + + <p> + There are two ways to search in Shotwell: the filter toolbar, and with a saved search. The search + bar allows you to quickly search the current view for certain criteria. Saved Searches feature + more complex search criteria and persist in the sidebar between sessions. + </p> + + <section id="searchbar"> + <title>Barra de búsqueda</title> + <p> + The <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Search Bar</gui></guiseq> checkbox toggles the display of the + search bar. You can also hit <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</key></keyseq> or <key>F8</key> to + bring up the search bar. From this bar, you can find, show and hide photos and videos based on + title, tag, rating or other options. + </p> + + <p> + To begin searching, simply enter a search keyword in the text box, or click on <gui>Flagged</gui>, + <gui>Rating</gui> or <gui>Type</gui>. The text search matches your keywords across tag names, + photo or video titles and photos' original filenames. The <gui>Flagged</gui>, + <gui>Rating</gui> and <gui>Type</gui> buttons allow you to filter your collection by + whether photos are flagged, their current number of stars, and whether the items shown are + images, videos, or raw camera files, respectively. + </p> + + <p>Desactivar la barra de búsqueda o salir de Shotwell reinicia automáticamente la barra de búsqueda.</p> + </section> + + <section id="savedsearch"> + <title>Búsqueda guardada</title> + <p>Una búsqueda guardada se mantiene entre sesiones de Shotwell, y se actualiza con las fotos y vídeos que se añaden o quitan de su biblioteca de Shotwell.</p> + + <p> + Create a new saved search with <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>New Saved Search...</gui></guiseq> or by hitting + <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq>. The dialog box allows you to enter a name for the + search and select whether you want to meet Any, All, or None of the criteria in the following rows. + </p> + + <p> + Each row represents a search criterion. Use the <gui>+</gui> button to add more rows, and the + <gui>-</gui> button to remove a specific row. The combo box on the left of each row selects the type + of criteria. Criteria must be entered correctly before the <gui>OK</gui> button becomes available. + </p> + </section> + +</page> diff --git a/help/es/organize-tag.page b/help/es/organize-tag.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6987758 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/es/organize-tag.page @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="tag" xml:lang="es"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#organize"/> + <desc>Organizar las fotos etiquetándolas.</desc> + + <link type="seealso" xref="event"/> + + <link type="next" xref="title"/> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Daniel Mustieles</mal:name> + <mal:email>daniel.mustieles@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2014 - 2016</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Dámaris Letelier</mal:name> + <mal:email>dam.letelier@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2014</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + </info> + + <title>Etiquetar fotos</title> + + <p>Puede asignar una o más etiquetas a las fotos seleccionadas. Una etiqueta puede constar de una o más palabras que quiera asociar a esas fotos.</p> + + <p>Para añadir etiquetas nuevas a las fotos, seleccione las fotos que quiere etiquetar y siga estos pasos:</p> + + <list> + <item><p>Elija <guiseq><gui>Etiquetas</gui><gui>Añadir etiquetas...</gui></guiseq>.</p></item> + <item><p>Pulse <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>T</key></keyseq>.</p></item> + <item><p>Arrastre las fotos y suéltelas en la etiqueta que quiera.</p></item> + </list> + + <p> + When you use <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>T</key></keyseq> or + <guiseq><gui>Tags</gui><gui>Add Tags...</gui></guiseq> you can type + in the names of one or more tags, separated by commas. + Once you have created a tag, you can rename it by selecting that + tag in the sidebar and choosing + <guiseq><gui>Tags</gui><gui>Rename Tag "[name]"...</gui></guiseq>, + by rightclicking on it and choose <gui>Rename...</gui> or + double-click on the tag in the sidebar. + </p> + + <p> + To change which tags are associated with a particular photo, + select that photo, choose + <guiseq><gui>Tags</gui><gui>Modify Tags...</gui></guiseq> or + right-click on a photo and select <gui>Modify Tags...</gui> and + edit the comma separated list. + To remove a tag from one or more photos, first select that tag + in the sidebar, then select the photos you would like to remove, + and choose + <guiseq><gui>Tags</gui><gui>Remove Tag "[name]" from Photos</gui></guiseq> + or right-click on the photos an select + <gui>Remove Tag "[name]" from Photos</gui>. + </p> + + <p>Para eliminar por completo una etiqueta, selecciónela en la barra latera y elija <guiseq><gui>Etiquetas</gui><gui>Eliminar etiqueta «nombre»</gui></guiseq> o púlsela con el botón derecho y elija <gui>Eliminar etiqueta «nombre»</gui>.</p> + + <p> + When you create a tag, it will appear in the sidebar under the + <gui>Tags</gui> item, which is hidden if there are no tags. Photos + can have multiple tags attached to them, and when you click on the + name of a given tag in the sidebar, you will see all the photos + associated with that tag. + </p> + + <section id="hierarchaicaltags"> + <title>Etiquetas jerárquicas</title> + <p>Shotwell también soporta etiquetas jerárquicas. Puede reordenar sus etiquetas arrastrando y soltando una etiqueta sobre otra. Para crear una etiqueta hija nueva, pulse con el botón derecho sobre una etiqueta y elija <gui>Nuevo</gui>.</p> + + <p>Las etiquetas jerárquicas le pueden ayudar a ordenar su lista de etiquetas de manera que se ajuste a mejor a lo que necesita; por ejemplo, puede tener las etiquetas «Montañas» o «Playa» dentro de la etiqueta «Lugares», que a su vez puede estar dentro de la etiqueta «Vacaciones de verano».</p> + + <p>Tenga en cuenta que al eliminar una etiqueta padre también se eliminarán las etiquetas hijas.</p> + </section> +</page> diff --git a/help/es/organize-title.page b/help/es/organize-title.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..76c3ba3 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/es/organize-title.page @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="title" xml:lang="es"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#organize"/> + <desc>Asignar títulos a las fotos.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="event"/> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Daniel Mustieles</mal:name> + <mal:email>daniel.mustieles@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2014 - 2016</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Dámaris Letelier</mal:name> + <mal:email>dam.letelier@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2014</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + </info> + + <title>Títulos</title> + +<p>The <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Titles</gui></guiseq> checkbox toggles the display of titles +beneath each photo. By default, a photo's title is its filename.</p> + +<p>To change a photo's title, +select the photo and click <guiseq><gui>Photos</gui><gui>Edit Title...</gui></guiseq>, or press <key>F2</key>.</p> + +</page> diff --git a/help/es/other-files.page b/help/es/other-files.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..66676ea --- /dev/null +++ b/help/es/other-files.page @@ -0,0 +1,114 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="other-files" xml:lang="es"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#other"/> + <desc>Mantener la biblioteca de Shotwell sincronizada con los archivos de fotos del disco.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="other-plugins"/> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Daniel Mustieles</mal:name> + <mal:email>daniel.mustieles@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2014 - 2016</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Dámaris Letelier</mal:name> + <mal:email>dam.letelier@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2014</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + </info> + + <title>Archivos de fotos</title> + + <p>Cada foto de la biblioteca de Shotwell se corresponde con un archivo almacenado en su disco duro. Shotwell tienen varias características que le ayudan a mantener su biblioteca y los archivos del disco sincronizados.</p> + <links type="section"/> + + <section id="dirpattern"> + <title>Usar un patrón de carpeta predeterminado</title> + <p>Shotwell le permite especificar como llamar a sus carpetas en una biblioteca. Puede hacer esto cambiando las configuraciones de <gui>Estructura del directorio</gui> y <gui>Patrón</gui> en el cuadro de diálogo <gui>Preferencias</gui>. Puede utilizar un patrón preseleccionado, o escoger <gui>Personalizado</gui> y escribir el suyo.</p> + + <p>Los símbolos disponibles para los patrones de carpetas empiezan por «%» (signo de porcentaje). Los valores que estos símbolos producen dependen de la configuración regional, por lo que lo que vea en su equipo puede ser diferente a estos ejemplos.</p> + + <table frame="all" rules="rowgroups"> + <tbody> + <tr> + <td><p> </p></td> <td><p><em>Símbolo</em></p></td> <td><p><em>Significado</em></p></td> <td><p><em>Ejemplo</em></p></td> + </tr> + </tbody> + <tbody> + <tr> + <td><p> </p></td><td><p>%Y</p></td><td><p>Año: completo</p></td><td><p>2011</p></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td><p> </p></td><td><p>%y</p></td><td><p>Año: dos dígitos</p></td><td><p>11</p></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td><p> </p></td><td><p>%d</p></td><td><p>Día del mes, empezando por cero</p></td><td><p>03</p></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td><p> </p></td><td><p>%A</p></td><td><p>Nombre del día: completo</p></td><td><p>Miércoles</p></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td><p> </p></td><td><p>%a</p></td><td><p>Nombre del día: abreviado</p></td><td><p>Mié</p></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td><p> </p></td><td><p>%m</p></td><td><p>Número de mes, empezando por cero</p></td><td><p>02</p></td> + </tr> + <tr><td><p> </p></td><td><p>%b</p></td><td><p>Nombre del mes: abreviado</p></td><td><p>Feb</p></td></tr><tr><td><p> </p></td><td><p>%B</p></td><td><p>Nombre del mes: completo</p></td><td><p>Febrero</p></td></tr><tr><td><p> </p></td><td><p>%I</p></td><td><p>Hora: formato de 12 horas</p></td><td><p>05</p></td></tr><tr><td><p> </p></td><td><p>%H</p></td><td><p>Hora: formato de 24 horas</p></td><td><p>17</p></td></tr><tr><td><p> </p></td><td><p>%M</p></td><td><p>Minuto</p></td><td><p>16</p></td></tr><tr><td><p> </p></td><td><p>%S</p></td><td><p>Segundo</p></td><td><p>30</p></td></tr><tr><td><p> </p></td><td><p>%p</p></td><td><p>AM o PM</p></td><td><p>PM</p></td></tr> + </tbody> + </table> + + <p>Existen otros símbolos disponibles, revise el manual de strftime ejecutando el comando <cmd>man strftime</cmd> si necesita alguno que no esté listado aquí.</p> + </section> + + <section id="automatic-import"> + <title>Importar fotos automáticamente</title> + + <p>Shotwell puede automáticamente importar nuevas fotos que aparezcan en la carpeta de la biblioteca. (La carpeta de la biblioteca está usualmente en la carpeta <file>Imágenes</file> en su carpeta local; puede cambiar esta ubicación en la ventana <gui>Preferencias</gui>.)</p> + + <p>Para activar la importación automática, marca la opción <gui>Vigilar mi colección en búsqueda de archivos nuevos</gui> en la ventana <gui>Preferencias</gui>.</p> + + <note style="advanced"><p>Shotwell también puede seguir los enlaces simbólicos en carpetas importadas automáticamente.</p></note> + + </section> + + <section id="automatic-rename"> + <title>Renombrar a minúsculas automáticamente las fotos importadas</title> + + <p>Shotwell puede cambiar automáticamente los nombres de las fotos importadas a minúsculas. Para activar esto, escoja <guiseq><gui>Editar</gui><gui>Preferencias</gui></guiseq>, y en la ventana de <gui>Preferencias</gui>, marque la casilla <gui>Renombrar los archivos importados a minúsculas</gui>.</p> + + </section> + + <section id="writing-metadata"> + <title>Escribir metadatos al vuelo</title> + + <p>De manera predeterminada, Shotwell no modifica los archivos de fotos, aunque las edite o cambie sus etiquetas o títulos. Shotwell guardará estos cambios únicamente en su propia base de datos.</p> + + <p>Para cambiar este comportamiento, puede activar la casilla <gui>Escribir etiquetas, títulos y otros metadatos a los archivos</gui> en el cuadro de diálogo <gui>Preferencias</gui>. Cuando esta opción se activa, Shotwell escribirá los siguientes metadatos a la mayoría de los archivos cada vez que los modifique en Shotwell.</p> + + <list> + <item><p>títulos</p></item> + <item><p>etiquetas</p></item> + <item><p>valoraciones</p></item> + <item><p>información de rotación</p></item> + <item><p>fecha/hora</p></item> + </list> + + <p>Shotwell almacena esta información en archivos de fotos en formato EXIF, IPTC y/o XMP. Tenga en cuenta que Shotwell sólo puede escribir en archivos de fotos en formato JPEG, PNG y TIFF, no en fotos en BMP, RAW o en archivos de vídeo.</p> + + </section> + + <section id="runtime-monitoring"> + <title>Monitorizazión en tiempo de ejecución</title> + + <p>Mientras Shotwell está en ejecución, tiene en cuenta los cambios realizados en un archivo de una foto externamente. Cuando el archivo cambia, Shotwell vuelve a leer el archivo y actualiza la vista de la foto y sus metadatos.</p> + + <p>Note that Shotwell checks all photo files for changes at startup, but only photo files contained in + the library directory are monitored in real time after startup. We hope to remove this limitation + in a further release.</p> + + </section> + +</page> diff --git a/help/es/other-missing.page b/help/es/other-missing.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..605c668 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/es/other-missing.page @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="other-missing" xml:lang="es"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#other"/> + <desc>Si Shotwell no puede encontrar una foto en su biblioteca, la marca como ausente.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="other-multiple"/> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Daniel Mustieles</mal:name> + <mal:email>daniel.mustieles@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2014 - 2016</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Dámaris Letelier</mal:name> + <mal:email>dam.letelier@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2014</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + </info> + + <title>Fotos ausentes</title> + +<p>Cada vez que Shotwell se inicia, analiza su biblioteca de fotos para verificar que todos los archivos de fotos siguen existiendo en el disco duro. Si Shotwell encuentra que falta alguna foto, no la mostrará en las vistas normales de Fotos, Eventos o Etiquetas, sino que la mostrará en una vista de Fotos ausentes separada que aparecerá en la barra lateral.</p> + +<p>If you no longer want the missing files to be part of your Shotwell collection (perhaps because you deleted them), go to the Missing Files view, select the photos and then click <gui>Remove From Library</gui>.</p> + +<p>Si tiene fotos en un disco externo, como un CD o un pendrive USB y las <link xref="index#import">importa</link> en Shotwell <em>sin</em> copiarlas al equipo, se mostrarán como archivos ausentes cuando desconecte el disco extraíble. Consulte la <link xref="import-file"/> para aprender cómo copiar archivos desde discos extraíbles a su equipo.</p> + +<p>Si una foto ausente vuelve a estar disponible, Shotwell lo tendrá en cuenta la próxima vez que se inicie. Las fotos volverán a aparecer en las vistas de Fotos, Eventos y Etiquetas.</p> + +</page> diff --git a/help/es/other-multiple.page b/help/es/other-multiple.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6df4204 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/es/other-multiple.page @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="other-multiple" xml:lang="es"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#other"/> + <desc>Puede abrir Shotwell con una biblioteca de fotos diferente usando la línea de comandos.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="other-files"/> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Daniel Mustieles</mal:name> + <mal:email>daniel.mustieles@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2014 - 2016</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Dámaris Letelier</mal:name> + <mal:email>dam.letelier@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2014</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + </info> + + <title>Varias bibliotecas</title> + +<p>Shotwell normally stores its database and photo thumbnails in the directory <file>~/.shotwell</file> . This directory does not hold photos, but the database in this directory contains a list of all the photos in the Shotwell library.</p> + +<p>Como característica avanzada, es posible tener varias bibliotecas de Shotwell, cada una de ellas con su propio conjunto de fotos. Cada biblioteca necesita su propia carpeta de base de datos. Para ejecutar Shotwell con una biblioteca diferente, especifique una base de datos alternativa en la línea de comandos como sigue:</p> + +<screen> +shotwell -d [carpeta-biblioteca] +</screen> + +</page> diff --git a/help/es/other-plugins.page b/help/es/other-plugins.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fb971ea --- /dev/null +++ b/help/es/other-plugins.page @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="other-plugins" xml:lang="es"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#other"/> + <desc>Ampliar la funcionalidad de Shotwell dinámicamente.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="other-missing"/> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Daniel Mustieles</mal:name> + <mal:email>daniel.mustieles@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2014 - 2016</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Dámaris Letelier</mal:name> + <mal:email>dam.letelier@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2014</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + </info> + + <title>Complementos</title> + <p> + Shotwell can be used with <em>plugins</em>, which are companion shared libraries that can + add support for new publishing destinations or new slideshow transitions. + </p> + + <p>Para ver una lista de los complementos instalados, elija <guiseq><gui>Editar</gui><gui>Preferencias</gui></guiseq>, y en la ventana de <gui>Preferencias</gui> pulse en la pestaña <gui>Complementos</gui>. Verá una lista de los complementos actualmente instalados, cada uno con una casilla mediante la que puede activarlos o desactivarlos por su nombre.</p> + + <note style="advanced"><p>La documentación completa sobre cómo desarrollar nuevos complementos está disponible en <link href="http://redmine.yorba.org/projects/shotwell/wiki/ShotwellArchWritingPlugins">http://redmine.yorba.org/projects/shotwell/wiki/ShotwellArchWritingPlugins</link></p></note> + +</page> diff --git a/help/es/raw.page b/help/es/raw.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7432916 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/es/raw.page @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="other-raw" xml:lang="es"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#other"/> + <desc>Más sobre el soporte RAW en Shotwell.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="running"/> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Daniel Mustieles</mal:name> + <mal:email>daniel.mustieles@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2014 - 2016</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Dámaris Letelier</mal:name> + <mal:email>dam.letelier@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2014</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + </info> + + <title>Soporte de RAW en Shotwell</title> + <p>Some cameras have the ability to store data directly off the sensor + and into a file that contains extra color information; this is commonly + referred to as 'RAW' or 'camera RAW', and Shotwell supports these files + as well.</p> + + <p>Since RAW photographs normally cannot be displayed directly, but must + be first developed - that is, have their extra information interpreted and + readied for displaying - most cameras will either embed a JPEG inside a + RAW-format file, or produce a JPEG alongside the RAW file at the time the + snapshot is taken. The latter is referred to throughout this document as + RAW+JPEG. If you import a RAW+JPEG pair, Shotwell will + keep them paired and treat them as one item in your library. + </p> + + <p>When you import a RAW file, you can choose to either use the camera's + internally-developed JPEG or Shotwell's by selecting + <guiseq><gui>Photos</gui><gui>Developer</gui></guiseq> in the menus. + </p> + + <note> + <p> + Changing between developers will cause all edits made to a photograph + to be discarded. + </p> + </note> + + <p> + In order to publish or use a RAW photograph in most other software, it has to be + exported first. Shotwell can export your RAW photos in JPEG, PNG, TIFF + or BMP format, and, when publishing, will internally export a JPEG version + for you and publish that. + </p> + +</page> diff --git a/help/es/running.page b/help/es/running.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cba0fde --- /dev/null +++ b/help/es/running.page @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="running" xml:lang="es"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index"/> + <desc>Busque Shotwell en el menú Aplicaciones o haga que se inicie automáticamente cuando conecta una cámara.</desc> + + <link type="seealso" xref="other-multiple"/> + + <link type="next" xref="formats"/> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Daniel Mustieles</mal:name> + <mal:email>daniel.mustieles@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2014 - 2016</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Dámaris Letelier</mal:name> + <mal:email>dam.letelier@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2014</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + </info> + + <title>Ejecutar Shotwell</title> + +<p>Una vez instalado, Shotwell estará disponible en su menú <gui>Aplicaciones</gui>, en <gui>Gráficos</gui> o en <gui>Fotografía</gui>.</p> + +<p>Shotwell may also be executed automatically when a camera is plugged in to your computer. To check +that your system is set up to run Shotwell when a camera is detected, go to +<guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui></guiseq> in any +Nautilus (file browser) window and choose the <gui>Media</gui> tab. You'll see a dropdown box +entitled <gui>Photos:</gui> which lets you choose Shotwell as your photo handling application.</p> + +<note style="advanced"> + <p>También puede ejecutar Shotwell directamente desde la carpeta en la que se construyó, pero esto sólo se recomienda para probar Shotwell o para desarrolladores.</p> +</note> + +</page> diff --git a/help/es/share-background.page b/help/es/share-background.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..82e3c41 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/es/share-background.page @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="share-background" xml:lang="es"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#share"/> + <desc>Configure su fondo de escritorio como una única foto o como una presentación de fotos.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="share-slideshow"/> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Daniel Mustieles</mal:name> + <mal:email>daniel.mustieles@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2014 - 2016</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Dámaris Letelier</mal:name> + <mal:email>dam.letelier@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2014</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + </info> + + <title>Configurar un fondo de escritorio o presentación</title> + + <p>Para establecer una única foto como fondo del escritorio, seleccione la foto y escriba <guiseq><gui>Archivo</gui><gui>Establecer como fondo del escritorio</gui></guiseq>.</p> + + <p>You can also set your background to a slideshow of photos. To do this, select the photos for + the slideshow and choose <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Set as Desktop Slideshow...</gui></guiseq>. + Shotwell will prompt you for a slideshow delay, which can be any interval up to one day in length. + The background slideshow will proceed even when Shotwell is not running. + </p> + +</page> diff --git a/help/es/share-export.page b/help/es/share-export.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8110de6 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/es/share-export.page @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="share-export" xml:lang="es"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#share"/> + <desc>Copiar fotos fuera Shotwell, para poder ponerlas en cualquier otro lugar.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="share-print"/> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Daniel Mustieles</mal:name> + <mal:email>daniel.mustieles@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2014 - 2016</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Dámaris Letelier</mal:name> + <mal:email>dam.letelier@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2014</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + </info> + + <title>Exportar fotos</title> + +<p>Para exportar fotos desde Shotwell usando arrastrar y soltar, arrastre desde Shotwell hacia una ventana de manejador de archivos o su escritorio. Los archivos nuevos serán copias de tamaño completo de las fotos de su biblioteca.</p> + +<p> +Alternatively, select a set of photos and choose the <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Export...</gui></guiseq> command or press <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>E</key></keyseq>, which exports photos while letting you fine-tune the size and dimensions of your photo files. +A window will appear allowing you to make several choices: +</p> + +<list> +<item><p>Un formato al que exportar.</p> +<list> +<item><p>Selecione <gui>Sin modificar</gui> para exportar las fotos en su formato original, sin ninguna modificación hecha en Shotwell. Las fotos en bruto se exportarán en su formato original.</p></item> +<item><p>Escoja <gui>Actual</gui> para exportar las fotos, incluyendo las editadas en Shotwell. Las fotos en bruto se exportarán en formato JPEG si las editó en Shotwell, y si no en su formato en bruto original.</p></item> +<item><p>O puede seleccionar un formato de imagen específico (JPEG, PNG,TIFF, BMP) para usar en la exportación. Cualquier edición hecha en Shotwell se incluirá, y Shotwel convertirá las fotos al formato de destino.</p></item> +</list> +</item> +<item><p>La calidad de la imagen al exportarla (baja, media, alta o máxima).</p></item> +<item><p>Una restricción de la escala (que significa cómo Shotwell va a decidir reducir la escala proporcionalmente), y el tamaño de píxel requerido.</p></item> +<item><p>The option whether you like to export metadatas such as tags or ratings. This can help to save your privacy if you have geolocation tags or tags which shouldn't be seen by anyone.</p></item> +</list> + +<p>Si está seleccionada, Shotwell escribirá etiquetas, títulos y otros metadatos a los nuevos archivos.</p> + +</page> diff --git a/help/es/share-print.page b/help/es/share-print.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bf86838 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/es/share-print.page @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="share-print" xml:lang="es"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#share"/> + <desc>Pulse <guiseq><gui>Archivo</gui><gui>Imprimir...</gui></guiseq>. Para más opciones de impresión, seleccione la pestaña <gui>Configuración de página</gui> en el diálogo <gui>Imprimir</gui>.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="share-upload"/> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Daniel Mustieles</mal:name> + <mal:email>daniel.mustieles@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2014 - 2016</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Dámaris Letelier</mal:name> + <mal:email>dam.letelier@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2014</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + </info> + + <title>Imprimir</title> + + <p>To print a photo, select it and choose <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Print...</gui></guiseq>.</p> + + <p> + Shotwell can also print multiple images in one page; to do this, select multiple images, + choose <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Print...</gui></guiseq>, and in the <gui>Print</gui> dialog, + choose the <gui>Image Settings</gui> tab. In <gui>Image Settings</gui>, choose one of the + multiple-image-per-page options under <gui>Autosize</gui>. + </p> + + <p>Si quiere establecer el formato, el tamaño del papel, y la orientación, seleccione la pestaña <gui>Configuración de la página</gui>en el cuadro de diálogo <gui>Imprimir</gui> antes de imprimir.</p> +</page> diff --git a/help/es/share-send.page b/help/es/share-send.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ab62f1c --- /dev/null +++ b/help/es/share-send.page @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="share-send" xml:lang="es"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#share"/> + <desc>Enviar fotos por correo-e, mensajería instantánea u otras maneras.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="share-background"/> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Daniel Mustieles</mal:name> + <mal:email>daniel.mustieles@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2014 - 2016</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Dámaris Letelier</mal:name> + <mal:email>dam.letelier@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2014</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + </info> + + <title>Enviar fotos</title> + + <p>Shotwell puede enviar fotos usando el mecanismo de «Enviar a» de GNOME, lo que le permite enviar fotos por correo-e, mensajería instantánea u otras maneras.</p> + <p>Para enviar fotos, selecciónelas en Shotwell y después escoja<guiseq><gui>Archivo</gui><gui>Enviar a...</gui></guiseq>, o pulse con el botón derecho en las fotos y escoja <gui>Enviar a ...</gui> del menú contextual. Aparecerá una caja de diálogo en donde puede escoger la forma para enviar los archivos (como correo electrónico o mensaje instantáneo) y el destino. Puede, opcionalmente, enviar los archivos en un formato comprimido.</p> + +</page> diff --git a/help/es/share-slideshow.page b/help/es/share-slideshow.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7d5241c --- /dev/null +++ b/help/es/share-slideshow.page @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="share-slideshow" xml:lang="es"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#share"/> + <desc>Ver sus fotos como diapositivas.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="share-export"/> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Daniel Mustieles</mal:name> + <mal:email>daniel.mustieles@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2014 - 2016</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Dámaris Letelier</mal:name> + <mal:email>dam.letelier@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2014</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + </info> + + <title>Diapositivas</title> + + <p>Para ver una presentación de diapositivas en Shotwell, navegue hasta la colección y elija <guiseq><gui>Ver</gui><gui>Presentación</gui></guiseq> o pulse <key>F5</key>.</p> + + <p>Puede cambiar algunas configuraciones de una presentación de diapositivas en ejecución:</p> + + <list> + <item><p>La duración de cuánto tiempo se debe mostrar una imagen: 1 - 30 segundos</p></item> + <item><p>Puede seleccionar diferentes efectos de transición.</p></item> + <item><p>El tiempo para cada efecto de transición: 0.1 - 1.0 segundos</p></item> + </list> +</page> diff --git a/help/es/share-upload.page b/help/es/share-upload.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ec06cd1 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/es/share-upload.page @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="share-upload" xml:lang="es"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#share"/> + <desc>Publica fotos en Facebook, Flickr, álbumes web de Picasa o en otros sitios.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="share-send"/> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Daniel Mustieles</mal:name> + <mal:email>daniel.mustieles@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2014 - 2016</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Dámaris Letelier</mal:name> + <mal:email>dam.letelier@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2014</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + </info> + + <title>Publicar en la web</title> + + <p>Gracias al uso de <link xref="other-plugins">complementos</link>, Shotwell puede publicar fotos y vídeos en los siguientes servicios, para los que se requiere una cuenta.</p> + + <list> + <item><p><link href="http://facebook.com">Facebook</link></p></item> + <item><p><link href="http://flickr.com">Flickr</link></p></item> + <item><p><link href="http://picasaweb.google.com">Álbumes de Picasa Web</link> y <link href="http://plus.google.com">Google+</link></p></item> + <item><p><link href="http://youtube.com">YouTube</link> (sólo vídeos)</p></item> + <item><p><link href="http://fotki.yandex.ru">Yandex.Fotki</link>, una página de fotos popular en Rusia (sólo fotos)</p></item> + <item><p>Cualquier sitio que ejecute el software de galería de fotos <link href="http://piwigo.org">Piwigo</link> (sólo fotos)</p></item> + </list> + + <p>Para publicar las fotos seleccionadas en una colección, elija <guiseq><gui>Editar</gui><gui>Preferencias</gui></guiseq> y pulse en la pestaña <gui>Complementos</gui> para activar el complemento del servicio en el que quiere publicar. A continuación, elija <guiseq><gui>Archivo</gui><gui>Publicar</gui></guiseq>, pulse el botón <gui>Publicar</gui> en la barra de herramientas o pulse <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>P</key></keyseq>. Verá un diálogo que le permite elegir el servicio de publicación. Necesitará iniciar sesión o crear una cuenta.</p> + + <p>Publishing to Facebook requires you to grant certain permissions to the Shotwell Facebook application. + You only need to grant these permissions once, when you first associate Shotwell with your Facebook account. +</p> + <note style="advanced"><p>You will be only able to publish images with at most the permission you granted to the Shotwell Facebook application</p></note> + + <p>Del mismo modo, publicar en Flickr requiere que inicie sesión y permita que Shotwell Connect acceda a su cuenta.</p> + + <p>Si tiene una cuenta de Google, pero nunca ha usado los álbumes web de Picasa, necesitará iniciar sesión en Picasa usando un navegador antes de poder publicar algo en este servicio.</p> +</page> diff --git a/help/es/view-displaying.page b/help/es/view-displaying.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..621df7a --- /dev/null +++ b/help/es/view-displaying.page @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="view-view" xml:lang="es"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#view"/> + <desc>Aprenda sobre diferentes formas de ver sus fotos: en una cuadrícula, llenando la ventana principal o a pantalla completa.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="view-sidebar"/> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Daniel Mustieles</mal:name> + <mal:email>daniel.mustieles@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2014 - 2016</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Dámaris Letelier</mal:name> + <mal:email>dam.letelier@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2014</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + </info> + + <title>Vistas de fotos</title> + +<p>Cuando selecciona cualquier colección en la barra lateral, Shotwell muestra todas las fotos en esa colección en la ventana principal. En la esquina inferior derecha hay un control deslizante que puede ajustar el tamaño de las vistas miniatura. Puede ajustar el tamaño de las miniaturas usando las teclas más y menos (<key>+</key> y <key>-</key>) o presionando <key>Ctrl</key> mientras mueve la rueda central del ratón.</p> + +<p>Puede ver la vista de la foto en pantalla completa pulsando dos veces. Desde ahí puede moverse a otras fotos en la colección con los botones de retroceso y avance. Puede regresar a la colección, pulsando dos veces en la foto o presionando <key>Esc</key>.</p> + +<p>When viewing a photo in full-window mode, the slider on the toolbar controls zoom. You can pan around by grabbing and dragging anywhere on the photo. You can also zoom using your scroll wheel or by pressing the following keyboard shortcuts: <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key>0</keyseq> for the full image, <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key>1</keyseq> for 100% (1 photo pixel = 1 screen pixel), and <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key>2</keyseq> for 200% (1 photo pixel = 2x2 screen pixels).</p> + +<p>Shotwell ofrece un modo de pantalla completa para mostrar las fotos. Escoja <guiseq><gui>Ver</gui><gui>Pantalla completa</gui></guiseq> o presione <key>F11</key>. Para ver la barra de herramientas de pantalla completa, mueva su ratón a la parte inferior de la pantalla. La barra de herramientas le ofrece botones para moverse a través de la colección, para fijar la barra de herramientas (así esta no se ocultará cuando mueva el ratón), y dejar la vista de pantalla completa.</p> + +<section> +<title>Ver vídeos</title> +<p>Cuando pulse dos veces sobre un vídeo, Shotwell lanzará un reproductor de vídeo externo para reproducir el vídeo. Actualmente no es posible mostrar un vídeo en modo a pantalla completa o reproducirlo dentro del propio Shotwell</p> +</section> + +</page> diff --git a/help/es/view-information.page b/help/es/view-information.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..36966d6 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/es/view-information.page @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="view-information" xml:lang="es"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#view"/> + <desc>Ver información más detallada sobre las fotos, como el modo de exposición usado por la cámara.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="view-view"/> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Daniel Mustieles</mal:name> + <mal:email>daniel.mustieles@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2014 - 2016</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Dámaris Letelier</mal:name> + <mal:email>dam.letelier@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2014</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + </info> + + <title>Información básica y extendida</title> + +<p>El panel de información básica aparece en la parte inferior de la barra lateral, y muestra un breve resumen de las fotos que ha seleccionado. Si no se ha seleccionado ninguna foto, muestra un resumen de la colección completa. Puede cambiar la visibilidad de este panel usando el comando <guiseq><gui>Ver</gui><gui>Información básica</gui></guiseq>.</p> + +<p>The floating Extended Information window displays more information about the selected photo. The <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Extended Information</gui></guiseq> command or <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Shift</key><key>X</key></keyseq> toggles the display of this window.</p> + +</page> diff --git a/help/es/view-sidebar.page b/help/es/view-sidebar.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1cd3a9e --- /dev/null +++ b/help/es/view-sidebar.page @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="view-sidebar" xml:lang="es"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#view"/> + <desc>La barra lateral de la izquierda de la ventana lista varios tipos de vistas de su biblioteca.</desc> + + <link type="seealso" xref="event"/> + <link type="seealso" xref="tag"/> + <link type="seealso" xref="flag"/> + <link type="seealso" xref="search#savedsearch"/> + <link type="seealso" xref="import-file"/> + <link type="seealso" xref="import-f-spot"/> + <link type="seealso" xref="import-memorycard"/> + <link type="seealso" xref="import-camera"/> + + <link type="next" xref="view-information"/> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Daniel Mustieles</mal:name> + <mal:email>daniel.mustieles@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2014 - 2016</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Dámaris Letelier</mal:name> + <mal:email>dam.letelier@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2014</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + </info> + + <title>La barra lateral</title> + +<p>La barra lateral a la izquierda de la ventana de Shotwell lista varias vistas de su biblioteca. Aunque puede ver muchas vistas de la misma foto, solo se almacena una en su disco duro</p> + +<p>La vista <gui>Última importación</gui> lista sus últimas fotos importadas no importa si estas se importaron de F-Spot, su cámara, una tarjeta de memoria o su disco duro.</p> + +<p>La opción <gui>Marcada</gui> lista todas las fotos que ha marcado anteriormente.</p> + +<p>La <gui>Búsqueda guardada</gui> le permite ordenar su biblioteca bajo diferentes criterios.</p> + +<p>La carpeta de <gui>Eventos</gui> lista todos los eventos en su biblioteca.Un evento es un grupo de fotos que se tomaron aproximadamente al mismo tiempo.</p> + +<p>La carpeta <gui>Etiquetas</gui> lista todas las etiquetas que ha asignado a sus fotos. Las fotos pueden tener múltiples etiquetas relacionadas con las mismas. Cuando posiciona el cursor sobre el nombre de una etiqueta en la barra lateral, podrá ver todas las fotos asociadas a esa etiqueta.</p> + +</page> diff --git a/help/hu/edit-adjustments.page b/help/hu/edit-adjustments.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b813bd6 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/hu/edit-adjustments.page @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="edit-adjustments" xml:lang="hu"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#edit"/> + <desc>Change the exposure, saturation, tint, and shadows of a photo.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="edit-crop"/> + </info> + + <title>Color adjustments</title> + +<p>The <gui>Adjust</gui> button opens a floating window with a histogram and sliders to adjust a photo's exposure, saturation, tint, temperature, and shadows. The histogram also has sliders to reduce the upper and lower intensity thresholds of the photograph, expanding the contrast of the middle range.</p> + +<p>The <gui>Enhance</gui> button adjusts the histogram and shadows sliders to improve the quality of a photo.</p> + +<p>When the photo's colors and contrast are to your liking, press <gui>OK</gui> to save the changes. <gui>Reset</gui> will return the image to its original state. <gui>Cancel</gui> discards all changes you've made.</p> + +<section> + <title>What do the color adjustments do?</title> + <terms> + <item> + <title>Expozíció</title> + <p>Changes the brightness to make it look like the photo was exposed for a longer or shorter time. Use this to correct under- or over-exposed photos.</p> + </item> + <item> + <title>Telítettség</title> + <p>Changes how vivid colors look. If your photo looks gray and washed out, try increasing the saturation. If colors look too bold, try decreasing it.</p> + </item> + <item> + <title>Árnyalat</title> + <p>This tints the photo with a color. It's useful for correcting photos taken with the wrong white balance setting, which typically have an unnatural color cast. For example, photos taken outdoors with the white balance set to "Tungsten" may have a blue cast.</p> + </item> + <item> + <title>Hőmérséklet</title> + <p>Changes how "warm" or "cool" the picture looks. Use this to make cold, depressing scenes look more lively, for example.</p> + </item> + <item> + <title>Árnyékok</title> + <p>This makes shadowy areas appear lighter. Use this to make detail more visible if it's obscured by the darkness of a shadow.</p> + </item> + <item> + <title>Intensity Threshold (sliders on the histogram)</title> + <p>These sliders change how light the brightest white is and how dark the darkest black is. Use them to change the contrast of the photo. Photos which look washed out should particularly benefit from changing these settings.</p> + </item> + </terms> +</section> + +</page> diff --git a/help/hu/edit-crop.page b/help/hu/edit-crop.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9016766 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/hu/edit-crop.page @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="edit-crop" xml:lang="hu"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#edit"/> + <desc>Improve the composition of a photo by cutting out parts of it.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="edit-external"/> + </info> + + <title>Vágás</title> + + <p>To reduce the area of a photo and concentrate the viewer's attention on a smaller portion of it, use the Crop tool. + The crop tool is only available in full-window or fullscreen mode.</p> + +<steps> + <item> + <p>Double-click on a photo to enter full-window mode, then press the <gui>Crop</gui> button on the toolbar.</p> + </item> + <item> + <p>A white box, the crop rectangle, will appear over the photo. The lighter portion of the photo within the crop rectangle represents what the photo will look like when you crop it.</p> + </item> + <item> + <p>If you place your cursor in the middle of the box, you can move the box around. If you drag the edges of the box, you can adjust its size. As you move and adjust the crop box, you'll see four lines appear inside it, like a tic-tac-toe grid. These are <em>rule of thirds</em> lines.</p> + <p>You can also constrain the crop box to one of many common sizes. Choose a size from the drop-down list that suits your needs. If you press the flip button next to it, the orientation of the constraint will switch (from landscape to portrait).</p> + </item> + <item> + <p>When you're happy with your crop outline, apply it by pressing the <gui>Crop</gui> button. Shotwell will display the cropped photo.</p> + </item> + <item> + <p>If you change your mind, press the <gui>Crop</gui> button again and fine-tune the crop.</p> + <p>If you press <gui>Cancel</gui> rather than <gui>Apply</gui>, Shotwell will return to the photo's previous crop dimensions.</p> + </item> +</steps> + +<section> + <title>What is the rule of thirds?</title> + <p>The <em>rule of thirds</em> helps you to choose a pleasing composition for a photo.</p> + <p>Imagine that the scene is divided up into a 3x3 grid by two equally-spaced vertical lines and two equally-spaced horizontal lines. According to the rule, you're more likely to get a pleasing composition if you align major features (like the horizon, or a person's body) with one of the lines. Paying attention to the way features flow from one part of the grid to another can also help.</p> + <p>Cropping a photo so that it conforms to the rule of thirds often results in a more visually appealing image.</p> + <media type="image" src="figures/crop_thirds.jpg"> + <p>Cropping a photo, using the "rule of thirds" lines to improve the composition.</p> + </media> +</section> +</page> diff --git a/help/hu/edit-date-time.page b/help/hu/edit-date-time.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..83beb66 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/hu/edit-date-time.page @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="edit-date-time" xml:lang="hu"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#edit"/> + <desc>Change the date and time of photos if those details are incorrect.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="edit-enhance"/> + </info> + + <title>Adjust the date and time of photos</title> + +<p>To adjust the date and time of photos, select the photos you would like to adjust, choose <guiseq><gui>Photos</gui><gui>Adjust Date and Time...</gui></guiseq> and select a new date and time.</p> + +<p>If you are changing the date and time of multiple photos at once, you can choose to shift all the photos by the same amount of time or to set all the photos to the same time.</p> + +<p>By default, the date and time are only changed inside Shotwell. You can also choose to modify the date and time in the original file, but this cannot be undone once you exit Shotwell.</p> + +</page> diff --git a/help/hu/edit-enhance.page b/help/hu/edit-enhance.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..75606db --- /dev/null +++ b/help/hu/edit-enhance.page @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="edit-enhance" xml:lang="hu"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#edit"/> + <desc>Let Shotwell improve the brightness and contrast of a photo automatically.</desc> + + <link type="seealso" xref="edit-adjustments"/> + + <link type="next" xref="edit-adjustments"/> + </info> + + <title>Auto-enhance</title> + + <p>Clicking on the <gui>Enhance</gui> button is a quick way to automatically adjust the brightness and contrast of your photo. It will often give you a photo that is correctly exposed. You can also use it as a starting point and then improve the adjustments by clicking on the <gui>Adjust</gui> button.</p> +</page> diff --git a/help/hu/edit-external.page b/help/hu/edit-external.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fc4a4d3 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/hu/edit-external.page @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="edit-external" xml:lang="hu"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#edit"/> + <desc>Use a different program to edit a photo.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="edit-redeye"/> + </info> + + <title> + Edit photos with an external program + </title> + + <p> + You might want to use an external editor to do additional work on a photo. + If installed, GIMP and UFRaw are the default external editors for photo and RAW editing, + respectively. If these programs are not installed, you must select your preferred + editors by choosing <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui></guiseq> and selecting + editors from drop-down menus of installed applications. + </p> + + <p> + Once your editors have been set, select a photo and choose <guiseq><gui>Photos</gui> + <gui>Open With External Editor</gui></guiseq> to open the photo with the external editor. + Likewise, if the original photo is a RAW file, select <guiseq><gui>Photos</gui><gui>Open + With RAW Editor</gui></guiseq> to edit the RAW file directly with the set RAW editor. + </p> + + <p> + When you complete your edits and save the file, Shotwell will detect the changes and + update the photo. When external edits have been made, press and hold the + <key>Shift</key> key in full-window view to show the original photo rather than the + externally-edited one. + </p> + + <p> + Reverting to original will erase any external edits. + </p> + + <note> + <p> + If you externally edit a RAW photo and save the result to another image, such as a + JPEG or PNG, Shotwell cannot automatically determine that the original RAW and the + new image should be paired. + </p> + + <p> + If you want to work within the resulting image within Shotwell, you'll need to + import it yourself. + </p> + </note> +</page> diff --git a/help/hu/edit-nondestructive.page b/help/hu/edit-nondestructive.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..96cd2fb --- /dev/null +++ b/help/hu/edit-nondestructive.page @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="edit-nondestructive" xml:lang="hu"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#edit"/> + <desc>Shotwell is a non-destructive photo editor - it does not modify your original photos.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="edit-date-time"/> + </info> + + <title>What happens to the original when I edit a photo?</title> + +<p>Shotwell is a non-destructive photo editor. It does not modify your original photographs. That is to say, if you crop a photo or adjust its colors, the photo file on disc remains untouched. Shotwell stores your edits in a database and applies them on the fly as necessary. This means you can undo any alterations you make to a photograph.</p> + +<p>If you want to see what a photo looked like before your modifications, press the <key>Shift</key> key. The original photo will be displayed as long as you hold the key down.</p> + +<p>Note that Shotwell can optionally write metadata (such as tags and titles) to photo files. +For more information, see the section <link xref="other-files">Photo files</link>.</p> + +</page> diff --git a/help/hu/edit-redeye.page b/help/hu/edit-redeye.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a705e8f --- /dev/null +++ b/help/hu/edit-redeye.page @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="edit-redeye" xml:lang="hu"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#edit"/> + <desc>Correct photos where people have red eyes because of the camera's flash.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="edit-rotate"/> + </info> + + <title>Vörös szem eltávolítása</title> + + <p>Red-eye occurs when the camera's flash reflects off the pupil of someone's eye. To eliminate this in a photo, use the Red-eye tool.</p> + <steps> + <item> + <p>Click <gui>Red-eye</gui>. A circle will appear on the photo.</p> + </item> + <item> + <p>Drag the circle over the affected pupil, adjust its size with the slider control, and press <gui>Apply</gui>. The redness will be removed.</p> + </item> + <item> + <p>Repeat this process for all red pupils in your photo. Press <gui>Close</gui> when finished.</p> + </item> + </steps> +</page> diff --git a/help/hu/edit-rotate.page b/help/hu/edit-rotate.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..26d7e74 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/hu/edit-rotate.page @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="edit-rotate" xml:lang="hu"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#edit"/> + <desc>Click the <gui>Rotate</gui> button, or choose one of the commands in the <gui>Photo</gui> menu.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="edit-straighten"/> + </info> + + <title>Rotate or flip a photo</title> + + <p>You can rotate your photos left and right (clockwise and counterclockwise) with the <gui>Rotate</gui> button on the toolbar of most views. You can also make a mirror image of any photo.</p> + + <p>To rotate right, click on the <gui>Rotate</gui> button. To rotate left, press and hold the <key>Ctrl</key> key and then click the button. Both commands are available in the <gui>Photos</gui> menu too. Alternatively, use the following keyboard shortcuts:</p> + <list> + <item><p>rotate left: <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>R</key></keyseq> or <key>[</key></p></item> + <item><p>rotate right: <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>R</key></keyseq> or <key>]</key></p></item> + </list> + <p>To create a mirror image of a photo, use the <gui>Flip Horizontally</gui> command in the <gui>Photos</gui> menu. To flip an image vertically, use the <gui>Flip Vertically</gui> command in the same menu.</p> + + <note> + <p>If you select more than one image, you can rotate all of them at the same time.</p> + </note> + +</page> diff --git a/help/hu/edit-straighten.page b/help/hu/edit-straighten.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..192949d --- /dev/null +++ b/help/hu/edit-straighten.page @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="edit-straighten" xml:lang="hu"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#edit"/> + <desc>Straighten a photo so that its horizon appears level.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="edit-undo"/> + </info> + + <title>Straighten photos</title> + +<p>The straighten tools allows photos to be leveled and straightened. The straighten tool is only available in full-window or fullscreen mode. </p> + + <steps> + <item> + <p>Click <gui>Straighten</gui>. The straighten slider will appear. Alternatively, use the keyboard shortcut <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></keyseq>.</p> + </item> + <item> + <p>Drag the slider to achieve the desired degree of straightening.</p> + </item> + <item> + <p>Press <gui>Straighten</gui> when finished.</p> + </item> + </steps> + +</page> diff --git a/help/hu/edit-undo.page b/help/hu/edit-undo.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8415c04 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/hu/edit-undo.page @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="edit-undo" xml:lang="hu"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#edit"/> + <desc>Return a photo to its original, unedited form.</desc> + + <link type="seealso" xref="edit-nondestructive"/> + + <link type="next" xref="edit-nondestructive"/> + </info> + + <title>A változtatások visszavonása</title> + + <p>Because Shotwell is a non-destructive photo editor, you can undo any alterations you make to a photograph.</p> + + <p>If you want to see what a photo looked like before your modifications, press the <key>Shift</key> key. The original photo will be displayed as long as you hold the key down.</p> + + <p>To completely undo all the changes you've made to a photo, click <guiseq><gui>Photos</gui><gui>Revert to Original</gui></guiseq>. The only exception is that time and date adjustments will not be reverted.</p> + +</page> diff --git a/help/hu/formats.page b/help/hu/formats.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e9e0cef --- /dev/null +++ b/help/hu/formats.page @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="formats" xml:lang="hu"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index"/> + <desc>Shotwell supports JPEG, PNG, TIFF, BMP and RAW photo files as well as video files.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="running"/> + </info> + + <title>Supported photo and video formats</title> + + <p>Shotwell supports JPEG, PNG, TIFF, BMP and <link type="guide" xref="other-raw">RAW</link> photo files. Shotwell does not yet support other graphics format such as GIF.</p> + +<p>Shotwell's RAW format support is currently limited. When you view a RAW photo, you are actually viewing a JPEG derived from the RAW photo, not the RAW image itself. Additionally, the RAW editing pipeline is not fully 16-bit - you can only export edited photos as 8-bit files. All supported formats can be used for export (JPEG, PNG, TIFF, BMP).</p> + +<p>For more information about RAW-format photos in Shotwell, please see +the <link type="guide" xref="other-raw">RAW</link> section. +</p> + +<p>Shotwell also supports video files in any format supported by the GStreamer media library on the system where +Shotwell is running. This typically includes the following formats among others:</p> +<list> +<item><p>Container formats: Ogg, QuickTime, MP4, AVI.</p></item> +<item><p>Codecs: Theora, Quicktime, MPEG-4, Motion JPEG. <em>Note that some operating systems may not include all +codecs listed here due to legal or licensing restrictions.</em></p></item> +</list> + +<p>Shotwell supports both photos and videos, but for simplicity, this documentation uses just the term "photos" +in most places. Many operations in Shotwell apply to both photos and videos, however. In particular, events, +flagging, rating, tagging, and publishing work both for photos and for videos.</p> + +</page> diff --git a/help/hu/hu.stamp b/help/hu/hu.stamp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e69de29 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/hu/hu.stamp diff --git a/help/hu/import-camera.page b/help/hu/import-camera.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..090289d --- /dev/null +++ b/help/hu/import-camera.page @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="import-camera" xml:lang="hu"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#import"/> + <desc>Copy photos from a digital camera.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="import-memorycard"/> + </info> + + <title>Importing from a camera</title> + + <p>To import photos from a digital camera:</p> + + <steps> + <item> + <p>Connect the camera to your computer and switch it on. + Shotwell will detect it and list it in the sidebar.</p> + </item> + <item> + <p>Select the camera in the sidebar. Previews of each photo on the camera will be displayed.</p> + </item> + <item> + <p>If you like, you can choose a set of specific photos to import. To do this, hold down the <key>Ctrl</key> key and click to select individual photos. You can hold down <key>Shift</key> and click to select a range of photos too.</p> + </item> + <item> + <p>Click either <gui>Import Selected</gui> or <gui>Import All</gui>. The photos will be copied from the camera and saved on your computer.</p> + </item> + </steps> + + <p>Once the import is complete, you can open the <gui>Last Import</gui> view (in the sidebar) to see all photos that were imported. The Events list (also in the sidebar) will also show the new photos, organized by date.</p> +</page> diff --git a/help/hu/import-f-spot.page b/help/hu/import-f-spot.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..269ee67 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/hu/import-f-spot.page @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="import-f-spot" xml:lang="hu"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#import"/> + <desc>Shotwell can import all your photos and tags from the F-Spot photo manager.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="import-camera"/> + </info> + + <title>Importing from F-Spot</title> + + <p>To import an existing photo collection from F-Spot:</p> + <steps> + <item><p>Select <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Import From F-Spot</gui></guiseq>. </p></item> + <item><p>Now choose either the default F-Spot library or another F-Spot database. + If importing from another F-Spot database, select a directory and file from the chooser dialog box.</p></item> + </steps> + <p>Shotwell will import your photos, together with their tags and other information. + Once the import is complete, you can select <gui>Last Import</gui> in the sidebar to see all photos successfully imported. The Events list will also show new entries for the dates corresponding to the imported photos.</p> +</page> diff --git a/help/hu/import-file.page b/help/hu/import-file.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b9c4c37 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/hu/import-file.page @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="import-file" xml:lang="hu"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#import"/> + <desc>Import photos that are already saved on your computer.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="import-f-spot"/> + </info> + + <title>Importing from your hard disk</title> + + <p>To import photo files from your hard disk into Shotwell, just drag them from your file browser into the Shotwell window.</p> + + <p>Alternatively, click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Import From Folder...</gui></guiseq> and select the folder containing the photos you want to import.</p> + + <p>Shotwell will ask whether you want to copy the photo files to your library folder (usually this is the <file>Pictures</file> folder in your home directory) or to import them in place without copying the files.</p> + + <p>If you hold down <key>Ctrl</key> while dragging photos in, Shotwell will copy the photos into your library folder without prompting. Similarly, if you hold down <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Shift</key></keyseq> while dragging photos in, Shotwell will import the photos without copying them.</p> + + <p>Once the import is complete, you can select <gui>Last Import</gui> in the sidebar to see all photos successfully imported. The Events list will also show new entries for the dates corresponding to the imported photos.</p> + +</page> diff --git a/help/hu/import-memorycard.page b/help/hu/import-memorycard.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1a56ebf --- /dev/null +++ b/help/hu/import-memorycard.page @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="import-memorycard" xml:lang="hu"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#import"/> + <desc>Fényképek importálása digitális fényképezőgép memóriakártyájáról.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="import-file"/> + </info> + + <title>Importálás memóriakártyáról</title> + +<p>To import photos from a camera memory card:</p> + +<steps> + <item> + <p>Put the card into your card reader. Make sure the card reader is plugged in to the computer and switched on.</p> + </item> + <item> + <p>The card reader and card should be detected automatically.</p> + </item> + <item> + <p>Follow the instructions for <link xref="import-file">importing photos from your hard disk</link>. If you click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Import From Folder...</gui></guiseq>, the memory card should be visible as a folder in the side bar of the file selection window.</p> + </item> +</steps> + +<p>Shotwell can import photos from any memory card that is compatible with your card reader.</p> + +<p>If the card is not detected automatically, your card reader may not have been recognized. Try unplugging it and then plugging it in again. If that doesn't work, you should still be able to import photos by <link xref="import-camera">connecting your camera directly to the computer</link>, though.</p> + +</page> diff --git a/help/hu/index.page b/help/hu/index.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d5156db --- /dev/null +++ b/help/hu/index.page @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="index" xml:lang="hu"> + + <info> + <title type="link">Shotwell</title> + <title type="text">Shotwell</title> + <credit type="author"> + <name>Jim Nelson</name> + <email>jim@yorba.org</email> + <name>Allison Barlow</name> + <email>allison@yorba.org</email> + <name>Robert Ancell</name> + <email>robert.ancell@canonical.com</email> + <name>Peter Smith</name> + <email>pdo.smith@gmail.com</email> + <name>Phil Bull</name> + <email>philbull@gmail.com</email> + </credit> + </info> + + + <title><media type="image" src="figures/shotwell_logo.png"/>Shotwell fényképkezelő</title> + + <section id="import" style="2column"> + <title>Fényképek importálása</title> + </section> + + <section id="view" style="2column"> + <title>Fényképek megjelenítése</title> + </section> + + <section id="organize" style="2column"> + <title>Fényképek rendszerezése</title> + </section> + + <section id="edit" style="2column"> + <title>Fényképek szerkesztése</title> + </section> + + <section id="share" style="2column"> + <title>Fényképek megosztása</title> + </section> + + <section id="other" style="2column"> + <title>Más funkciók</title> + </section> +</page> diff --git a/help/hu/organize-event.page b/help/hu/organize-event.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..71f4441 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/hu/organize-event.page @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="event" xml:lang="hu"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#organize"/> + <desc>Group photos together that were taken at the same time. Learn how to rename, merge, and sort events.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="flag"/> + </info> + + <title>Események</title> + + <p>An event is a group of photos that were taken at approximately the same time. When you import photos, Shotwell checks when each photo was taken. It then groups the photos into events.</p> + + <p>Choose <gui>Events</gui> from the sidebar to see your photos organized by date. If you select a month or year from the sidebar, a list of events will be displayed in the main window. Double-click an event to see all the photos that were taken around that time.</p> + + <p>If a photo has no embedded date/time information, then Shotwell can't automatically + place it in any event. In this case the photo will appear in the <gui>No Event</gui> + view accessible from the sidebar. You can still move the photo to any event you like + as described below. + </p> + + <section> + <title>Renaming events</title> + + <p>To give an event a name rather than referring to it by its date, select the event, click <guiseq><gui>Events</gui><gui>Rename Event...</gui></guiseq> and enter a new name. Another way of renaming an event is to double-click its name in the sidebar; type a new name and then press <key>Enter</key>.</p> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Moving photos between events</title> + + <p>Even though photos are initially grouped into events by their date, you can move photos between events. To do this, drag any photo to the sidebar and drop it on an event.</p> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Creating and merging events</title> + <p>To create a new event, select the photos you would like in the new event and click <guiseq><gui>Events</gui><gui>New Event</gui></guiseq>.</p> + <p>To merge events, select <guiseq><gui>Events</gui></guiseq> from the sidebar, then, while holding down <key>Ctrl</key> click on the events you want to merge in the main window area. Finally, click <guiseq><gui>Events</gui><gui>Merge Events</gui></guiseq>.</p> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Sorting events</title> + + <p>Events are displayed in a tree in the sidebar, organized by the year and month of the earliest photo in the event. + To change the event sort order, click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Sort Events</gui></guiseq> and select either ascending or descending.</p> + + </section> + + <section> + <title>Change the photo used to represent each event</title> + + <p>If you select the <gui>Events</gui> item in the sidebar, you'll see a single photo which represents each event. This is called the key photo.</p> + + <p>By default, Shotwell uses the first photo in each event as its key photo. + To use a different key photo, select the photo and choose <guiseq><gui>Photos</gui><gui>Make Key Photo for Event</gui></guiseq>.</p> + + </section> + +</page> diff --git a/help/hu/organize-flag.page b/help/hu/organize-flag.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..727d7c7 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/hu/organize-flag.page @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="flag" xml:lang="hu"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#organize"/> + <desc>Flag photos to mark them as special or to work with them as a set.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="rating"/> + </info> + + <title>Flagging photos</title> + + <p>Shotwell lets you <em>flag</em> photos. When a photo is flagged, a small flag icon + appears in its upper right corner. You can select the <gui>Flagged</gui> item in the sidebar to see + all photos which have been flagged.</p> + + <p>Flagging a photo marks it as special. You can interpret this in any way you like. For example, + you might flag all photos which need visual + adjustment, or all photos which you want to share with a friend.</p> + + <p>Flagging + is also useful because you can operate on all flagged photos as a set. For example, you can + select the <gui>Flagged</gui> view and then upload all flagged photos to a publishing service.</p> + + <section> + <title>To flag or unflag a photo</title> + <p> + To flag or unflag a photo, right-click the photo and choose <gui>Flag</gui> or <gui>Unflag</gui> + from the context menu. Or use the <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>G</key></keyseq> or <key>/</key> + shortcut keys. + </p> + </section> + +</page> diff --git a/help/hu/organize-rating.page b/help/hu/organize-rating.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..da46d41 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/hu/organize-rating.page @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="rating" xml:lang="hu"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#organize"/> + <desc>Értékelje a fényképeket 1 és 5 csillag között. Elutasíthatja a rossz fényképeket, elrejtve azokat szem elől.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="delete"/> + </info> + + <title>Értékelések</title> +<p>You can assign each photo a rating from 1-5 stars, or may alternatively rate it as Rejected, in which case Shotwell will hide the photo by default.</p> + +<p>You can rate a photo or a set of photos in any of these ways:</p> + +<list> +<item><p>Select the photo(s), then choose a rating from the top-level <guiseq><gui>Photos</gui><gui>Set Rating</gui></guiseq> menu.</p></item> +<item><p>Right-click on the photo(s), then choose a rating from the Set Rating context menu.</p></item> +<item><p>Select the photo(s), then press any of the shortcut keys <key>1</key>, <key>2</key>, <key>3</key>, <key>4</key> or <key>5</key> to assign a rating. Or press <key>9</key> to mark the photo(s) as rejected or <key>0</key> to clear the rating(s).</p></item> +</list> + +<p> +Normally Shotwell displays all photos except rejected photos. You can set a different rating filter using the <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Filter Photos</gui></guiseq> menu - for example, you can display only photos rated with 3 stars or higher, or you can display all photos including those marked rejected. The Shotwell icon on the toolbar displays the current rating filter and can also be used to set the filter.</p> + +<p>Shotwell normally displays each photo's rating in its lower left-hand corner. You can turn off the display of ratings using the <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Ratings</gui></guiseq> menu item.</p> + +<p>You can increase or decrease a photo's rating using the <guiseq><gui>Set Rating</gui><gui>Increase</gui></guiseq> and <guiseq><gui>Set Rating</gui><gui>Decrease</gui></guiseq> commands, or the keyboard shortcuts <key><</key> and <key>></key>. </p> +</page> diff --git a/help/hu/organize-remove.page b/help/hu/organize-remove.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..52194e0 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/hu/organize-remove.page @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="delete" xml:lang="hu"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#organize"/> + <desc>Remove photos from the library, or delete them from your computer entirely.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="search"/> + </info> + + <title>Removing and deleting photos</title> + + <p>You may remove photos from your library and you may additionally delete them entirely from your hard disk.</p> +<media type="image" src="figures/trash_process.png">Delete process</media> +<p>This diagram shows how a photo, when deleted, is first put into Shotwell's trash. If you delete it from Shotwell's trash, it is put into your computer's trash. If you delete it from your computer's trash the photo is finally and irretrievably deleted from your computer.</p> +<section id="delete-remove"> + <title>Removing photos from the library</title> + <p>Select the photos to remove and choose <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Move to Trash</gui></guiseq>. + (You can also press the <key>Delete</key> key.) + The photos will be moved from your library to Shotwell's Trash.</p> + <p>If you want to remove photos from Shotwell without having them pass through the trash, simply select the photos to be removed and choose <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Remove From Library</gui></guiseq>. The photo files will be left in place on disk.</p> +</section> + +<section id="delete-empty"> + <title>Emptying or restoring the trash folder</title> + <p>Select the Trash entry in the Sidebar and Shotwell will display all photos that have been marked for removal or deletion. In the Trash view, the following commands are available:</p> + <terms> + <item><title>Törlés</title><p>A kijelölt fényképek törlése a Kuka mappából.</p></item> + <item><title>Visszaállítás</title><p>A kijelölt fényképek visszaállítása a Shotwell programba.</p></item> + <item><title>Kuka ürítése</title><p>Minden fénykép törlése a Kuka mappából.</p></item> + </terms> +</section> + +<section id="delete-trash"> + <title>Törlés vagy a Kuka ürítése</title> + <p>Amikor fájlokat töröl a Kuka mappából, vagy kiüríti a Kuka mappát, akkor a következő választási lehetőségeket fogja kapni:</p> + <terms> + <item><title>Csak eltávolítás</title><p>Fényképek eltávolítása a gyűjteményből, de megtartásuk a számítógépen lévő helyükön.</p></item> + <item><title>Fájl kidobása</title><p>Fényképek eltávolítása a gyűjteményből, és azok törlése a számítógépről.</p></item> + <item><title>Mégse</title><p>Ne tegyen semmit.</p></item> + </terms> +</section> + +</page> diff --git a/help/hu/organize-search.page b/help/hu/organize-search.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d657113 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/hu/organize-search.page @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="search" xml:lang="hu"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#organize"/> + <desc>Fényképek és videók keresése a gyűjteményben különböző feltételek szerint.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="tag"/> + </info> + + <title>Keresés</title> + + <p>Két módon kereshet a Shotwell programban: a szűrő eszköztárral és a mentett kereséssel. A keresősáv lehetővé teszi az aktuális nézet gyors keresését egy adott feltétel szerint. A mentett keresések összetettebb keresési feltételeket tesznek elérhetővé, és megmaradnak az oldalsávon a programindítások között.</p> + + <section id="searchbar"> + <title>Keresősáv</title> + <p>A <guiseq><gui>Nézet</gui><gui>Keresősáv</gui></guiseq> jelölőnégyzet be- vagy kikapcsolja a keresősáv megjelenítését. Lenyomhatja a <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</key></keyseq> kombinációt vagy az <key>F8</key> billentyűt is a keresősáv visszahozásához. Erről a sávról kereshet, megjeleníthet és elrejthet fényképeket és videókat cím, címke, értékelés vagy egyéb lehetőségek alapján.</p> + + <p>A keresés elkezdéséhez egyszerűen írjon be egy keresési kulcsszót a szövegdobozba, vagy kattintson a <gui>Megjelölt</gui>, <gui>Értékelés</gui> vagy <gui>Típus</gui> gombra. A szöveges keresés a címkeneveken, fénykép vagy videó címein és a fényképek eredeti fájlnevein keresztül illeszkedik. A <gui>Megjelölt</gui>, <gui>Értékelés</gui> és <gui>Típus</gui> gombok lehetővé teszik a gyűjtemény szűrését, hogy mely fényképek vannak megjelölve, a csillagok száma alapján, illetve hogy a megjelenített elemek képek, videók vagy nyers fényképezőgép fájlok.</p> + + <p>A keresősáv letiltása, vagy a Shotwellből való kilépés automatikusan törli a keresősávot.</p> + </section> + + <section id="savedsearch"> + <title>Mentett keresés</title> + <p>A mentett keresés megmarad a Shotwell indítások között, és frissítve lesz, amikor fényképeket és videókat adnak hozzá vagy távolítanak el a Shotwell gyűjteményből.</p> + + <p> + Create a new saved search with <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>New Saved Search...</gui></guiseq> or by hitting + <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq>. The dialog box allows you to enter a name for the + search and select whether you want to meet Any, All, or None of the criteria in the following rows. + </p> + + <p> + Each row represents a search criterion. Use the <gui>+</gui> button to add more rows, and the + <gui>-</gui> button to remove a specific row. The combo box on the left of each row selects the type + of criteria. Criteria must be entered correctly before the <gui>OK</gui> button becomes available. + </p> + </section> + +</page> diff --git a/help/hu/organize-tag.page b/help/hu/organize-tag.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b0d592a --- /dev/null +++ b/help/hu/organize-tag.page @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="tag" xml:lang="hu"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#organize"/> + <desc>Fényképek rendezése azok felcímkézésével.</desc> + + <link type="seealso" xref="event"/> + + <link type="next" xref="title"/> + </info> + + <title>Fényképek címkézése</title> + + <p>A kijelölt fényképekhez címkéket rendelhet. Egy címke lehet egy vagy több szó, amelyet hozzá szeretne rendelni azokhoz a fényképekhez.</p> + + <p>Új címkék fényképekhez adásához válassza ki a címkézendő fényképeket, majd tegye a következők egyikét:</p> + + <list> + <item><p>Choose <guiseq><gui>Tags</gui><gui>Add Tags...</gui></guiseq>.</p></item> + <item><p>Nyomja le a <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>T</key></keyseq> billentyűkombinációt.</p></item> + <item><p>Fogja meg a kijelölt fényképeket, és ejtse azokat a kívánt címkére.</p></item> + </list> + + <p> + When you use <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>T</key></keyseq> or + <guiseq><gui>Tags</gui><gui>Add Tags...</gui></guiseq> you can type + in the names of one or more tags, separated by commas. + Once you have created a tag, you can rename it by selecting that + tag in the sidebar and choosing + <guiseq><gui>Tags</gui><gui>Rename Tag "[name]"...</gui></guiseq>, + by rightclicking on it and choose <gui>Rename...</gui> or + double-click on the tag in the sidebar. + </p> + + <p> + To change which tags are associated with a particular photo, + select that photo, choose + <guiseq><gui>Tags</gui><gui>Modify Tags...</gui></guiseq> or + right-click on a photo and select <gui>Modify Tags...</gui> and + edit the comma separated list. + To remove a tag from one or more photos, first select that tag + in the sidebar, then select the photos you would like to remove, + and choose + <guiseq><gui>Tags</gui><gui>Remove Tag "[name]" from Photos</gui></guiseq> + or right-click on the photos an select + <gui>Remove Tag "[name]" from Photos</gui>. + </p> + + <p>Egy címke teljes törléséhez jelölje ki a címkét az oldalsávon, és válassza a <guiseq><gui>Címkék</gui><gui>„[név]” címke törlése</gui></guiseq> menüpontot, vagy kattintson az egér jobb gombjával, és válassza a <gui>„[név]” címke törlése</gui> menüpontot.</p> + + <p> + When you create a tag, it will appear in the sidebar under the + <gui>Tags</gui> item, which is hidden if there are no tags. Photos + can have multiple tags attached to them, and when you click on the + name of a given tag in the sidebar, you will see all the photos + associated with that tag. + </p> + + <section id="hierarchaicaltags"> + <title>Hierarchikus címkék</title> + <p>A Shotwell támogatja a hierarchikus címkéket is. Újrarendezheti a címkéit fogd és vidd módon egymásra rakva. Egy új alcímke létrehozásához kattintson az egér jobb gombjával egy címkére, és válassza az <gui>Új</gui> menüpontot.</p> + + <p>A hierarchikus címkék segítségére lehetnek abban, hogy a címkelistáját oly módon rendezhesse, ahogy az a legjobban illeszkedik a gondolkodásához. Például hely címkéket tárolhat – mint „Hegyek” vagy „Tengerpart” – egy „Helyek” szülőcímke alatt, amely szintén el lehet helyezve a „Nyári szabadság” címke alatt.</p> + + <p>Ne feledje, hogy egy szülőcímke törlése törölni fogja annak gyermekcímkéit is.</p> + </section> +</page> diff --git a/help/hu/organize-title.page b/help/hu/organize-title.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0ac2282 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/hu/organize-title.page @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="title" xml:lang="hu"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#organize"/> + <desc>Adjon címet a fényképeknek.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="event"/> + </info> + + <title>Címek</title> + +<p>A <guiseq><gui>Nézet</gui><gui>Címek</gui></guiseq> jelölőnégyzet be- vagy kikapcsolja az egyes fényképek alatti címek megjelenítését. Alapértelmezésben egy fénykép címe annak fájlneve lesz.</p> + +<p>To change a photo's title, +select the photo and click <guiseq><gui>Photos</gui><gui>Edit Title...</gui></guiseq>, or press <key>F2</key>.</p> + +</page> diff --git a/help/hu/other-files.page b/help/hu/other-files.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4a95600 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/hu/other-files.page @@ -0,0 +1,112 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="other-files" xml:lang="hu"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#other"/> + <desc>Keep the Shotwell library in sync with photo files on disk.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="other-plugins"/> + </info> + + <title>Photo files</title> + + <p> + Every photo in the Shotwell library corresponds to a file stored on your hard disk. Shotwell has + several features which help you keep the Shotwell library and files on disk in sync. + </p> + <links type="section"/> + + <section id="dirpattern"> + <title>Using a custom directory pattern</title> + <p> + Shotwell allows you to specify how it names directories in your library. You can do this + by changing the <gui>Directory Structure</gui> and <gui>Pattern</gui> settings in the + <gui>Preferences</gui> dialog. You may use a preselected pattern, or choose <gui>Custom</gui> + and type in your own. + </p> + + <p> + The available symbols for the directory pattern begin with a % (percent sign). The values + these symbols produce are locale-dependent, so what you see on your computer may vary + from the examples below. + </p> + + <table frame="all" rules="rowgroups"> + <tbody> + <tr> + <td><p> </p></td> <td><p><em>Symbol</em></p></td> <td><p><em>Meaning</em></p></td> <td><p><em>Example</em></p></td> + </tr> + </tbody> + <tbody> + <tr> + <td><p> </p></td><td><p>%Y</p></td><td><p>Év: teljes</p></td><td><p>2011</p></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td><p> </p></td><td><p>%y</p></td><td><p>Év: két számjeggyel</p></td><td><p>11</p></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td><p> </p></td><td><p>%d</p></td><td><p>Hónap napja kezdő nullával</p></td><td><p>03</p></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td><p> </p></td><td><p>%A</p></td><td><p>Nap neve: teljes</p></td><td><p>Szerda</p></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td><p> </p></td><td><p>%a</p></td><td><p>Nap neve: rövidített</p></td><td><p>Sze</p></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td><p> </p></td><td><p>%m</p></td><td><p>Hónap száma kezdő nullával</p></td><td><p>02</p></td> + </tr> + <tr><td><p> </p></td><td><p>%b</p></td><td><p>Hónap neve: rövidített</p></td><td><p>Febr</p></td></tr><tr><td><p> </p></td><td><p>%B</p></td><td><p>Hónap neve: teljes</p></td><td><p>Február</p></td></tr><tr><td><p> </p></td><td><p>%I</p></td><td><p>Óra: 12 órás formátum</p></td><td><p>05</p></td></tr><tr><td><p> </p></td><td><p>%H</p></td><td><p>Óra: 24 órás formátum</p></td><td><p>17</p></td></tr><tr><td><p> </p></td><td><p>%M</p></td><td><p>Perc</p></td><td><p>16</p></td></tr><tr><td><p> </p></td><td><p>%S</p></td><td><p>Másodperc</p></td><td><p>30</p></td></tr><tr><td><p> </p></td><td><p>%p</p></td><td><p>DE/DU</p></td><td><p>DU</p></td></tr> + </tbody> + </table> + + <p>További szimbólumok érhetők el. Nézze meg az strftime kézikönyvét a <cmd>man strftime</cmd> parancsot lefuttatva, ha olyanra van szüksége, amely nincs itt felsorolva.</p> + </section> + + <section id="automatic-import"> + <title>Fényképek automatikus importálása</title> + + <p>A Shotwell képes azon új fényképek automatikus importálására, amelyek megjelennek a gyűjteménykönyvtárban. (A gyűjteménykönyvtár általában a saját könyvtárban lévő <file>Képek</file> könyvtár. Ennek helyét a <gui>Beállítások</gui> ablakban változtathatja meg.)</p> + + <p>Az automatikus importálás engedélyezéséhez jelölje be az <gui>Új fájlok figyelése a gyűjteménykönyvtárban</gui> lehetőséget a <gui>Beállítások</gui> ablakban.</p> + + <note style="advanced"><p>A Shotwell képes az automatikusan importált könyvtárakon belüli szimbolikus linkek követésére is.</p></note> + + </section> + + <section id="automatic-rename"> + <title>Importált fényképek automatikus átnevezése kisbetűsre</title> + + <p>A Shotwell automatikusan kisbetűsre tudja változtatni az importált fényképek fájlneveit. Ennek engedélyezéséhez válassza a <guiseq><gui>Szerkesztés</gui><gui>Beállítások</gui></guiseq> menüpontot, majd a <gui>Beállítások</gui> ablakban jelölje be az <gui>Importált fájlok átnevezése kisbetűssé</gui> lehetőséget.</p> + + </section> + + <section id="writing-metadata"> + <title>Metaadatok írása menet közben</title> + + <p>Alapértelmezésben a Shotwell nem módosítja a fényképfájlokat még akkor sem, ha fényképeket szerkeszt, vagy megváltoztatja azok címkéit vagy címeit. A Shotwell ezeket a módosításokat csak a saját adatbázisában rögzíti.</p> + + <p>Ezen viselkedés megváltoztatásához bejelölheti a <gui>Címkék, címek és más metaadatok fényképfájlokba írása</gui> jelölőnégyzetet a <gui>Beállítások</gui> ablakban. Ha ez a lehetőség engedélyezve van, akkor a Shotwell a következő metaadatokat akkor fogja a legtöbb fényképfájlba írni, amikor megváltoztatja azokat:</p> + + <list> + <item><p>címek</p></item> + <item><p>címkék</p></item> + <item><p>értékelések</p></item> + <item><p>forgatási információk</p></item> + <item><p>idő/dátum</p></item> + </list> + + <p>A Shotwell ezeket az információkat EXIF, IPTC és/vagy XMP formátumban tárolja a fényképfájlokban. Ne feledje, hogy a Shotwell csak JPEG, PNG és TIFF formátumú fényképfájlokba tud írni, BMP vagy RAW fényképekbe vagy videofájlokba nem.</p> + + </section> + + <section id="runtime-monitoring"> + <title>Futásidejű megfigyelés</title> + + <p>A Shotwell futás közben észreveszi bármely fényképen a külsőleg elvégzett módosításokat. Amikor egy fényképfájl megváltozik, akkor a Shotwell újraolvassa a fájlt, és frissíti a fénykép megjelenítését és a metaadatokat.</p> + + <p>Ne feledje, hogy a Shotwell indításkor az összes fényképet ellenőrzi, hogy történt-e módosítás, de csak a gyűjteménykönyvárban lévő fényképeknél történik valós idejű megfigyelés az indítás után. Reméljük, hogy ez a korlátozás eltávolításra kerül egy későbbi kiadásban.</p> + + </section> + +</page> diff --git a/help/hu/other-missing.page b/help/hu/other-missing.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c4af21a --- /dev/null +++ b/help/hu/other-missing.page @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="other-missing" xml:lang="hu"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#other"/> + <desc>If Shotwell can't find a photo in your library, it marks it as missing.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="other-multiple"/> + </info> + + <title>Missing photos</title> + +<p>Each time Shotwell starts up, it scans your photo library to verify that all photo files still exist on your hard drive. If Shotwell finds that any photo files are missing, it will not display them in the normal Photos, Events and Tags views, but will instead show them in a separate Missing Files view which will appear in the sidebar.</p> + +<p>If you no longer want the missing files to be part of your Shotwell collection (perhaps because you deleted them), go to the Missing Files view, select the photos and then click <gui>Remove From Library</gui>.</p> + +<p>If you have photos on a removable disk, such as a CD or USB flash drive, and <link xref="index#import">import</link> them into Shotwell <em>without</em> copying the photos to your computer, they will show up as missing files if you then disconnect the removable disk. See <link xref="import-file"/> to learn how to copy files from removable disks onto your computer.</p> + +<p>If any missing photo files become available again, Shotwell will notice this the next time it starts. The photos will once again appear in the Photos, Events and Tags views.</p> + +</page> diff --git a/help/hu/other-multiple.page b/help/hu/other-multiple.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..51e4eb5 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/hu/other-multiple.page @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="other-multiple" xml:lang="hu"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#other"/> + <desc>You can open Shotwell with a different photo library by using the command line.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="other-files"/> + </info> + + <title>Multiple libraries</title> + +<p>Shotwell normally stores its database and photo thumbnails in the directory <file>~/.shotwell</file> . This directory does not hold photos, but the database in this directory contains a list of all the photos in the Shotwell library.</p> + +<p>As an advanced feature, it's possible for you to have multiple Shotwell libraries, each of which has its own set of photos. Each library needs its own database directory. To launch Shotwell with an alternate library, specify an alternate database directory on the command line as follows:</p> + +<screen> +shotwell -d [gyűjtemény-könyvtára] +</screen> + +</page> diff --git a/help/hu/other-plugins.page b/help/hu/other-plugins.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e3b1b87 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/hu/other-plugins.page @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="other-plugins" xml:lang="hu"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#other"/> + <desc>Extend Shotwell's functionality dynamically.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="other-missing"/> + </info> + + <title>Bővítmények</title> + <p> + Shotwell can be used with <em>plugins</em>, which are companion shared libraries that can + add support for new publishing destinations or new slideshow transitions. + </p> + + <p> + To see a list of installed plugins, choose <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui></guiseq>, + and in the <gui>Preferences</gui> window, click on the <gui>Plugins</gui> tab. You'll see a list + of currently-installed plugins, each with a checkbox by it, and you may enable or disable each by + selecting or deselecting the checkbox by its name. + </p> + + <note style="advanced"><p>Full documentation on how to develop new plugins is available at + <link href="http://redmine.yorba.org/projects/shotwell/wiki/ShotwellArchWritingPlugins">http://redmine.yorba.org/projects/shotwell/wiki/ShotwellArchWritingPlugins</link></p></note> + +</page> diff --git a/help/hu/raw.page b/help/hu/raw.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9c62b7b --- /dev/null +++ b/help/hu/raw.page @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="other-raw" xml:lang="hu"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#other"/> + <desc>More about RAW support in Shotwell.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="running"/> + </info> + + <title>RAW support in Shotwell</title> + <p>Some cameras have the ability to store data directly off the sensor + and into a file that contains extra color information; this is commonly + referred to as 'RAW' or 'camera RAW', and Shotwell supports these files + as well.</p> + + <p>Since RAW photographs normally cannot be displayed directly, but must + be first developed - that is, have their extra information interpreted and + readied for displaying - most cameras will either embed a JPEG inside a + RAW-format file, or produce a JPEG alongside the RAW file at the time the + snapshot is taken. The latter is referred to throughout this document as + RAW+JPEG. If you import a RAW+JPEG pair, Shotwell will + keep them paired and treat them as one item in your library. + </p> + + <p>When you import a RAW file, you can choose to either use the camera's + internally-developed JPEG or Shotwell's by selecting + <guiseq><gui>Photos</gui><gui>Developer</gui></guiseq> in the menus. + </p> + + <note> + <p> + Changing between developers will cause all edits made to a photograph + to be discarded. + </p> + </note> + + <p> + In order to publish or use a RAW photograph in most other software, it has to be + exported first. Shotwell can export your RAW photos in JPEG, PNG, TIFF + or BMP format, and, when publishing, will internally export a JPEG version + for you and publish that. + </p> + +</page> diff --git a/help/hu/running.page b/help/hu/running.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d85e121 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/hu/running.page @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="running" xml:lang="hu"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index"/> + <desc>Find Shotwell in the Applications menu, or have it start automatically when you plug in a camera.</desc> + + <link type="seealso" xref="other-multiple"/> + + <link type="next" xref="formats"/> + </info> + + <title>Running Shotwell</title> + +<p>Once installed, Shotwell is available in your <gui>Applications</gui> menu under <gui>Graphics</gui> or <gui>Photography</gui>.</p> + +<p>Shotwell may also be executed automatically when a camera is plugged in to your computer. To check +that your system is set up to run Shotwell when a camera is detected, go to +<guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui></guiseq> in any +Nautilus (file browser) window and choose the <gui>Media</gui> tab. You'll see a dropdown box +entitled <gui>Photos:</gui> which lets you choose Shotwell as your photo handling application.</p> + +<note style="advanced"> + <p>Shotwell may also be executed directly from its build directory, although this is only recommended for testing out Shotwell or for developers.</p> +</note> + +</page> diff --git a/help/hu/share-background.page b/help/hu/share-background.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f3a200a --- /dev/null +++ b/help/hu/share-background.page @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="share-background" xml:lang="hu"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#share"/> + <desc>Set your desktop background to a single photo or to a slideshow of photos.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="share-slideshow"/> + </info> + + <title>Set a desktop background or slideshow</title> + + <p>To set a single photo as your desktop background, select the photo and choose <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Set as Desktop Background</gui></guiseq>.</p> + + <p>You can also set your background to a slideshow of photos. To do this, select the photos for + the slideshow and choose <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Set as Desktop Slideshow...</gui></guiseq>. + Shotwell will prompt you for a slideshow delay, which can be any interval up to one day in length. + The background slideshow will proceed even when Shotwell is not running. + </p> + +</page> diff --git a/help/hu/share-export.page b/help/hu/share-export.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7dfbecb --- /dev/null +++ b/help/hu/share-export.page @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="share-export" xml:lang="hu"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#share"/> + <desc>Másolja ki fényképeit a Shotwellből, hogy máshol is használhassa azokat.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="share-print"/> + </info> + + <title>Fényképek exportálása</title> + +<p>A fényképek exportálásához fogd és vidd módszerrel húzza ki a fényképeket a Shotwellből egy fájlkezelő ablakba vagy az asztalra. Az új fájlok a gyűjteményében lévők teljes méretű másolatai lesznek.</p> + +<p> +Alternatively, select a set of photos and choose the <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Export...</gui></guiseq> command or press <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>E</key></keyseq>, which exports photos while letting you fine-tune the size and dimensions of your photo files. +A window will appear allowing you to make several choices: +</p> + +<list> +<item><p>A formátumot az exportáláshoz.</p> +<list> +<item><p>Válassza a <gui>Módosítatlan</gui> lehetőséget az eredeti formátumban való exportáláshoz, a Shotwellben végzett módosítások nélkül. A RAW képek az eredeti RAW formátumban kerülnek exportálásra.</p></item> +<item><p>Válassza a <gui>Jelenlegi</gui> lehetőséget a fényképek exportálásához a Shotwellben végzett módosításokkal együtt. A RAW fényképek JPEG formátumban kerülnek exportálásra, ha szerkesztette azokat a Shotwellben, egyébként pedig az eredeti RAW formátumukban.</p></item> +<item><p>Kiválaszthat egy adott képformátumot (JPEG, PNG, TIFF, BMP) is az exportáláshoz való használatra. A Shotwellben végzett minden módosítást tartalmazni fog, és a Shotwell a fényképeket átalakítja a cél formátumra.</p></item> +</list> +</item> +<item><p>Az exportáláshoz használandó képminőség (alacsony, közepes, magas vagy maximális).</p></item> +<item><p>Méretezési megszorítás (azaz a Shotwell eldönti, hogy a fényképeket le kell-e méretezni), és a kívánt képpontméret.</p></item> +<item><p>The option whether you like to export metadatas such as tags or ratings. This can help to save your privacy if you have geolocation tags or tags which shouldn't be seen by anyone.</p></item> +</list> + +<p>If selected, Shotwell will write tags, titles, and other metadata to the new files.</p> + +</page> diff --git a/help/hu/share-print.page b/help/hu/share-print.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..de7f7ac --- /dev/null +++ b/help/hu/share-print.page @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="share-print" xml:lang="hu"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#share"/> + <desc>Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Print...</gui></guiseq>. For more printing options, select the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab in the <gui>Print</gui> dialog.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="share-upload"/> + </info> + + <title>Nyomtatás</title> + + <p>To print a photo, select it and choose <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Print...</gui></guiseq>.</p> + + <p> + Shotwell can also print multiple images in one page; to do this, select multiple images, + choose <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Print...</gui></guiseq>, and in the <gui>Print</gui> dialog, + choose the <gui>Image Settings</gui> tab. In <gui>Image Settings</gui>, choose one of the + multiple-image-per-page options under <gui>Autosize</gui>. + </p> + + <p>Ha szeretne megadni formázási, papírméret, és tájolási beállításokat, akkor nyomtatás előtt válassza a <gui>Nyomtatás</gui> ablak <gui>Oldalbeállítás</gui> lapját.</p> +</page> diff --git a/help/hu/share-send.page b/help/hu/share-send.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..22c6e6d --- /dev/null +++ b/help/hu/share-send.page @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="share-send" xml:lang="hu"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#share"/> + <desc>Fényképek küldése e-mailben, azonnali üzenetben vagy máshogy.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="share-background"/> + </info> + + <title>Fényképek küldése</title> + + <p>A Shotwell képes fényképek elküldésére a GNOME asztali környezet Küldés szolgáltatásával, amely lehetővé teszi a fényképek elküldését e-mailben, azonnali üzenetként vagy más módszerekkel.</p> + <p>Fényképek küldéséhez válassza ki azokat a Shotwellben, és válassza a <guiseq><gui>Fájl</gui><gui>Küldés</gui></guiseq> menüpontot, vagy kattintson a jobb egérgombbal a fényképekre, és válassza a <gui>Küldés</gui> menüpontot. Megjelenik egy <gui>Küldés</gui> ablak, amelyben kiválaszthatja a fájlok küldésének módszerét (például e-mail vagy azonnali üzenet) és a célt. Kiválaszthatja azt is, hogy a fájlok tömörített formátumban kerüljenek elküldésre.</p> + +</page> diff --git a/help/hu/share-slideshow.page b/help/hu/share-slideshow.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4603406 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/hu/share-slideshow.page @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="share-slideshow" xml:lang="hu"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#share"/> + <desc>Diavetítés a fényképekből.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="share-export"/> + </info> + + <title>Diavetítések</title> + + <p>A Shotwell bármely gyűjteményéből diavetítés megjelenítéséhez nyissa meg a kívánt gyűjteményt, és válassza a <guiseq><gui>Nézet</gui><gui>Diavetítés</gui></guiseq> menüpontot, vagy nyomja meg az <key>F5</key> billentyűt.</p> + + <p>A folyamatban lévő diavetítésben megváltoztathat néhány beállítást:</p> + + <list> + <item><p>Egy kép megjelenítésének hosszát: 1- 30 másodperc</p></item> + <item><p>Kiválaszthat különböző átmeneti effektusokat.</p></item> + <item><p>Az egyes átmeneti effektusok hossza: 0,1 - 1,0 másodperc</p></item> + </list> +</page> diff --git a/help/hu/share-upload.page b/help/hu/share-upload.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..34fd817 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/hu/share-upload.page @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="share-upload" xml:lang="hu"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#share"/> + <desc>Tegye közzé fényképeit a Facebook, Flickr, Picasa Webalbumok vagy más oldalakon</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="share-send"/> + </info> + + <title>Közzététel a weben</title> + + <p>A <link xref="other-plugins">bővítmények</link> használatával a Shotwell képes fényképeket és videókat közzétenni a következő szolgáltatásokon, amelyek mindegyike egy fiókot igényel:</p> + + <list> + <item><p><link href="http://facebook.com">Facebook</link></p></item> + <item><p><link href="http://flickr.com">Flickr</link></p></item> + <item><p><link href="http://picasaweb.google.com">Picasa Webalbumok</link> és <link href="http://plus.google.com">Google+</link></p></item> + <item><p><link href="http://youtube.com">YouTube</link> (csak videók)</p></item> + <item><p><link href="http://fotki.yandex.ru">Yandex.Fotki</link>, egy Oroszországban népszerű fénykép-megosztó oldal (csak fényképek)</p></item> + <item><p>Bármeny oldal, amely a <link href="http://piwigo.org">Piwigo</link> fényképgaléria-szoftvert futtatja (csak fényképek)</p></item> + </list> + + <p>Egy gyűjtemény kiválasztott fényképeinek közzétételéhez válassza a <guiseq><gui>Szerkesztés</gui><gui>Beállítások</gui></guiseq> menüpontot, és kattintson a <gui>Bővítmények</gui> lapra azon szolgáltatás bővítményének bekapcsolásához, amelyen közzé szeretné tenni a fényképeket. Ezután válassza a <guiseq><gui>Fájl</gui><gui>Közzététel</gui></guiseq> menüpontot, nyomja meg a <gui>Közzététel</gui> eszköztárgombot, vagy használja a <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>P</key></keyseq> kombinációt. A megjelenő ablakban kiválaszthat egy közzétételi szolgáltatást. Ezután be kell jelentkeznie vagy létre kell hoznia egy fiókot.</p> + + <p>Publishing to Facebook requires you to grant certain permissions to the Shotwell Facebook application. + You only need to grant these permissions once, when you first associate Shotwell with your Facebook account. +</p> + <note style="advanced"><p>You will be only able to publish images with at most the permission you granted to the Shotwell Facebook application</p></note> + + <p>Ehhez hasonlóan a Flickr-en való közzétételhez is be kell jelentkeznie, és engedélyeznie kell a Shotwell Connectnek a fiók elérését.</p> + + <p>Ha van Google fiókja, de még nem használta a Picasa Webalbumokat, akkor egyszer be kell jelentkeznie a Picasaba egy böngészőből mielőtt közzétehetne képeket ezen a szolgáltatáson.</p> +</page> diff --git a/help/hu/view-displaying.page b/help/hu/view-displaying.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f4aaf03 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/hu/view-displaying.page @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="view-view" xml:lang="hu"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#view"/> + <desc>Ismerje meg a fényképek megjelenítésének különböző módjait: rácsban, a főablakot kitöltve vagy a teljes képernyőt kitöltve.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="view-sidebar"/> + </info> + + <title>Fényképnézetek</title> + +<p>Amikor kiválaszt egy gyűjteményt az oldalsávban, a Shotwell annak minden fényképét megjeleníti a fő ablakterületen. A jobb alsó sarokban lévő csúszka segítségével módosíthatja a bélyegképek megjelenítési méretét. A bélyegképek mérete a plusz és mínusz billentyűkkel (<key>+</key> és <key>-</key>) vagy a <key>Ctrl</key> lenyomásával és az egérgörgő egyidejű mozgatásával is módosítható.</p> + +<p>Egy fényképet duplán rákattintva teljes képernyőn jeleníthet meg. Innen a gyűjtemény más fényképeire az Előre és Hátra gombokkal léphet. A gyűjteményhez való visszatéréshez kattintson duplán a fényképre, vagy nyomja meg az <key>Esc</key> billentyűt.</p> + +<p>Egy fénykép teljes képernyős módban való megjelenítésekor az eszköztáron lévő csúszka vezérli a nagyítást. A fénykép megfogásával és húzásával tetszőleges irányba görgetheti a fényképet. Nagyíthat is az egérgörgő használatával, vagy a következő gyorsbillentyűk megnyomásával: <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key>0</keyseq> a teljes képhez, <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key>1</keyseq> a 100%-hoz (1 képpont a fényképen = 1 képpont a képernyőn), és <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key>2</keyseq> a 200%-hoz (1 képpont a fényképen = 2x2 képpont a képernyőn).</p> + +<p>A Shotwell teljes képernyős módot is kínál a fényképek megjelenítéséhez. Válassza a <guiseq><gui>Nézet</gui><gui>Teljes képernyő</gui></guiseq> menüpontot, vagy nyomja meg az <key>F11</key> billentyűt. A teljes képernyős eszköztár megjelenítéséhez vigye az egérmutatót a képernyő aljára. Az eszköztár a gyűjteményben mozgásra, az eszköztár rögzítésére (hogy ne tűnjön el) és a teljes képernyős nézet elhagyására használható gombokat kínál.</p> + +<section> +<title>Videók megjelenítése</title> +<p>Amikor duplán kattint egy videóra, a Shotwell egy külső videolejátszót indít el a videó lejátszásához. Jelenleg nem lehetséges videót lejátszani teljes ablakos módban a Shotwellben, vagy magán a Shotwellen belül.</p> +</section> + +</page> diff --git a/help/hu/view-information.page b/help/hu/view-information.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1f4b7be --- /dev/null +++ b/help/hu/view-information.page @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="view-information" xml:lang="hu"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#view"/> + <desc>Részletesebb információk megjelenítése a fényképekről, mint a fényképezőgép által használt expozíciós mód.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="view-view"/> + </info> + + <title>Alapvető és bővített információk</title> + +<p>Az Alapvető információk panel az oldalsáv alján jelenik meg, és a kijelölt fényképek rövid összefoglalását jeleníti meg. Ha nincsenek kijelölve fényképek, akkor a teljes gyűjtemény összefoglalását jeleníti meg. A panel megjelenítését a <guiseq><gui>Nézet</gui><gui>Alapvető információk</gui></guiseq> parancs használatával lehet be- vagy kikapcsolni.</p> + +<p>A lebegő Bővített információk ablak további információkat jelenít meg a kijelölt fényképről. A <guiseq><gui>Nézet</gui><gui>Bővített információk</gui></guiseq> parancs vagy a <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Shift</key><key>X</key></keyseq> kombináció használatával lehet be- vagy kikapcsolni.</p> + +</page> diff --git a/help/hu/view-sidebar.page b/help/hu/view-sidebar.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..67b2d15 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/hu/view-sidebar.page @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="view-sidebar" xml:lang="hu"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#view"/> + <desc>Az ablak bal oldalán lévő oldalsáv a gyűjtemény különböző nézeteit sorolja fel.</desc> + + <link type="seealso" xref="event"/> + <link type="seealso" xref="tag"/> + <link type="seealso" xref="flag"/> + <link type="seealso" xref="search#savedsearch"/> + <link type="seealso" xref="import-file"/> + <link type="seealso" xref="import-f-spot"/> + <link type="seealso" xref="import-memorycard"/> + <link type="seealso" xref="import-camera"/> + + <link type="next" xref="view-information"/> + </info> + + <title>Az oldalsáv</title> + +<p>A Shotwell bal oldalán lévő oldalsáv a gyűjtemény különböző nézeteit sorolja fel. Noha ugyanazt a fényképet több nézetben is láthatja, az a lemezen csak egyszer van tárolva.</p> + +<p>Az <gui>Utolsó importálás</gui> nézet az utoljára importált fényképeket sorolja fel, függetlenül attól, hogy az F-Spotból, fényképezőgépéről, memóriakártyáról vagy a merevlemezről importálta azokat.</p> + +<p>A <gui>Megjelölt</gui> a korábban megjelölt fényképeket sorolja fel.</p> + +<p>A <gui>Mentett keresés</gui> lehetővé teszi gyűjteménye rendezését több szempont szerint.</p> + +<p>Az <gui>Események</gui> mappa felsorolja a gyűjtemény összes eseményt. Az esemény a nagyjából egy időben készített fényképek csoportja.</p> + +<p>A <gui>Címkék</gui> mappa felsorolja a fényképekhez társított összes címkét. A fényképekhez több címke is csatolható. Amikor egy címke nevére kattint az oldalsávon, a címkéhez társított összes kép megjelenik.</p> + +</page> diff --git a/help/pt_BR/edit-adjustments.page b/help/pt_BR/edit-adjustments.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ddcf1cc --- /dev/null +++ b/help/pt_BR/edit-adjustments.page @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="edit-adjustments" xml:lang="pt-BR"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#edit"/> + <desc>Mude a exposição, saturação, matiz/coloração, temperatura, e sombras de uma foto.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="edit-crop"/> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Felipe Braga</mal:name> + <mal:email>fbobraga@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2015</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + </info> + + <title>Ajustes de cor</title> + +<p>O botão <gui>Ajustar</gui> abre uma janela com um histograma e controles deslizantes para ajustar a exposição, saturação, matiz/coloração, temperatura, e sombras de uma foto. O histograma também tem controles deslizantes para reduzir os limiares de intensidade superior e inferior da fotografia, ampliando o contraste da faixa intermediária.</p> + +<p>O botão <gui>Melhorar</gui> ajusta o histograma e sombras automaticamente para melhorar a qualidade de uma foto.</p> + +<p>Após ajustar as cores e o contraste da foto, clique em <gui>OK</gui> para salvar as alterações. O botão <gui>Reiniciar</gui> irá retornar a imagem ao seu estado original. O botão <gui>Cancelar</gui> descarta todas as mudanças que você fez.</p> + +<section> + <title>O que os ajustes fazem?</title> + <terms> + <item> + <title>Exposição</title> + <p>Altera o brilho para fazer parecer que a foto foi exposta por um tempo maior ou menor. Utilize este ajuste para corrigir fotografias sub ou sobre-expostas.</p> + </item> + <item> + <title>Saturação</title> + <p>Ajusta o quanto vivas parecem as cores. Se a foto parece cinzenta e com cores pouco vivas, tente aumentar a saturação. Se as cores parecem muito ousadas, tente diminuí-la.</p> + </item> + <item> + <title>Colorir</title> + <p>Este ajuste tinge a foto com uma cor. É útil para corrigir as fotos tiradas com a configuração de equilíbrio de brancos errado, que ficam com cores que não parecem naturais. Por exemplo, fotos tiradas ao ar livre com o balanço de brancos definido como "Incandescente" ficam com um tom azulado.</p> + </item> + <item> + <title>Temperatura</title> + <p>Ajusta a forma como a foto parece "quente" ou "fria". Use-o para fazer que cenas frias e deprimentes pareçam mais animadas, por exemplo.</p> + </item> + <item> + <title>Sombras</title> + <p>Esse ajuste faz com que áreas de sombra pareçam mais claras. Use-o para fazer os detalhes mais visíveis se eles estão sob de uma sombra.</p> + </item> + <item> + <title>Limiares de intensidade (cantos do histograma)</title> + <p>Esses controles alteram a forma como o branco é claro e o quão escuro é o preto. Use-os para alterar o contraste da foto. Fotos que parecem desgastadas deverão se beneficiar muito com a alteração dessas configurações.</p> + </item> + </terms> +</section> + +</page> diff --git a/help/pt_BR/edit-crop.page b/help/pt_BR/edit-crop.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9f44322 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/pt_BR/edit-crop.page @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="edit-crop" xml:lang="pt-BR"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#edit"/> + <desc>Melhore a composição de uma foto cortando partes dela.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="edit-external"/> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Felipe Braga</mal:name> + <mal:email>fbobraga@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2015</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + </info> + + <title>Cortando</title> + + <p>Para reduzir a área de uma foto e concentrar a atenção do espectador em uma parte menor dela, use a ferramenta de cortar. A ferramenta de cortar estará disponível apenas nos modos de janela toda ou tela cheia.</p> + +<steps> + <item> + <p>Clique duas vezes em uma foto para entrar no modo janela toda e use o botão <gui>Cortar</gui> na barra de ferramentas.</p> + </item> + <item> + <p>Um retângulo branco, o "retângulo de corte", aparecerá sobre a foto. A parte mais clara da foto dentro do retângulo de corte representa o que a foto parecerá quando você cortá-la.</p> + </item> + <item> + <p>Arraste o retângulo para posicioná-lo e ajuste seu tamanho, arrastando suas bordas. Quando você move ou ajustar o tamanho do retângulo de corte, aparecem quatro linhas dentro dele, como uma grade de jogo da velha: são as linhas da <em>regra dos terços</em>.</p> + <p>Você também pode restringir o retângulo de corte para um de muitos tamanhos comuns. Escolha um tamanho a partir da lista que se adapte às suas necessidades. Se você pressionar o botão ao lado da lista, a orientação da restrição irá mudar (de paisagem para retrato, e vice-versa).</p> + </item> + <item> + <p>Após acertar o seu retângulo de corte, aplica a alteração pressionando o botão <gui>Cortar</gui>. O Shotwell irá mostrar a foto cortada.</p> + </item> + <item> + <p>Se você mudar de ideia, pressione o botão <gui>Cortar</gui> novamente e ajuste o corte.</p> + <p>Se você pressionar <gui>Cancelar</gui> ao invés de <gui>Aplicar</gui>, o Shotwell voltará às dimensões anteriores da foto.</p> + </item> +</steps> + +<section> + <title>O que é a regra dos terços?</title> + <p>A <em>regra dos terços</em> ajuda você a escolher uma composição agradável para uma foto.</p> + <p>Imagine que a cena é dividida em uma grade de 3x3 por duas linhas verticais igualmente espaçadas e duas linhas horizontais igualmente espaçadas. De acordo com a regra, você terá mais chances de obter uma composição agradável se você alinhar as características principais (como o horizonte, ou corpo de uma pessoa) com uma das linhas. Prestar atenção ao caminho que o fluxo de recursos faz de uma parte da grade para outra também pode ajudar.</p> + <p>Cortar uma foto de acordo com a regra dos terços geralmente resulta em uma imagem mais atraente.</p> + <media type="image" src="figures/crop_thirds.jpg"> + <p>Recortar uma foto, usando a "regra dos terços" para melhorar a composição.</p> + </media> +</section> +</page> diff --git a/help/pt_BR/edit-date-time.page b/help/pt_BR/edit-date-time.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5fb1055 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/pt_BR/edit-date-time.page @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="edit-date-time" xml:lang="pt-BR"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#edit"/> + <desc>Corrija a data e a hora de fotos, se essas informações estiverem incorretas.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="edit-enhance"/> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Felipe Braga</mal:name> + <mal:email>fbobraga@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2015</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + </info> + + <title>Ajustando a data e a hora de fotos</title> + +<p>Para ajustar a data e a hora das fotos, selecione as fotos que você gostaria de ajustar, use o item do menu <guiseq><gui>Fotos</gui><gui>Ajustar data e hora...</gui></guiseq> e selecione uma nova data e hora.</p> + +<p>Se você estiver alterando a data e hora de várias fotos de uma só vez, você pode optar por mover a data e hora de todas as fotos pela mesma quantidade de tempo ou por definir todas as fotos na mesma data e hora.</p> + +<p>Por padrão, a data e a hora são só alterados dentro do Shotwell. Você também pode optar por modificar a data e hora no arquivo original, mas isso não pode ser desfeito depois de sair do Shotwell.</p> + +</page> diff --git a/help/pt_BR/edit-enhance.page b/help/pt_BR/edit-enhance.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ad7de85 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/pt_BR/edit-enhance.page @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="edit-enhance" xml:lang="pt-BR"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#edit"/> + <desc>Deixe o Shotwell melhorar o brilho e o contraste de uma foto automaticamente.</desc> + + <link type="seealso" xref="edit-adjustments"/> + + <link type="next" xref="edit-adjustments"/> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Felipe Braga</mal:name> + <mal:email>fbobraga@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2015</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + </info> + + <title>Automelhoramento</title> + + <p>Clicando no botão <gui>Melhorar</gui> é uma maneira rápida de ajustar automaticamente o brilho e o contraste da foto. O resultado, normalmente, será uma foto com exposição correta. Você também pode usá-la como ponto de partida e, em seguida, melhorar os ajustes clicando sobre o botão de <gui>Ajustar</gui>.</p> +</page> diff --git a/help/pt_BR/edit-external.page b/help/pt_BR/edit-external.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6c0fe3c --- /dev/null +++ b/help/pt_BR/edit-external.page @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="edit-external" xml:lang="pt-BR"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#edit"/> + <desc>Use um programa diferente para editar fotos.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="edit-redeye"/> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Felipe Braga</mal:name> + <mal:email>fbobraga@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2015</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + </info> + + <title>Editando fotos com um programa externo</title> + + <p>Você pode querer ou precisar usar um editor externo para fazer trabalhos adicionais nas fotos. Se instalados, GIMP e UFRaw são os editores externos padrão para edição de fotos e arquivos RAW, respectivamente. Se esses programas não estão instalados, você deve selecionar seus editores preferidos usando o item do menu <guiseq><gui>Editar</gui><gui>Preferências</gui></guiseq> e selecionando editores na lista dos aplicativos instalados.</p> + + <p>Quando os editores forem definidos, selecione uma foto e use o item de menu <guiseq><gui>Fotos</gui><gui>Abrir com o editor externo</gui></guiseq> para abrir a foto com o editor externo. Da mesma forma, se a foto original é um arquivo RAW, use o item de menu <guiseq><gui>Fotos</gui><gui>Abrir com editor de RAW</gui></guiseq> para editar o arquivo RAW diretamente com o editor definido.</p> + + <p>Ao concluir suas edições e salvar o arquivo, o Shotwell irá detectar as alterações e atualizar a foto. Quando as edições externas forem feitas, mantenha pressionada a tecla <key>Shift</key> na vista de "toda janela" para mostrar a foto original, ao invés da editada.</p> + + <p>Revertendo à original vai apagar todas as edições externas.</p> + + <note> + <p>Se você editar externamente uma foto RAW e salvar o resultado em outra imagem, tal como um JPEG ou PNG, o Shotwell não conseguirá determinar automaticamente que a foto RAW original e a nova imagem devem ser emparelhadas.</p> + + <p>Se você quer usar a imagem resultante dentro do Shotwell, você precisa importá-la.</p> + </note> +</page> diff --git a/help/pt_BR/edit-nondestructive.page b/help/pt_BR/edit-nondestructive.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9f5d2fd --- /dev/null +++ b/help/pt_BR/edit-nondestructive.page @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="edit-nondestructive" xml:lang="pt-BR"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#edit"/> + <desc>O Shotwell é um editor de foto não-destrutivo - ele não modifica suas fotos originais.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="edit-date-time"/> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Felipe Braga</mal:name> + <mal:email>fbobraga@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2015</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + </info> + + <title>O que acontece com o arquivo original quando eu editar uma foto no Shotwell?</title> + +<p>O Shotwell é um editor de foto não-destrutivo. Ele não modifica suas fotos originais. Ou seja, se você cortar uma foto ou ajustar suas cores, o arquivo de foto no disco permanece não alterado. O Shotwell armazena as suas edições em um banco de dados os aplica em tempo real, quando necessário. Isto significa que você pode desfazer quaisquer alterações que você faz para uma foto.</p> + +<p>Para ver a foto antes de suas alterações, pressione a tecla <key>Shift</key>. A foto original será exibida enquanto você mantiver pressionada a tecla.</p> + +<p>Note que o Shotwell pode, opcionalmente, gravar metadados (como etiquetas e títulos) nos arquivos originais das fotos. Para obter mais informações, consulte a seção <link xref="other-files">Arquivos de fotos</link>.</p> + +</page> diff --git a/help/pt_BR/edit-redeye.page b/help/pt_BR/edit-redeye.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..24c73cf --- /dev/null +++ b/help/pt_BR/edit-redeye.page @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="edit-redeye" xml:lang="pt-BR"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#edit"/> + <desc>Corrija fotos onde as pessoas ficam com os olhos vermelhos por causa do flash da câmera.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="edit-rotate"/> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Felipe Braga</mal:name> + <mal:email>fbobraga@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2015</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + </info> + + <title>Removendo olhos vermelhos</title> + + <p>Olhos vermelhos ocorrem quando o flash da câmera reflete a pupila do olho de alguém. Para eliminar este efeito em uma foto, use a ferramenta de remoção de olhos vermelhos.</p> + <steps> + <item> + <p>Clique <gui>Olhos vermelhos</gui>. Um círculo aparecerá na foto.</p> + </item> + <item> + <p>Posicione o círculo sobre a pupila afetada, ajuste seu tamanho com o controle deslizante, e pressione <gui>Aplicar</gui>. A vermelhidão será removida.</p> + </item> + <item> + <p>Repita esse processo para todas as pupilas afetadas na foto. Clique em <gui>Fechar</gui> quando terminar.</p> + </item> + </steps> +</page> diff --git a/help/pt_BR/edit-rotate.page b/help/pt_BR/edit-rotate.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..98916f2 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/pt_BR/edit-rotate.page @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="edit-rotate" xml:lang="pt-BR"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#edit"/> + <desc>Clique no botão <gui>Girar</gui>, ou use um dos comandos no menu <gui>Foto</gui>.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="edit-straighten"/> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Felipe Braga</mal:name> + <mal:email>fbobraga@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2015</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + </info> + + <title>Girando ou invertendo uma foto</title> + + <p>Você pode girar suas fotos para a esquerda e para a direita (sentido horário e anti-horário) com o botão <gui>Girar</gui> da barra de ferramentas da maioria das visões. Você também pode inverter/espelhar uma foto, tanto horizontalmente quanto verticalmente.</p> + + <p>Para girar à direita, clique no botão <gui>Girar</gui>. Para girar à esquerda, mantenha pressionada a tecla <key>Ctrl</key> e clique no botão <gui>Girar</gui>. Ambos os comandos estão disponíveis também no menu <gui>Fotos</gui>. Como alternativa, use os seguintes atalhos de teclado:</p> + <list> + <item><p>girar à esquerda: <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>R</key></keyseq> ou <key>[</key></p></item> + <item><p>girar à direita: <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>R</key></keyseq> ou <key>]</key></p></item> + </list> + <p>Para espelhar uma foto horizontalmente, use o item <gui>Inverter horizontalmente</gui> do menu <gui>Fotos</gui>. Para espelhar uma foto verticalmente, use o item <gui>Inverter verticalmente</gui> do mesmo menu.</p> + + <note> + <p>Se você selecionar mais de uma foto, você pode girar todas ao mesmo tempo.</p> + </note> + +</page> diff --git a/help/pt_BR/edit-straighten.page b/help/pt_BR/edit-straighten.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1b588f4 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/pt_BR/edit-straighten.page @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="edit-straighten" xml:lang="pt-BR"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#edit"/> + <desc>Endireitar uma foto para que seu horizonte pareça nivelado.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="edit-undo"/> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Felipe Braga</mal:name> + <mal:email>fbobraga@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2015</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + </info> + + <title>Endireitando fotos</title> + +<p>A ferramenta de endireitar permite que as fotos sejam nivelados e endireitadas. A ferramenta de endireitar só está disponível nos modos de janela toda ou tela cheia.</p> + + <steps> + <item> + <p>Clique em <gui>Endireitar</gui>. O controle de endireitar aparecerá. Como alternativa, use o atalho de teclado <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></keyseq>.</p> + </item> + <item> + <p>Arraste o controle deslizante para atingir o grau desejado de endireitamento.</p> + </item> + <item> + <p>Pressione <gui>Endireitar</gui> quando tiver terminado.</p> + </item> + </steps> + +</page> diff --git a/help/pt_BR/edit-undo.page b/help/pt_BR/edit-undo.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..32a2a50 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/pt_BR/edit-undo.page @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="edit-undo" xml:lang="pt-BR"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#edit"/> + <desc>Retorne uma foto para sua forma original, não editada.</desc> + + <link type="seealso" xref="edit-nondestructive"/> + + <link type="next" xref="edit-nondestructive"/> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Felipe Braga</mal:name> + <mal:email>fbobraga@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2015</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + </info> + + <title>Desfazendo alterações</title> + + <p>Como o Shotwell é um editor de foto não-destrutivo, você pode desfazer quaisquer alterações que você fez para uma foto.</p> + + <p>Para ver a foto antes de suas alterações, pressione a tecla <key>Shift</key>. A foto original será exibida enquanto você mantiver pressionada a tecla.</p> + + <p>Para desfazer todas as alterações feitas a uma foto, use o item de menu <guiseq><gui>Fotos</gui><gui>Reverter para o original</gui></guiseq>. A única exceção é que os ajustes de hora e data não serão revertidos.</p> + +</page> diff --git a/help/pt_BR/formats.page b/help/pt_BR/formats.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b262c3e --- /dev/null +++ b/help/pt_BR/formats.page @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="formats" xml:lang="pt-BR"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index"/> + <desc>O Shotwell oferece suporte a arquivos de fotos JPEG, PNG, TIFF, BMP e RAW e arquivos de vídeo.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="running"/> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Felipe Braga</mal:name> + <mal:email>fbobraga@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2015</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + </info> + + <title>Suporte a formatos de foto e vídeo</title> + + <p>O Shotwell oferece suporte aos formatos JPEG, PNG, TIFF, BMP e arquivos de <link type="guide" xref="other-raw">fotos em RAW</link>. O Shotwell ainda não oferece suporte a outros formatos gráficos, como o GIF.</p> + +<p>Suporte ao formato RAW do Shotwell é limitado. Quando você ver uma foto RAW, na verdade você está vendo um JPEG derivado da foto RAW, e não a imagem RAW. Além disso, o edição RAW não é totalmente de 16 bits - você só pode exportar fotos editadas como arquivos de 8 bits. Todos os formatos aos quais há suporte podem ser usados na exportação (JPEG, PNG, TIFF e BMP).</p> + +<p>Para obter mais informações sobre o tratamento das fotos em formato RAW no Shotwell, por favor, consulte a seção <link type="guide" xref="other-raw">Suporte de arquivos RAW no Shotwell</link>.</p> + +<p>O Shotwell também oferece suporte a arquivos de vídeo em qualquer formato reconhecido pela biblioteca de mídia GStreamer no sistema no qual o Shotwell está em execução. Isso normalmente inclui os seguintes formatos, entre outros:</p> +<list> +<item><p>Formatos de contêineres: Ogg, QuickTime, MP4, AVI.</p></item> +<item><p>Codificadores: Theora, QuickTime, MPEG-4, Motion JPEG. <em>Note que alguns sistemas operacionais podem não incluir todos os listados aqui devido a restrições legais ou de licenciamento.</em></p></item> +</list> + +<p>O Shotwell oferece suporte a arquivos de fotos e vídeos, mas, para simplificar, esta documentação utiliza apenas o termo "fotos" na maioria dos lugares. A maioria das operações no Shotwell se aplicam à fotos e vídeos, como eventos, marcações, avaliações, atribuição de etiquetas e publicações.</p> + +</page> diff --git a/help/pt_BR/import-camera.page b/help/pt_BR/import-camera.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..43fbbab --- /dev/null +++ b/help/pt_BR/import-camera.page @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="import-camera" xml:lang="pt-BR"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#import"/> + <desc>Copie fotos de uma câmera digital.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="import-memorycard"/> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Felipe Braga</mal:name> + <mal:email>fbobraga@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2015</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + </info> + + <title>Importando fotos de uma câmera</title> + + <p>Para importar fotos de uma câmera digital:</p> + + <steps> + <item> + <p>Conecte a câmera ao computador e ligue-a. O Shotwell irá detectá-la e mostrá-la na barra lateral.</p> + </item> + <item> + <p>Selecione a câmera na barra lateral. Pré-visualizações das fotos na câmera serão exibidas.</p> + </item> + <item> + <p>Se preferir, você pode escolher um conjunto de fotos para importar. Para isso, mantenha pressionada a tecla <key>Ctrl</key> e clique para selecionar cada foto. Você pode segurar a tecla <key>Shift</key> e clicar para selecionar um intervalo de fotos.</p> + </item> + <item> + <p>Clique em <gui>Importar selecionadas</gui> ou em <gui>Importar todas</gui>. As fotos serão copiadas da câmera e gravadas em seu computador.</p> + </item> + </steps> + + <p>Quando importação estiver concluída, você pode selecionar <gui>Última importação</gui> na barra lateral para ver as fotos importadas. A lista de eventos também irá mostrar novas entradas para as datas correspondentes às fotos importadas.</p> +</page> diff --git a/help/pt_BR/import-f-spot.page b/help/pt_BR/import-f-spot.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b982856 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/pt_BR/import-f-spot.page @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="import-f-spot" xml:lang="pt-BR"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#import"/> + <desc>O Shotwell pode importar todas as suas fotos e etiquetas do programa gerenciador de fotos F-Spot.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="import-camera"/> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Felipe Braga</mal:name> + <mal:email>fbobraga@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2015</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + </info> + + <title>Importando do F-Spot</title> + + <p>Para importar uma coleção de fotos existentes do programa F-Spot:</p> + <steps> + <item><p>Selecione <guiseq><gui>Arquivo</gui><gui>Importar do F-Spot</gui></guiseq>.</p></item> + <item><p>Escolha a biblioteca padrão do F-Spot ou outro banco de dados do F-Spot. Para importar bancos d dados diferentes do padrão do F-Spot, selecione o diretório e o arquivo dele.</p></item> + </steps> + <p>O Shotwell vai importar suas fotos, com as suas etiquetas e outras informações. Quando a importação for concluída, você pode selecionar <gui>Última importação</gui> na barra lateral para ver as fotos importadas. A lista de eventos também irá mostrar novas entradas para as datas correspondentes às fotos importadas.</p> +</page> diff --git a/help/pt_BR/import-file.page b/help/pt_BR/import-file.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a11e17d --- /dev/null +++ b/help/pt_BR/import-file.page @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="import-file" xml:lang="pt-BR"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#import"/> + <desc>Importe fotos existentes no computador.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="import-f-spot"/> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Felipe Braga</mal:name> + <mal:email>fbobraga@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2015</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + </info> + + <title>Importando de seu disco rígido</title> + + <p>Para importar arquivos de seu disco rígido para o Shotwell, basta arrastá-los a partir do seu navegador de arquivos para a janela do Shotwell.</p> + + <p>Alternativamente, use o item de menu <guiseq><gui>Arquivo</gui><gui>Importar da pasta...</gui></guiseq> e selecione a pasta que contém as fotos que você deseja importar.</p> + + <p>O Shotwell irá perguntar se você deseja copiar os arquivos de fotos para a pasta de biblioteca (geralmente este é a pasta <file>Imagens</file> no seu diretório pessoal) ou importá-los do lugar, sem copiar os arquivos.</p> + + <p>Se você manter pressionada a tecla <key>Ctrl</key> enquanto arrasta as fotos para o Shotwell, ele irá copiar as fotos para a pasta de biblioteca sem te perguntar. Da mesma forma, se você segurar a tecla <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Shift</key></keyseq> enquanto arrasta fotos para o Shotwell, ele vai importar as fotos do lugar sem copiá-las, sem te perguntar.</p> + + <p>Quando importação estiver concluída, você pode selecionar <gui>Última importação</gui> na barra lateral para ver as fotos importadas. A lista de eventos também irá mostrar novas entradas para as datas correspondentes às fotos importadas.</p> + +</page> diff --git a/help/pt_BR/import-memorycard.page b/help/pt_BR/import-memorycard.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..49d1927 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/pt_BR/import-memorycard.page @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="import-memorycard" xml:lang="pt-BR"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#import"/> + <desc>Importe fotos do cartão de memória de uma câmera digital.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="import-file"/> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Felipe Braga</mal:name> + <mal:email>fbobraga@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2015</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + </info> + + <title>Importando fotos de um cartão de memória</title> + +<p>Para importar fotos do cartão de memória de uma câmera:</p> + +<steps> + <item> + <p>Coloque o cartão no leitor de cartões de memória do computador. Certifique-se de que o leitor de cartão está corretamente conectado ao computador e ligado.</p> + </item> + <item> + <p>O cartão de memória será detectado automaticamente.</p> + </item> + <item> + <p>Siga as instruções para <link xref="import-file">importar fotos de seu disco rígido</link>. Se você usar o menu <guiseq><gui>Arquivo</gui><gui>Importar da pasta...</gui></guiseq>, o cartão de memória deve ser visível como uma pasta na barra lateral da janela de seleção de arquivos.</p> + </item> +</steps> + +<p>O Shotwell pode importar fotos de qualquer cartão de memória compatível com o seu leitor de cartões.</p> + +<p>Se o cartão não for detectado automaticamente, o seu leitor de cartões pode não ter sido reconhecido. Tente desconectá-lo e, em seguida, ligá-lo novamente. Se isso não funcionar, você ainda deve conseguir importar fotos <link xref="import-camera">conectando sua câmera no computador</link>.</p> + +</page> diff --git a/help/pt_BR/index.page b/help/pt_BR/index.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ba732d1 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/pt_BR/index.page @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="index" xml:lang="pt-BR"> + + <info> + <title type="link">Shotwell</title> + <title type="text">Shotwell</title> + <credit type="author"> + <name>Jim Nelson</name> + <email>jim@yorba.org</email> + <name>Allison Barlow</name> + <email>allison@yorba.org</email> + <name>Robert Ancell</name> + <email>robert.ancell@canonical.com</email> + <name>Peter Smith</name> + <email>pdo.smith@gmail.com</email> + <name>Phil Bull</name> + <email>philbull@gmail.com</email> + </credit> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Felipe Braga</mal:name> + <mal:email>fbobraga@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2015</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + </info> + + + <title><media type="image" src="figures/shotwell_logo.png"/>Gerenciador de fotos Shotwell</title> + + <section id="import" style="2column"> + <title>Importando fotos</title> + </section> + + <section id="view" style="2column"> + <title>Visualizando fotos</title> + </section> + + <section id="organize" style="2column"> + <title>Organizando as fotos</title> + </section> + + <section id="edit" style="2column"> + <title>Editando fotos</title> + </section> + + <section id="share" style="2column"> + <title>Compartilhando fotos</title> + </section> + + <section id="other" style="2column"> + <title>Outras funcionalidades</title> + </section> +</page> diff --git a/help/pt_BR/organize-event.page b/help/pt_BR/organize-event.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c3252b8 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/pt_BR/organize-event.page @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="event" xml:lang="pt-BR"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#organize"/> + <desc>Agrupa fotos que foram tiradas na mesma época. Saiba como mudar o nome, mesclar e classificar eventos.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="flag"/> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Felipe Braga</mal:name> + <mal:email>fbobraga@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2015</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + </info> + + <title>Eventos</title> + + <p>Um evento é um grupo de fotos que foram tiradas aproximadamente ao mesmo tempo. Quando você importar fotos, o Shotwell verifica a data em que cada foto foi tirada e agrupa as fotos em eventos.</p> + + <p>Clique na visão <gui>Eventos</gui> da barra lateral para ver as suas fotos organizadas por data. Se você selecionar um mês ou um ano a partir da barra lateral, uma lista de eventos será exibido na janela principal. Clique duas vezes em um evento para ver todas as fotos que dele.</p> + + <p>Se uma foto não tem nenhuma informação de data/hora incorporadas, o Shotwell não consegue colocá-la automaticamente em um evento. Neste caso, a foto aparecerá no item <gui>Nenhum Evento</gui> da visão de eventos, acessível na barra lateral. Você ainda pode mover a foto para outro evento, se necessário, como descrito abaixo.</p> + + <section> + <title>Renomeando eventos</title> + + <p>Para dar a um evento um nome ao invés de se referir a ele pela sua data, selecione o evento e use o item de menu <guiseq><gui>Eventos</gui><gui>Renomear evento...</gui></guiseq> e digite um novo nome para o evento. Outras formas de mudar o nome de um evento é pressionar a tecla F2 ou clicar com o botão direito (e usar o menu de contexto) em seu nome na barra lateral; digite um novo nome e pressione Enter.</p> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Movendo fotos entre eventos</title> + + <p>As fotos são inicialmente agrupadas em eventos por data, mas você pode mover fotos entre eventos. Para isso, arraste qualquer foto e solte-a sobre outro evento na barra lateral.</p> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Criando e unindo eventos</title> + <p>Para criar um novo evento, selecione as fotos dele o novo evento e use o item do menu <guiseq><gui>Eventos</gui><gui>Novo evento</gui></guiseq>.</p> + <p>Para unir eventos, selecione <guiseq><gui>Eventos</gui></guiseq> da barra lateral e, mantendo a tecla <key>Ctrl</key> pressionada clique sobre os eventos que deseja unir na janela principal. Com os eventos selecionados, use o item do menu <guiseq><gui>Eventos</gui><gui>Unir eventos</gui></guiseq>.</p> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Ordenando Eventos</title> + + <p>Os eventos são exibidos em uma árvore na barra lateral, organizados pelo ano e mês da foto mais antiga no evento. Para alterar a ordenação dos eventos, use o item do menu <guiseq><gui>Ver</gui><gui>Ordenar eventos</gui></guiseq> e selecione <gui>Ascendente</gui> ou <gui>Descendente</gui>.</p> + + </section> + + <section> + <title>Mude a foto usada para representar cada evento</title> + + <p>Se você selecionar o item <gui>Eventos</gui> na barra lateral, você verá uma única foto que representa cada evento. Ela é chamada de "foto chave" do evento (também chamada de "foto de capa" em alguns serviços de publicação).</p> + + <p>Por padrão, o Shotwell usa a primeira foto de cada evento como a sua foto chave. Para usar uma foto de chave diferente, selecione a foto e use o item do menu <guiseq><gui>Fotos</gui><gui>Designar foto como chave para evento</gui></guiseq>.</p> + + </section> + +</page> diff --git a/help/pt_BR/organize-flag.page b/help/pt_BR/organize-flag.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a49861f --- /dev/null +++ b/help/pt_BR/organize-flag.page @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="flag" xml:lang="pt-BR"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#organize"/> + <desc>Marque fotos para sinalizá-las como algo especial ou para trabalhar com elas depois conjuntamente.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="rating"/> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Felipe Braga</mal:name> + <mal:email>fbobraga@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2015</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + </info> + + <title>Marcando fotos</title> + + <p>O Shotwell permite que você <em>marque</em> fotos. Quando uma foto é marcada, um pequeno ícone de bandeira aparece no canto superior direito dela. Você pode selecionar o item <gui>Marcada</gui> na barra lateral para ver todas as fotos que foram marcadas.</p> + + <p>Marcar uma foto a sinaliza como "especial". Você pode interpretar isso como quiser. Por exemplo, você pode marcar todas as fotos que precisam de ajuste visual ou todas as fotos que você deseja mandar para um amigo.</p> + + <p>Marcar também é útil para sinalizar todas as fotos conjunto a ser trabalhado. Por exemplo, você pode selecionar o modo de exibição de fotos <gui>Marcadas</gui> e, em seguida, enviar elas para um serviço de publicação.</p> + + <section> + <title>Para marcar ou desmarcar uma foto</title> + <p>Para marcar ou desmarcar de uma foto, clique com o botão direito do mouse na foto e use os itens <gui>Marcar</gui> ou <gui>Desmarcar</gui> do menu de contexto. Ou use as teclas de atalho <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>G</key></keyseq> ou <key>/</key>.</p> + </section> + +</page> diff --git a/help/pt_BR/organize-rating.page b/help/pt_BR/organize-rating.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d9f91fd --- /dev/null +++ b/help/pt_BR/organize-rating.page @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="rating" xml:lang="pt-BR"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#organize"/> + <desc>Dê às fotos uma avaliação entre 1 e 5 estrelas. Você pode tirar fotos ruins da visão.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="delete"/> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Felipe Braga</mal:name> + <mal:email>fbobraga@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2015</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + </info> + + <title>Avaliações</title> +<p>Você pode atribuir a cada foto uma avaliação de 1-5 estrelas, ou pode classificá-la como Rejeitada, caso em que o Shotwell irá esconder a foto por padrão.</p> + +<p>Você pode avaliar uma foto ou um conjunto de fotos com uma das seguintes formas:</p> + +<list> +<item><p>Selecione a(s) foto(s) e, em seguida, defina uma avaliação usando o item do menu <guiseq><gui>Fotos</gui><gui>Avaliar</gui></guiseq>.</p></item> +<item><p>Clique com o botão direito do mouse sobre a(s) foto(s) e use o item "Avaliar" do menu de contexto.</p></item> +<item><p>Selecione a(s) foto(s) e, em seguida, pressione qualquer uma das teclas de atalho <key>1</key>, <key>2</key>, <key>3</key>, <key>4</key> ou <key>5</key> para atribuir uma avaliação. Ou pressione <key>9</key> para marcar a(s) foto(s) como "rejeitada(s)" ou <key>0</key> para apagar a(s) avaliações(s).</p></item> +</list> + +<p>Normalmente o Shotwell exibe todas as fotos exceto fotos rejeitadas. Você pode definir um filtro de classificação diferente usando o item de menu <guiseq><gui>Ver</gui><gui>Filtrar fotos</gui></guiseq> - por exemplo, você pode exibir somente fotos avaliado com 3 estrelas ou mais, ou você pode exibir todas as fotos, incluindo aquelas marcadas como "rejeitadas". A barra de pesquisa do Shotwell aparece mostrando o filtro atual e também pode ser usada para alterá-lo.</p> + +<p>O Shotwell normalmente exibe a avaliação de cada foto em seu canto inferior esquerdo. Você pode desativar a exibição das avaliações usando o a opção do menu <guiseq><gui>Ver</gui><gui>Avaliações</gui></guiseq>.</p> + +<p>Você pode aumentar ou diminuir a avaliação de uma foto usando o item do menu <guiseq><gui>Foto</gui><gui>Avaliar</gui><gui>Aumentar</gui></guiseq> e <guiseq><gui>Foto</gui><gui>Avaliar</gui><gui>Diminuir</gui></guiseq>, ou os atalhos de teclado <key><</key> e <key>></key>.</p> +</page> diff --git a/help/pt_BR/organize-remove.page b/help/pt_BR/organize-remove.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0b710e8 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/pt_BR/organize-remove.page @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="delete" xml:lang="pt-BR"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#organize"/> + <desc>Remova fotos da biblioteca, ou apague-as do seu computador.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="search"/> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Felipe Braga</mal:name> + <mal:email>fbobraga@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2015</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + </info> + + <title>Removendo e apagando fotos</title> + + <p>Você pode remover fotos de sua biblioteca e/ou apagá-las de seu disco rígido.</p> +<media type="image" src="figures/trash_process.png">Processo de exclusão</media> +<p>Este diagrama mostra como uma foto, quando excluída, é primeiro colocado na lixeira do Shotwell. Se você excluí-la da lixeira do Shotwell, ela é colocado na lixeira do computador. Se você apagá-la da lixeira do seu computador a foto é finalmente e irremediavelmente apagada do seu computador.</p> +<section id="delete-remove"> + <title>Removendo fotos da biblioteca</title> + <p>Selecione as fotos para remover use o item do menu <guiseq><gui>Editar</gui><gui>Mover para a lixeira</gui></guiseq> (você também pode pressionar a tecla <key>Delete</key>). As fotos serão movidos de sua biblioteca para a Lixeira do Shotwell.</p> + <p>Se você quiser remover fotos do Shotwell sem passar pela lixeira, basta selecionar as fotos a remover e usar o item do menu <guiseq><gui>Editar</gui><gui>Remover da biblioteca</gui></guiseq>. Os arquivos vão continuar no seu disco rígido.</p> +</section> + +<section id="delete-empty"> + <title>Esvaziando a lixeira ou restaurando itens</title> + <p>Selecione a lixeira na barra lateral e o Shotwell exibirá todas as fotos que foram marcadas para remoção ou exclusão. Na visão da lixeira, os seguintes comandos estarão disponíveis:</p> + <terms> + <item><title>Apagar</title><p>Remove as fotos selecionadas da lixeira.</p></item> + <item><title>Restaurar</title><p>Restaura as fotos selecionada para biblioteca do Shotwell.</p></item> + <item><title>Esvaziar lixeira</title><p>Remove todas as fotos da lixeira.</p></item> + </terms> +</section> + +<section id="delete-trash"> + <title>Excluindo arquivos ou limpando a lixeira</title> + <p>Ao excluir arquivos da lixeira (ou esvaziá-la), você terá as seguintes opções:</p> + <terms> + <item><title>Remover da biblioteca</title><p>Remove fotos da biblioteca, mas deixa seus arquivos em sua localização no computador.</p></item> + <item><title>Remover e apagar arquivo(s)</title><p>Remove arquivos da biblioteca e apaga do seu computador.</p></item> + <item><title>Cancelar</title><p>Não faz nada.</p></item> + </terms> +</section> + +</page> diff --git a/help/pt_BR/organize-search.page b/help/pt_BR/organize-search.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..52efa2b --- /dev/null +++ b/help/pt_BR/organize-search.page @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="search" xml:lang="pt-BR"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#organize"/> + <desc>Encontre fotos e vídeos em sua coleção por vários critérios.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="tag"/> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Felipe Braga</mal:name> + <mal:email>fbobraga@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2015</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + </info> + + <title>Pesquisando</title> + + <p>Há duas maneiras de pesquisar no Shotwell: usando a barra de pesquisa, e com uma pesquisa salva. A barra de pesquisa permite-lhe filtrar rapidamente os itens da visão atual sob determinados critérios. As pesquisa salvas apresentam critérios de pesquisa mais complexos e ficam na barra lateral depois de criadas.</p> + + <section id="searchbar"> + <title>Barra de pesquisa</title> + <p>A opção do menu <guiseq><gui>Ver</gui><gui>Barra de pequisa</gui></guiseq> alterna a exibição da barra de pesquisa. Você também pode pressionar as teclas <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</key></keyseq> ou <key>F8</key> para abrir a barra de pesquisa. A partir desta barra, você pode filtrar, mostrar e esconder suas fotos e vídeos baseados em título, etiquetas, avaliação ou outras opções.</p> + + <p>Para iniciar um filtro, basta digitar algo na caixa de texto, clicar em <gui>Marcada</gui>, escolher a <gui>Avaliação</gui> ou <gui>Tipo</gui>. Serão filtrados os itens da visão atual que correspondam aos critérios da pesquisa (o texto da pesquisa é verificado em etiquetas, títulos e nomes de arquivos das fotos e vídeos).</p> + + <p>Desabilitar a barra de pesquisa ou sair do Shotwell retira automaticamente o filtro definido nela.</p> + </section> + + <section id="savedsearch"> + <title>Pesquisa salva</title> + <p>Uma pesquisa salva persiste entre as sessões do Shotwell, e é atualizada como fotos e vídeos adicionados, removidos ou alterados de sua biblioteca.</p> + + <p>Crie uma nova pesquisa salva usando o item do menu <guiseq><gui>Editar</gui><gui>Nova pesquisa salva...</gui></guiseq> ou pressionando as teclas <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq>. A caixa de diálogo exibida permite que você digite um nome para a pesquisa e selecionar como são verificadas as combinações dos critérios nas linhas seguintes: "todos", "qualquer" ou "nenhum".</p> + + <p>Cada linha representa um critério de pesquisa. Use o botão <gui>+</gui> para adicionar mais linhas, e o botão <gui>-</gui> da direita das linhas para removê-las. Do lado esquerdo de cada linha há listas para selecionar o tipo da pesquisa. O botão <gui>OK</gui> só fica disponível quando os critérios são válidos.</p> + </section> + +</page> diff --git a/help/pt_BR/organize-tag.page b/help/pt_BR/organize-tag.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8b2fdf7 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/pt_BR/organize-tag.page @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="tag" xml:lang="pt-BR"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#organize"/> + <desc>Organize suas fotos com rótulos.</desc> + + <link type="seealso" xref="event"/> + + <link type="next" xref="title"/> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Felipe Braga</mal:name> + <mal:email>fbobraga@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2015</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + </info> + + <title>Etiquetando fotos</title> + + <p>Você pode atribuir uma ou mais etiquetas para as fotos selecionadas. Uma etiqueta é composta de uma ou mais palavras que serão associadas às fotos.</p> + + <p>Para adicionar novas etiquetas nas fotos, selecione as fotos que você gostaria de etiquetar, e:</p> + + <list> + <item><p>Use o item de menu <guiseq><gui>Etiquetas</gui><gui>Adicionar etiquetas...</gui></guiseq>.</p></item> + <item><p>Pressione as teclas <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>T</key></keyseq>.</p></item> + <item><p>Arraste as fotos selecionadas até etiqueta desejada, na barra lateral.</p></item> + </list> + + <p>Quando você usa o <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>T</key></keyseq> ou <guiseq><gui>Etiquetas</gui><gui>Adicionar etiquetas...</gui></guiseq> você poderá digitar os nomes de uma ou mais etiquetas, separados por vírgulas. Depois de ter criado uma etiqueta, você pode renomeá-la selecionando essa etiqueta na barra lateral e escolher <guiseq><gui>Etiquetas</gui><gui>Renomear etiqueta "[nome]"...</gui></guiseq>, ou clicar com o botão direito nela e usar o item <gui>Renomear...</gui> no menu de contexto, ou ainda clicar duas vezes sobre a etiqueta na barra lateral.</p> + + <p>Para alterar quais as etiquetas que estão associados a uma determinada foto, selecione a foto e use o item de menu <guiseq><gui>Etiquetas</gui><gui>Modificar etiquetas...</gui></guiseq> ou clique com o botão direito do mouse na foto e use o item do menu de contexto <gui>Modificar etiquetas...</gui> e altere a lista separada por vírgulas. Para remover uma etiqueta de uma ou mais fotos, selecione primeiro a etiqueta na barra lateral, em seguida selecione as fotos de que você deseja tirar a etiqueta, e use o item de menu <guiseq><gui>Etiquetas</gui><gui>Remover a etiqueta "[nome]" das fotos</gui></guiseq> ou clique com o botão direito sobre as fotos e use o item <gui>Remover a etiqueta "[nome]" das fotos</gui> do menu de contexto.</p> + + <p>Para apagar uma etiqueta completamente, selecione a etiqueta na barra lateral e use o item de menu <guiseq><gui>Etiquetas</gui><gui>Apagar etiqueta "[nome]"</gui></guiseq> ou clique com o botão direito na etiqueta e use o item <gui>Apagar etiqueta "[nome]</gui> do menu de contexto.</p> + + <p>Quando você cria uma etiqueta, ela aparece na barra lateral sob o item <gui>Etiquetas</gui>, que não aparece se não existe pelo menos uma etiqueta. As fotos podem ter várias etiquetas associadas a elas, e quando você clicar sobre o nome de uma etiqueta na barra lateral, você vai ver todas as fotos associadas a essa etiqueta.</p> + + <section id="hierarchaicaltags"> + <title>Etiquetas hierárquicas</title> + <p>O Shotwell oferece suporte a hierarquia entre etiquetas. Você pode reorganizar suas etiquetas arrastando e soltando uma etiqueta sobre outra. Para criar uma nova subetiqueta clique com o botão direito numa etiqueta e use o item <gui>Nova</gui> no menu de contexto.</p> + + <p>Etiquetas hierárquica ajudam a organizar sua lista de etiquetas da forma que melhor corresponder à forma como você trabalha ou pensa; por exemplo, você pode armazenar a localização em etiquetas como "Montanha" ou "Praia" dentro de uma etiqueta-pai "Lugares", que podem ser colocados sob a etiqueta "Férias de Verão".</p> + + <p>Note que apagar uma etiqueta-pai também vai apagar suas etiquetas-filhas.</p> + </section> +</page> diff --git a/help/pt_BR/organize-title.page b/help/pt_BR/organize-title.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6db9e9b --- /dev/null +++ b/help/pt_BR/organize-title.page @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="title" xml:lang="pt-BR"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#organize"/> + <desc>Dê títulos às suas fotos.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="event"/> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Felipe Braga</mal:name> + <mal:email>fbobraga@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2015</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + </info> + + <title>Títulos</title> + +<p>A caixa de seleção <guiseq><gui>Ver</gui><gui>Títulos</gui></guiseq> alterna a exibição de títulos abaixo de cada foto. Por padrão, o título de uma foto é seu nome de arquivo.</p> + +<p>Para alterar o título de uma foto, selecione a foto e clique em <guiseq><gui>Fotos</gui><gui>Editar título...</gui></guiseq>, ou pressione a tecla <key>F2</key>.</p> + +</page> diff --git a/help/pt_BR/other-files.page b/help/pt_BR/other-files.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5fcc72b --- /dev/null +++ b/help/pt_BR/other-files.page @@ -0,0 +1,106 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="other-files" xml:lang="pt-BR"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#other"/> + <desc>Mantenha a biblioteca do Shotwell sincronizada com os arquivos de seu disco rígido.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="other-plugins"/> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Felipe Braga</mal:name> + <mal:email>fbobraga@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2015</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + </info> + + <title>Arquivos de fotos</title> + + <p>Cada foto na biblioteca do Shotwell corresponde a um arquivo armazenado em seu disco rígido. O Shotwell tem várias funcionalidades que te ajudam a manter a biblioteca e os arquivos no disco sincronizados.</p> + <links type="section"/> + + <section id="dirpattern"> + <title>Usando um padrão de diretórios personalizado</title> + <p>O Shotwell permite especificar como chama diretórios em sua biblioteca. Você pode fazer isso alterando a <gui>Estrutura de diretório</gui> e as configurações <gui>Padrão</gui> na janela <gui>Preferências</gui>. Você pode usar um padrão na lista, ou escolher <gui>Personalizar</gui> e digitar o seu próprio.</p> + + <p>Os símbolos disponíveis para o padrão de diretório começam com uma % (sinal de porcentagem). Os valores produzidos são dependentes da idioma/região, de modo que você vê no seu computador pode se diferente dos exemplos abaixo.</p> + + <table frame="all" rules="rowgroups"> + <tbody> + <tr> + <td><p> </p></td> <td><p><em>Símbolo</em></p></td> <td><p><em>Significado</em></p></td> <td><p><em>Exemplo</em></p></td> + </tr> + </tbody> + <tbody> + <tr> + <td><p> </p></td><td><p>%Y</p></td><td><p>Ano (completo)</p></td><td><p>2011</p></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td><p> </p></td><td><p>%y</p></td><td><p>Ano (dois dígitos)</p></td><td><p>11</p></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td><p> </p></td><td><p>%d</p></td><td><p>Dia do mês (com zero inicial)</p></td><td><p>03</p></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td><p> </p></td><td><p>%A</p></td><td><p>Nome do dia da semana (completo)</p></td><td><p>Quarta-feira</p></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td><p> </p></td><td><p>%a</p></td><td><p>Nome do dia da semana (abreviado)</p></td><td><p>Qua</p></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td><p> </p></td><td><p>%m</p></td><td><p>Mês (com zero inicial)</p></td><td><p>02</p></td> + </tr> + <tr><td><p> </p></td><td><p>%b</p></td><td><p>Nome do mês (abreviado)</p></td><td><p>Fev</p></td></tr><tr><td><p> </p></td><td><p>%B</p></td><td><p>Nome do mês (completo)</p></td><td><p>Fevereiro</p></td></tr><tr><td><p> </p></td><td><p>%I</p></td><td><p>Hora (formato de 12h)</p></td><td><p>05</p></td></tr><tr><td><p> </p></td><td><p>%H</p></td><td><p>Hora (formato de 24h)</p></td><td><p>17</p></td></tr><tr><td><p> </p></td><td><p>%M</p></td><td><p>Minuto</p></td><td><p>16</p></td></tr><tr><td><p> </p></td><td><p>%S</p></td><td><p>Segundo</p></td><td><p>30</p></td></tr><tr><td><p> </p></td><td><p>%p</p></td><td><p>AM ou PM</p></td><td><p>PM</p></td></tr> + </tbody> + </table> + + <p>Existem outros símbolos disponíveis; por favor, verifique o manual do "strftime", com o comando <cmd>man strftime</cmd> se você precisa de um que não esteja aqui.</p> + </section> + + <section id="automatic-import"> + <title>Importando fotos automaticamente</title> + + <p>O Shotwell pode importar novas fotos que aparecem no diretório da biblioteca automaticamente. (O diretório da biblioteca é geralmente o diretório <file>Imagens</file> em seu diretório pessoal, você ajustar isso na janela de <gui>Preferências</gui>.)</p> + + <p>Para habilitar a importação automática, marque a opção <gui>Monitorar diretório de biblioteca por novos arquivos</gui> na janela de <gui>Preferências</gui>.</p> + + <note style="advanced"><p>O Shotwell também pode seguir links simbólicos dentro de diretórios automaticamente importados.</p></note> + + </section> + + <section id="automatic-rename"> + <title>Renomeando automaticamente fotos importadas para minúsculas</title> + + <p>O Shotwell pode mudar automaticamente os nomes dos arquivos de fotos importadas para minúsculas. Para habilitar isso, escolha <guiseq><gui>Editar</gui><gui>Preferências</gui></guiseq> e, na janela <gui>Preferências</gui>, marque a opção <gui>Renomear arquivos importados para letra minúscula</gui>.</p> + + </section> + + <section id="writing-metadata"> + <title>Gravando os metadados sob demanda</title> + + <p>Por padrão, o Shotwell não modifica arquivos de fotos, mesmo quando você editar fotos ou alterar suas etiquetas ou títulos. O Shotwell registra essas mudanças apenas no seu próprio banco de dados.</p> + + <p>Para alterar esse comportamento, você pode marcar a opção <gui>Gravar etiquetas, títulos e outros metadados para arquivos de fotos</gui> na janela <gui>Preferências</gui>. Quando essa opção é ativada, o Shotwell grava os seguintes metadados para a maioria dos arquivos de fotos sempre que você alterá-la no Shotwell:</p> + + <list> + <item><p>títulos</p></item> + <item><p>etiquetas</p></item> + <item><p>avaliações</p></item> + <item><p>informações sobre rotação</p></item> + <item><p>data/hora</p></item> + </list> + + <p>O Shotwell armazena essas informações em arquivos de fotos nos formatos EXIF, IPTC e/ou XMP. Note que o Shotwell pode escrever apenas em arquivos de fotos em JPEG, PNG e TIFF, e não em fotos BMP, em fotos RAW ou em arquivos de vídeo.</p> + + </section> + + <section id="runtime-monitoring"> + <title>Monitoramento em tempo de execução</title> + + <p>Enquanto o Shotwell é executado, ele percebe as alterações feitas em arquivos de sua biblioteca externamente. Quando uma foto é alterada, o Shotwell relê o arquivo e atualiza a sua visão da foto e de seus metadados.</p> + + <p>Note que o Shotwell verifica todos os arquivos de sua biblioteca na inicialização, mas apenas arquivos de fotos contidas no diretório da biblioteca são monitorados em tempo real, após a inicialização. Esperamos remover esta limitação em uma nova versão.</p> + + </section> + +</page> diff --git a/help/pt_BR/other-missing.page b/help/pt_BR/other-missing.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c5d9549 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/pt_BR/other-missing.page @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="other-missing" xml:lang="pt-BR"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#other"/> + <desc>Se o Shotwell não consegue encontrar uma foto em sua biblioteca, ele marca como "faltante" em seu banco de dados.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="other-multiple"/> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Felipe Braga</mal:name> + <mal:email>fbobraga@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2015</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + </info> + + <title>Fotos faltantes</title> + +<p>Cada vez que o Shotwell é iniciado, ele verifica se os arquivos de sua biblioteca ainda existem no seu disco rígido. Se o Shotwell perceber que quaisquer arquivos da biblioteca não existem, ele não vai exibi-los nas visões normais eventos e marcações, mas em vez disso vai mostrá-los em uma visão <gui>Arquivos faltantes</gui> que aparecerá na barra lateral.</p> + +<p>Se você não quiser mais que os arquivos que faltam façam parte de sua coleção do Shotwell (talvez porque você os tenha excluídos), vá na visão de <gui>Arquivos faltantes</gui>, selecione os arquivos e clique em <gui>Remover da biblioteca</gui>.</p> + +<p>Se você tem fotos em um disco removível, como um CD ou pendrives USB, e <link xref="index#import">importá-las</link> para o Shotwell <em>sem copiar</em> os arquivos das fotos para o computador, elas vão ficar como arquivos faltantes se você retirar o disco removível. Consulte <link xref="import-file"/> para saber como copiar os arquivos de discos removíveis para seu computador.</p> + +<p>Se quaisquer arquivos faltantes se tornarem disponíveis novamente, o Shotwell perceber isso na próxima vez que for iniciado. As arquivos vão aparecer novamente nas visões de eventos e marcações.</p> + +</page> diff --git a/help/pt_BR/other-multiple.page b/help/pt_BR/other-multiple.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9c33697 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/pt_BR/other-multiple.page @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="other-multiple" xml:lang="pt-BR"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#other"/> + <desc>Você pode abrir o Shotwell com uma biblioteca diferente da normal, usando uma opção de linha de comando.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="other-files"/> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Felipe Braga</mal:name> + <mal:email>fbobraga@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2015</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + </info> + + <title>Múltiplas bibliotecas</title> + +<p>O Shotwell normalmente armazena seus bancos de dados no diretório <file>~/.shotwell</file>. Este diretório não contém as fotos, mas o banco de dados neste diretório contém a lista de todas as fotos na biblioteca do Shotwell.</p> + +<p>É possível ter várias bibliotecas do Shotwell, cada uma com seu próprio conjunto de fotos. Cada biblioteca tem seu próprio diretório de banco de dados. Para iniciar o Shotwell com uma biblioteca alternativa, basta especificar um diretório de banco de dados em sua linha de comando da seguinte forma:</p> + +<screen> +shotwell -d [diretório-do-banco-de-dados-da-biblioteca] +</screen> + +</page> diff --git a/help/pt_BR/other-plugins.page b/help/pt_BR/other-plugins.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..15755ec --- /dev/null +++ b/help/pt_BR/other-plugins.page @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="other-plugins" xml:lang="pt-BR"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#other"/> + <desc>Estenda as funcionalidades do Shotwell dinamicamente.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="other-missing"/> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Felipe Braga</mal:name> + <mal:email>fbobraga@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2015</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + </info> + + <title>Plug-ins</title> + <p>O Shotwell pode ser usado com <em>plug-ins</em>, que são bibliotecas dinâmicas que podem adicionar suporte para novos destinos de publicação ou novas transições em exibições de slides.</p> + + <p>Para ver a lista dos plug-ins instalados, use o menu <guiseq><gui>Editar</gui><gui>Preferências</gui></guiseq> e, na janela de <gui>Preferências</gui>, clique na aba <gui>Plug-ins</gui>. Você verá a lista dos plug-ins atualmente instalados, cada um com uma caixa de seleção para ativá-lo ou desativá-lo.</p> + + <note style="advanced"><p>A documentação completa de como desenvolver novos plug-ins está disponível em <link href="http://redmine.yorba.org/projects/shotwell/wiki/ShotwellArchWritingPlugins">http://redmine.yorba.org/projects/shotwell/wiki/ShotwellArchWritingPlugins</link></p></note> + +</page> diff --git a/help/pt_BR/pt_BR.po b/help/pt_BR/pt_BR.po index af8a99b..4391a5e 100644 --- a/help/pt_BR/pt_BR.po +++ b/help/pt_BR/pt_BR.po @@ -6,8 +6,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: shotwell master\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-04-16 08:18+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-04-16 08:10-0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-07-10 08:26+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-07-12 12:59-0200\n" "Last-Translator: Rafael Fontenelle <rafaelff@gnome.org>\n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese <gnome-pt_br-list@gnome.org>\n" "Language: pt_BR\n" @@ -17,1528 +17,1510 @@ msgstr "" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" "X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n" -#: C/view-sidebar.page:7(desc) -msgid "" -"The sidebar on the left of the window lists various views of your library." +#. Put one translator per line, in the form NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "translator-credits" +msgstr "Felipe Braga <fbobraga@gmail.com>, 2015" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/edit-adjustments.page:7 +msgid "Change the exposure, saturation, tint, and shadows of a photo." msgstr "" -"A barra lateral esquerda da janela lista várias visões da sua biblioteca." +"Mude a exposição, saturação, matiz/coloração, temperatura, e sombras de uma " +"foto." -#: C/view-sidebar.page:21(title) -msgid "The sidebar" -msgstr "A barra lateral" +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/edit-adjustments.page:12 +msgid "Color adjustments" +msgstr "Ajustes de cor" -#: C/view-sidebar.page:23(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/edit-adjustments.page:14 msgid "" -"The sidebar on the left side of the Shotwell window lists various views of " -"your library. Although you may see the same photo in multiple views, it's " -"only stored once on your hard drive." +"The <gui>Adjust</gui> button opens a floating window with a histogram and " +"sliders to adjust a photo's exposure, saturation, tint, temperature, and " +"shadows. The histogram also has sliders to reduce the upper and lower " +"intensity thresholds of the photograph, expanding the contrast of the middle " +"range." msgstr "" -"A barra lateral esquerda da janela lista várias visões da sua biblioteca. " -"Embora você possa ver a mesma foto em várias visões, ela só é armazenada uma " -"vez em seu disco rígido." +"O botão <gui>Ajustar</gui> abre uma janela com um histograma e controles " +"deslizantes para ajustar a exposição, saturação, matiz/coloração, " +"temperatura, e sombras de uma foto. O histograma também tem controles " +"deslizantes para reduzir os limiares de intensidade superior e inferior da " +"fotografia, ampliando o contraste da faixa intermediária." -#: C/view-sidebar.page:25(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/edit-adjustments.page:16 msgid "" -"The <gui>Last Import</gui> view lists your last imported photos no matter if " -"they are imported from F-Spot, your camera, a memory card or the hard disk." +"The <gui>Enhance</gui> button adjusts the histogram and shadows sliders to " +"improve the quality of a photo." msgstr "" -"A visão <gui>Última Importação</gui> mostra as últimas fotos importadas de " -"qualquer lugar (câmera, cartão de memória, disco rígido ou do programa F-" -"Spot)." +"O botão <gui>Melhorar</gui> ajusta o histograma e sombras automaticamente " +"para melhorar a qualidade de uma foto." -#: C/view-sidebar.page:27(p) -msgid "The <gui>Flagged</gui> lists all photos you had previous flagged." -msgstr "A visão <gui>Marcadas</gui> mostra suas fotos marcadas." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/edit-adjustments.page:18 +msgid "" +"When the photo's colors and contrast are to your liking, press <gui>OK</gui> " +"to save the changes. <gui>Reset</gui> will return the image to its original " +"state. <gui>Cancel</gui> discards all changes you've made." +msgstr "" +"Após ajustar as cores e o contraste da foto, clique em <gui>OK</gui> para " +"salvar as alterações. O botão <gui>Reiniciar</gui> irá retornar a imagem ao " +"seu estado original. O botão <gui>Cancelar</gui> descarta todas as mudanças " +"que você fez." -#: C/view-sidebar.page:29(p) +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/edit-adjustments.page:21 +msgid "What do the color adjustments do?" +msgstr "O que os ajustes fazem?" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/edit-adjustments.page:24 +msgid "Exposure" +msgstr "Exposição" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/edit-adjustments.page:25 msgid "" -"The <gui>Saved Search</gui> allows you to sort your library by many criteria." +"Changes the brightness to make it look like the photo was exposed for a " +"longer or shorter time. Use this to correct under- or over-exposed photos." msgstr "" -"A visão <gui>Pesquisa salva</gui> permite classificar sua biblioteca por " -"vários critérios de pesquisa." +"Altera o brilho para fazer parecer que a foto foi exposta por um tempo maior " +"ou menor. Utilize este ajuste para corrigir fotografias sub ou sobre-" +"expostas." -#: C/view-sidebar.page:31(p) +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/edit-adjustments.page:28 +msgid "Saturation" +msgstr "Saturação" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/edit-adjustments.page:29 msgid "" -"The <gui>Events</gui> folder lists all events in your library. An event is a " -"group of photos that were taken at approximately the same time." +"Changes how vivid colors look. If your photo looks gray and washed out, try " +"increasing the saturation. If colors look too bold, try decreasing it." msgstr "" -"A visão <gui>Eventos</gui> lista todos os eventos em sua biblioteca. Um " -"evento é um grupo de fotos que foram tiradas em datas parecidas." +"Ajusta o quanto vivas parecem as cores. Se a foto parece cinzenta e com " +"cores pouco vivas, tente aumentar a saturação. Se as cores parecem muito " +"ousadas, tente diminuí-la." + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/edit-adjustments.page:32 +msgid "Tint" +msgstr "Colorir" -#: C/view-sidebar.page:33(p) +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/edit-adjustments.page:33 msgid "" -"The <gui>Tags</gui> folder lists all tags you've assigned to photos. Photos " -"can have multiple tags attached to them. When you click on the name of a tag " -"in the sidebar, you will see all the photos associated with that tag." +"This tints the photo with a color. It's useful for correcting photos taken " +"with the wrong white balance setting, which typically have an unnatural " +"color cast. For example, photos taken outdoors with the white balance set to " +"\"Tungsten\" may have a blue cast." msgstr "" -"A visão <gui>Etiquetas</gui> lista todas as etiquetas que você colocou nas " -"fotos. Fotos podem ter várias etiquetas. Clicar no nome de uma etiqueta na " -"barra lateral mostra todas as fotos associadas à ela." +"Este ajuste tinge a foto com uma cor. É útil para corrigir as fotos tiradas " +"com a configuração de equilíbrio de brancos errado, que ficam com cores que " +"não parecem naturais. Por exemplo, fotos tiradas ao ar livre com o balanço " +"de brancos definido como \"Incandescente\" ficam com um tom azulado." + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/edit-adjustments.page:36 +msgid "Temperature" +msgstr "Temperatura" -#: C/view-information.page:7(desc) +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/edit-adjustments.page:37 msgid "" -"View more detailed information about photos, like the exposure mode used by " -"the camera." +"Changes how \"warm\" or \"cool\" the picture looks. Use this to make cold, " +"depressing scenes look more lively, for example." msgstr "" -"Exibe informações detalhadas sobre fotos, como o modo de exposição usado " -"pela câmera." +"Ajusta a forma como a foto parece \"quente\" ou \"fria\". Use-o para fazer " +"que cenas frias e deprimentes pareçam mais animadas, por exemplo." -#: C/view-information.page:12(title) -msgid "Basic and extended information" -msgstr "Informações básicas e estendidas" +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/edit-adjustments.page:40 +msgid "Shadows" +msgstr "Sombras" -#: C/view-information.page:14(p) +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/edit-adjustments.page:41 msgid "" -"The Basic Information pane appears at the bottom of the sidebar, and " -"displays a brief summary of the photos you've selected. If no photos are " -"selected, it displays a summary of the entire collection. You can toggle the " -"display of this pane using the <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Basic " -"Information</gui></guiseq> command." +"This makes shadowy areas appear lighter. Use this to make detail more " +"visible if it's obscured by the darkness of a shadow." msgstr "" -"Um painel de informações básicas aparece na parte inferior da barra lateral, " -"mostrando um resumo das fotos selecionadas. Se nenhuma foto estiver " -"selecionada, ele exibe um resumo de toda a biblioteca. Você pode alternar a " -"exibição deste painel usando o item de menu <guiseq>Ver</" -"gui><gui>Informações Básicas</gui></guiseq>." +"Esse ajuste faz com que áreas de sombra pareçam mais claras. Use-o para " +"fazer os detalhes mais visíveis se eles estão sob de uma sombra." -#: C/view-information.page:16(p) +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/edit-adjustments.page:44 +msgid "Intensity Threshold (sliders on the histogram)" +msgstr "Limiares de intensidade (cantos do histograma)" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/edit-adjustments.page:45 msgid "" -"The floating Extended Information window displays more information about the " -"selected photo. The <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Extended Information</gui></" -"guiseq> command or <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Shift</key><key>X</key></" -"keyseq> toggles the display of this window." +"These sliders change how light the brightest white is and how dark the " +"darkest black is. Use them to change the contrast of the photo. Photos which " +"look washed out should particularly benefit from changing these settings." msgstr "" -"A janela de informações estendidas exibe mais informações sobre a foto " -"selecionada. O item de menu <guiseq><gui>Ver</gui><gui>Informações " -"estendidas</gui></guiseq> ou a combinação de teclas <keyseq><key>Ctrl</" -"key><key>Shift</key><key>X</key></keyseq> alterna a exibição desta janela." +"Esses controles alteram a forma como o branco é claro e o quão escuro é o " +"preto. Use-os para alterar o contraste da foto. Fotos que parecem " +"desgastadas deverão se beneficiar muito com a alteração dessas configurações." -#: C/view-displaying.page:7(desc) +#. (itstool) path: media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/edit-crop.page:42 +msgctxt "_" msgid "" -"Learn about different ways of viewing your photos: in a grid, filling the " -"main window, or filling the whole screen." +"external ref='figures/crop_thirds.jpg' md5='4cf0a026bb812c7eab0c9db8210a9524'" msgstr "" -"Saiba mais sobre formas diferentes de ver suas fotos: em uma lista, na " -"janela principal, ou em tela cheia." +"external ref='figures/crop_thirds.jpg' md5='4cf0a026bb812c7eab0c9db8210a9524'" -#: C/view-displaying.page:12(title) -msgid "Photo views" -msgstr "Formas de visualização de fotos" +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/edit-crop.page:7 +msgid "Improve the composition of a photo by cutting out parts of it." +msgstr "Melhore a composição de uma foto cortando partes dela." + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/edit-crop.page:12 +msgid "Cropping" +msgstr "Cortando" -#: C/view-displaying.page:14(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/edit-crop.page:14 msgid "" -"When you select any collection in the sidebar, Shotwell displays all photos " -"in the collection in the main window area. At the bottom right is a slider " -"which adjusts the viewing size of the thumbnails. You may also adjust the " -"thumbnail size using the plus and minus keys (<key>+</key> and <key>-</key>) " -"or by pressing <key>Ctrl</key> while moving your mouse scroll wheel." +"To reduce the area of a photo and concentrate the viewer's attention on a " +"smaller portion of it, use the Crop tool. The crop tool is only available in " +"full-window or fullscreen mode." msgstr "" -"Ao selecionar qualquer coleção na barra lateral, o Shotwell exibe todas as " -"fotos dela na área da janela principal. No canto inferior direito há um " -"controle que ajusta o tamanho das miniaturas. Você também pode ajustar o " -"tamanho das miniaturas utilizando as teclas <key>+</key> e <key>-</key> ou " -"pressionando a tecla <key>Ctrl</key> enquanto move a roda do mouse." +"Para reduzir a área de uma foto e concentrar a atenção do espectador em uma " +"parte menor dela, use a ferramenta de cortar. A ferramenta de cortar estará " +"disponível apenas nos modos de janela toda ou tela cheia." -#: C/view-displaying.page:16(p) +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/edit-crop.page:19 msgid "" -"You can view a photo full-window by double-clicking on it. From there you " -"may move to other photos in the collection with the Back and Forward " -"buttons. To return to the collection, double-click on the photo or press " -"<key>Esc</key>." +"Double-click on a photo to enter full-window mode, then press the <gui>Crop</" +"gui> button on the toolbar." msgstr "" -"Você pode ver uma foto na janela toda dando um clique duplo sobre ela. Lá, " -"você pode mover para outras fotos da coleção com os botões Voltar e Avançar. " -"Para retornar para a coleção, clique duas vezes sobre a foto ou pressione " -"<key>Esc</key>." +"Clique duas vezes em uma foto para entrar no modo janela toda e use o botão " +"<gui>Cortar</gui> na barra de ferramentas." -#: C/view-displaying.page:18(p) +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/edit-crop.page:22 msgid "" -"When viewing a photo in full-window mode, the slider on the toolbar controls " -"zoom. You can pan around by grabbing and dragging anywhere on the photo. You " -"can also zoom using your scroll wheel or by pressing the following keyboard " -"shortcuts: <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key>0</keyseq> for the full image, " -"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key>1</keyseq> for 100% (1 photo pixel = 1 screen pixel), " -"and <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key>2</keyseq> for 200% (1 photo pixel = 2x2 screen " -"pixels)." +"A white box, the crop rectangle, will appear over the photo. The lighter " +"portion of the photo within the crop rectangle represents what the photo " +"will look like when you crop it." msgstr "" -"Ao visualizar uma foto na janela toda, existirá um controle no canto da tela " -"para manipular o zoom da visualização. Você pode movimentar a visualização " -"clicando e arrastando em qualquer lugar da foto. Você também pode aumentar o " -"zoom usando a roda do mouse ou pressionando as teclas: <keyseq><key>Ctrl</" -"key><key>0</key></keyseq> para mostrar toda a foto, <keyseq><key>Ctrl</" -"key><key>1</key></keyseq> para 100% de zoom, e <keyseq><key>Ctrl</" -"key><key>2</key></keyseq> para 200% de zoom." +"Um retângulo branco, o \"retângulo de corte\", aparecerá sobre a foto. A " +"parte mais clara da foto dentro do retângulo de corte representa o que a " +"foto parecerá quando você cortá-la." -#: C/view-displaying.page:20(p) +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/edit-crop.page:25 msgid "" -"Shotwell offers a fullscreen mode to display photos. Choose " -"<guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Fullscreen</gui></guiseq> or press <key>F11</" -"key>. To see the fullscreen toolbar, move your mouse to the bottom of the " -"screen. The toolbar offers buttons to move through the collection, to pin " -"the toolbar down (so it isn't hidden when you move the mouse away), and to " -"leave fullscreen view." +"If you place your cursor in the middle of the box, you can move the box " +"around. If you drag the edges of the box, you can adjust its size. As you " +"move and adjust the crop box, you'll see four lines appear inside it, like a " +"tic-tac-toe grid. These are <em>rule of thirds</em> lines." msgstr "" -"O Shotwell oferece um modo de tela cheia para visualizar fotos. Use o menu " -"<guiseq><gui>Ver</gui>Tela cheia</gui></guiseq> ou pressione a tecla " -"<key>F11</key>. Para ver a barra de ferramentas da visualização da tela " -"cheia, mova o cursor do mouse para a parte inferior da tela. Essa barra de " -"ferramentas oferece botões para percorrer a coleção, para fixar a barra de " -"ferramentas (para que ela não fique oculta quando você tirar o cursor do " -"mouse dela), e para sair dessa visualização." - -#: C/view-displaying.page:23(title) -msgid "Viewing videos" -msgstr "Assistindo vídeos" +"Arraste o retângulo para posicioná-lo e ajuste seu tamanho, arrastando suas " +"bordas. Quando você move ou ajustar o tamanho do retângulo de corte, " +"aparecem quatro linhas dentro dele, como uma grade de jogo da velha: são as " +"linhas da <em>regra dos terços</em>." -#: C/view-displaying.page:24(p) +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/edit-crop.page:26 msgid "" -"When you double-click a video, Shotwell will launch an external video player " -"to play the video. It's not currently possible to display a video in full-" -"window mode in Shotwell or to play the video within Shotwell itself." +"You can also constrain the crop box to one of many common sizes. Choose a " +"size from the drop-down list that suits your needs. If you press the flip " +"button next to it, the orientation of the constraint will switch (from " +"landscape to portrait)." msgstr "" -"Ao dar duplo clique num vídeo, o Shotwell irá iniciar um reprodutor externo " -"para exibi-lo. Não é possível, atualmente, mostrar o vídeo na janela toda no " -"Shotwell ou reproduzir o vídeo no próprio Shotwell." +"Você também pode restringir o retângulo de corte para um de muitos tamanhos " +"comuns. Escolha um tamanho a partir da lista que se adapte às suas " +"necessidades. Se você pressionar o botão ao lado da lista, a orientação da " +"restrição irá mudar (de paisagem para retrato, e vice-versa)." -#: C/share-upload.page:7(desc) -msgid "Publish photos to Facebook, Flickr, Picasa Web Albums, or other sites." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/edit-crop.page:29 +msgid "" +"When you're happy with your crop outline, apply it by pressing the " +"<gui>Crop</gui> button. Shotwell will display the cropped photo." msgstr "" -"Publique fotos para o Facebook, Flickr, Picasa Web Albums, ou outros lugares." - -#: C/share-upload.page:12(title) -msgid "Publishing to the Web" -msgstr "Publicando para a web" +"Após acertar o seu retângulo de corte, aplica a alteração pressionando o " +"botão <gui>Cortar</gui>. O Shotwell irá mostrar a foto cortada." -#: C/share-upload.page:14(p) +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/edit-crop.page:32 msgid "" -"Through the use of <link xref=\"other-plugins\">plugins</link>, Shotwell can " -"publish photos and videos to the following services, each of which requires " -"an account:" +"If you change your mind, press the <gui>Crop</gui> button again and fine-" +"tune the crop." msgstr "" -"Através do uso de <link xref=\"other-plugins\">plug-ins</link>, o Shotwell " -"pode publicar fotos e vídeos para os seguintes serviços (cada um necessita " -"de uma conta):" - -#: C/share-upload.page:18(link) -msgid "Facebook" -msgstr "Facebook" - -#: C/share-upload.page:19(link) -msgid "Flickr" -msgstr "Flickr" +"Se você mudar de ideia, pressione o botão <gui>Cortar</gui> novamente e " +"ajuste o corte." -#: C/share-upload.page:20(p) +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/edit-crop.page:33 msgid "" -"<link href=\"http://picasaweb.google.com\">Picasa Web Albums</link> and " -"<link href=\"http://plus.google.com\">Google+</link>" +"If you press <gui>Cancel</gui> rather than <gui>Apply</gui>, Shotwell will " +"return to the photo's previous crop dimensions." msgstr "" -"<link href=\"http://picasaweb.google.com\">Picasa Web Albums</link> e <link " -"href=\"http://plus.google.com\">Google+</link>" +"Se você pressionar <gui>Cancelar</gui> ao invés de <gui>Aplicar</gui>, o " +"Shotwell voltará às dimensões anteriores da foto." -#: C/share-upload.page:21(p) -msgid "<link href=\"http://youtube.com\">YouTube</link> (videos only)" -msgstr "<link href=\"http://youtube.com\">YouTube</link> (somente vídeos)" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/edit-crop.page:38 +msgid "What is the rule of thirds?" +msgstr "O que é a regra dos terços?" -#: C/share-upload.page:22(p) +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/edit-crop.page:39 msgid "" -"<link href=\"http://fotki.yandex.ru\">Yandex.Fotki</link>, a photo site " -"popular in Russia (photos only)" +"The <em>rule of thirds</em> helps you to choose a pleasing composition for a " +"photo." msgstr "" -"<link href=\"http://fotki.yandex.ru\">Yandex.Fotki</link>, um site de fotos " -"popular na Rússia (somente fotos)" +"A <em>regra dos terços</em> ajuda você a escolher uma composição agradável " +"para uma foto." -#: C/share-upload.page:23(p) +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/edit-crop.page:40 msgid "" -"Any site running the <link href=\"http://piwigo.org\">Piwigo</link> photo " -"gallery software (photos only)" +"Imagine that the scene is divided up into a 3x3 grid by two equally-spaced " +"vertical lines and two equally-spaced horizontal lines. According to the " +"rule, you're more likely to get a pleasing composition if you align major " +"features (like the horizon, or a person's body) with one of the lines. " +"Paying attention to the way features flow from one part of the grid to " +"another can also help." msgstr "" -"Qualquer site usando o software de galeria de fotos <link href=\"http://" -"piwigo.org\">Piwigo</link> (somente fotos)" +"Imagine que a cena é dividida em uma grade de 3x3 por duas linhas verticais " +"igualmente espaçadas e duas linhas horizontais igualmente espaçadas. De " +"acordo com a regra, você terá mais chances de obter uma composição agradável " +"se você alinhar as características principais (como o horizonte, ou corpo de " +"uma pessoa) com uma das linhas. Prestar atenção ao caminho que o fluxo de " +"recursos faz de uma parte da grade para outra também pode ajudar." -#: C/share-upload.page:26(p) +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/edit-crop.page:41 msgid "" -"To publish selected photos in a collection, choose <guiseq><gui>Edit</" -"gui><gui>Preferences</gui></guiseq> and click on the <gui>Plugins</gui> tab " -"to enable the plugin for the service you want to publish to. Next, choose, " -"<guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Publish</gui></guiseq>, press the <gui>Publish</" -"gui> toolbar button or use <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>P</key></keyseq>. You " -"will see a dialog that lets you select a publishing service. You will then " -"need to log in or create an account." +"Cropping a photo so that it conforms to the rule of thirds often results in " +"a more visually appealing image." msgstr "" -"Para publicar as fotos selecionadas, use o item do menu <guiseq><gui>Editar</" -"gui><gui>Preferências</gui></guiseq> e clique na aba <gui>Plug-ins</gui> " -"para ativar o plug-in para o serviço correspondente. Em seguida, selecione " -"as fotos/vídeos e use o menu <guiseq><gui>Arquivo</gui><gui>Publicar</gui></" -"guiseq> ou pressione o botão <gui>Publicar</gui> na barra de ferramentas ou, " -"ainda, use as teclas <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>P</key></keyseq>. Você verá " -"uma caixa de diálogo que permite selecionar um serviço de publicação. Em " -"seguida, será necessário fazer o login ou criar uma conta." +"Cortar uma foto de acordo com a regra dos terços geralmente resulta em uma " +"imagem mais atraente." -#: C/share-upload.page:31(p) +#. (itstool) path: media/p +#: C/edit-crop.page:43 msgid "" -"Publishing to Facebook requires you to grant certain permissions to the " -"Shotwell Connect Facebook application. You only need to grant these " -"permissions once, when you first associate Shotwell Connect with your " -"Facebook account." +"Cropping a photo, using the \"rule of thirds\" lines to improve the " +"composition." msgstr "" -"Publicar para o Facebook necessita que você conceda algumas permissões para " -"o aplicativo \"Shotwell Connect\". Você só precisará conceder essas " -"permissões quando usar o Shotwell para publicar fotos/vídeos no Facebook " -"pela primeira vez." +"Recortar uma foto, usando a \"regra dos terços\" para melhorar a composição." -#: C/share-upload.page:35(p) +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/edit-enhance.page:7 msgid "" -"Similarly, publishing to Flickr requires you to log in and permit Shotwell " -"Connect to access your account." +"Let Shotwell improve the brightness and contrast of a photo automatically." msgstr "" -"De maneira parecida, publicar fotos/vídeos para o Flickr necessita que você " -"conceda permissões de acesso à sua conta pelo aplicativo." +"Deixe o Shotwell melhorar o brilho e o contraste de uma foto automaticamente." -#: C/share-upload.page:37(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/edit-enhance.page:14 +msgid "Auto-enhance" +msgstr "Automelhoramento" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/edit-enhance.page:16 msgid "" -"If you have a Google account, but have not yet used Picasa Web Albums, you " -"will need to log in to Picasa using a browser once before you can publish to " -"this service." +"Clicking on the <gui>Enhance</gui> button is a quick way to automatically " +"adjust the brightness and contrast of your photo. It will often give you a " +"photo that is correctly exposed. You can also use it as a starting point and " +"then improve the adjustments by clicking on the <gui>Adjust</gui> button." msgstr "" -"Se você tiver uma conta Google, mas ainda não utilizou o Picasa Web Albums, " -"você precisará acessá-lo primeiro usando um navegador uma vez antes de " -"conseguir publicar pelo Shotwell." +"Clicando no botão <gui>Melhorar</gui> é uma maneira rápida de ajustar " +"automaticamente o brilho e o contraste da foto. O resultado, normalmente, " +"será uma foto com exposição correta. Você também pode usá-la como ponto de " +"partida e, em seguida, melhorar os ajustes clicando sobre o botão de " +"<gui>Ajustar</gui>." -#: C/share-slideshow.page:7(desc) -msgid "Watch a slideshow of your photos." -msgstr "Veja uma exibição de slides de suas fotos." +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/edit-external.page:7 +msgid "Use a different program to edit a photo." +msgstr "Use um programa diferente para editar fotos." -#: C/share-slideshow.page:12(title) -msgid "Slideshows" -msgstr "Exibição de slides" +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/edit-external.page:12 +msgid "Edit photos with an external program" +msgstr "Editando fotos com um programa externo" -#: C/share-slideshow.page:14(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/edit-external.page:16 msgid "" -"To see a sideshow of any collection in Shotwell, navigate to that collection " -"and select <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Slideshow</gui></guiseq> or press " -"<key>F5</key>." +"You might want to use an external editor to do additional work on a photo. " +"If installed, GIMP and UFRaw are the default external editors for photo and " +"RAW editing, respectively. If these programs are not installed, you must " +"select your preferred editors by choosing <guiseq><gui>Edit</" +"gui><gui>Preferences</gui></guiseq> and selecting editors from drop-down " +"menus of installed applications." msgstr "" -"Para ver uma exibição de slides de qualquer coleção no Shotwell, navegue até " -"ela e use o menu <guiseq><gui>Ver</gui><gui>Exibição de slides</gui></" -"guiseq> ou pressione a tecla <key>F5</key>." - -#: C/share-slideshow.page:16(p) -msgid "You can change some settings in a running slideshow:" -msgstr "Você pode ajustar as configurações durante uma exibição de slides:" - -#: C/share-slideshow.page:19(p) -msgid "The duration how long an image should be shown: 1 - 30 seconds" -msgstr "A duração em que a mesma foto é exibida: de 1 a 30 segundos" - -#: C/share-slideshow.page:20(p) -msgid "You can select different transition effects." -msgstr "Mudar os efeitos de transição entre as fotos." +"Você pode querer ou precisar usar um editor externo para fazer trabalhos " +"adicionais nas fotos. Se instalados, GIMP e UFRaw são os editores externos " +"padrão para edição de fotos e arquivos RAW, respectivamente. Se esses " +"programas não estão instalados, você deve selecionar seus editores " +"preferidos usando o item do menu <guiseq><gui>Editar</gui><gui>Preferências</" +"gui></guiseq> e selecionando editores na lista dos aplicativos instalados." -#: C/share-slideshow.page:21(p) -msgid "The time for each transition effect: 0.1 - 1.0 seconds" -msgstr "A duração de cada efeito de transição: de 0,1 a 1,0 segundos" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/edit-external.page:24 +msgid "" +"Once your editors have been set, select a photo and choose " +"<guiseq><gui>Photos</gui> <gui>Open With External Editor</gui></guiseq> to " +"open the photo with the external editor. Likewise, if the original photo is " +"a RAW file, select <guiseq><gui>Photos</gui><gui>Open With RAW Editor</gui></" +"guiseq> to edit the RAW file directly with the set RAW editor." +msgstr "" +"Quando os editores forem definidos, selecione uma foto e use o item de menu " +"<guiseq><gui>Fotos</gui><gui>Abrir com o editor externo</gui></guiseq> para " +"abrir a foto com o editor externo. Da mesma forma, se a foto original é um " +"arquivo RAW, use o item de menu <guiseq><gui>Fotos</gui><gui>Abrir com " +"editor de RAW</gui></guiseq> para editar o arquivo RAW diretamente com o " +"editor definido." -#: C/share-send.page:7(desc) -msgid "Send photos via email, instant messaging or in other ways." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/edit-external.page:31 +msgid "" +"When you complete your edits and save the file, Shotwell will detect the " +"changes and update the photo. When external edits have been made, press and " +"hold the <key>Shift</key> key in full-window view to show the original photo " +"rather than the externally-edited one." msgstr "" -"Envie fotos por e-mail, mensageiro instantâneo (como MSN, Gtalk/Hangouts, " -"ICQ, etc.) e outros." +"Ao concluir suas edições e salvar o arquivo, o Shotwell irá detectar as " +"alterações e atualizar a foto. Quando as edições externas forem feitas, " +"mantenha pressionada a tecla <key>Shift</key> na vista de \"toda janela\" " +"para mostrar a foto original, ao invés da editada." -#: C/share-send.page:12(title) -msgid "Sending photos" -msgstr "Enviando fotos" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/edit-external.page:38 +msgid "Reverting to original will erase any external edits." +msgstr "Revertendo à original vai apagar todas as edições externas." -#: C/share-send.page:14(p) +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/edit-external.page:43 msgid "" -"Shotwell can send photos using the GNOME desktop's Send To mechanism, which " -"lets you send photos via email, instant messaging or in other ways." +"If you externally edit a RAW photo and save the result to another image, " +"such as a JPEG or PNG, Shotwell cannot automatically determine that the " +"original RAW and the new image should be paired." msgstr "" -"O Shotwell pode enviar fotos usando o mecanismo 'Enviar Para' da área de " -"trabalho GNOME, que permite o envio por e-mail, mensagens instantâneas e " -"outras formas." +"Se você editar externamente uma foto RAW e salvar o resultado em outra " +"imagem, tal como um JPEG ou PNG, o Shotwell não conseguirá determinar " +"automaticamente que a foto RAW original e a nova imagem devem ser " +"emparelhadas." -#: C/share-send.page:16(p) +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/edit-external.page:49 msgid "" -"To send photos, select them in Shotwell and choose <guiseq><gui>File</" -"gui><gui>Send To...</gui></guiseq>, or right-click the photos and choose " -"<gui>Send To...</gui> from the context menu. A <gui>Send To</gui> dialog box " -"will appear which lets you choose a mechanism for sending the files (such as " -"email or instant messaging) and a destination. You can optionally choose to " -"send the files in a compressed format." +"If you want to work within the resulting image within Shotwell, you'll need " +"to import it yourself." msgstr "" -"Para enviar fotos, selecione-as no Shotwell e escolha <guiseq><gui>Arquivo</" -"gui><gui>Enviar para...</gui></guiseq>, ou clique com o botão direito nas " -"fotos e escolha <gui>Enviar para...</gui> no menu de contexto. A caixa de " -"diálogo <gui>Enviar para</gui> permite que você escolha um mecanismo para o " -"envio de arquivos (como e-mail ou mensageiro instantâneo) e um destino. É " -"possível optar por enviar os arquivos em um formato compactado." +"Se você quer usar a imagem resultante dentro do Shotwell, você precisa " +"importá-la." -#: C/share-print.page:7(desc) -#| msgid "" -#| "Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Print</gui></guiseq>. For more printing " -#| "options, select the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab in the <gui>Print</gui> " -#| "dialog." +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/edit-nondestructive.page:7 msgid "" -"Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Print...</gui></guiseq>. For more printing " -"options, select the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab in the <gui>Print</gui> dialog." +"Shotwell is a non-destructive photo editor - it does not modify your " +"original photos." msgstr "" -"Use o item de menu <guiseq><gui>Arquivo</gui><gui>Imprimir...</gui></guiseq>" -". Para mais opções de impressão, use a guia <gui>Configurar Página</gui> na " -"janela <gui> Imprimir</gui>." +"O Shotwell é um editor de foto não-destrutivo - ele não modifica suas fotos " +"originais." -#: C/share-print.page:12(title) -msgid "Printing" -msgstr "Imprimindo" +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/edit-nondestructive.page:12 +msgid "What happens to the original when I edit a photo?" +msgstr "" +"O que acontece com o arquivo original quando eu editar uma foto no Shotwell?" -#: C/share-print.page:14(p) -#| msgid "" -#| "To print a photo, select it and choose <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Print</" -#| "gui></guiseq>." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/edit-nondestructive.page:14 msgid "" -"To print a photo, select it and choose <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Print...</" -"gui></guiseq>." +"Shotwell is a non-destructive photo editor. It does not modify your original " +"photographs. That is to say, if you crop a photo or adjust its colors, the " +"photo file on disc remains untouched. Shotwell stores your edits in a " +"database and applies them on the fly as necessary. This means you can undo " +"any alterations you make to a photograph." msgstr "" -"Para imprimir uma foto, selecione-a e use o menu " -"<guiseq><gui>Arquivo</gui><gui>Imprimir...</gui></guiseq>." +"O Shotwell é um editor de foto não-destrutivo. Ele não modifica suas fotos " +"originais. Ou seja, se você cortar uma foto ou ajustar suas cores, o arquivo " +"de foto no disco permanece não alterado. O Shotwell armazena as suas edições " +"em um banco de dados os aplica em tempo real, quando necessário. Isto " +"significa que você pode desfazer quaisquer alterações que você faz para uma " +"foto." -#: C/share-print.page:16(p) -#| msgid "" -#| "Shotwell can also print multiple images in one page; to do this, select " -#| "multiple images, choose <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Print</gui></guiseq>, " -#| "and in the <gui>Print</gui> dialog, choose the <gui>Image Settings</gui> " -#| "tab. In <gui>Image Settings</gui>, choose one of the multiple-image-per-" -#| "page options under <gui>Autosize</gui>." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/edit-nondestructive.page:16 C/edit-undo.page:18 msgid "" -"Shotwell can also print multiple images in one page; to do this, select " -"multiple images, choose <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Print...</gui></guiseq>, " -"and in the <gui>Print</gui> dialog, choose the <gui>Image Settings</gui> " -"tab. In <gui>Image Settings</gui>, choose one of the multiple-image-per-page " -"options under <gui>Autosize</gui>." +"If you want to see what a photo looked like before your modifications, press " +"the <key>Shift</key> key. The original photo will be displayed as long as " +"you hold the key down." msgstr "" -"O Shotwell também pode imprimir várias fotos em uma única página; para fazer " -"isso, selecione múltiplas fotos e use o menu " -"<guiseq><gui>Arquivo</gui><gui>Imprimir...</gui> e, na caixa de diálogo de " -"impressão, escolha a aba <gui>Configurações da imagem</gui>. Nela, escolha " -"uma das várias opções de quantidade de imagens por página em <gui>Tamanho " -"automático</gui>." +"Para ver a foto antes de suas alterações, pressione a tecla <key>Shift</" +"key>. A foto original será exibida enquanto você mantiver pressionada a " +"tecla." -#: C/share-print.page:23(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/edit-nondestructive.page:18 msgid "" -"If you would like to set formatting, paper size, and orientation options, " -"choose the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab in the <gui>Print</gui> dialog prior to " -"printing." +"Note that Shotwell can optionally write metadata (such as tags and titles) " +"to photo files. For more information, see the section <link xref=\"other-" +"files\">Photo files</link>." msgstr "" -"Para definir a formatação da impressão, tamanho do papel e opções de " -"orientação, escolha a aba <gui>Configurar página</gui> na caixa de diálogo " -"<gui>Imprimir</gui> antes da impressão." - -#: C/share-export.page:7(desc) -msgid "Copy photos out of Shotwell so you can put them somewhere else." -msgstr "Copie fotos fora do Shotwell para colocá-las em outro lugar." - -#: C/share-export.page:12(title) -msgid "Exporting photos" -msgstr "Exportando fotos" +"Note que o Shotwell pode, opcionalmente, gravar metadados (como etiquetas e " +"títulos) nos arquivos originais das fotos. Para obter mais informações, " +"consulte a seção <link xref=\"other-files\">Arquivos de fotos</link>." -#: C/share-export.page:14(p) +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/edit-redeye.page:7 msgid "" -"To export photos from Shotwell via drag and drop, drag the photos from " -"Shotwell onto a file manager window or your desktop. The new files will be " -"full-sized copies of the photos in your library." +"Correct photos where people have red eyes because of the camera's flash." msgstr "" -"Para exportar fotos do Shotwell via arrastar e soltar, arraste as fotos do " -"Shotwell para uma janela do gerenciador de arquivos ou para sua área de " -"trabalho. Os novos arquivos serão cópias das fotos em sua biblioteca." +"Corrija fotos onde as pessoas ficam com os olhos vermelhos por causa do " +"flash da câmera." + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/edit-redeye.page:12 +msgid "Removing red-eye" +msgstr "Removendo olhos vermelhos" -#: C/share-export.page:18(p) -#| msgid "" -#| "Alternatively, select a set of photos and choose the <guiseq><gui>File</" -#| "gui><gui>Export</gui></guiseq> command or press <keyseq><key>Shift</" -#| "key><key>Ctrl</key><key>E</key></keyseq>, which exports photos while " -#| "letting you fine-tune the size and dimensions of your photo files. A " -#| "window will appear allowing you to make several choices:" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/edit-redeye.page:14 msgid "" -"Alternatively, select a set of photos and choose the <guiseq><gui>File</" -"gui><gui>Export...</gui></guiseq> command or press <keyseq><key>Shift</" -"key><key>Ctrl</key><key>E</key></keyseq>, which exports photos while letting " -"you fine-tune the size and dimensions of your photo files. A window will " -"appear allowing you to make several choices:" +"Red-eye occurs when the camera's flash reflects off the pupil of someone's " +"eye. To eliminate this in a photo, use the Red-eye tool." msgstr "" -"Como alternativa, selecione um conjunto de fotos e use o item de menu " -"<guiseq><gui>Arquivo</gui><gui>Exportar...</gui></guiseq> ou pressione o " -"conjunto de teclas " -"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Shift</key><key>E</key></keyseq>. Aparecerá uma " -"janela que lhe permite fazer várias escolhas:" +"Olhos vermelhos ocorrem quando o flash da câmera reflete a pupila do olho de " +"alguém. Para eliminar este efeito em uma foto, use a ferramenta de remoção " +"de olhos vermelhos." -#: C/share-export.page:24(p) -msgid "A format for export." -msgstr "Um formato para exportar." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/edit-redeye.page:17 +msgid "Click <gui>Red-eye</gui>. A circle will appear on the photo." +msgstr "Clique <gui>Olhos vermelhos</gui>. Um círculo aparecerá na foto." -#: C/share-export.page:27(p) +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/edit-redeye.page:20 msgid "" -"Choose <gui>Unmodified</gui> to export photos in their original format " -"without any edits made in Shotwell. RAW photos will be exported in their " -"original RAW format." +"Drag the circle over the affected pupil, adjust its size with the slider " +"control, and press <gui>Apply</gui>. The redness will be removed." msgstr "" -"Escolha <gui>Não modificado</gui> para exportar fotos em seu formato " -"original, sem qualquer alteração feita no Shotwell. Fotos RAW serão " -"exportados no formato RAW original." +"Posicione o círculo sobre a pupila afetada, ajuste seu tamanho com o " +"controle deslizante, e pressione <gui>Aplicar</gui>. A vermelhidão será " +"removida." -#: C/share-export.page:29(p) +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/edit-redeye.page:23 msgid "" -"Choose <gui>Current</gui> to export photos including edits made in Shotwell. " -"RAW photos will be exported in JPEG format if you have edited them in " -"Shotwell, and otherwise in their original RAW format." +"Repeat this process for all red pupils in your photo. Press <gui>Close</gui> " +"when finished." msgstr "" -"Escolha <gui>Atual</gui> para exportar fotos, incluindo as edições feitas no " -"Shotwell. Fotos RAW serão exportadas em formato JPEG, se você tiver as " -"editado no Shotwell, ou em seu formato RAW original, caso contrário." +"Repita esse processo para todas as pupilas afetadas na foto. Clique em " +"<gui>Fechar</gui> quando terminar." -#: C/share-export.page:31(p) +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/edit-rotate.page:7 msgid "" -"Or you can choose a particular image format (JPEG, PNG, TIFF, BMP) to be " -"used for exporting. Any edits made in Shotwell will be included, and " -"Shotwell will convert photos to the destination format." +"Click the <gui>Rotate</gui> button, or choose one of the commands in the " +"<gui>Photo</gui> menu." msgstr "" -"Ou você pode escolher um formato de imagem (JPEG, PNG, TIFF, BMP) a ser " -"utilizado para a exportação. As alterações feitas no Shotwell serão " -"incluídas, e o Shotwell vai converter fotos para o formato escolhido." +"Clique no botão <gui>Girar</gui>, ou use um dos comandos no menu <gui>Foto</" +"gui>." -#: C/share-export.page:37(p) -msgid "The image quality for exporting (Low, Medium, High, or Maximum)." -msgstr "" -"A qualidade da imagem para a exportação (Baixo, Médio, Alto, ou Máximo)." +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/edit-rotate.page:12 +msgid "Rotate or flip a photo" +msgstr "Girando ou invertendo uma foto" -#: C/share-export.page:38(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/edit-rotate.page:14 msgid "" -"A scaling constraint (which means how Shotwell will decide to scale the " -"photos down), and the desired pixel size." +"You can rotate your photos left and right (clockwise and counterclockwise) " +"with the <gui>Rotate</gui> button on the toolbar of most views. You can also " +"make a mirror image of any photo." msgstr "" -"Uma restrição de escala (como o que significa que o Shotwell irá diminuir as " -"fotos quando se necessário), e o número de pixeis desejado." +"Você pode girar suas fotos para a esquerda e para a direita (sentido horário " +"e anti-horário) com o botão <gui>Girar</gui> da barra de ferramentas da " +"maioria das visões. Você também pode inverter/espelhar uma foto, tanto " +"horizontalmente quanto verticalmente." -#: C/share-export.page:39(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/edit-rotate.page:16 msgid "" -"The option whether you like to export metadatas such as tags or ratings. " -"This can help to save your privacy if you have geolocation tags or tags " -"which shouldn't be seen by anyone." +"To rotate right, click on the <gui>Rotate</gui> button. To rotate left, " +"press and hold the <key>Ctrl</key> key and then click the button. Both " +"commands are available in the <gui>Photos</gui> menu too. Alternatively, use " +"the following keyboard shortcuts:" msgstr "" -"A opção se você deseja exportar metadados, como etiquetas ou avaliações. " -"Isso pode ajudar a manter a sua privacidade, se você tem etiquetas de " -"geolocalização que não devem ser vistas por qualquer um." +"Para girar à direita, clique no botão <gui>Girar</gui>. Para girar à " +"esquerda, mantenha pressionada a tecla <key>Ctrl</key> e clique no botão " +"<gui>Girar</gui>. Ambos os comandos estão disponíveis também no menu " +"<gui>Fotos</gui>. Como alternativa, use os seguintes atalhos de teclado:" -#: C/share-export.page:42(p) +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/edit-rotate.page:18 msgid "" -"If selected, Shotwell will write tags, titles, and other metadata to the new " -"files." +"rotate left: <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>R</key></keyseq> or " +"<key>[</key>" msgstr "" -"Se selecionado, o Shotwell vai escrever as etiquetas, títulos e outros " -"metadados nos arquivos criados na exportação." +"girar à esquerda: <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>R</key></" +"keyseq> ou <key>[</key>" -#: C/share-background.page:7(desc) +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/edit-rotate.page:19 msgid "" -"Set your desktop background to a single photo or to a slideshow of photos." +"rotate right: <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>R</key></keyseq> or <key>]</key>" msgstr "" -"Defina o pano de fundo de sua área de trabalho com uma única foto ou uma " -"exibição de slides de fotos." - -#: C/share-background.page:12(title) -msgid "Set a desktop background or slideshow" -msgstr "Definindo o plano de fundo da área de trabalho" +"girar à direita: <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>R</key></keyseq> ou <key>]</key>" -#: C/share-background.page:14(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/edit-rotate.page:21 msgid "" -"To set a single photo as your desktop background, select the photo and " -"choose <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Set as Desktop Background</gui></guiseq>." +"To create a mirror image of a photo, use the <gui>Flip Horizontally</gui> " +"command in the <gui>Photos</gui> menu. To flip an image vertically, use the " +"<gui>Flip Vertically</gui> command in the same menu." msgstr "" -"Para definir uma única foto como plano de fundo da área de trabalho, " -"selecione a foto e use o item de menu <guiseq><gui>Arquivo</gui><gui>Definir " -"como plano de fundo da área de trabalho</gui></guiseq>." +"Para espelhar uma foto horizontalmente, use o item <gui>Inverter " +"horizontalmente</gui> do menu <gui>Fotos</gui>. Para espelhar uma foto " +"verticalmente, use o item <gui>Inverter verticalmente</gui> do mesmo menu." -#: C/share-background.page:16(p) -#| msgid "" -#| "You can also set your background to a slideshow of photos. To do this, " -#| "select the photos for the slideshow and choose <guiseq><gui>File</" -#| "gui><gui>Set as Desktop Slideshow</gui></guiseq>. Shotwell will prompt " -#| "you for a slideshow delay, which can be any interval up to one day in " -#| "length. The background slideshow will proceed even when Shotwell is not " -#| "running." +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/edit-rotate.page:24 msgid "" -"You can also set your background to a slideshow of photos. To do this, " -"select the photos for the slideshow and choose <guiseq><gui>File</" -"gui><gui>Set as Desktop Slideshow...</gui></guiseq>. Shotwell will prompt " -"you for a slideshow delay, which can be any interval up to one day in " -"length. The background slideshow will proceed even when Shotwell is not " -"running." +"If you select more than one image, you can rotate all of them at the same " +"time." msgstr "" -"Você também pode definir o plano de fundo da área de trabalho como uma " -"exibição de slides de fotos. Para fazer isso, selecione as fotos para a " -"apresentação de slides e use o item de menu <guiseq><gui>Arquivo</gui><gui>" -"Definir apresentação de slides da área de trabalho...</gui></guiseq>. O " -"Shotwell pedirá um intervalo de tempo entre as fotos, que pode ser de até um " -"dia de comprimento. A troca de fotos do fundo da área de trabalho funciona " -"mesmo quando o Shotwell não está em execução." +"Se você selecionar mais de uma foto, você pode girar todas ao mesmo tempo." -#: C/running.page:7(desc) -msgid "" -"Find Shotwell in the Applications menu, or have it start automatically when " -"you plug in a camera." -msgstr "" -"Encontre o Shotwell no menu de aplicativos, ou inicie-o automaticamente " -"quando você conecta uma câmera." +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/edit-straighten.page:7 +msgid "Straighten a photo so that its horizon appears level." +msgstr "Endireitar uma foto para que seu horizonte pareça nivelado." -#: C/running.page:14(title) -msgid "Running Shotwell" -msgstr "Executando o Shotwell" +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/edit-straighten.page:12 +msgid "Straighten photos" +msgstr "Endireitando fotos" -#: C/running.page:16(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/edit-straighten.page:14 msgid "" -"Once installed, Shotwell is available in your <gui>Applications</gui> menu " -"under <gui>Graphics</gui> or <gui>Photography</gui>." +"The straighten tools allows photos to be leveled and straightened. The " +"straighten tool is only available in full-window or fullscreen mode." msgstr "" -"Uma vez instalado, o Shotwell estará disponível no seu menu " -"<gui>Aplicativos</gui> sob a categoria <gui>Gráficos</gui> ou " -"<gui>Fotografia</gui>." +"A ferramenta de endireitar permite que as fotos sejam nivelados e " +"endireitadas. A ferramenta de endireitar só está disponível nos modos de " +"janela toda ou tela cheia." -# Atualmente, essas preferências são acessadas de outra forma... -#: C/running.page:18(p) +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/edit-straighten.page:18 msgid "" -"Shotwell may also be executed automatically when a camera is plugged in to " -"your computer. To check that your system is set up to run Shotwell when a " -"camera is detected, go to <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui></" -"guiseq> in any Nautilus (file browser) window and choose the <gui>Media</" -"gui> tab. You'll see a dropdown box entitled <gui>Photos:</gui> which lets " -"you choose Shotwell as your photo handling application." +"Click <gui>Straighten</gui>. The straighten slider will appear. " +"Alternatively, use the keyboard shortcut <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</" +"key></keyseq>." msgstr "" -"O Shotwell também pode ser executado automaticamente quando uma câmera é " -"conectada ao computador. Para verificar se o sistema está configurado para " -"executar o Shotwell quando uma câmera é detectada, vá em " -"<guiseq><gui>Editar</gui><gui>Preferências</gui></guiseq> em qualquer janela " -"do Nautilus (gerenciador de arquivos) e escolha a guia <gui>Mídia</gui>. " -"Você verá uma caixa seleção intitulada <gui>Fotos:</gui> que permite " -"escolher o Shotwell como seu aplicativo para manipular fotos." +"Clique em <gui>Endireitar</gui>. O controle de endireitar aparecerá. Como " +"alternativa, use o atalho de teclado " +"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></keyseq>." -#: C/running.page:25(p) -msgid "" -"Shotwell may also be executed directly from its build directory, although " -"this is only recommended for testing out Shotwell or for developers." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/edit-straighten.page:21 +msgid "Drag the slider to achieve the desired degree of straightening." msgstr "" -"O Shotwell também pode ser executado diretamente de seu diretório de " -"compilação, embora isso só seja recomendado para testar o Shotwell ou para " -"desenvolvedores." +"Arraste o controle deslizante para atingir o grau desejado de endireitamento." -#: C/raw.page:7(desc) -msgid "More about RAW support in Shotwell." -msgstr "Mais informações sobre o suporte de arquivos RAW no Shotwell." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/edit-straighten.page:24 +msgid "Press <gui>Straighten</gui> when finished." +msgstr "Pressione <gui>Endireitar</gui> quando tiver terminado." -#: C/raw.page:12(title) -msgid "RAW support in Shotwell" -msgstr "Suporte de arquivos RAW no Shotwell" +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/edit-date-time.page:7 +msgid "Change the date and time of photos if those details are incorrect." +msgstr "" +"Corrija a data e a hora de fotos, se essas informações estiverem incorretas." -#: C/raw.page:13(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/edit-date-time.page:12 +msgid "Adjust the date and time of photos" +msgstr "Ajustando a data e a hora de fotos" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/edit-date-time.page:14 msgid "" -"Some cameras have the ability to store data directly off the sensor and into " -"a file that contains extra color information; this is commonly referred to " -"as 'RAW' or 'camera RAW', and Shotwell supports these files as well." +"To adjust the date and time of photos, select the photos you would like to " +"adjust, choose <guiseq><gui>Photos</gui><gui>Adjust Date and Time...</gui></" +"guiseq> and select a new date and time." msgstr "" -"Algumas câmeras têm a capacidade de armazenar em um arquivo dados " -"diretamente do sensor e que contém informações adicionais de cor; este " -"formato de arquivo é comumente chamado de 'RAW' ou 'câmera RAW', e o " -"Shotwell também oferece suporte a esse tipo de arquivo." +"Para ajustar a data e a hora das fotos, selecione as fotos que você gostaria " +"de ajustar, use o item do menu <guiseq><gui>Fotos</gui><gui>Ajustar data e " +"hora...</gui></guiseq> e selecione uma nova data e hora." -#: C/raw.page:18(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/edit-date-time.page:16 msgid "" -"Since RAW photographs normally cannot be displayed directly, but must be " -"first developed - that is, have their extra information interpreted and " -"readied for displaying - most cameras will either embed a JPEG inside a RAW-" -"format file, or produce a JPEG alongside the RAW file at the time the " -"snapshot is taken. The latter is referred to throughout this document as RAW" -"+JPEG. If you import a RAW+JPEG pair, Shotwell will keep them paired and " -"treat them as one item in your library." +"If you are changing the date and time of multiple photos at once, you can " +"choose to shift all the photos by the same amount of time or to set all the " +"photos to the same time." msgstr "" -"Como fotos RAW normalmente não podem ser exibidas diretamente, mas precisam " -"ser tratadas antes - precisam da sua informação adicional corretamente " -"interpretada para possibilitar a exibição - a maioria das câmeras incorpora " -"uma imagem JPEG dentro de um arquivo RAW, ou gera uma imagem JPEG junto com " -"o arquivo RAW no momento em que foto é tirada. Este segundo formato é " -"chamado ao longo deste documento como \"RAW+JPEG\". Se você importar um par " -"de arquivos RAW+JPEG, o Shotwell irá mantê-los emparelhados e tratá-los como " -"um único item na sua biblioteca." +"Se você estiver alterando a data e hora de várias fotos de uma só vez, você " +"pode optar por mover a data e hora de todas as fotos pela mesma quantidade " +"de tempo ou por definir todas as fotos na mesma data e hora." -#: C/raw.page:27(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/edit-date-time.page:18 msgid "" -"When you import a RAW file, you can choose to either use the camera's " -"internally-developed JPEG or Shotwell's by selecting <guiseq><gui>Photos</" -"gui><gui>Developer</gui></guiseq> in the menus." +"By default, the date and time are only changed inside Shotwell. You can also " +"choose to modify the date and time in the original file, but this cannot be " +"undone once you exit Shotwell." msgstr "" -"Quando você importa um arquivo RAW, você pode optar por usar a imagem JPEG " -"gerada pela câmera ou uma gerada pelo Shotwell no menu em " -"<guiseq><gui>Fotos</gui><gui>Desenvolvedor</gui></guiseq>." +"Por padrão, a data e a hora são só alterados dentro do Shotwell. Você também " +"pode optar por modificar a data e hora no arquivo original, mas isso não " +"pode ser desfeito depois de sair do Shotwell." + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/edit-undo.page:7 +msgid "Return a photo to its original, unedited form." +msgstr "Retorne uma foto para sua forma original, não editada." -#: C/raw.page:33(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/edit-undo.page:14 +msgid "Undoing changes" +msgstr "Desfazendo alterações" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/edit-undo.page:16 msgid "" -"Changing between developers will cause all edits made to a photograph to be " -"discarded." +"Because Shotwell is a non-destructive photo editor, you can undo any " +"alterations you make to a photograph." msgstr "" -"Mudar o desenvolvedor de uma foto fará com que todas as alterações feitas " -"nela pelo Shotwell sejam descartadas." +"Como o Shotwell é um editor de foto não-destrutivo, você pode desfazer " +"quaisquer alterações que você fez para uma foto." -#: C/raw.page:39(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/edit-undo.page:20 msgid "" -"In order to publish or use a RAW photograph in most other software, it has " -"to be exported first. Shotwell can export your RAW photos in JPEG, PNG, TIFF " -"or BMP format, and, when publishing, will internally export a JPEG version " -"for you and publish that." +"To completely undo all the changes you've made to a photo, click " +"<guiseq><gui>Photos</gui><gui>Revert to Original</gui></guiseq>. The only " +"exception is that time and date adjustments will not be reverted." msgstr "" -"Para publicar ou utilizar uma foto RAW na maioria dos outros softwares, você " -"precisará antes exportá-la. O Shotwell pode exportar suas fotos RAW nos " -"formatos JPEG, PNG, TIFF ou BMP, e, se uma foto RAW for publicada, ela será " -"internamente exportada para JPEG e é imagem exportada que será publicada." +"Para desfazer todas as alterações feitas a uma foto, use o item de menu " +"<guiseq><gui>Fotos</gui><gui>Reverter para o original</gui></guiseq>. A " +"única exceção é que os ajustes de hora e data não serão revertidos." -#: C/other-plugins.page:7(desc) -msgid "Extend Shotwell's functionality dynamically." -msgstr "Estenda as funcionalidades do Shotwell dinamicamente." +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/formats.page:7 +msgid "" +"Shotwell supports JPEG, PNG, TIFF, BMP and RAW photo files as well as video " +"files." +msgstr "" +"O Shotwell oferece suporte a arquivos de fotos JPEG, PNG, TIFF, BMP e RAW e " +"arquivos de vídeo." -#: C/other-plugins.page:12(title) -msgid "Plugins" -msgstr "Plug-ins" +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/formats.page:12 +msgid "Supported photo and video formats" +msgstr "Suporte a formatos de foto e vídeo" -#: C/other-plugins.page:13(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/formats.page:14 msgid "" -"Shotwell can be used with <em>plugins</em>, which are companion shared " -"libraries that can add support for new publishing destinations or new " -"slideshow transitions." +"Shotwell supports JPEG, PNG, TIFF, BMP and <link type=\"guide\" xref=\"other-" +"raw\">RAW</link> photo files. Shotwell does not yet support other graphics " +"format such as GIF." msgstr "" -"O Shotwell pode ser usado com <em>plug-ins</em>, que são bibliotecas " -"dinâmicas que podem adicionar suporte para novos destinos de publicação ou " -"novas transições em exibições de slides." +"O Shotwell oferece suporte aos formatos JPEG, PNG, TIFF, BMP e arquivos de " +"<link type=\"guide\" xref=\"other-raw\">fotos em RAW</link>. O Shotwell " +"ainda não oferece suporte a outros formatos gráficos, como o GIF." -#: C/other-plugins.page:18(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/formats.page:16 msgid "" -"To see a list of installed plugins, choose <guiseq><gui>Edit</" -"gui><gui>Preferences</gui></guiseq>, and in the <gui>Preferences</gui> " -"window, click on the <gui>Plugins</gui> tab. You'll see a list of currently-" -"installed plugins, each with a checkbox by it, and you may enable or disable " -"each by selecting or deselecting the checkbox by its name." +"Shotwell's RAW format support is currently limited. When you view a RAW " +"photo, you are actually viewing a JPEG derived from the RAW photo, not the " +"RAW image itself. Additionally, the RAW editing pipeline is not fully 16-bit " +"- you can only export edited photos as 8-bit files. All supported formats " +"can be used for export (JPEG, PNG, TIFF, BMP)." msgstr "" -"Para ver a lista dos plug-ins instalados, use o menu <guiseq><gui>Editar</" -"gui><gui>Preferências</gui></guiseq> e, na janela de <gui>Preferências</" -"gui>, clique na aba <gui>Plug-ins</gui>. Você verá a lista dos plug-ins " -"atualmente instalados, cada um com uma caixa de seleção para ativá-lo ou " -"desativá-lo." +"Suporte ao formato RAW do Shotwell é limitado. Quando você ver uma foto RAW, " +"na verdade você está vendo um JPEG derivado da foto RAW, e não a imagem RAW. " +"Além disso, o edição RAW não é totalmente de 16 bits - você só pode exportar " +"fotos editadas como arquivos de 8 bits. Todos os formatos aos quais há " +"suporte podem ser usados na exportação (JPEG, PNG, TIFF e BMP)." -#: C/other-plugins.page:25(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/formats.page:18 msgid "" -"Full documentation on how to develop new plugins is available at <link href=" -"\"http://redmine.yorba.org/projects/shotwell/wiki/ShotwellArchWritingPlugins" -"\">http://redmine.yorba.org/projects/shotwell/wiki/" -"ShotwellArchWritingPlugins</link>" +"For more information about RAW-format photos in Shotwell, please see the " +"<link type=\"guide\" xref=\"other-raw\">RAW</link> section." msgstr "" -"A documentação completa de como desenvolver novos plug-ins está disponível " -"em <link href=\"http://redmine.yorba.org/projects/shotwell/wiki/" -"ShotwellArchWritingPlugins\">http://redmine.yorba.org/projects/shotwell/wiki/" -"ShotwellArchWritingPlugins</link>" +"Para obter mais informações sobre o tratamento das fotos em formato RAW no " +"Shotwell, por favor, consulte a seção <link type=\"guide\" xref=\"other-raw" +"\">Suporte de arquivos RAW no Shotwell</link>." -#: C/other-multiple.page:7(desc) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/formats.page:22 msgid "" -"You can open Shotwell with a different photo library by using the command " -"line." +"Shotwell also supports video files in any format supported by the GStreamer " +"media library on the system where Shotwell is running. This typically " +"includes the following formats among others:" msgstr "" -"Você pode abrir o Shotwell com uma biblioteca diferente da normal, usando " -"uma opção de linha de comando." +"O Shotwell também oferece suporte a arquivos de vídeo em qualquer formato " +"reconhecido pela biblioteca de mídia GStreamer no sistema no qual o Shotwell " +"está em execução. Isso normalmente inclui os seguintes formatos, entre " +"outros:" -#: C/other-multiple.page:12(title) -msgid "Multiple libraries" -msgstr "Múltiplas bibliotecas" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/formats.page:25 +msgid "Container formats: Ogg, QuickTime, MP4, AVI." +msgstr "Formatos de contêineres: Ogg, QuickTime, MP4, AVI." -# O diretório usado é o ~/.local/share/shotwell... -#: C/other-multiple.page:14(p) +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/formats.page:26 msgid "" -"Shotwell normally stores its database and photo thumbnails in the directory " -"<file>~/.shotwell</file> . This directory does not hold photos, but the " -"database in this directory contains a list of all the photos in the Shotwell " -"library." +"Codecs: Theora, Quicktime, MPEG-4, Motion JPEG. <em>Note that some operating " +"systems may not include all codecs listed here due to legal or licensing " +"restrictions.</em>" msgstr "" -"O Shotwell normalmente armazena seus bancos de dados no diretório </file>~/." -"shotwell</file>. Este diretório não contém as fotos, mas o banco de dados " -"neste diretório contém a lista de todas as fotos na biblioteca do Shotwell." +"Codificadores: Theora, QuickTime, MPEG-4, Motion JPEG. <em>Note que alguns " +"sistemas operacionais podem não incluir todos os listados aqui devido a " +"restrições legais ou de licenciamento.</em>" -#: C/other-multiple.page:16(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/formats.page:30 msgid "" -"As an advanced feature, it's possible for you to have multiple Shotwell " -"libraries, each of which has its own set of photos. Each library needs its " -"own database directory. To launch Shotwell with an alternate library, " -"specify an alternate database directory on the command line as follows:" +"Shotwell supports both photos and videos, but for simplicity, this " +"documentation uses just the term \"photos\" in most places. Many operations " +"in Shotwell apply to both photos and videos, however. In particular, events, " +"flagging, rating, tagging, and publishing work both for photos and for " +"videos." msgstr "" -"É possível ter várias bibliotecas do Shotwell, cada uma com seu próprio " -"conjunto de fotos. Cada biblioteca tem seu próprio diretório de banco de " -"dados. Para iniciar o Shotwell com uma biblioteca alternativa, basta " -"especificar um diretório de banco de dados em sua linha de comando da " -"seguinte forma:" +"O Shotwell oferece suporte a arquivos de fotos e vídeos, mas, para " +"simplificar, esta documentação utiliza apenas o termo \"fotos\" na maioria " +"dos lugares. A maioria das operações no Shotwell se aplicam à fotos e " +"vídeos, como eventos, marcações, avaliações, atribuição de etiquetas e " +"publicações." -# O diretório é do "banco de dados da biblioteca": dizer -# "diretório da biblioteca" pode confundi o usuário... -#: C/other-multiple.page:18(screen) -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"\n" -"shotwell -d [library-directory]\n" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"shotwell -d [diretório-do-banco-de-dados-da-biblioteca]\n" +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/import-camera.page:7 +msgid "Copy photos from a digital camera." +msgstr "Copie fotos de uma câmera digital." -#: C/other-missing.page:7(desc) -msgid "If Shotwell can't find a photo in your library, it marks it as missing." -msgstr "" -"Se o Shotwell não consegue encontrar uma foto em sua biblioteca, ele marca " -"como \"faltante\" em seu banco de dados." +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/import-camera.page:12 +msgid "Importing from a camera" +msgstr "Importando fotos de uma câmera" -#: C/other-missing.page:12(title) -msgid "Missing photos" -msgstr "Fotos faltantes" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/import-camera.page:14 +msgid "To import photos from a digital camera:" +msgstr "Para importar fotos de uma câmera digital:" -#: C/other-missing.page:14(p) +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/import-camera.page:18 msgid "" -"Each time Shotwell starts up, it scans your photo library to verify that all " -"photo files still exist on your hard drive. If Shotwell finds that any photo " -"files are missing, it will not display them in the normal Photos, Events and " -"Tags views, but will instead show them in a separate Missing Files view " -"which will appear in the sidebar." +"Connect the camera to your computer and switch it on. Shotwell will detect " +"it and list it in the sidebar." msgstr "" -"Cada vez que o Shotwell é iniciado, ele verifica se os arquivos de sua " -"biblioteca ainda existem no seu disco rígido. Se o Shotwell perceber que " -"quaisquer arquivos da biblioteca não existem, ele não vai exibi-los nas " -"visões normais eventos e marcações, mas em vez disso vai mostrá-los em uma " -"visão <gui>Arquivos faltantes</gui> que aparecerá na barra lateral." +"Conecte a câmera ao computador e ligue-a. O Shotwell irá detectá-la e mostrá-" +"la na barra lateral." -#: C/other-missing.page:16(p) +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/import-camera.page:22 msgid "" -"If you no longer want the missing files to be part of your Shotwell " -"collection (perhaps because you deleted them), go to the Missing Files view, " -"select the photos and then click <gui>Remove From Library</gui>." +"Select the camera in the sidebar. Previews of each photo on the camera will " +"be displayed." msgstr "" -"Se você não quiser mais que os arquivos que faltam façam parte de sua " -"coleção do Shotwell (talvez porque você os tenha excluídos), vá na visão de " -"<gui>Arquivos faltantes</gui>, selecione os arquivos e clique em " -"<gui>Remover da biblioteca</gui>." +"Selecione a câmera na barra lateral. Pré-visualizações das fotos na câmera " +"serão exibidas." -#: C/other-missing.page:18(p) +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/import-camera.page:25 msgid "" -"If you have photos on a removable disk, such as a CD or USB flash drive, and " -"<link xref=\"index#import\">import</link> them into Shotwell <em>without</" -"em> copying the photos to your computer, they will show up as missing files " -"if you then disconnect the removable disk. See <link xref=\"import-file\"/> " -"to learn how to copy files from removable disks onto your computer." +"If you like, you can choose a set of specific photos to import. To do this, " +"hold down the <key>Ctrl</key> key and click to select individual photos. You " +"can hold down <key>Shift</key> and click to select a range of photos too." msgstr "" -"Se você tem fotos em um disco removível, como um CD ou pendrives USB, e " -"<link xref=\"index#import\">importá-las</link> para o Shotwell <em>sem " -"copiar</em> os arquivos das fotos para o computador, elas vão ficar como " -"arquivos faltantes se você retirar o disco removível. Consulte <link xref=" -"\"import-file\"/> para saber como copiar os arquivos de discos removíveis " -"para seu computador." +"Se preferir, você pode escolher um conjunto de fotos para importar. Para " +"isso, mantenha pressionada a tecla <key>Ctrl</key> e clique para selecionar " +"cada foto. Você pode segurar a tecla <key>Shift</key> e clicar para " +"selecionar um intervalo de fotos." -#: C/other-missing.page:20(p) +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/import-camera.page:28 msgid "" -"If any missing photo files become available again, Shotwell will notice this " -"the next time it starts. The photos will once again appear in the Photos, " -"Events and Tags views." +"Click either <gui>Import Selected</gui> or <gui>Import All</gui>. The photos " +"will be copied from the camera and saved on your computer." msgstr "" -"Se quaisquer arquivos faltantes se tornarem disponíveis novamente, o " -"Shotwell perceber isso na próxima vez que for iniciado. As arquivos vão " -"aparecer novamente nas visões de eventos e marcações." +"Clique em <gui>Importar selecionadas</gui> ou em <gui>Importar todas</gui>. " +"As fotos serão copiadas da câmera e gravadas em seu computador." -#: C/other-files.page:7(desc) -msgid "Keep the Shotwell library in sync with photo files on disk." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/import-camera.page:32 +msgid "" +"Once the import is complete, you can open the <gui>Last Import</gui> view " +"(in the sidebar) to see all photos that were imported. The Events list (also " +"in the sidebar) will also show the new photos, organized by date." msgstr "" -"Mantenha a biblioteca do Shotwell sincronizada com os arquivos de seu disco " -"rígido." +"Quando importação estiver concluída, você pode selecionar <gui>Última " +"importação</gui> na barra lateral para ver as fotos importadas. A lista de " +"eventos também irá mostrar novas entradas para as datas correspondentes às " +"fotos importadas." -#: C/other-files.page:12(title) -msgid "Photo files" -msgstr "Arquivos de fotos" +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/import-file.page:7 +msgid "Import photos that are already saved on your computer." +msgstr "Importe fotos existentes no computador." -#: C/other-files.page:14(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/import-file.page:12 +msgid "Importing from your hard disk" +msgstr "Importando de seu disco rígido" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/import-file.page:14 msgid "" -"Every photo in the Shotwell library corresponds to a file stored on your " -"hard disk. Shotwell has several features which help you keep the Shotwell " -"library and files on disk in sync." +"To import photo files from your hard disk into Shotwell, just drag them from " +"your file browser into the Shotwell window." msgstr "" -"Cada foto na biblioteca do Shotwell corresponde a um arquivo armazenado em " -"seu disco rígido. O Shotwell tem várias funcionalidades que te ajudam a " -"manter a biblioteca e os arquivos no disco sincronizados." - -#: C/other-files.page:21(title) -msgid "Using a custom directory pattern" -msgstr "Usando um padrão de diretórios personalizado" +"Para importar arquivos de seu disco rígido para o Shotwell, basta arrastá-" +"los a partir do seu navegador de arquivos para a janela do Shotwell." -#: C/other-files.page:22(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/import-file.page:16 msgid "" -"Shotwell allows you to specify how it names directories in your library. You " -"can do this by changing the <gui>Directory Structure</gui> and <gui>Pattern</" -"gui> settings in the <gui>Preferences</gui> dialog. You may use a " -"preselected pattern, or choose <gui>Custom</gui> and type in your own." +"Alternatively, click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Import From Folder...</" +"gui></guiseq> and select the folder containing the photos you want to import." msgstr "" -"O Shotwell permite especificar como chama diretórios em sua biblioteca. Você " -"pode fazer isso alterando a <gui>Estrutura de diretório</gui> e as " -"configurações <gui>Padrão</gui> na janela <gui>Preferências</gui>. Você pode " -"usar um padrão na lista, ou escolher <gui>Personalizar</gui> e digitar o seu " -"próprio." +"Alternativamente, use o item de menu <guiseq><gui>Arquivo</gui><gui>Importar " +"da pasta...</gui></guiseq> e selecione a pasta que contém as fotos que você " +"deseja importar." -#: C/other-files.page:29(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/import-file.page:18 msgid "" -"The available symbols for the directory pattern begin with a % (percent " -"sign). The values these symbols produce are locale-dependent, so what you " -"see on your computer may vary from the examples below." +"Shotwell will ask whether you want to copy the photo files to your library " +"folder (usually this is the <file>Pictures</file> folder in your home " +"directory) or to import them in place without copying the files." msgstr "" -"Os símbolos disponíveis para o padrão de diretório começam com uma % (sinal " -"de porcentagem). Os valores produzidos são dependentes da idioma/região, de " -"modo que você vê no seu computador pode se diferente dos exemplos abaixo." - -#: C/other-files.page:38(em) -msgid "Symbol" -msgstr "Símbolo" - -#: C/other-files.page:38(em) -msgid "Meaning" -msgstr "Significado" - -#: C/other-files.page:38(em) -msgid "Example" -msgstr "Exemplo" - -#: C/other-files.page:43(p) -msgid "%Y" -msgstr "%Y" - -#: C/other-files.page:43(p) -msgid "Year: full" -msgstr "Ano (completo)" - -#: C/other-files.page:43(p) -msgid "2011" -msgstr "2011" - -#: C/other-files.page:46(p) -msgid "%y" -msgstr "%y" - -#: C/other-files.page:46(p) -msgid "Year: two digit" -msgstr "Ano (dois dígitos)" - -#: C/other-files.page:46(p) -msgid "11" -msgstr "11" - -#: C/other-files.page:49(p) -msgid "%d" -msgstr "%d" - -#: C/other-files.page:49(p) -msgid "Day of the month with leading zero" -msgstr "Dia do mês (com zero inicial)" +"O Shotwell irá perguntar se você deseja copiar os arquivos de fotos para a " +"pasta de biblioteca (geralmente este é a pasta <file>Imagens</file> no seu " +"diretório pessoal) ou importá-los do lugar, sem copiar os arquivos." -#: C/other-files.page:49(p) -msgid "03" -msgstr "03" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/import-file.page:20 +msgid "" +"If you hold down <key>Ctrl</key> while dragging photos in, Shotwell will " +"copy the photos into your library folder without prompting. Similarly, if " +"you hold down <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Shift</key></keyseq> while " +"dragging photos in, Shotwell will import the photos without copying them." +msgstr "" +"Se você manter pressionada a tecla <key>Ctrl</key> enquanto arrasta as fotos " +"para o Shotwell, ele irá copiar as fotos para a pasta de biblioteca sem te " +"perguntar. Da mesma forma, se você segurar a tecla <keyseq><key>Ctrl</" +"key><key>Shift</key></keyseq> enquanto arrasta fotos para o Shotwell, ele " +"vai importar as fotos do lugar sem copiá-las, sem te perguntar." -#: C/other-files.page:52(p) -msgid "%A" -msgstr "%A" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/import-file.page:22 +msgid "" +"Once the import is complete, you can select <gui>Last Import</gui> in the " +"sidebar to see all photos successfully imported. The Events list will also " +"show new entries for the dates corresponding to the imported photos." +msgstr "" +"Quando importação estiver concluída, você pode selecionar <gui>Última " +"importação</gui> na barra lateral para ver as fotos importadas. A lista de " +"eventos também irá mostrar novas entradas para as datas correspondentes às " +"fotos importadas." -#: C/other-files.page:52(p) -msgid "Day name: full" -msgstr "Nome do dia da semana (completo)" +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/import-f-spot.page:7 +msgid "" +"Shotwell can import all your photos and tags from the F-Spot photo manager." +msgstr "" +"O Shotwell pode importar todas as suas fotos e etiquetas do programa " +"gerenciador de fotos F-Spot." -#: C/other-files.page:52(p) -msgid "Wednesday" -msgstr "Quarta-feira" +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/import-f-spot.page:12 +msgid "Importing from F-Spot" +msgstr "Importando do F-Spot" -#: C/other-files.page:55(p) -msgid "%a" -msgstr "%a" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/import-f-spot.page:14 +msgid "To import an existing photo collection from F-Spot:" +msgstr "Para importar uma coleção de fotos existentes do programa F-Spot:" -#: C/other-files.page:55(p) -msgid "Day name: abbreviated" -msgstr "Nome do dia da semana (abreviado)" +# Uma entrada de menu para importar DIRETAMENTE do F-Spot não existe... +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/import-f-spot.page:16 +msgid "Select <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Import From F-Spot</gui></guiseq>." +msgstr "" +"Selecione <guiseq><gui>Arquivo</gui><gui>Importar do F-Spot</gui></guiseq>." -#: C/other-files.page:55(p) -msgid "Wed" -msgstr "Qua" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/import-f-spot.page:17 +msgid "" +"Now choose either the default F-Spot library or another F-Spot database. If " +"importing from another F-Spot database, select a directory and file from the " +"chooser dialog box." +msgstr "" +"Escolha a biblioteca padrão do F-Spot ou outro banco de dados do F-Spot. " +"Para importar bancos d dados diferentes do padrão do F-Spot, selecione o " +"diretório e o arquivo dele." -#: C/other-files.page:58(p) -msgid "%m" -msgstr "%m" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/import-f-spot.page:20 +msgid "" +"Shotwell will import your photos, together with their tags and other " +"information. Once the import is complete, you can select <gui>Last Import</" +"gui> in the sidebar to see all photos successfully imported. The Events list " +"will also show new entries for the dates corresponding to the imported " +"photos." +msgstr "" +"O Shotwell vai importar suas fotos, com as suas etiquetas e outras " +"informações. Quando a importação for concluída, você pode selecionar " +"<gui>Última importação</gui> na barra lateral para ver as fotos importadas. " +"A lista de eventos também irá mostrar novas entradas para as datas " +"correspondentes às fotos importadas." -#: C/other-files.page:58(p) -msgid "Month number with leading zero" -msgstr "Mês (com zero inicial)" +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/import-memorycard.page:7 +msgid "Import photos from a digital camera's memory card." +msgstr "Importe fotos do cartão de memória de uma câmera digital." -#: C/other-files.page:58(p) -msgid "02" -msgstr "02" +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/import-memorycard.page:12 +msgid "Importing from a memory card" +msgstr "Importando fotos de um cartão de memória" -#: C/other-files.page:60(p) -msgid "%b" -msgstr "%b" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/import-memorycard.page:14 +msgid "To import photos from a camera memory card:" +msgstr "Para importar fotos do cartão de memória de uma câmera:" -#: C/other-files.page:60(p) -msgid "Month name: abbreviated" -msgstr "Nome do mês (abreviado)" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/import-memorycard.page:18 +msgid "" +"Put the card into your card reader. Make sure the card reader is plugged in " +"to the computer and switched on." +msgstr "" +"Coloque o cartão no leitor de cartões de memória do computador. Certifique-" +"se de que o leitor de cartão está corretamente conectado ao computador e " +"ligado." -#: C/other-files.page:60(p) -msgid "Feb" -msgstr "Fev" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/import-memorycard.page:21 +msgid "The card reader and card should be detected automatically." +msgstr "O cartão de memória será detectado automaticamente." -#: C/other-files.page:62(p) -msgid "%B" -msgstr "%B" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/import-memorycard.page:24 +msgid "" +"Follow the instructions for <link xref=\"import-file\">importing photos from " +"your hard disk</link>. If you click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Import From " +"Folder...</gui></guiseq>, the memory card should be visible as a folder in " +"the side bar of the file selection window." +msgstr "" +"Siga as instruções para <link xref=\"import-file\">importar fotos de seu " +"disco rígido</link>. Se você usar o menu <guiseq><gui>Arquivo</" +"gui><gui>Importar da pasta...</gui></guiseq>, o cartão de memória deve ser " +"visível como uma pasta na barra lateral da janela de seleção de arquivos." -#: C/other-files.page:62(p) -msgid "Month name: full" -msgstr "Nome do mês (completo)" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/import-memorycard.page:28 +msgid "" +"Shotwell can import photos from any memory card that is compatible with your " +"card reader." +msgstr "" +"O Shotwell pode importar fotos de qualquer cartão de memória compatível com " +"o seu leitor de cartões." -#: C/other-files.page:62(p) -msgid "February" -msgstr "Fevereiro" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/import-memorycard.page:30 +msgid "" +"If the card is not detected automatically, your card reader may not have " +"been recognized. Try unplugging it and then plugging it in again. If that " +"doesn't work, you should still be able to import photos by <link xref=" +"\"import-camera\">connecting your camera directly to the computer</link>, " +"though." +msgstr "" +"Se o cartão não for detectado automaticamente, o seu leitor de cartões pode " +"não ter sido reconhecido. Tente desconectá-lo e, em seguida, ligá-lo " +"novamente. Se isso não funcionar, você ainda deve conseguir importar fotos " +"<link xref=\"import-camera\">conectando sua câmera no computador</link>." -#: C/other-files.page:63(p) -msgid "%I" -msgstr "%I" +#. (itstool) path: media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/index.page:23 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/shotwell_logo.png' " +"md5='4b333499555b4e496b1a38f7899067f3'" +msgstr "" +"external ref='figures/shotwell_logo.png' " +"md5='4b333499555b4e496b1a38f7899067f3'" -#: C/other-files.page:63(p) -msgid "Hour: 12 hour format" -msgstr "Hora (formato de 12h)" +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/index.page:6 +msgctxt "link" +msgid "Shotwell" +msgstr "Shotwell" -#: C/other-files.page:63(p) -msgid "05" -msgstr "05" +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/index.page:7 +msgctxt "text" +msgid "Shotwell" +msgstr "Shotwell" -#: C/other-files.page:64(p) -msgid "%H" -msgstr "%H" +#. (itstool) path: credit/name +#: C/index.page:9 +msgid "Jim Nelson" +msgstr "Jim Nelson" -#: C/other-files.page:64(p) -msgid "Hour: 24 hour format" -msgstr "Hora (formato de 24h)" +#. (itstool) path: credit/name +#: C/index.page:11 +msgid "Allison Barlow" +msgstr "Allison Barlow" -#: C/other-files.page:64(p) -msgid "17" -msgstr "17" +#. (itstool) path: credit/name +#: C/index.page:13 +msgid "Robert Ancell" +msgstr "Robert Ancell" -#: C/other-files.page:66(p) -msgid "%M" -msgstr "%M" +#. (itstool) path: credit/name +#: C/index.page:15 +msgid "Peter Smith" +msgstr "Peter Smith" -#: C/other-files.page:66(p) -msgid "Minute" -msgstr "Minuto" +#. (itstool) path: credit/name +#: C/index.page:17 +msgid "Phil Bull" +msgstr "Phil Bull" -#: C/other-files.page:66(p) -msgid "16" -msgstr "16" +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/index.page:23 +msgid "" +"<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/shotwell_logo.png\"/>Shotwell Photo " +"Manager" +msgstr "" +"<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/shotwell_logo.png\"/>Gerenciador de " +"fotos Shotwell" -#: C/other-files.page:67(p) -msgid "%S" -msgstr "%S" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/index.page:26 +msgid "Importing Photos" +msgstr "Importando fotos" -#: C/other-files.page:67(p) -msgid "Second" -msgstr "Segundo" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/index.page:30 +msgid "Viewing Photos" +msgstr "Visualizando fotos" -#: C/other-files.page:67(p) -msgid "30" -msgstr "30" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/index.page:34 +msgid "Organizing Photos" +msgstr "Organizando as fotos" -#: C/other-files.page:68(p) -msgid "%p" -msgstr "%p" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/index.page:38 +msgid "Editing Photos" +msgstr "Editando fotos" -#: C/other-files.page:68(p) -msgid "AM or PM" -msgstr "AM ou PM" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/index.page:42 +msgid "Sharing Photos" +msgstr "Compartilhando fotos" -#: C/other-files.page:68(p) -msgid "PM" -msgstr "PM" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/index.page:46 +msgid "Other Features" +msgstr "Outras funcionalidades" -#: C/other-files.page:72(p) +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/organize-event.page:7 msgid "" -"There are other symbols available; please check the manual for strftime by " -"running the command <cmd>man strftime</cmd> if you need one that isn't " -"listed here." +"Group photos together that were taken at the same time. Learn how to rename, " +"merge, and sort events." msgstr "" -"Existem outros símbolos disponíveis; por favor, verifique o manual do " -"\"strftime\", com o comando <cmd>man strftime</cmd> se você precisa de um " -"que não esteja aqui." - -#: C/other-files.page:79(title) -msgid "Automatically importing photos" -msgstr "Importando fotos automaticamente" +"Agrupa fotos que foram tiradas na mesma época. Saiba como mudar o nome, " +"mesclar e classificar eventos." -#: C/other-files.page:81(p) -msgid "" -"Shotwell can automatically import new photos which appear in the library " -"directory. (The library directory is usually the <file>Pictures</file> " -"directory in your home directory; you can change its location in in the " -"<gui>Preferences</gui> window.)" -msgstr "" -"O Shotwell pode importar novas fotos que aparecem no diretório da biblioteca " -"automaticamente. (O diretório da biblioteca é geralmente o diretório " -"<file>Imagens</file> em seu diretório pessoal, você ajustar isso na janela " -"de <gui>Preferências</gui>.)" +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/organize-event.page:12 +msgid "Events" +msgstr "Eventos" -#: C/other-files.page:86(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/organize-event.page:14 msgid "" -"To enable auto-import, check the box <gui>Watch library directory for new " -"files</gui> in the <gui>Preferences</gui> window." +"An event is a group of photos that were taken at approximately the same " +"time. When you import photos, Shotwell checks when each photo was taken. It " +"then groups the photos into events." msgstr "" -"Para habilitar a importação automática, marque a opção <gui>Monitorar " -"diretório de biblioteca por novos arquivos</gui> na janela de " -"<gui>Preferências</gui>." +"Um evento é um grupo de fotos que foram tiradas aproximadamente ao mesmo " +"tempo. Quando você importar fotos, o Shotwell verifica a data em que cada " +"foto foi tirada e agrupa as fotos em eventos." -#: C/other-files.page:90(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/organize-event.page:16 msgid "" -"Shotwell can also follow symbolic links inside automatically-imported " -"directories." +"Choose <gui>Events</gui> from the sidebar to see your photos organized by " +"date. If you select a month or year from the sidebar, a list of events will " +"be displayed in the main window. Double-click an event to see all the photos " +"that were taken around that time." msgstr "" -"O Shotwell também pode seguir links simbólicos dentro de diretórios " -"automaticamente importados." - -#: C/other-files.page:95(title) -msgid "Automatically renaming imported photos to lowercase" -msgstr "Renomeando automaticamente fotos importadas para minúsculas" +"Clique na visão <gui>Eventos</gui> da barra lateral para ver as suas fotos " +"organizadas por data. Se você selecionar um mês ou um ano a partir da barra " +"lateral, uma lista de eventos será exibido na janela principal. Clique duas " +"vezes em um evento para ver todas as fotos que dele." -#: C/other-files.page:97(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/organize-event.page:18 msgid "" -"Shotwell can automatically change the filenames of imported photos to " -"lowercase. To enable this, choose <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</" -"gui></guiseq>, and in the <gui>Preferences</gui> window, check the " -"<gui>Rename imported files to lowercase</gui> box." +"If a photo has no embedded date/time information, then Shotwell can't " +"automatically place it in any event. In this case the photo will appear in " +"the <gui>No Event</gui> view accessible from the sidebar. You can still move " +"the photo to any event you like as described below." msgstr "" -"O Shotwell pode mudar automaticamente os nomes dos arquivos de fotos " -"importadas para minúsculas. Para habilitar isso, escolha " -"<guiseq><gui>Editar</gui><gui>Preferências</gui></guiseq> e, na janela " -"<gui>Preferências</gui>, marque a opção <gui>Renomear arquivos importados " -"para letra minúscula</gui>." - -#: C/other-files.page:107(title) -msgid "Writing metadata on the fly" -msgstr "Gravando os metadados sob demanda" +"Se uma foto não tem nenhuma informação de data/hora incorporadas, o Shotwell " +"não consegue colocá-la automaticamente em um evento. Neste caso, a foto " +"aparecerá no item <gui>Nenhum Evento</gui> da visão de eventos, acessível na " +"barra lateral. Você ainda pode mover a foto para outro evento, se " +"necessário, como descrito abaixo." -#: C/other-files.page:109(p) -msgid "" -"By default, Shotwell does not modify photo files, even when you edit photos " -"or change their tags or titles. Shotwell records these changes in its own " -"database only." -msgstr "" -"Por padrão, o Shotwell não modifica arquivos de fotos, mesmo quando você " -"editar fotos ou alterar suas etiquetas ou títulos. O Shotwell registra essas " -"mudanças apenas no seu próprio banco de dados." +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/organize-event.page:25 +msgid "Renaming events" +msgstr "Renomeando eventos" -#: C/other-files.page:112(p) +# Duplo clique não funciona. Traduzido para o atalho válido de tecla F2. +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/organize-event.page:27 msgid "" -"To change this behavior, you can enable the checkbox <gui>Write tags, titles " -"and other metadata to photo files</gui> in the <gui>Preferences</gui> " -"dialog. When this option is enabled, Shotwell will write the following " -"metadata to most photo files whenever you change it in Shotwell:" +"To give an event a name rather than referring to it by its date, select the " +"event, click <guiseq><gui>Events</gui><gui>Rename Event...</gui></guiseq> " +"and enter a new name. Another way of renaming an event is to double-click " +"its name in the sidebar; type a new name and then press <key>Enter</key>." msgstr "" -"Para alterar esse comportamento, você pode marcar a opção <gui>Gravar " -"etiquetas, títulos e outros metadados para arquivos de fotos</gui> na janela " -"<gui>Preferências</gui>. Quando essa opção é ativada, o Shotwell grava os " -"seguintes metadados para a maioria dos arquivos de fotos sempre que você " -"alterá-la no Shotwell:" - -#: C/other-files.page:118(p) -msgid "titles" -msgstr "títulos" - -#: C/other-files.page:119(p) -msgid "tags" -msgstr "etiquetas" - -#: C/other-files.page:120(p) -msgid "ratings" -msgstr "avaliações" - -#: C/other-files.page:121(p) -msgid "rotation information" -msgstr "informações sobre rotação" - -#: C/other-files.page:122(p) -msgid "time/date" -msgstr "data/hora" +"Para dar a um evento um nome ao invés de se referir a ele pela sua data, " +"selecione o evento e use o item de menu <guiseq><gui>Eventos</" +"gui><gui>Renomear evento...</gui></guiseq> e digite um novo nome para o " +"evento. Outras formas de mudar o nome de um evento é pressionar a tecla F2 " +"ou clicar com o botão direito (e usar o menu de contexto) em seu nome na " +"barra lateral; digite um novo nome e pressione Enter." + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/organize-event.page:31 +msgid "Moving photos between events" +msgstr "Movendo fotos entre eventos" -#: C/other-files.page:125(p) +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/organize-event.page:33 msgid "" -"Shotwell stores this information in photo files in EXIF, IPTC and/or XMP " -"format. Note that Shotwell can write only to photo files in JPEG, PNG and " -"TIFF format, not to BMP photos, RAW photos or to video files." +"Even though photos are initially grouped into events by their date, you can " +"move photos between events. To do this, drag any photo to the sidebar and " +"drop it on an event." msgstr "" -"O Shotwell armazena essas informações em arquivos de fotos nos formatos " -"EXIF, IPTC e/ou XMP. Note que o Shotwell pode escrever apenas em arquivos de " -"fotos em JPEG, PNG e TIFF, e não em fotos BMP, em fotos RAW ou em arquivos " -"de vídeo." +"As fotos são inicialmente agrupadas em eventos por data, mas você pode mover " +"fotos entre eventos. Para isso, arraste qualquer foto e solte-a sobre outro " +"evento na barra lateral." -#: C/other-files.page:133(title) -msgid "Runtime monitoring" -msgstr "Monitoramento em tempo de execução" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/organize-event.page:37 +msgid "Creating and merging events" +msgstr "Criando e unindo eventos" -#: C/other-files.page:135(p) +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/organize-event.page:38 msgid "" -"While Shotwell is running, it notices changes made to any photo file " -"externally. When a photo file changes, Shotwell rereads the file and updates " -"your view of the photo and metadata." +"To create a new event, select the photos you would like in the new event and " +"click <guiseq><gui>Events</gui><gui>New Event</gui></guiseq>." msgstr "" -"Enquanto o Shotwell é executado, ele percebe as alterações feitas em " -"arquivos de sua biblioteca externamente. Quando uma foto é alterada, o " -"Shotwell relê o arquivo e atualiza a sua visão da foto e de seus metadados." +"Para criar um novo evento, selecione as fotos dele o novo evento e use o " +"item do menu <guiseq><gui>Eventos</gui><gui>Novo evento</gui></guiseq>." -#: C/other-files.page:139(p) +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/organize-event.page:39 msgid "" -"Note that Shotwell checks all photo files for changes at startup, but only " -"photo files contained in the library directory are monitored in real time " -"after startup. We hope to remove this limitation in a further release." +"To merge events, select <guiseq><gui>Events</gui></guiseq> from the sidebar, " +"then, while holding down <key>Ctrl</key> click on the events you want to " +"merge in the main window area. Finally, click <guiseq><gui>Events</" +"gui><gui>Merge Events</gui></guiseq>." msgstr "" -"Note que o Shotwell verifica todos os arquivos de sua biblioteca na " -"inicialização, mas apenas arquivos de fotos contidas no diretório da " -"biblioteca são monitorados em tempo real, após a inicialização. Esperamos " -"remover esta limitação em uma nova versão." - -#: C/organize-title.page:7(desc) -msgid "Give titles to your photos." -msgstr "Dê títulos às suas fotos." - -#: C/organize-title.page:12(title) -msgid "Titles" -msgstr "Títulos" +"Para unir eventos, selecione <guiseq><gui>Eventos</gui></guiseq> da barra " +"lateral e, mantendo a tecla <key>Ctrl</key> pressionada clique sobre os " +"eventos que deseja unir na janela principal. Com os eventos selecionados, " +"use o item do menu <guiseq><gui>Eventos</gui><gui>Unir eventos</gui></" +"guiseq>." -#: C/organize-title.page:14(p) -msgid "" -"The <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Titles</gui></guiseq> checkbox toggles the " -"display of titles beneath each photo. By default, a photo's title is its " -"filename." -msgstr "" -"A caixa de seleção <guiseq><gui>Ver</gui><gui>Títulos</gui></guiseq> alterna " -"a exibição de títulos abaixo de cada foto. Por padrão, o título de uma foto " -"é seu nome de arquivo." +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/organize-event.page:43 +msgid "Sorting events" +msgstr "Ordenando Eventos" -#: C/organize-title.page:17(p) -#| msgid "" -#| "To change a photo's title, select the photo and click " -#| "<guiseq><gui>Photos</gui><gui>Edit Title</gui></guiseq>, or press " -#| "<key>F2</key>." +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/organize-event.page:45 msgid "" -"To change a photo's title, select the photo and click <guiseq><gui>Photos</" -"gui><gui>Edit Title...</gui></guiseq>, or press <key>F2</key>." +"Events are displayed in a tree in the sidebar, organized by the year and " +"month of the earliest photo in the event. To change the event sort order, " +"click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Sort Events</gui></guiseq> and select " +"either ascending or descending." msgstr "" -"Para alterar o título de uma foto, selecione a foto e clique em " -"<guiseq><gui>Fotos</gui><gui>Editar título...</gui></guiseq>, ou pressione a " -"tecla <key>F2</key>." - -#: C/organize-tag.page:7(desc) -msgid "Organize photos by labelling them." -msgstr "Organize suas fotos com rótulos." +"Os eventos são exibidos em uma árvore na barra lateral, organizados pelo ano " +"e mês da foto mais antiga no evento. Para alterar a ordenação dos eventos, " +"use o item do menu <guiseq><gui>Ver</gui><gui>Ordenar eventos</gui></guiseq> " +"e selecione <gui>Ascendente</gui> ou <gui>Descendente</gui>." -#: C/organize-tag.page:14(title) -msgid "Tagging photos" -msgstr "Etiquetando fotos" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/organize-event.page:51 +msgid "Change the photo used to represent each event" +msgstr "Mude a foto usada para representar cada evento" -#: C/organize-tag.page:16(p) +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/organize-event.page:53 msgid "" -"You can assign one or more tags to selected photos. A tag can be one or more " -"words that you want to associate with those photos." +"If you select the <gui>Events</gui> item in the sidebar, you'll see a single " +"photo which represents each event. This is called the key photo." msgstr "" -"Você pode atribuir uma ou mais etiquetas para as fotos selecionadas. Uma " -"etiqueta é composta de uma ou mais palavras que serão associadas às fotos." +"Se você selecionar o item <gui>Eventos</gui> na barra lateral, você verá uma " +"única foto que representa cada evento. Ela é chamada de \"foto chave\" do " +"evento (também chamada de \"foto de capa\" em alguns serviços de publicação)." -#: C/organize-tag.page:22(p) +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/organize-event.page:55 msgid "" -"To add new tags to photos, select the photos you would like to tag, then do " -"any of the following:" +"By default, Shotwell uses the first photo in each event as its key photo. To " +"use a different key photo, select the photo and choose <guiseq><gui>Photos</" +"gui><gui>Make Key Photo for Event</gui></guiseq>." msgstr "" -"Para adicionar novas etiquetas nas fotos, selecione as fotos que você " -"gostaria de etiquetar, e:" +"Por padrão, o Shotwell usa a primeira foto de cada evento como a sua foto " +"chave. Para usar uma foto de chave diferente, selecione a foto e use o item " +"do menu <guiseq><gui>Fotos</gui><gui>Designar foto como chave para evento</" +"gui></guiseq>." -#: C/organize-tag.page:28(p) -#| msgid "Choose <guiseq><gui>Tags</gui><gui>Add Tags</gui></guiseq>." -msgid "Choose <guiseq><gui>Tags</gui><gui>Add Tags...</gui></guiseq>." +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/organize-flag.page:7 +msgid "Flag photos to mark them as special or to work with them as a set." msgstr "" -"Use o item de menu <guiseq><gui>Etiquetas</gui><gui>Adicionar " -"etiquetas...</gui></guiseq>." - -#: C/organize-tag.page:29(p) -msgid "Type <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>T</key></keyseq>." -msgstr "Pressione as teclas <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>T</key></keyseq>." +"Marque fotos para sinalizá-las como algo especial ou para trabalhar com elas " +"depois conjuntamente." -#: C/organize-tag.page:30(p) -msgid "Drag the selected photos and drop them on the desired tag." -msgstr "Arraste as fotos selecionadas até etiqueta desejada, na barra lateral." +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/organize-flag.page:12 +msgid "Flagging photos" +msgstr "Marcando fotos" -#: C/organize-tag.page:33(p) -#| msgid "" -#| "When you use <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>T</key></keyseq> or " -#| "<guiseq><gui>Tags</gui><gui>Add Tags</gui></guiseq> you can type in the " -#| "names of one or more tags, separated by commas. Once you have created a " -#| "tag, you can rename it by selecting that tag in the sidebar and choosing " -#| "<guiseq><gui>Tags</gui><gui>Rename Tag \"[name]\"</gui></guiseq>, by " -#| "rightclicking on it and choose <gui>Rename...</gui> or double-click on " -#| "the tag in the sidebar." -msgid "" -"When you use <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>T</key></keyseq> or " -"<guiseq><gui>Tags</gui><gui>Add Tags...</gui></guiseq> you can type in the " -"names of one or more tags, separated by commas. Once you have created a tag, " -"you can rename it by selecting that tag in the sidebar and choosing " -"<guiseq><gui>Tags</gui><gui>Rename Tag \"[name]\"...</gui></guiseq>, by " -"rightclicking on it and choose <gui>Rename...</gui> or double-click on the " -"tag in the sidebar." -msgstr "" -"Quando você usa o <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>T</key></keyseq> ou " -"<guiseq><gui>Etiquetas</gui><gui>Adicionar etiquetas...</gui></guiseq> você " -"poderá digitar os nomes de uma ou mais etiquetas, separados por vírgulas. " -"Depois de ter criado uma etiqueta, você pode renomeá-la selecionando essa " -"etiqueta na barra lateral e escolher <guiseq><gui>Etiquetas</gui><gui>" -"Renomear etiqueta \"[nome]\"...</gui></guiseq>, ou clicar com o botão " -"direito nela e usar o item <gui>Renomear...</gui> no menu de contexto, ou " -"ainda clicar duas vezes sobre a etiqueta na barra lateral." - -#: C/organize-tag.page:44(p) -#| msgid "" -#| "To change which tags are associated with a particular photo, select that " -#| "photo, choose <guiseq><gui>Tags</gui><gui>Modify Tags</gui></guiseq> or " -#| "right-click on a photo and select <gui>Modify Tags</gui> and edit the " -#| "comma separated list. To remove a tag from one or more photos, first " -#| "select that tag in the sidebar, then select the photos you would like to " -#| "remove, and choose <guiseq><gui>Tags</gui><gui>Remove Tag \"[name]\" from " -#| "Photos</gui></guiseq> or right-click on the photos an select <gui>Remove " -#| "Tag \"[name]\" from Photos</gui>." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/organize-flag.page:14 msgid "" -"To change which tags are associated with a particular photo, select that " -"photo, choose <guiseq><gui>Tags</gui><gui>Modify Tags...</gui></guiseq> or " -"right-click on a photo and select <gui>Modify Tags...</gui> and edit the " -"comma separated list. To remove a tag from one or more photos, first select " -"that tag in the sidebar, then select the photos you would like to remove, " -"and choose <guiseq><gui>Tags</gui><gui>Remove Tag \"[name]\" from Photos</" -"gui></guiseq> or right-click on the photos an select <gui>Remove Tag " -"\"[name]\" from Photos</gui>." +"Shotwell lets you <em>flag</em> photos. When a photo is flagged, a small " +"flag icon appears in its upper right corner. You can select the " +"<gui>Flagged</gui> item in the sidebar to see all photos which have been " +"flagged." msgstr "" -"Para alterar quais as etiquetas que estão associados a uma determinada foto, " -"selecione a foto e use o item de menu <guiseq><gui>Etiquetas</gui><gui>" -"Modificar etiquetas...</gui></guiseq> ou clique com o botão direito do mouse " -"na foto e use o item do menu de contexto <gui>Modificar etiquetas...</gui> e " -"altere a lista separada por vírgulas. Para remover uma etiqueta de uma ou " -"mais fotos, selecione primeiro a etiqueta na barra lateral, em seguida " -"selecione as fotos de que você deseja tirar a etiqueta, e use o item de menu " -"<guiseq><gui>Etiquetas</gui><gui>Remover a etiqueta \"[nome]\" das " -"fotos</gui></guiseq> ou clique com o botão direito sobre as fotos e use o " -"item <gui>Remover a etiqueta \"[nome]\" das fotos</gui> do menu de contexto." +"O Shotwell permite que você <em>marque</em> fotos. Quando uma foto é " +"marcada, um pequeno ícone de bandeira aparece no canto superior direito " +"dela. Você pode selecionar o item <gui>Marcada</gui> na barra lateral para " +"ver todas as fotos que foram marcadas." -#: C/organize-tag.page:58(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/organize-flag.page:18 msgid "" -"To delete a tag entirely, select that tag in the sidebar and choose " -"<guiseq><gui>Tags</gui><gui>Delete Tag \"[name]\"</gui></guiseq> or by right-" -"click and select <gui>Delete Tag \"[name]\"</gui>." +"Flagging a photo marks it as special. You can interpret this in any way you " +"like. For example, you might flag all photos which need visual adjustment, " +"or all photos which you want to share with a friend." msgstr "" -"Para apagar uma etiqueta completamente, selecione a etiqueta na barra " -"lateral e use o item de menu <guiseq><gui>Etiquetas</gui><gui>Apagar " -"etiqueta \"[nome]\"</gui></guiseq> ou clique com o botão direito na etiqueta " -"e use o item <gui>Apagar etiqueta \"[nome]</gui> do menu de contexto." +"Marcar uma foto a sinaliza como \"especial\". Você pode interpretar isso " +"como quiser. Por exemplo, você pode marcar todas as fotos que precisam de " +"ajuste visual ou todas as fotos que você deseja mandar para um amigo." -#: C/organize-tag.page:64(p) -#| msgid "" -#| "When you create a tag, it will appear in the sidebar under the Tags item, " -#| "which is hidden if there are no tags. Photos can have multiple tags " -#| "attached to them, and when you click on the name of a given tag in the " -#| "sidebar, you will see all the photos associated with that tag." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/organize-flag.page:22 msgid "" -"When you create a tag, it will appear in the sidebar under the <gui>Tags</" -"gui> item, which is hidden if there are no tags. Photos can have multiple " -"tags attached to them, and when you click on the name of a given tag in the " -"sidebar, you will see all the photos associated with that tag." +"Flagging is also useful because you can operate on all flagged photos as a " +"set. For example, you can select the <gui>Flagged</gui> view and then upload " +"all flagged photos to a publishing service." msgstr "" -"Quando você cria uma etiqueta, ela aparece na barra lateral sob o item " -"<gui>Etiquetas</gui>, que não aparece se não existe pelo menos uma etiqueta. " -"As fotos podem ter várias etiquetas associadas a elas, e quando você clicar " -"sobre o nome de uma etiqueta na barra lateral, você vai ver todas as fotos " -"associadas a essa etiqueta." +"Marcar também é útil para sinalizar todas as fotos conjunto a ser " +"trabalhado. Por exemplo, você pode selecionar o modo de exibição de fotos " +"<gui>Marcadas</gui> e, em seguida, enviar elas para um serviço de publicação." -#: C/organize-tag.page:73(title) -msgid "Hierarchical Tags" -msgstr "Etiquetas hierárquicas" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/organize-flag.page:27 +msgid "To flag or unflag a photo" +msgstr "Para marcar ou desmarcar uma foto" -#: C/organize-tag.page:74(p) +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/organize-flag.page:28 msgid "" -"Shotwell supports also hierarchial tags. You can rearrange your tags by drag " -"and drop a tag onto another. To create a new subtag right-click on a tag and " -"select <gui>New</gui>." +"To flag or unflag a photo, right-click the photo and choose <gui>Flag</gui> " +"or <gui>Unflag</gui> from the context menu. Or use the <keyseq><key>Ctrl</" +"key><key>G</key></keyseq> or <key>/</key> shortcut keys." msgstr "" -"O Shotwell oferece suporte a hierarquia entre etiquetas. Você pode " -"reorganizar suas etiquetas arrastando e soltando uma etiqueta sobre outra. " -"Para criar uma nova subetiqueta clique com o botão direito numa etiqueta e " -"use o item <gui>Nova</gui> no menu de contexto." +"Para marcar ou desmarcar de uma foto, clique com o botão direito do mouse na " +"foto e use os itens <gui>Marcar</gui> ou <gui>Desmarcar</gui> do menu de " +"contexto. Ou use as teclas de atalho <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>G</key></" +"keyseq> ou <key>/</key>." -#: C/organize-tag.page:81(p) +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/organize-rating.page:7 msgid "" -"Hierarchial tags can help you to sort your tag list in ways that better " -"match how you work or think; for example, you can store location tags like " -"\"Mountains\" or \"Beach\" under a parent tag \"Places\", which itself can " -"be placed under the tag \"Summer Holidays\"." -msgstr "" -"Etiquetas hierárquica ajudam a organizar sua lista de etiquetas da forma que " -"melhor corresponder à forma como você trabalha ou pensa; por exemplo, você " -"pode armazenar a localização em etiquetas como \"Montanha\" ou \"Praia\" " -"dentro de uma etiqueta-pai \"Lugares\", que podem ser colocados sob a " -"etiqueta \"Férias de Verão\"." - -#: C/organize-tag.page:89(p) -msgid "Note that deleting a parent tag will also delete its child tags." +"Give photos a rating between 1 and 5 stars. You can reject bad photos, " +"hiding them from view." msgstr "" -"Note que apagar uma etiqueta-pai também vai apagar suas etiquetas-filhas." - -#: C/organize-search.page:7(desc) -msgid "Find photos and videos in your collection by a variety of criteria." -msgstr "Encontre fotos e vídeos em sua coleção por vários critérios." +"Dê às fotos uma avaliação entre 1 e 5 estrelas. Você pode tirar fotos ruins " +"da visão." -#: C/organize-search.page:12(title) -msgid "Searching" -msgstr "Pesquisando" +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/organize-rating.page:12 +msgid "Ratings" +msgstr "Avaliações" -#: C/organize-search.page:14(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/organize-rating.page:13 msgid "" -"There are two ways to search in Shotwell: the filter toolbar, and with a " -"saved search. The search bar allows you to quickly search the current view " -"for certain criteria. Saved Searches feature more complex search criteria " -"and persist in the sidebar between sessions." +"You can assign each photo a rating from 1-5 stars, or may alternatively rate " +"it as Rejected, in which case Shotwell will hide the photo by default." msgstr "" -"Há duas maneiras de pesquisar no Shotwell: usando a barra de pesquisa, e com " -"uma pesquisa salva. A barra de pesquisa permite-lhe filtrar rapidamente os " -"itens da visão atual sob determinados critérios. As pesquisa salvas " -"apresentam critérios de pesquisa mais complexos e ficam na barra lateral " -"depois de criadas." +"Você pode atribuir a cada foto uma avaliação de 1-5 estrelas, ou pode " +"classificá-la como Rejeitada, caso em que o Shotwell irá esconder a foto por " +"padrão." -#: C/organize-search.page:21(title) -msgid "Search bar" -msgstr "Barra de pesquisa" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/organize-rating.page:15 +msgid "You can rate a photo or a set of photos in any of these ways:" +msgstr "" +"Você pode avaliar uma foto ou um conjunto de fotos com uma das seguintes " +"formas:" -#: C/organize-search.page:22(p) +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/organize-rating.page:18 msgid "" -"The <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Search Bar</gui></guiseq> checkbox toggles " -"the display of the search bar. You can also hit <keyseq><key>Ctrl</" -"key><key>F</key></keyseq> or <key>F8</key> to bring up the search bar. From " -"this bar, you can find, show and hide photos and videos based on title, tag, " -"rating or other options." +"Select the photo(s), then choose a rating from the top-level " +"<guiseq><gui>Photos</gui><gui>Set Rating</gui></guiseq> menu." msgstr "" -"A opção do menu <guiseq><gui>Ver</gui><gui>Barra de pequisa</gui></guiseq> " -"alterna a exibição da barra de pesquisa. Você também pode pressionar as " -"teclas <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</key></keyseq> ou <key>F8</key> para " -"abrir a barra de pesquisa. A partir desta barra, você pode filtrar, mostrar " -"e esconder suas fotos e vídeos baseados em título, etiquetas, avaliação ou " -"outras opções." +"Selecione a(s) foto(s) e, em seguida, defina uma avaliação usando o item do " +"menu <guiseq><gui>Fotos</gui><gui>Avaliar</gui></guiseq>." -#: C/organize-search.page:29(p) +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/organize-rating.page:19 msgid "" -"To begin searching, simply enter a search keyword in the text box, or click " -"on <gui>Flagged</gui>, <gui>Rating</gui> or <gui>Type</gui>. The text search " -"matches your keywords across tag names, photo or video titles and photos' " -"original filenames. The <gui>Flagged</gui>, <gui>Rating</gui> and <gui>Type</" -"gui> buttons allow you to filter your collection by whether photos are " -"flagged, their current number of stars, and whether the items shown are " -"images, videos, or raw camera files, respectively." +"Right-click on the photo(s), then choose a rating from the Set Rating " +"context menu." msgstr "" -"Para iniciar um filtro, basta digitar algo na caixa de texto, clicar em " -"<gui>Marcada</gui>, escolher a <gui>Avaliação</gui> ou <gui>Tipo</gui>. " -"Serão filtrados os itens da visão atual que correspondam aos critérios da " -"pesquisa (o texto da pesquisa é verificado em etiquetas, títulos e nomes de " -"arquivos das fotos e vídeos)." +"Clique com o botão direito do mouse sobre a(s) foto(s) e use o item \"Avaliar" +"\" do menu de contexto." -#: C/organize-search.page:38(p) +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/organize-rating.page:20 msgid "" -"Disabling the search bar or exiting Shotwell automatically resets the search " -"bar." +"Select the photo(s), then press any of the shortcut keys <key>1</key>, " +"<key>2</key>, <key>3</key>, <key>4</key> or <key>5</key> to assign a rating. " +"Or press <key>9</key> to mark the photo(s) as rejected or <key>0</key> to " +"clear the rating(s)." msgstr "" -"Desabilitar a barra de pesquisa ou sair do Shotwell retira automaticamente o " -"filtro definido nela." - -#: C/organize-search.page:44(title) -msgid "Saved search" -msgstr "Pesquisa salva" +"Selecione a(s) foto(s) e, em seguida, pressione qualquer uma das teclas de " +"atalho <key>1</key>, <key>2</key>, <key>3</key>, <key>4</key> ou <key>5</" +"key> para atribuir uma avaliação. Ou pressione <key>9</key> para marcar a(s) " +"foto(s) como \"rejeitada(s)\" ou <key>0</key> para apagar a(s) avaliações(s)." -#: C/organize-search.page:45(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/organize-rating.page:23 msgid "" -"A saved search persists across Shotwell sessions, and is updated as photos " -"and videos are added and removed from your Shotwell library." +"Normally Shotwell displays all photos except rejected photos. You can set a " +"different rating filter using the <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Filter Photos</" +"gui></guiseq> menu - for example, you can display only photos rated with 3 " +"stars or higher, or you can display all photos including those marked " +"rejected. The Shotwell icon on the toolbar displays the current rating " +"filter and can also be used to set the filter." msgstr "" -"Uma pesquisa salva persiste entre as sessões do Shotwell, e é atualizada " -"como fotos e vídeos adicionados, removidos ou alterados de sua biblioteca." +"Normalmente o Shotwell exibe todas as fotos exceto fotos rejeitadas. Você " +"pode definir um filtro de classificação diferente usando o item de menu " +"<guiseq><gui>Ver</gui><gui>Filtrar fotos</gui></guiseq> - por exemplo, você " +"pode exibir somente fotos avaliado com 3 estrelas ou mais, ou você pode " +"exibir todas as fotos, incluindo aquelas marcadas como \"rejeitadas\". A " +"barra de pesquisa do Shotwell aparece mostrando o filtro atual e também pode " +"ser usada para alterá-lo." -#: C/organize-search.page:50(p) -#| msgid "" -#| "Create a new saved search with <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>New Search</" -#| "gui></guiseq> or by hitting <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq>. " -#| "The dialog box allows you to enter a name for the search and select " -#| "whether you want to meet Any, All, or None of the criteria in the " -#| "following rows." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/organize-rating.page:26 msgid "" -"Create a new saved search with <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>New Saved " -"Search...</gui></guiseq> or by hitting <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></" -"keyseq>. The dialog box allows you to enter a name for the search and select " -"whether you want to meet Any, All, or None of the criteria in the following " -"rows." +"Shotwell normally displays each photo's rating in its lower left-hand " +"corner. You can turn off the display of ratings using the <guiseq><gui>View</" +"gui><gui>Ratings</gui></guiseq> menu item." msgstr "" -"Crie uma nova pesquisa salva usando o item do menu " -"<guiseq><gui>Editar</gui><gui>Nova pesquisa salva...</gui></guiseq> ou " -"pressionando as teclas <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq>. A caixa " -"de diálogo exibida permite que você digite um nome para a pesquisa e " -"selecionar como são verificadas as combinações dos critérios nas linhas " -"seguintes: \"todos\", \"qualquer\" ou \"nenhum\"." +"O Shotwell normalmente exibe a avaliação de cada foto em seu canto inferior " +"esquerdo. Você pode desativar a exibição das avaliações usando o a opção do " +"menu <guiseq><gui>Ver</gui><gui>Avaliações</gui></guiseq>." -#: C/organize-search.page:56(p) -#| msgid "" -#| "Each row represents a search criterion. Use the + button to add more " -#| "rows, and the - button to remove a specific row. The combo box on the " -#| "left of each row selects the type of criteria. Criteria must be entered " -#| "correctly before the OK button becomes available." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/organize-rating.page:28 msgid "" -"Each row represents a search criterion. Use the <gui>+</gui> button to add " -"more rows, and the <gui>-</gui> button to remove a specific row. The combo " -"box on the left of each row selects the type of criteria. Criteria must be " -"entered correctly before the <gui>OK</gui> button becomes available." +"You can increase or decrease a photo's rating using the <guiseq><gui>Set " +"Rating</gui><gui>Increase</gui></guiseq> and <guiseq><gui>Set Rating</" +"gui><gui>Decrease</gui></guiseq> commands, or the keyboard shortcuts " +"<key><</key> and <key>></key>." msgstr "" -"Cada linha representa um critério de pesquisa. Use o botão <gui>+</gui> para " -"adicionar mais linhas, e o botão <gui>-</gui> da direita das linhas para " -"removê-las. Do lado esquerdo de cada linha há listas para selecionar o tipo " -"da pesquisa. O botão <gui>OK</gui> só fica disponível quando os critérios " -"são válidos." +"Você pode aumentar ou diminuir a avaliação de uma foto usando o item do menu " +"<guiseq><gui>Foto</gui><gui>Avaliar</gui><gui>Aumentar</gui></guiseq> e " +"<guiseq><gui>Foto</gui><gui>Avaliar</gui><gui>Diminuir</gui></guiseq>, ou os " +"atalhos de teclado <key><</key> e <key>></key>." -#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. -#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. -#: C/organize-remove.page:15(None) +#. (itstool) path: media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/organize-remove.page:15 +msgctxt "_" msgid "" -"@@image: 'figures/trash_process.png'; md5=ed596bda34c2f4a79a310fbc8bb51fd2" +"external ref='figures/trash_process.png' " +"md5='ed596bda34c2f4a79a310fbc8bb51fd2'" msgstr "" -"@@image: 'figures/trash_process.png'; md5=ed596bda34c2f4a79a310fbc8bb51fd2" +"external ref='figures/trash_process.png' " +"md5='ed596bda34c2f4a79a310fbc8bb51fd2'" -#: C/organize-remove.page:7(desc) +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/organize-remove.page:7 msgid "" "Remove photos from the library, or delete them from your computer entirely." msgstr "Remova fotos da biblioteca, ou apague-as do seu computador." -#: C/organize-remove.page:12(title) +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/organize-remove.page:12 msgid "Removing and deleting photos" msgstr "Removendo e apagando fotos" -#: C/organize-remove.page:14(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/organize-remove.page:14 msgid "" "You may remove photos from your library and you may additionally delete them " "entirely from your hard disk." msgstr "" "Você pode remover fotos de sua biblioteca e/ou apagá-las de seu disco rígido." -#: C/organize-remove.page:15(media) +#. (itstool) path: page/media +#: C/organize-remove.page:15 msgid "Delete process" msgstr "Processo de exclusão" -#: C/organize-remove.page:16(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/organize-remove.page:16 msgid "" "This diagram shows how a photo, when deleted, is first put into Shotwell's " "trash. If you delete it from Shotwell's trash, it is put into your " @@ -1550,11 +1532,13 @@ msgstr "" "colocado na lixeira do computador. Se você apagá-la da lixeira do seu " "computador a foto é finalmente e irremediavelmente apagada do seu computador." -#: C/organize-remove.page:18(title) +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/organize-remove.page:18 msgid "Removing photos from the library" msgstr "Removendo fotos da biblioteca" -#: C/organize-remove.page:19(p) +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/organize-remove.page:19 msgid "" "Select the photos to remove and choose <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Move to " "Trash</gui></guiseq>. (You can also press the <key>Delete</key> key.) The " @@ -1565,7 +1549,8 @@ msgstr "" "tecla <key>Delete</key>). As fotos serão movidos de sua biblioteca para a " "Lixeira do Shotwell." -#: C/organize-remove.page:22(p) +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/organize-remove.page:22 msgid "" "If you want to remove photos from Shotwell without having them pass through " "the trash, simply select the photos to be removed and choose " @@ -1577,11 +1562,13 @@ msgstr "" "gui><gui>Remover da biblioteca</gui></guiseq>. Os arquivos vão continuar no " "seu disco rígido." -#: C/organize-remove.page:26(title) +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/organize-remove.page:26 msgid "Emptying or restoring the trash folder" msgstr "Esvaziando a lixeira ou restaurando itens" -#: C/organize-remove.page:27(p) +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/organize-remove.page:27 msgid "" "Select the Trash entry in the Sidebar and Shotwell will display all photos " "that have been marked for removal or deletion. In the Trash view, the " @@ -1591,35 +1578,43 @@ msgstr "" "foram marcadas para remoção ou exclusão. Na visão da lixeira, os seguintes " "comandos estarão disponíveis:" -#: C/organize-remove.page:29(title) +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/organize-remove.page:29 msgid "Delete" msgstr "Apagar" -#: C/organize-remove.page:29(p) +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/organize-remove.page:29 msgid "Delete the selected photos from the trash folder." msgstr "Remove as fotos selecionadas da lixeira." -#: C/organize-remove.page:30(title) +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/organize-remove.page:30 msgid "Restore" msgstr "Restaurar" -#: C/organize-remove.page:30(p) +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/organize-remove.page:30 msgid "Restore the selected photos into Shotwell." msgstr "Restaura as fotos selecionada para biblioteca do Shotwell." -#: C/organize-remove.page:31(title) +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/organize-remove.page:31 msgid "Empty trash" msgstr "Esvaziar lixeira" -#: C/organize-remove.page:31(p) +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/organize-remove.page:31 msgid "Delete all photos from the trash folder." msgstr "Remove todas as fotos da lixeira." -#: C/organize-remove.page:36(title) +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/organize-remove.page:36 msgid "Deleting or emptying Trash" msgstr "Excluindo arquivos ou limpando a lixeira" -#: C/organize-remove.page:37(p) +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/organize-remove.page:37 msgid "" "When you delete files from the Trash folder or empty the Trash folder, you " "will be given the following choices:" @@ -1627,11 +1622,13 @@ msgstr "" "Ao excluir arquivos da lixeira (ou esvaziá-la), você terá as seguintes " "opções:" -#: C/organize-remove.page:39(title) +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/organize-remove.page:39 msgid "Only Remove" msgstr "Remover da biblioteca" -#: C/organize-remove.page:39(p) +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/organize-remove.page:39 msgid "" "Remove photos from the library but leave the photos in their location on the " "computer." @@ -1639,1346 +1636,1679 @@ msgstr "" "Remove fotos da biblioteca, mas deixa seus arquivos em sua localização no " "computador." -#: C/organize-remove.page:40(title) +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/organize-remove.page:40 msgid "Trash file" msgstr "Remover e apagar arquivo(s)" -#: C/organize-remove.page:40(p) +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/organize-remove.page:40 msgid "Remove photos from the library and delete them from the computer." msgstr "Remove arquivos da biblioteca e apaga do seu computador." -#: C/organize-remove.page:41(title) +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/organize-remove.page:41 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "Cancelar" -#: C/organize-remove.page:41(p) +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/organize-remove.page:41 msgid "Do nothing." msgstr "Não faz nada." -#: C/organize-rating.page:7(desc) -msgid "" -"Give photos a rating between 1 and 5 stars. You can reject bad photos, " -"hiding them from view." -msgstr "" -"Dê às fotos uma avaliação entre 1 e 5 estrelas. Você pode tirar fotos ruins " -"da visão." +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/organize-search.page:7 +msgid "Find photos and videos in your collection by a variety of criteria." +msgstr "Encontre fotos e vídeos em sua coleção por vários critérios." -#: C/organize-rating.page:12(title) -msgid "Ratings" -msgstr "Avaliações" +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/organize-search.page:12 +msgid "Searching" +msgstr "Pesquisando" -#: C/organize-rating.page:13(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/organize-search.page:14 msgid "" -"You can assign each photo a rating from 1-5 stars, or may alternatively rate " -"it as Rejected, in which case Shotwell will hide the photo by default." +"There are two ways to search in Shotwell: the filter toolbar, and with a " +"saved search. The search bar allows you to quickly search the current view " +"for certain criteria. Saved Searches feature more complex search criteria " +"and persist in the sidebar between sessions." msgstr "" -"Você pode atribuir a cada foto uma avaliação de 1-5 estrelas, ou pode " -"classificá-la como Rejeitada, caso em que o Shotwell irá esconder a foto por " -"padrão." +"Há duas maneiras de pesquisar no Shotwell: usando a barra de pesquisa, e com " +"uma pesquisa salva. A barra de pesquisa permite-lhe filtrar rapidamente os " +"itens da visão atual sob determinados critérios. As pesquisa salvas " +"apresentam critérios de pesquisa mais complexos e ficam na barra lateral " +"depois de criadas." -#: C/organize-rating.page:15(p) -msgid "You can rate a photo or a set of photos in any of these ways:" -msgstr "" -"Você pode avaliar uma foto ou um conjunto de fotos com uma das seguintes " -"formas:" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/organize-search.page:21 +msgid "Search bar" +msgstr "Barra de pesquisa" -#: C/organize-rating.page:18(p) +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/organize-search.page:22 msgid "" -"Select the photo(s), then choose a rating from the top-level " -"<guiseq><gui>Photos</gui><gui>Set Rating</gui></guiseq> menu." +"The <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Search Bar</gui></guiseq> checkbox toggles " +"the display of the search bar. You can also hit <keyseq><key>Ctrl</" +"key><key>F</key></keyseq> or <key>F8</key> to bring up the search bar. From " +"this bar, you can find, show and hide photos and videos based on title, tag, " +"rating or other options." msgstr "" -"Selecione a(s) foto(s) e, em seguida, defina uma avaliação usando o item do " -"menu <guiseq><gui>Fotos</gui><gui>Avaliar</gui></guiseq>." +"A opção do menu <guiseq><gui>Ver</gui><gui>Barra de pequisa</gui></guiseq> " +"alterna a exibição da barra de pesquisa. Você também pode pressionar as " +"teclas <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</key></keyseq> ou <key>F8</key> para " +"abrir a barra de pesquisa. A partir desta barra, você pode filtrar, mostrar " +"e esconder suas fotos e vídeos baseados em título, etiquetas, avaliação ou " +"outras opções." -#: C/organize-rating.page:19(p) +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/organize-search.page:29 msgid "" -"Right-click on the photo(s), then choose a rating from the Set Rating " -"context menu." +"To begin searching, simply enter a search keyword in the text box, or click " +"on <gui>Flagged</gui>, <gui>Rating</gui> or <gui>Type</gui>. The text search " +"matches your keywords across tag names, photo or video titles and photos' " +"original filenames. The <gui>Flagged</gui>, <gui>Rating</gui> and <gui>Type</" +"gui> buttons allow you to filter your collection by whether photos are " +"flagged, their current number of stars, and whether the items shown are " +"images, videos, or raw camera files, respectively." msgstr "" -"Clique com o botão direito do mouse sobre a(s) foto(s) e use o item \"Avaliar" -"\" do menu de contexto." +"Para iniciar um filtro, basta digitar algo na caixa de texto, clicar em " +"<gui>Marcada</gui>, escolher a <gui>Avaliação</gui> ou <gui>Tipo</gui>. " +"Serão filtrados os itens da visão atual que correspondam aos critérios da " +"pesquisa (o texto da pesquisa é verificado em etiquetas, títulos e nomes de " +"arquivos das fotos e vídeos)." -#: C/organize-rating.page:20(p) +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/organize-search.page:38 msgid "" -"Select the photo(s), then press any of the shortcut keys <key>1</key>, " -"<key>2</key>, <key>3</key>, <key>4</key> or <key>5</key> to assign a rating. " -"Or press <key>9</key> to mark the photo(s) as rejected or <key>0</key> to " -"clear the rating(s)." +"Disabling the search bar or exiting Shotwell automatically resets the search " +"bar." msgstr "" -"Selecione a(s) foto(s) e, em seguida, pressione qualquer uma das teclas de " -"atalho <key>1</key>, <key>2</key>, <key>3</key>, <key>4</key> ou <key>5</" -"key> para atribuir uma avaliação. Ou pressione <key>9</key> para marcar a(s) " -"foto(s) como \"rejeitada(s)\" ou <key>0</key> para apagar a(s) avaliações(s)." +"Desabilitar a barra de pesquisa ou sair do Shotwell retira automaticamente o " +"filtro definido nela." -#: C/organize-rating.page:23(p) +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/organize-search.page:44 +msgid "Saved search" +msgstr "Pesquisa salva" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/organize-search.page:45 msgid "" -"Normally Shotwell displays all photos except rejected photos. You can set a " -"different rating filter using the <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Filter Photos</" -"gui></guiseq> menu - for example, you can display only photos rated with 3 " -"stars or higher, or you can display all photos including those marked " -"rejected. The Shotwell icon on the toolbar displays the current rating " -"filter and can also be used to set the filter." +"A saved search persists across Shotwell sessions, and is updated as photos " +"and videos are added and removed from your Shotwell library." msgstr "" -"Normalmente o Shotwell exibe todas as fotos exceto fotos rejeitadas. Você " -"pode definir um filtro de classificação diferente usando o item de menu " -"<guiseq><gui>Ver</gui><gui>Filtrar fotos</gui></guiseq> - por exemplo, você " -"pode exibir somente fotos avaliado com 3 estrelas ou mais, ou você pode " -"exibir todas as fotos, incluindo aquelas marcadas como \"rejeitadas\". A " -"barra de pesquisa do Shotwell aparece mostrando o filtro atual e também pode " -"ser usada para alterá-lo." +"Uma pesquisa salva persiste entre as sessões do Shotwell, e é atualizada " +"como fotos e vídeos adicionados, removidos ou alterados de sua biblioteca." -#: C/organize-rating.page:26(p) +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/organize-search.page:50 msgid "" -"Shotwell normally displays each photo's rating in its lower left-hand " -"corner. You can turn off the display of ratings using the <guiseq><gui>View</" -"gui><gui>Ratings</gui></guiseq> menu item." +"Create a new saved search with <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>New Saved " +"Search...</gui></guiseq> or by hitting <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></" +"keyseq>. The dialog box allows you to enter a name for the search and select " +"whether you want to meet Any, All, or None of the criteria in the following " +"rows." msgstr "" -"O Shotwell normalmente exibe a avaliação de cada foto em seu canto inferior " -"esquerdo. Você pode desativar a exibição das avaliações usando o a opção do " -"menu <guiseq><gui>Ver</gui><gui>Avaliações</gui></guiseq>." +"Crie uma nova pesquisa salva usando o item do menu <guiseq><gui>Editar</" +"gui><gui>Nova pesquisa salva...</gui></guiseq> ou pressionando as teclas " +"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq>. A caixa de diálogo exibida " +"permite que você digite um nome para a pesquisa e selecionar como são " +"verificadas as combinações dos critérios nas linhas seguintes: \"todos\", " +"\"qualquer\" ou \"nenhum\"." -#: C/organize-rating.page:28(p) +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/organize-search.page:56 msgid "" -"You can increase or decrease a photo's rating using the <guiseq><gui>Set " -"Rating</gui><gui>Increase</gui></guiseq> and <guiseq><gui>Set Rating</" -"gui><gui>Decrease</gui></guiseq> commands, or the keyboard shortcuts " -"<key><</key> and <key>></key>." +"Each row represents a search criterion. Use the <gui>+</gui> button to add " +"more rows, and the <gui>-</gui> button to remove a specific row. The combo " +"box on the left of each row selects the type of criteria. Criteria must be " +"entered correctly before the <gui>OK</gui> button becomes available." msgstr "" -"Você pode aumentar ou diminuir a avaliação de uma foto usando o item do menu " -"<guiseq><gui>Foto</gui><gui>Avaliar</gui><gui>Aumentar</gui></guiseq> e " -"<guiseq><gui>Foto</gui><gui>Avaliar</gui><gui>Diminuir</gui></guiseq>, ou os " -"atalhos de teclado <key><</key> e <key>></key>." +"Cada linha representa um critério de pesquisa. Use o botão <gui>+</gui> para " +"adicionar mais linhas, e o botão <gui>-</gui> da direita das linhas para " +"removê-las. Do lado esquerdo de cada linha há listas para selecionar o tipo " +"da pesquisa. O botão <gui>OK</gui> só fica disponível quando os critérios " +"são válidos." -#: C/organize-flag.page:7(desc) -msgid "Flag photos to mark them as special or to work with them as a set." -msgstr "" -"Marque fotos para sinalizá-las como algo especial ou para trabalhar com elas " -"depois conjuntamente." +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/organize-tag.page:7 +msgid "Organize photos by labelling them." +msgstr "Organize suas fotos com rótulos." -#: C/organize-flag.page:12(title) -msgid "Flagging photos" -msgstr "Marcando fotos" +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/organize-tag.page:14 +msgid "Tagging photos" +msgstr "Etiquetando fotos" -#: C/organize-flag.page:14(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/organize-tag.page:16 msgid "" -"Shotwell lets you <em>flag</em> photos. When a photo is flagged, a small " -"flag icon appears in its upper right corner. You can select the " -"<gui>Flagged</gui> item in the sidebar to see all photos which have been " -"flagged." +"You can assign one or more tags to selected photos. A tag can be one or more " +"words that you want to associate with those photos." msgstr "" -"O Shotwell permite que você <em>marque</em> fotos. Quando uma foto é " -"marcada, um pequeno ícone de bandeira aparece no canto superior direito " -"dela. Você pode selecionar o item <gui>Marcada</gui> na barra lateral para " -"ver todas as fotos que foram marcadas." +"Você pode atribuir uma ou mais etiquetas para as fotos selecionadas. Uma " +"etiqueta é composta de uma ou mais palavras que serão associadas às fotos." -#: C/organize-flag.page:18(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/organize-tag.page:22 msgid "" -"Flagging a photo marks it as special. You can interpret this in any way you " -"like. For example, you might flag all photos which need visual adjustment, " -"or all photos which you want to share with a friend." +"To add new tags to photos, select the photos you would like to tag, then do " +"any of the following:" msgstr "" -"Marcar uma foto a sinaliza como \"especial\". Você pode interpretar isso " -"como quiser. Por exemplo, você pode marcar todas as fotos que precisam de " -"ajuste visual ou todas as fotos que você deseja mandar para um amigo." +"Para adicionar novas etiquetas nas fotos, selecione as fotos que você " +"gostaria de etiquetar, e:" -#: C/organize-flag.page:22(p) -msgid "" -"Flagging is also useful because you can operate on all flagged photos as a " -"set. For example, you can select the <gui>Flagged</gui> view and then upload " -"all flagged photos to a publishing service." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/organize-tag.page:28 +msgid "Choose <guiseq><gui>Tags</gui><gui>Add Tags...</gui></guiseq>." msgstr "" -"Marcar também é útil para sinalizar todas as fotos conjunto a ser " -"trabalhado. Por exemplo, você pode selecionar o modo de exibição de fotos " -"marcadas e, em seguida, enviar elas para um serviço de publicação." +"Use o item de menu <guiseq><gui>Etiquetas</gui><gui>Adicionar etiquetas...</" +"gui></guiseq>." -#: C/organize-flag.page:27(title) -msgid "To flag or unflag a photo" -msgstr "Para marcar ou desmarcar uma foto" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/organize-tag.page:29 +msgid "Type <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>T</key></keyseq>." +msgstr "Pressione as teclas <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>T</key></keyseq>." -#: C/organize-flag.page:28(p) -msgid "" -"To flag or unflag a photo, right-click the photo and choose <gui>Flag</gui> " -"or <gui>Unflag</gui> from the context menu. Or use the <keyseq><key>Ctrl</" -"key><key>G</key></keyseq> or <key>/</key> shortcut keys." -msgstr "" -"Para marcar ou desmarcar de uma foto, clique com o botão direito do mouse na " -"foto e use os itens <gui>Marcar</gui> ou <gui>Desmarcar</gui> do menu de " -"contexto. Ou use as teclas de atalho <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>G</key></" -"keyseq> ou <key>/</key>." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/organize-tag.page:30 +msgid "Drag the selected photos and drop them on the desired tag." +msgstr "Arraste as fotos selecionadas até etiqueta desejada, na barra lateral." -#: C/organize-event.page:7(desc) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/organize-tag.page:33 msgid "" -"Group photos together that were taken at the same time. Learn how to rename, " -"merge, and sort events." +"When you use <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>T</key></keyseq> or " +"<guiseq><gui>Tags</gui><gui>Add Tags...</gui></guiseq> you can type in the " +"names of one or more tags, separated by commas. Once you have created a tag, " +"you can rename it by selecting that tag in the sidebar and choosing " +"<guiseq><gui>Tags</gui><gui>Rename Tag \"[name]\"...</gui></guiseq>, by " +"rightclicking on it and choose <gui>Rename...</gui> or double-click on the " +"tag in the sidebar." msgstr "" -"Agrupa fotos que foram tiradas na mesma época. Saiba como mudar o nome, " -"mesclar e classificar eventos." - -#: C/organize-event.page:12(title) -msgid "Events" -msgstr "Eventos" +"Quando você usa o <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>T</key></keyseq> ou " +"<guiseq><gui>Etiquetas</gui><gui>Adicionar etiquetas...</gui></guiseq> você " +"poderá digitar os nomes de uma ou mais etiquetas, separados por vírgulas. " +"Depois de ter criado uma etiqueta, você pode renomeá-la selecionando essa " +"etiqueta na barra lateral e escolher <guiseq><gui>Etiquetas</" +"gui><gui>Renomear etiqueta \"[nome]\"...</gui></guiseq>, ou clicar com o " +"botão direito nela e usar o item <gui>Renomear...</gui> no menu de contexto, " +"ou ainda clicar duas vezes sobre a etiqueta na barra lateral." -#: C/organize-event.page:14(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/organize-tag.page:44 msgid "" -"An event is a group of photos that were taken at approximately the same " -"time. When you import photos, Shotwell checks when each photo was taken. It " -"then groups the photos into events." +"To change which tags are associated with a particular photo, select that " +"photo, choose <guiseq><gui>Tags</gui><gui>Modify Tags...</gui></guiseq> or " +"right-click on a photo and select <gui>Modify Tags...</gui> and edit the " +"comma separated list. To remove a tag from one or more photos, first select " +"that tag in the sidebar, then select the photos you would like to remove, " +"and choose <guiseq><gui>Tags</gui><gui>Remove Tag \"[name]\" from Photos</" +"gui></guiseq> or right-click on the photos an select <gui>Remove Tag " +"\"[name]\" from Photos</gui>." msgstr "" -"Um evento é um grupo de fotos que foram tiradas aproximadamente ao mesmo " -"tempo. Quando você importar fotos, o Shotwell verifica a data em que cada " -"foto foi tirada e agrupa as fotos em eventos." +"Para alterar quais as etiquetas que estão associados a uma determinada foto, " +"selecione a foto e use o item de menu <guiseq><gui>Etiquetas</" +"gui><gui>Modificar etiquetas...</gui></guiseq> ou clique com o botão direito " +"do mouse na foto e use o item do menu de contexto <gui>Modificar etiquetas..." +"</gui> e altere a lista separada por vírgulas. Para remover uma etiqueta de " +"uma ou mais fotos, selecione primeiro a etiqueta na barra lateral, em " +"seguida selecione as fotos de que você deseja tirar a etiqueta, e use o item " +"de menu <guiseq><gui>Etiquetas</gui><gui>Remover a etiqueta \"[nome]\" das " +"fotos</gui></guiseq> ou clique com o botão direito sobre as fotos e use o " +"item <gui>Remover a etiqueta \"[nome]\" das fotos</gui> do menu de contexto." -#: C/organize-event.page:16(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/organize-tag.page:58 msgid "" -"Choose <gui>Events</gui> from the sidebar to see your photos organized by " -"date. If you select a month or year from the sidebar, a list of events will " -"be displayed in the main window. Double-click an event to see all the photos " -"that were taken around that time." +"To delete a tag entirely, select that tag in the sidebar and choose " +"<guiseq><gui>Tags</gui><gui>Delete Tag \"[name]\"</gui></guiseq> or by right-" +"click and select <gui>Delete Tag \"[name]\"</gui>." msgstr "" -"Clique na visão <gui>Eventos</gui> da barra lateral para ver as suas fotos " -"organizadas por data. Se você selecionar um mês ou um ano a partir da barra " -"lateral, uma lista de eventos será exibido na janela principal. Clique duas " -"vezes em um evento para ver todas as fotos que dele." +"Para apagar uma etiqueta completamente, selecione a etiqueta na barra " +"lateral e use o item de menu <guiseq><gui>Etiquetas</gui><gui>Apagar " +"etiqueta \"[nome]\"</gui></guiseq> ou clique com o botão direito na etiqueta " +"e use o item <gui>Apagar etiqueta \"[nome]</gui> do menu de contexto." -#: C/organize-event.page:18(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/organize-tag.page:64 msgid "" -"If a photo has no embedded date/time information, then Shotwell can't " -"automatically place it in any event. In this case the photo will appear in " -"the <gui>No Event</gui> view accessible from the sidebar. You can still move " -"the photo to any event you like as described below." +"When you create a tag, it will appear in the sidebar under the <gui>Tags</" +"gui> item, which is hidden if there are no tags. Photos can have multiple " +"tags attached to them, and when you click on the name of a given tag in the " +"sidebar, you will see all the photos associated with that tag." msgstr "" -"Se uma foto não tem nenhuma informação de data/hora incorporadas, o Shotwell " -"não consegue colocá-la automaticamente em um evento. Neste caso, a foto " -"aparecerá no item <gui>Nenhum Evento</gui> da visão de eventos, acessível na " -"barra lateral. Você ainda pode mover a foto para outro evento, se " -"necessário, como descrito abaixo." - -#: C/organize-event.page:25(title) -msgid "Renaming events" -msgstr "Renomeando eventos" +"Quando você cria uma etiqueta, ela aparece na barra lateral sob o item " +"<gui>Etiquetas</gui>, que não aparece se não existe pelo menos uma etiqueta. " +"As fotos podem ter várias etiquetas associadas a elas, e quando você clicar " +"sobre o nome de uma etiqueta na barra lateral, você vai ver todas as fotos " +"associadas a essa etiqueta." +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/organize-tag.page:73 +msgid "Hierarchical Tags" +msgstr "Etiquetas hierárquicas" -# Duplo clique não funciona. Traduzido para o atalho válido de tecla F2. -#: C/organize-event.page:27(p) +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/organize-tag.page:74 msgid "" -"To give an event a name rather than referring to it by its date, select the " -"event, click <guiseq><gui>Events</gui><gui>Rename Event...</gui></guiseq> " -"and enter a new name. Another way of renaming an event is to double-click " -"its name in the sidebar; type a new name and then press <key>Enter</key>." +"Shotwell supports also hierarchial tags. You can rearrange your tags by drag " +"and drop a tag onto another. To create a new subtag right-click on a tag and " +"select <gui>New</gui>." msgstr "" -"Para dar a um evento um nome ao invés de se referir a ele pela sua data, " -"selecione o evento e use o item de menu <guiseq><gui>Eventos</gui><gui>" -"Renomear evento...</gui></guiseq> e digite um novo nome para o evento. " -"Outras formas de mudar o nome de um evento é pressionar a tecla F2 ou clicar " -"com o botão direito (e usar o menu de contexto) em seu nome na barra lateral;" -" digite um novo nome e pressione Enter." - -#: C/organize-event.page:31(title) -msgid "Moving photos between events" -msgstr "Movendo fotos entre eventos" +"O Shotwell oferece suporte a hierarquia entre etiquetas. Você pode " +"reorganizar suas etiquetas arrastando e soltando uma etiqueta sobre outra. " +"Para criar uma nova subetiqueta clique com o botão direito numa etiqueta e " +"use o item <gui>Nova</gui> no menu de contexto." -#: C/organize-event.page:33(p) +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/organize-tag.page:81 msgid "" -"Even though photos are initially grouped into events by their date, you can " -"move photos between events. To do this, drag any photo to the sidebar and " -"drop it on an event." +"Hierarchial tags can help you to sort your tag list in ways that better " +"match how you work or think; for example, you can store location tags like " +"\"Mountains\" or \"Beach\" under a parent tag \"Places\", which itself can " +"be placed under the tag \"Summer Holidays\"." msgstr "" -"As fotos são inicialmente agrupadas em eventos por data, mas você pode mover " -"fotos entre eventos. Para isso, arraste qualquer foto e solte-a sobre outro " -"evento na barra lateral." +"Etiquetas hierárquica ajudam a organizar sua lista de etiquetas da forma que " +"melhor corresponder à forma como você trabalha ou pensa; por exemplo, você " +"pode armazenar a localização em etiquetas como \"Montanha\" ou \"Praia\" " +"dentro de uma etiqueta-pai \"Lugares\", que podem ser colocados sob a " +"etiqueta \"Férias de Verão\"." -#: C/organize-event.page:37(title) -msgid "Creating and merging events" -msgstr "Criando e unindo eventos" +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/organize-tag.page:89 +msgid "Note that deleting a parent tag will also delete its child tags." +msgstr "" +"Note que apagar uma etiqueta-pai também vai apagar suas etiquetas-filhas." -#: C/organize-event.page:38(p) +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/organize-title.page:7 +msgid "Give titles to your photos." +msgstr "Dê títulos às suas fotos." + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/organize-title.page:12 +msgid "Titles" +msgstr "Títulos" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/organize-title.page:14 msgid "" -"To create a new event, select the photos you would like in the new event and " -"click <guiseq><gui>Events</gui><gui>New Event</gui></guiseq>." +"The <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Titles</gui></guiseq> checkbox toggles the " +"display of titles beneath each photo. By default, a photo's title is its " +"filename." msgstr "" -"Para criar um novo evento, selecione as fotos dele o novo evento e use o " -"item do menu <guiseq><gui>Eventos</gui><gui>Novo evento</gui></guiseq>." +"A caixa de seleção <guiseq><gui>Ver</gui><gui>Títulos</gui></guiseq> alterna " +"a exibição de títulos abaixo de cada foto. Por padrão, o título de uma foto " +"é seu nome de arquivo." -#: C/organize-event.page:39(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/organize-title.page:17 msgid "" -"To merge events, select <guiseq><gui>Events</gui></guiseq> from the sidebar, " -"then, while holding down <key>Ctrl</key> click on the events you want to " -"merge in the main window area. Finally, click <guiseq><gui>Events</" -"gui><gui>Merge Events</gui></guiseq>." +"To change a photo's title, select the photo and click <guiseq><gui>Photos</" +"gui><gui>Edit Title...</gui></guiseq>, or press <key>F2</key>." msgstr "" -"Para unir eventos, selecione <guiseq><gui>Eventos</gui></guiseq> da barra " -"lateral e, mantendo a tecla <key>Ctrl</key> pressionada clique sobre os " -"eventos que deseja unir na janela principal. Com os eventos selecionados, " -"use o item do menu <guiseq><gui>Eventos</gui><gui>Unir eventos</gui></" -"guiseq>." - -#: C/organize-event.page:43(title) -msgid "Sorting events" -msgstr "Ordenando Eventos" +"Para alterar o título de uma foto, selecione a foto e clique em " +"<guiseq><gui>Fotos</gui><gui>Editar título...</gui></guiseq>, ou pressione a " +"tecla <key>F2</key>." -#: C/organize-event.page:45(p) -msgid "" -"Events are displayed in a tree in the sidebar, organized by the year and " -"month of the earliest photo in the event. To change the event sort order, " -"click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Sort Events</gui></guiseq> and select " -"either ascending or descending." +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/other-files.page:7 +msgid "Keep the Shotwell library in sync with photo files on disk." msgstr "" -"Os eventos são exibidos em uma árvore na barra lateral, organizados pelo ano " -"e mês da foto mais antiga no evento. Para alterar a ordenação dos eventos, " -"use o item do menu <guiseq><gui>Ver</gui><gui>Ordenar eventos</gui></guiseq> " -"e selecione <gui>Ascendente</gui> ou <gui>Descendente</gui>." +"Mantenha a biblioteca do Shotwell sincronizada com os arquivos de seu disco " +"rígido." -#: C/organize-event.page:51(title) -msgid "Change the photo used to represent each event" -msgstr "Mude a foto usada para representar cada evento" +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/other-files.page:12 +msgid "Photo files" +msgstr "Arquivos de fotos" -#: C/organize-event.page:53(p) -#| msgid "" -#| "If you select the Events item in the sidebar, you'll see a single photo " -#| "which represents each event. This is called the key photo." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/other-files.page:14 msgid "" -"If you select the <gui>Events</gui> item in the sidebar, you'll see a single " -"photo which represents each event. This is called the key photo." +"Every photo in the Shotwell library corresponds to a file stored on your " +"hard disk. Shotwell has several features which help you keep the Shotwell " +"library and files on disk in sync." msgstr "" -"Se você selecionar o item <gui>Eventos</gui> na barra lateral, você verá uma " -"única foto que representa cada evento. Ela é chamada de \"foto chave\" do " -"evento (também chamada de \"foto de capa\" em alguns serviços de publicação)." +"Cada foto na biblioteca do Shotwell corresponde a um arquivo armazenado em " +"seu disco rígido. O Shotwell tem várias funcionalidades que te ajudam a " +"manter a biblioteca e os arquivos no disco sincronizados." + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/other-files.page:21 +msgid "Using a custom directory pattern" +msgstr "Usando um padrão de diretórios personalizado" -#: C/organize-event.page:55(p) +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/other-files.page:22 msgid "" -"By default, Shotwell uses the first photo in each event as its key photo. To " -"use a different key photo, select the photo and choose <guiseq><gui>Photos</" -"gui><gui>Make Key Photo for Event</gui></guiseq>." +"Shotwell allows you to specify how it names directories in your library. You " +"can do this by changing the <gui>Directory Structure</gui> and <gui>Pattern</" +"gui> settings in the <gui>Preferences</gui> dialog. You may use a " +"preselected pattern, or choose <gui>Custom</gui> and type in your own." msgstr "" -"Por padrão, o Shotwell usa a primeira foto de cada evento como a sua foto " -"chave. Para usar uma foto de chave diferente, selecione a foto e use o item " -"do menu <guiseq><gui>Fotos</gui><gui>Designar foto como chave para evento</" -"gui></guiseq>." +"O Shotwell permite especificar como chama diretórios em sua biblioteca. Você " +"pode fazer isso alterando a <gui>Estrutura de diretório</gui> e as " +"configurações <gui>Padrão</gui> na janela <gui>Preferências</gui>. Você pode " +"usar um padrão na lista, ou escolher <gui>Personalizar</gui> e digitar o seu " +"próprio." -#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. -#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. -#: C/index.page:23(None) +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/other-files.page:29 msgid "" -"@@image: 'figures/shotwell_logo.png'; md5=59de2b2c4fa64ea1497c98452c509dbd" +"The available symbols for the directory pattern begin with a % (percent " +"sign). The values these symbols produce are locale-dependent, so what you " +"see on your computer may vary from the examples below." msgstr "" -"@@image: 'figures/shotwell_logo.png'; md5=59de2b2c4fa64ea1497c98452c509dbd" +"Os símbolos disponíveis para o padrão de diretório começam com uma % (sinal " +"de porcentagem). Os valores produzidos são dependentes da idioma/região, de " +"modo que você vê no seu computador pode se diferente dos exemplos abaixo." -#: C/index.page:6(title) C/index.page:7(title) -msgid "Shotwell" -msgstr "Shotwell" +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/other-files.page:38 +msgid "<em>Symbol</em>" +msgstr "<em>Símbolo</em>" -#: C/index.page:9(name) -msgid "Jim Nelson" -msgstr "Jim Nelson" +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/other-files.page:38 +msgid "<em>Meaning</em>" +msgstr "<em>Significado</em>" -#: C/index.page:10(email) -msgid "jim@yorba.org" -msgstr "jim@yorba.org" +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/other-files.page:38 +msgid "<em>Example</em>" +msgstr "<em>Exemplo</em>" -#: C/index.page:11(name) -msgid "Allison Barlow" -msgstr "Allison Barlow" +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/other-files.page:43 +msgid "%Y" +msgstr "%Y" -#: C/index.page:12(email) -msgid "allison@yorba.org" -msgstr "allison@yorba.org" +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/other-files.page:43 +msgid "Year: full" +msgstr "Ano (completo)" -#: C/index.page:13(name) -msgid "Robert Ancell" -msgstr "Robert Ancell" +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/other-files.page:43 +msgid "2011" +msgstr "2011" -#: C/index.page:14(email) -msgid "robert.ancell@canonical.com" -msgstr "robert.ancell@canonical.com" +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/other-files.page:46 +msgid "%y" +msgstr "%y" -#: C/index.page:15(name) -msgid "Peter Smith" -msgstr "Peter Smith" +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/other-files.page:46 +msgid "Year: two digit" +msgstr "Ano (dois dígitos)" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/other-files.page:46 +msgid "11" +msgstr "11" -#: C/index.page:16(email) -msgid "pdo.smith@gmail.com" -msgstr "pdo.smith@gmail.com" +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/other-files.page:49 +msgid "%d" +msgstr "%d" -#: C/index.page:17(name) -msgid "Phil Bull" -msgstr "Phil Bull" +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/other-files.page:49 +msgid "Day of the month with leading zero" +msgstr "Dia do mês (com zero inicial)" -#: C/index.page:18(email) -msgid "philbull@gmail.com" -msgstr "philbull@gmail.com" +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/other-files.page:49 +msgid "03" +msgstr "03" -#: C/index.page:23(title) -msgid "" -"<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/shotwell_logo.png\"/>Shotwell Photo " -"Manager" -msgstr "" -"<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/shotwell_logo.png\"/>Gerenciador de " -"fotos Shotwell" +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/other-files.page:52 +msgid "%A" +msgstr "%A" -#: C/index.page:26(title) -msgid "Importing Photos" -msgstr "Importando fotos" +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/other-files.page:52 +msgid "Day name: full" +msgstr "Nome do dia da semana (completo)" -#: C/index.page:30(title) -msgid "Viewing Photos" -msgstr "Visualizando fotos" +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/other-files.page:52 +msgid "Wednesday" +msgstr "Quarta-feira" -#: C/index.page:34(title) -msgid "Organizing Photos" -msgstr "Organizando as fotos" +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/other-files.page:55 +msgid "%a" +msgstr "%a" -#: C/index.page:38(title) -msgid "Editing Photos" -msgstr "Editando fotos" +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/other-files.page:55 +msgid "Day name: abbreviated" +msgstr "Nome do dia da semana (abreviado)" -#: C/index.page:42(title) -msgid "Sharing Photos" -msgstr "Compartilhando fotos" +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/other-files.page:55 +msgid "Wed" +msgstr "Qua" -#: C/index.page:46(title) -msgid "Other Features" -msgstr "Outras funcionalidades" +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/other-files.page:58 +msgid "%m" +msgstr "%m" -#: C/import-memorycard.page:7(desc) -msgid "Import photos from a digital camera's memory card." -msgstr "Importe fotos do cartão de memória de uma câmera digital." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/other-files.page:58 +msgid "Month number with leading zero" +msgstr "Mês (com zero inicial)" -#: C/import-memorycard.page:12(title) -msgid "Importing from a memory card" -msgstr "Importando fotos de um cartão de memória" +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/other-files.page:58 +msgid "02" +msgstr "02" -#: C/import-memorycard.page:14(p) -msgid "To import photos from a camera memory card:" -msgstr "Para importar fotos do cartão de memória de uma câmera:" +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/other-files.page:60 +msgid "%b" +msgstr "%b" -#: C/import-memorycard.page:18(p) -msgid "" -"Put the card into your card reader. Make sure the card reader is plugged in " -"to the computer and switched on." -msgstr "" -"Coloque o cartão no leitor de cartões de memória do computador. Certifique-" -"se de que o leitor de cartão está corretamente conectado ao computador e " -"ligado." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/other-files.page:60 +msgid "Month name: abbreviated" +msgstr "Nome do mês (abreviado)" -#: C/import-memorycard.page:21(p) -msgid "The card reader and card should be detected automatically." -msgstr "O cartão de memória será detectado automaticamente." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/other-files.page:60 +msgid "Feb" +msgstr "Fev" -#: C/import-memorycard.page:24(p) -#| msgid "" -#| "Follow the instructions for <link xref=\"import-file\">importing photos " -#| "from your hard disk</link>. If you click <guiseq><gui>File</" -#| "gui><gui>Import From Folder</gui></guiseq>, the memory card should be " -#| "visible as a folder in the side bar of the file selection window." -msgid "" -"Follow the instructions for <link xref=\"import-file\">importing photos from " -"your hard disk</link>. If you click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Import From " -"Folder...</gui></guiseq>, the memory card should be visible as a folder in " -"the side bar of the file selection window." -msgstr "" -"Siga as instruções para <link xref=\"import-file\">importar fotos de seu " -"disco rígido</link>. Se você usar o menu <guiseq><gui>Arquivo</gui><gui>" -"Importar da pasta...</gui></guiseq>, o cartão de memória deve ser visível " -"como uma pasta na barra lateral da janela de seleção de arquivos." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/other-files.page:62 +msgid "%B" +msgstr "%B" -#: C/import-memorycard.page:28(p) -msgid "" -"Shotwell can import photos from any memory card that is compatible with your " -"card reader." -msgstr "" -"O Shotwell pode importar fotos de qualquer cartão de memória compatível com " -"o seu leitor de cartões." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/other-files.page:62 +msgid "Month name: full" +msgstr "Nome do mês (completo)" -#: C/import-memorycard.page:30(p) -msgid "" -"If the card is not detected automatically, your card reader may not have " -"been recognized. Try unplugging it and then plugging it in again. If that " -"doesn't work, you should still be able to import photos by <link xref=" -"\"import-camera\">connecting your camera directly to the computer</link>, " -"though." -msgstr "" -"Se o cartão não for detectado automaticamente, o seu leitor de cartões pode " -"não ter sido reconhecido. Tente desconectá-lo e, em seguida, ligá-lo " -"novamente. Se isso não funcionar, você ainda deve conseguir importar fotos " -"<link xref=\"import-camera\">conectando sua câmera no computador</link>." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/other-files.page:62 +msgid "February" +msgstr "Fevereiro" -#: C/import-f-spot.page:7(desc) -msgid "" -"Shotwell can import all your photos and tags from the F-Spot photo manager." -msgstr "" -"O Shotwell pode importar todas as suas fotos e etiquetas do programa " -"gerenciador de fotos F-Spot." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/other-files.page:63 +msgid "%I" +msgstr "%I" -#: C/import-f-spot.page:12(title) -msgid "Importing from F-Spot" -msgstr "Importando do F-Spot" +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/other-files.page:63 +msgid "Hour: 12 hour format" +msgstr "Hora (formato de 12h)" -#: C/import-f-spot.page:14(p) -msgid "To import an existing photo collection from F-Spot:" -msgstr "Para importar uma coleção de fotos existentes do programa F-Spot:" +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/other-files.page:63 +msgid "05" +msgstr "05" -# Uma entrada de menu para importar DIRETAMENTE do F-Spot não existe... -#: C/import-f-spot.page:16(p) -msgid "Select <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Import From F-Spot</gui></guiseq>." -msgstr "" -"Selecione <guiseq><gui>Arquivo</gui><gui>Importar do F-Spot</gui></guiseq>." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/other-files.page:64 +msgid "%H" +msgstr "%H" -#: C/import-f-spot.page:17(p) -msgid "" -"Now choose either the default F-Spot library or another F-Spot database. If " -"importing from another F-Spot database, select a directory and file from the " -"chooser dialog box." -msgstr "" -"Escolha a biblioteca padrão do F-Spot ou outro banco de dados do F-Spot. " -"Para importar bancos d dados diferentes do padrão do F-Spot, selecione o " -"diretório e o arquivo dele." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/other-files.page:64 +msgid "Hour: 24 hour format" +msgstr "Hora (formato de 24h)" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/other-files.page:64 +msgid "17" +msgstr "17" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/other-files.page:66 +msgid "%M" +msgstr "%M" -#: C/import-f-spot.page:20(p) +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/other-files.page:66 +msgid "Minute" +msgstr "Minuto" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/other-files.page:66 +msgid "16" +msgstr "16" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/other-files.page:67 +msgid "%S" +msgstr "%S" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/other-files.page:67 +msgid "Second" +msgstr "Segundo" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/other-files.page:67 +msgid "30" +msgstr "30" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/other-files.page:68 +msgid "%p" +msgstr "%p" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/other-files.page:68 +msgid "AM or PM" +msgstr "AM ou PM" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/other-files.page:68 +msgid "PM" +msgstr "PM" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/other-files.page:72 msgid "" -"Shotwell will import your photos, together with their tags and other " -"information. Once the import is complete, you can select <gui>Last Import</" -"gui> in the sidebar to see all photos successfully imported. The Events list " -"will also show new entries for the dates corresponding to the imported " -"photos." +"There are other symbols available; please check the manual for strftime by " +"running the command <cmd>man strftime</cmd> if you need one that isn't " +"listed here." msgstr "" -"O Shotwell vai importar suas fotos, com as suas etiquetas e outras " -"informações. Quando a importação for concluída, você pode selecionar " -"<gui>Última importação</gui> na barra lateral para ver as fotos importadas. " -"A lista de eventos também irá mostrar novas entradas para as datas " -"correspondentes às fotos importadas." +"Existem outros símbolos disponíveis; por favor, verifique o manual do " +"\"strftime\", com o comando <cmd>man strftime</cmd> se você precisa de um " +"que não esteja aqui." -#: C/import-file.page:7(desc) -msgid "Import photos that are already saved on your computer." -msgstr "Importe fotos existentes no computador." +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/other-files.page:79 +msgid "Automatically importing photos" +msgstr "Importando fotos automaticamente" -#: C/import-file.page:12(title) -msgid "Importing from your hard disk" -msgstr "Importando de seu disco rígido" +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/other-files.page:81 +msgid "" +"Shotwell can automatically import new photos which appear in the library " +"directory. (The library directory is usually the <file>Pictures</file> " +"directory in your home directory; you can change its location in in the " +"<gui>Preferences</gui> window.)" +msgstr "" +"O Shotwell pode importar novas fotos que aparecem no diretório da biblioteca " +"automaticamente. (O diretório da biblioteca é geralmente o diretório " +"<file>Imagens</file> em seu diretório pessoal, você ajustar isso na janela " +"de <gui>Preferências</gui>.)" -#: C/import-file.page:14(p) +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/other-files.page:86 msgid "" -"To import photo files from your hard disk into Shotwell, just drag them from " -"your file browser into the Shotwell window." +"To enable auto-import, check the box <gui>Watch library directory for new " +"files</gui> in the <gui>Preferences</gui> window." msgstr "" -"Para importar arquivos de seu disco rígido para o Shotwell, basta arrastá-" -"los a partir do seu navegador de arquivos para a janela do Shotwell." +"Para habilitar a importação automática, marque a opção <gui>Monitorar " +"diretório de biblioteca por novos arquivos</gui> na janela de " +"<gui>Preferências</gui>." -#: C/import-file.page:16(p) -#| msgid "" -#| "Alternatively, click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Import From Folder</" -#| "gui></guiseq> and select the folder containing the photos you want to " -#| "import." +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/other-files.page:90 msgid "" -"Alternatively, click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Import From Folder...</" -"gui></guiseq> and select the folder containing the photos you want to import." +"Shotwell can also follow symbolic links inside automatically-imported " +"directories." msgstr "" -"Alternativamente, use o item de menu <guiseq><gui>Arquivo</gui><gui>Importar " -"da pasta...</gui></guiseq> e selecione a pasta que contém as fotos que você " -"deseja importar." +"O Shotwell também pode seguir links simbólicos dentro de diretórios " +"automaticamente importados." + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/other-files.page:95 +msgid "Automatically renaming imported photos to lowercase" +msgstr "Renomeando automaticamente fotos importadas para minúsculas" -#: C/import-file.page:18(p) +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/other-files.page:97 msgid "" -"Shotwell will ask whether you want to copy the photo files to your library " -"folder (usually this is the <file>Pictures</file> folder in your home " -"directory) or to import them in place without copying the files." +"Shotwell can automatically change the filenames of imported photos to " +"lowercase. To enable this, choose <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</" +"gui></guiseq>, and in the <gui>Preferences</gui> window, check the " +"<gui>Rename imported files to lowercase</gui> box." msgstr "" -"O Shotwell irá perguntar se você deseja copiar os arquivos de fotos para a " -"pasta de biblioteca (geralmente este é a pasta <file>Imagens</file> no seu " -"diretório pessoal) ou importá-los do lugar, sem copiar os arquivos." +"O Shotwell pode mudar automaticamente os nomes dos arquivos de fotos " +"importadas para minúsculas. Para habilitar isso, escolha " +"<guiseq><gui>Editar</gui><gui>Preferências</gui></guiseq> e, na janela " +"<gui>Preferências</gui>, marque a opção <gui>Renomear arquivos importados " +"para letra minúscula</gui>." + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/other-files.page:107 +msgid "Writing metadata on the fly" +msgstr "Gravando os metadados sob demanda" -#: C/import-file.page:20(p) +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/other-files.page:109 msgid "" -"If you hold down <key>Ctrl</key> while dragging photos in, Shotwell will " -"copy the photos into your library folder without prompting. Similarly, if " -"you hold down <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Shift</key></keyseq> while " -"dragging photos in, Shotwell will import the photos without copying them." +"By default, Shotwell does not modify photo files, even when you edit photos " +"or change their tags or titles. Shotwell records these changes in its own " +"database only." msgstr "" -"Se você manter pressionada a tecla <key>Ctrl</key> enquanto arrasta as fotos " -"para o Shotwell, ele irá copiar as fotos para a pasta de biblioteca sem te " -"perguntar. Da mesma forma, se você segurar a tecla <keyseq><key>Ctrl</" -"key><key>Shift</key></keyseq> enquanto arrasta fotos para o Shotwell, ele " -"vai importar as fotos do lugar sem copiá-las, sem te perguntar." +"Por padrão, o Shotwell não modifica arquivos de fotos, mesmo quando você " +"editar fotos ou alterar suas etiquetas ou títulos. O Shotwell registra essas " +"mudanças apenas no seu próprio banco de dados." -#: C/import-file.page:22(p) +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/other-files.page:112 msgid "" -"Once the import is complete, you can select <gui>Last Import</gui> in the " -"sidebar to see all photos successfully imported. The Events list will also " -"show new entries for the dates corresponding to the imported photos." +"To change this behavior, you can enable the checkbox <gui>Write tags, titles " +"and other metadata to photo files</gui> in the <gui>Preferences</gui> " +"dialog. When this option is enabled, Shotwell will write the following " +"metadata to most photo files whenever you change it in Shotwell:" msgstr "" -"Quando importação estiver concluída, você pode selecionar <gui>Última " -"importação</gui> na barra lateral para ver as fotos importadas. A lista de " -"eventos também irá mostrar novas entradas para as datas correspondentes às " -"fotos importadas." +"Para alterar esse comportamento, você pode marcar a opção <gui>Gravar " +"etiquetas, títulos e outros metadados para arquivos de fotos</gui> na janela " +"<gui>Preferências</gui>. Quando essa opção é ativada, o Shotwell grava os " +"seguintes metadados para a maioria dos arquivos de fotos sempre que você " +"alterá-la no Shotwell:" -#: C/import-camera.page:7(desc) -msgid "Copy photos from a digital camera." -msgstr "Copie fotos de uma câmera digital." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/other-files.page:118 +msgid "titles" +msgstr "títulos" -#: C/import-camera.page:12(title) -msgid "Importing from a camera" -msgstr "Importando fotos de uma câmera" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/other-files.page:119 +msgid "tags" +msgstr "etiquetas" -#: C/import-camera.page:14(p) -msgid "To import photos from a digital camera:" -msgstr "Para importar fotos de uma câmera digital:" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/other-files.page:120 +msgid "ratings" +msgstr "avaliações" -#: C/import-camera.page:18(p) +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/other-files.page:121 +msgid "rotation information" +msgstr "informações sobre rotação" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/other-files.page:122 +msgid "time/date" +msgstr "data/hora" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/other-files.page:125 msgid "" -"Connect the camera to your computer and switch it on. Shotwell will detect " -"it and list it in the sidebar." +"Shotwell stores this information in photo files in EXIF, IPTC and/or XMP " +"format. Note that Shotwell can write only to photo files in JPEG, PNG and " +"TIFF format, not to BMP photos, RAW photos or to video files." msgstr "" -"Conecte a câmera ao computador e ligue-a. O Shotwell irá detectá-la e mostrá-" -"la na barra lateral." +"O Shotwell armazena essas informações em arquivos de fotos nos formatos " +"EXIF, IPTC e/ou XMP. Note que o Shotwell pode escrever apenas em arquivos de " +"fotos em JPEG, PNG e TIFF, e não em fotos BMP, em fotos RAW ou em arquivos " +"de vídeo." + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/other-files.page:133 +msgid "Runtime monitoring" +msgstr "Monitoramento em tempo de execução" -#: C/import-camera.page:22(p) +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/other-files.page:135 msgid "" -"Select the camera in the sidebar. Previews of each photo on the camera will " -"be displayed." +"While Shotwell is running, it notices changes made to any photo file " +"externally. When a photo file changes, Shotwell rereads the file and updates " +"your view of the photo and metadata." msgstr "" -"Selecione a câmera na barra lateral. Pré-visualizações das fotos na câmera " -"serão exibidas." +"Enquanto o Shotwell é executado, ele percebe as alterações feitas em " +"arquivos de sua biblioteca externamente. Quando uma foto é alterada, o " +"Shotwell relê o arquivo e atualiza a sua visão da foto e de seus metadados." -#: C/import-camera.page:25(p) +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/other-files.page:139 msgid "" -"If you like, you can choose a set of specific photos to import. To do this, " -"hold down the <key>Ctrl</key> key and click to select individual photos. You " -"can hold down <key>Shift</key> and click to select a range of photos too." +"Note that Shotwell checks all photo files for changes at startup, but only " +"photo files contained in the library directory are monitored in real time " +"after startup. We hope to remove this limitation in a further release." msgstr "" -"Se preferir, você pode escolher um conjunto de fotos para importar. Para " -"isso, mantenha pressionada a tecla <key>Ctrl</key> e clique para selecionar " -"cada foto. Você pode segurar a tecla <key>Shift</key> e clicar para " -"selecionar um intervalo de fotos." +"Note que o Shotwell verifica todos os arquivos de sua biblioteca na " +"inicialização, mas apenas arquivos de fotos contidas no diretório da " +"biblioteca são monitorados em tempo real, após a inicialização. Esperamos " +"remover esta limitação em uma nova versão." -#: C/import-camera.page:28(p) -msgid "" -"Click either <gui>Import Selected</gui> or <gui>Import All</gui>. The photos " -"will be copied from the camera and saved on your computer." +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/other-missing.page:7 +msgid "If Shotwell can't find a photo in your library, it marks it as missing." msgstr "" -"Clique em <gui>Importar selecionadas</gui> ou em <gui>Importar todas</gui>. " -"As fotos serão copiadas da câmera e gravadas em seu computador." +"Se o Shotwell não consegue encontrar uma foto em sua biblioteca, ele marca " +"como \"faltante\" em seu banco de dados." + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/other-missing.page:12 +msgid "Missing photos" +msgstr "Fotos faltantes" -#: C/import-camera.page:32(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/other-missing.page:14 msgid "" -"Once the import is complete, you can open the <gui>Last Import</gui> view " -"(in the sidebar) to see all photos that were imported. The Events list (also " -"in the sidebar) will also show the new photos, organized by date." +"Each time Shotwell starts up, it scans your photo library to verify that all " +"photo files still exist on your hard drive. If Shotwell finds that any photo " +"files are missing, it will not display them in the normal Photos, Events and " +"Tags views, but will instead show them in a separate Missing Files view " +"which will appear in the sidebar." msgstr "" -"Quando importação estiver concluída, você pode selecionar <gui>Última " -"importação</gui> na barra lateral para ver as fotos importadas. A lista de " -"eventos também irá mostrar novas entradas para as datas correspondentes às " -"fotos importadas." +"Cada vez que o Shotwell é iniciado, ele verifica se os arquivos de sua " +"biblioteca ainda existem no seu disco rígido. Se o Shotwell perceber que " +"quaisquer arquivos da biblioteca não existem, ele não vai exibi-los nas " +"visões normais eventos e marcações, mas em vez disso vai mostrá-los em uma " +"visão <gui>Arquivos faltantes</gui> que aparecerá na barra lateral." -#: C/formats.page:7(desc) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/other-missing.page:16 msgid "" -"Shotwell supports JPEG, PNG, TIFF, BMP and RAW photo files as well as video " -"files." +"If you no longer want the missing files to be part of your Shotwell " +"collection (perhaps because you deleted them), go to the Missing Files view, " +"select the photos and then click <gui>Remove From Library</gui>." msgstr "" -"O Shotwell oferece suporte a arquivos de fotos JPEG, PNG, TIFF, BMP e RAW e " -"arquivos de vídeo." - -#: C/formats.page:12(title) -msgid "Supported photo and video formats" -msgstr "Suporte a formatos de foto e vídeo" +"Se você não quiser mais que os arquivos que faltam façam parte de sua " +"coleção do Shotwell (talvez porque você os tenha excluídos), vá na visão de " +"<gui>Arquivos faltantes</gui>, selecione os arquivos e clique em " +"<gui>Remover da biblioteca</gui>." -#: C/formats.page:14(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/other-missing.page:18 msgid "" -"Shotwell supports JPEG, PNG, TIFF, BMP and <link type=\"guide\" xref=\"other-" -"raw\">RAW</link> photo files. Shotwell does not yet support other graphics " -"format such as GIF." +"If you have photos on a removable disk, such as a CD or USB flash drive, and " +"<link xref=\"index#import\">import</link> them into Shotwell <em>without</" +"em> copying the photos to your computer, they will show up as missing files " +"if you then disconnect the removable disk. See <link xref=\"import-file\"/> " +"to learn how to copy files from removable disks onto your computer." msgstr "" -"O Shotwell oferece suporte aos formatos JPEG, PNG, TIFF, BMP e arquivos de " -"<link type=\"guide\" xref=\"other-raw\">fotos em RAW</link>. O Shotwell " -"ainda não oferece suporte a outros formatos gráficos, como o GIF." +"Se você tem fotos em um disco removível, como um CD ou pendrives USB, e " +"<link xref=\"index#import\">importá-las</link> para o Shotwell <em>sem " +"copiar</em> os arquivos das fotos para o computador, elas vão ficar como " +"arquivos faltantes se você retirar o disco removível. Consulte <link xref=" +"\"import-file\"/> para saber como copiar os arquivos de discos removíveis " +"para seu computador." -#: C/formats.page:16(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/other-missing.page:20 msgid "" -"Shotwell's RAW format support is currently limited. When you view a RAW " -"photo, you are actually viewing a JPEG derived from the RAW photo, not the " -"RAW image itself. Additionally, the RAW editing pipeline is not fully 16-bit " -"- you can only export edited photos as 8-bit files. All supported formats " -"can be used for export (JPEG, PNG, TIFF, BMP)." +"If any missing photo files become available again, Shotwell will notice this " +"the next time it starts. The photos will once again appear in the Photos, " +"Events and Tags views." msgstr "" -"Suporte ao formato RAW do Shotwell é limitado. Quando você ver uma foto RAW, " -"na verdade você está vendo um JPEG derivado da foto RAW, e não a imagem RAW. " -"Além disso, o edição RAW não é totalmente de 16 bits - você só pode exportar " -"fotos editadas como arquivos de 8 bits. Todos os formatos aos quais há " -"suporte podem ser usados na exportação (JPEG, PNG, TIFF e BMP)." +"Se quaisquer arquivos faltantes se tornarem disponíveis novamente, o " +"Shotwell perceber isso na próxima vez que for iniciado. As arquivos vão " +"aparecer novamente nas visões de eventos e marcações." -#: C/formats.page:18(p) +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/other-multiple.page:7 msgid "" -"For more information about RAW-format photos in Shotwell, please see the " -"<link type=\"guide\" xref=\"other-raw\">RAW</link> section." +"You can open Shotwell with a different photo library by using the command " +"line." msgstr "" -"Para obter mais informações sobre o tratamento das fotos em formato RAW no " -"Shotwell, por favor, consulte a seção <link type=\"guide\" xref=\"other-raw" -"\">Suporte de arquivos RAW no Shotwell</link>." +"Você pode abrir o Shotwell com uma biblioteca diferente da normal, usando " +"uma opção de linha de comando." + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/other-multiple.page:12 +msgid "Multiple libraries" +msgstr "Múltiplas bibliotecas" -#: C/formats.page:22(p) +# O diretório usado é o ~/.local/share/shotwell... +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/other-multiple.page:14 msgid "" -"Shotwell also supports video files in any format supported by the GStreamer " -"media library on the system where Shotwell is running. This typically " -"includes the following formats among others:" +"Shotwell normally stores its database and photo thumbnails in the directory " +"<file>~/.shotwell</file> . This directory does not hold photos, but the " +"database in this directory contains a list of all the photos in the Shotwell " +"library." msgstr "" -"O Shotwell também oferece suporte a arquivos de vídeo em qualquer formato " -"reconhecido pela biblioteca de mídia GStreamer no sistema no qual o Shotwell " -"está em execução. Isso normalmente inclui os seguintes formatos, entre " -"outros:" - -#: C/formats.page:25(p) -msgid "Container formats: Ogg, QuickTime, MP4, AVI." -msgstr "Formatos de contêineres: Ogg, QuickTime, MP4, AVI." +"O Shotwell normalmente armazena seus bancos de dados no diretório <file>~/." +"shotwell</file>. Este diretório não contém as fotos, mas o banco de dados " +"neste diretório contém a lista de todas as fotos na biblioteca do Shotwell." -#: C/formats.page:26(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/other-multiple.page:16 msgid "" -"Codecs: Theora, Quicktime, MPEG-4, Motion JPEG. <em>Note that some operating " -"systems may not include all codecs listed here due to legal or licensing " -"restrictions.</em>" +"As an advanced feature, it's possible for you to have multiple Shotwell " +"libraries, each of which has its own set of photos. Each library needs its " +"own database directory. To launch Shotwell with an alternate library, " +"specify an alternate database directory on the command line as follows:" msgstr "" -"Codificadores: Theora, QuickTime, MPEG-4, Motion JPEG. <em>Note que alguns " -"sistemas operacionais podem não incluir todos os listados aqui devido a " -"restrições legais ou de licenciamento.</em>" +"É possível ter várias bibliotecas do Shotwell, cada uma com seu próprio " +"conjunto de fotos. Cada biblioteca tem seu próprio diretório de banco de " +"dados. Para iniciar o Shotwell com uma biblioteca alternativa, basta " +"especificar um diretório de banco de dados em sua linha de comando da " +"seguinte forma:" -#: C/formats.page:30(p) +# O diretório é do "banco de dados da biblioteca": dizer +# "diretório da biblioteca" pode confundi o usuário... +#. (itstool) path: page/screen +#: C/other-multiple.page:18 +#, no-wrap msgid "" -"Shotwell supports both photos and videos, but for simplicity, this " -"documentation uses just the term \"photos\" in most places. Many operations " -"in Shotwell apply to both photos and videos, however. In particular, events, " -"flagging, rating, tagging, and publishing work both for photos and for " -"videos." +"\n" +"shotwell -d [library-directory]\n" msgstr "" -"O Shotwell oferece suporte a arquivos de fotos e vídeos, mas, para " -"simplificar, esta documentação utiliza apenas o termo \"fotos\" na maioria " -"dos lugares. A maioria das operações no Shotwell se aplicam à fotos e " -"vídeos, como eventos, marcações, avaliações, atribuição de etiquetas e " -"publicações." +"\n" +"shotwell -d [diretório-do-banco-de-dados-da-biblioteca]\n" -#: C/edit-undo.page:7(desc) -msgid "Return a photo to its original, unedited form." -msgstr "Retorne uma foto para sua forma original, não editada." +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/other-plugins.page:7 +msgid "Extend Shotwell's functionality dynamically." +msgstr "Estenda as funcionalidades do Shotwell dinamicamente." -#: C/edit-undo.page:14(title) -msgid "Undoing changes" -msgstr "Desfazendo alterações" +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/other-plugins.page:12 +msgid "Plugins" +msgstr "Plug-ins" -#: C/edit-undo.page:16(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/other-plugins.page:13 msgid "" -"Because Shotwell is a non-destructive photo editor, you can undo any " -"alterations you make to a photograph." +"Shotwell can be used with <em>plugins</em>, which are companion shared " +"libraries that can add support for new publishing destinations or new " +"slideshow transitions." msgstr "" -"Como o Shotwell é um editor de foto não-destrutivo, você pode desfazer " -"quaisquer alterações que você fez para uma foto." +"O Shotwell pode ser usado com <em>plug-ins</em>, que são bibliotecas " +"dinâmicas que podem adicionar suporte para novos destinos de publicação ou " +"novas transições em exibições de slides." -#: C/edit-undo.page:18(p) C/edit-nondestructive.page:16(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/other-plugins.page:18 msgid "" -"If you want to see what a photo looked like before your modifications, press " -"the <key>Shift</key> key. The original photo will be displayed as long as " -"you hold the key down." +"To see a list of installed plugins, choose <guiseq><gui>Edit</" +"gui><gui>Preferences</gui></guiseq>, and in the <gui>Preferences</gui> " +"window, click on the <gui>Plugins</gui> tab. You'll see a list of currently-" +"installed plugins, each with a checkbox by it, and you may enable or disable " +"each by selecting or deselecting the checkbox by its name." msgstr "" -"Para ver a foto antes de suas alterações, pressione a tecla <key>Shift</" -"key>. A foto original será exibida enquanto você mantiver pressionada a " -"tecla." +"Para ver a lista dos plug-ins instalados, use o menu <guiseq><gui>Editar</" +"gui><gui>Preferências</gui></guiseq> e, na janela de <gui>Preferências</" +"gui>, clique na aba <gui>Plug-ins</gui>. Você verá a lista dos plug-ins " +"atualmente instalados, cada um com uma caixa de seleção para ativá-lo ou " +"desativá-lo." -#: C/edit-undo.page:20(p) +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/other-plugins.page:25 msgid "" -"To completely undo all the changes you've made to a photo, click " -"<guiseq><gui>Photos</gui><gui>Revert to Original</gui></guiseq>. The only " -"exception is that time and date adjustments will not be reverted." +"Full documentation on how to develop new plugins is available at <link href=" +"\"http://redmine.yorba.org/projects/shotwell/wiki/ShotwellArchWritingPlugins" +"\">http://redmine.yorba.org/projects/shotwell/wiki/" +"ShotwellArchWritingPlugins</link>" msgstr "" -"Para desfazer todas as alterações feitas a uma foto, use o item de menu " -"<guiseq><gui>Fotos</gui><gui>Reverter para o original</gui></guiseq>. A " -"única exceção é que os ajustes de hora e data não serão revertidos." +"A documentação completa de como desenvolver novos plug-ins está disponível " +"em <link href=\"http://redmine.yorba.org/projects/shotwell/wiki/" +"ShotwellArchWritingPlugins\">http://redmine.yorba.org/projects/shotwell/wiki/" +"ShotwellArchWritingPlugins</link>" -#: C/edit-date-time.page:7(desc) -#| msgid "Change the time and date of photos if those details are incorrect." -msgid "Change the date and time of photos if those details are incorrect." -msgstr "" -"Corrija a data e a hora de fotos, se essas informações estiverem incorretas." +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/raw.page:7 +msgid "More about RAW support in Shotwell." +msgstr "Mais informações sobre o suporte de arquivos RAW no Shotwell." -#: C/edit-date-time.page:12(title) -#| msgid "Adjust the time and date of photos" -msgid "Adjust the date and time of photos" -msgstr "Ajustando a data e a hora de fotos" +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/raw.page:12 +msgid "RAW support in Shotwell" +msgstr "Suporte de arquivos RAW no Shotwell" -#: C/edit-date-time.page:14(p) -#| msgid "" -#| "To adjust the time and date of photos, select the photos you would like " -#| "to adjust, choose <guiseq><gui>Photos</gui><gui>Adjust Time and Date</" -#| "gui></guiseq> and select a new time and date." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/raw.page:13 msgid "" -"To adjust the date and time of photos, select the photos you would like to " -"adjust, choose <guiseq><gui>Photos</gui><gui>Adjust Date and Time...</gui></" -"guiseq> and select a new date and time." +"Some cameras have the ability to store data directly off the sensor and into " +"a file that contains extra color information; this is commonly referred to " +"as 'RAW' or 'camera RAW', and Shotwell supports these files as well." msgstr "" -"Para ajustar a data e a hora das fotos, selecione as fotos que você gostaria " -"de ajustar, use o item do menu <guiseq><gui>Fotos</gui><gui>Ajustar data e " -"hora...</gui></guiseq> e selecione uma nova data e hora." +"Algumas câmeras têm a capacidade de armazenar em um arquivo dados " +"diretamente do sensor e que contém informações adicionais de cor; este " +"formato de arquivo é comumente chamado de 'RAW' ou 'câmera RAW', e o " +"Shotwell também oferece suporte a esse tipo de arquivo." -#: C/edit-date-time.page:16(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/raw.page:18 msgid "" -"If you are changing the date and time of multiple photos at once, you can " -"choose to shift all the photos by the same amount of time or to set all the " -"photos to the same time." +"Since RAW photographs normally cannot be displayed directly, but must be " +"first developed - that is, have their extra information interpreted and " +"readied for displaying - most cameras will either embed a JPEG inside a RAW-" +"format file, or produce a JPEG alongside the RAW file at the time the " +"snapshot is taken. The latter is referred to throughout this document as RAW" +"+JPEG. If you import a RAW+JPEG pair, Shotwell will keep them paired and " +"treat them as one item in your library." msgstr "" -"Se você estiver alterando a data e hora de várias fotos de uma só vez, você " -"pode optar por mover a data e hora de todas as fotos pela mesma quantidade " -"de tempo ou por definir todas as fotos na mesma data e hora." +"Como fotos RAW normalmente não podem ser exibidas diretamente, mas precisam " +"ser tratadas antes - precisam da sua informação adicional corretamente " +"interpretada para possibilitar a exibição - a maioria das câmeras incorpora " +"uma imagem JPEG dentro de um arquivo RAW, ou gera uma imagem JPEG junto com " +"o arquivo RAW no momento em que foto é tirada. Este segundo formato é " +"chamado ao longo deste documento como \"RAW+JPEG\". Se você importar um par " +"de arquivos RAW+JPEG, o Shotwell irá mantê-los emparelhados e tratá-los como " +"um único item na sua biblioteca." -#: C/edit-date-time.page:18(p) -#| msgid "" -#| "By default, the time and date are only changed inside Shotwell. You can " -#| "also choose to modify the time and date in the original file, but this " -#| "cannot be undone once you exit Shotwell." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/raw.page:27 msgid "" -"By default, the date and time are only changed inside Shotwell. You can also " -"choose to modify the date and time in the original file, but this cannot be " -"undone once you exit Shotwell." +"When you import a RAW file, you can choose to either use the camera's " +"internally-developed JPEG or Shotwell's by selecting <guiseq><gui>Photos</" +"gui><gui>Developer</gui></guiseq> in the menus." msgstr "" -"Por padrão, a data e a hora são só alterados dentro do Shotwell. Você também " -"pode optar por modificar a data e hora no arquivo original, mas isso não " -"pode ser desfeito depois de sair do Shotwell." - -#: C/edit-straighten.page:7(desc) -msgid "Straighten a photo so that its horizon appears level." -msgstr "Endireitar uma foto para que seu horizonte pareça nivelado." - -#: C/edit-straighten.page:12(title) -msgid "Straighten photos" -msgstr "Endireitando fotos" +"Quando você importa um arquivo RAW, você pode optar por usar a imagem JPEG " +"gerada pela câmera ou uma gerada pelo Shotwell no menu em " +"<guiseq><gui>Fotos</gui><gui>Desenvolvedor</gui></guiseq>." -#: C/edit-straighten.page:14(p) +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/raw.page:33 msgid "" -"The straighten tools allows photos to be leveled and straightened. The " -"straighten tool is only available in full-window or fullscreen mode." +"Changing between developers will cause all edits made to a photograph to be " +"discarded." msgstr "" -"A ferramenta de endireitar permite que as fotos sejam nivelados e " -"endireitadas. A ferramenta de endireitar só está disponível nos modos de " -"janela toda ou tela cheia." +"Mudar o desenvolvedor de uma foto fará com que todas as alterações feitas " +"nela pelo Shotwell sejam descartadas." -#: C/edit-straighten.page:18(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/raw.page:39 msgid "" -"Click <gui>Straighten</gui>. The straighten slider will appear. " -"Alternatively, use the keyboard shortcut <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</" -"key></keyseq>." +"In order to publish or use a RAW photograph in most other software, it has " +"to be exported first. Shotwell can export your RAW photos in JPEG, PNG, TIFF " +"or BMP format, and, when publishing, will internally export a JPEG version " +"for you and publish that." msgstr "" -"Clique em <gui>Endireitar</gui>. O controle de endireitar aparecerá. Como " -"alternativa, use o atalho de teclado <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></" -"keyseq>." +"Para publicar ou utilizar uma foto RAW na maioria dos outros softwares, você " +"precisará antes exportá-la. O Shotwell pode exportar suas fotos RAW nos " +"formatos JPEG, PNG, TIFF ou BMP, e, se uma foto RAW for publicada, ela será " +"internamente exportada para JPEG e é imagem exportada que será publicada." -#: C/edit-straighten.page:21(p) -msgid "Drag the slider to achieve the desired degree of straightening." +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/running.page:7 +msgid "" +"Find Shotwell in the Applications menu, or have it start automatically when " +"you plug in a camera." msgstr "" -"Arraste o controle deslizante para atingir o grau desejado de endireitamento." +"Encontre o Shotwell no menu de aplicativos, ou inicie-o automaticamente " +"quando você conecta uma câmera." -#: C/edit-straighten.page:24(p) -#| msgid "Press <gui>OK</gui> when finished." -msgid "Press <gui>Straighten</gui> when finished." -msgstr "Pressione <gui>Endireitar</gui> quando tiver terminado." +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/running.page:14 +msgid "Running Shotwell" +msgstr "Executando o Shotwell" -#: C/edit-rotate.page:7(desc) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/running.page:16 msgid "" -"Click the <gui>Rotate</gui> button, or choose one of the commands in the " -"<gui>Photo</gui> menu." +"Once installed, Shotwell is available in your <gui>Applications</gui> menu " +"under <gui>Graphics</gui> or <gui>Photography</gui>." msgstr "" -"Clique no botão <gui>Girar</gui>, ou use um dos comandos no menu <gui>Foto</" -"gui>." - -#: C/edit-rotate.page:12(title) -msgid "Rotate or flip a photo" -msgstr "Girando ou invertendo uma foto" +"Uma vez instalado, o Shotwell estará disponível no seu menu " +"<gui>Aplicativos</gui> sob a categoria <gui>Gráficos</gui> ou " +"<gui>Fotografia</gui>." -#: C/edit-rotate.page:14(p) +# Atualmente, essas preferências são acessadas de outra forma... +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/running.page:18 msgid "" -"You can rotate your photos left and right (clockwise and counterclockwise) " -"with the <gui>Rotate</gui> button on the toolbar of most views. You can also " -"make a mirror image of any photo." +"Shotwell may also be executed automatically when a camera is plugged in to " +"your computer. To check that your system is set up to run Shotwell when a " +"camera is detected, go to <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui></" +"guiseq> in any Nautilus (file browser) window and choose the <gui>Media</" +"gui> tab. You'll see a dropdown box entitled <gui>Photos:</gui> which lets " +"you choose Shotwell as your photo handling application." msgstr "" -"Você pode girar suas fotos para a esquerda e para a direita (sentido horário " -"e anti-horário) com o botão <gui>Girar</gui> da barra de ferramentas da " -"maioria das visões. Você também pode inverter/espelhar uma foto, tanto " -"horizontalmente quanto verticalmente." +"O Shotwell também pode ser executado automaticamente quando uma câmera é " +"conectada ao computador. Para verificar se o sistema está configurado para " +"executar o Shotwell quando uma câmera é detectada, vá em " +"<guiseq><gui>Editar</gui><gui>Preferências</gui></guiseq> em qualquer janela " +"do Nautilus (gerenciador de arquivos) e escolha a guia <gui>Mídia</gui>. " +"Você verá uma caixa seleção intitulada <gui>Fotos:</gui> que permite " +"escolher o Shotwell como seu aplicativo para manipular fotos." -#: C/edit-rotate.page:16(p) +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/running.page:25 msgid "" -"To rotate right, click on the <gui>Rotate</gui> button. To rotate left, " -"press and hold the <key>Ctrl</key> key and then click the button. Both " -"commands are available in the <gui>Photos</gui> menu too. Alternatively, use " -"the following keyboard shortcuts:" +"Shotwell may also be executed directly from its build directory, although " +"this is only recommended for testing out Shotwell or for developers." msgstr "" -"Para girar à direita, clique no botão <gui>Girar</gui>. Para girar à " -"esquerda, mantenha pressionada a tecla <key>Ctrl</key> e clique no botão " -"<gui>Girar</gui>. Ambos os comandos estão disponíveis também no menu " -"<gui>Fotos</gui>. Como alternativa, use os seguintes atalhos de teclado:" +"O Shotwell também pode ser executado diretamente de seu diretório de " +"compilação, embora isso só seja recomendado para testar o Shotwell ou para " +"desenvolvedores." -#: C/edit-rotate.page:18(p) +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/share-background.page:7 msgid "" -"rotate left: <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>R</key></keyseq> or " -"<key>[</key>" +"Set your desktop background to a single photo or to a slideshow of photos." msgstr "" -"girar à esquerda: <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>R</key></" -"keyseq> ou <key>[</key>" +"Defina o pano de fundo de sua área de trabalho com uma única foto ou uma " +"apresentação de slides de fotos." -#: C/edit-rotate.page:19(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/share-background.page:12 +msgid "Set a desktop background or slideshow" +msgstr "Definindo o plano de fundo da área de trabalho" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/share-background.page:14 msgid "" -"rotate right: <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>R</key></keyseq> or <key>]</key>" +"To set a single photo as your desktop background, select the photo and " +"choose <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Set as Desktop Background</gui></guiseq>." msgstr "" -"girar à direita: <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>R</key></keyseq> ou <key>]</key>" +"Para definir uma única foto como plano de fundo da área de trabalho, " +"selecione a foto e use o item de menu <guiseq><gui>Arquivo</gui><gui>Definir " +"como plano de fundo da área de trabalho</gui></guiseq>." -#: C/edit-rotate.page:21(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/share-background.page:16 msgid "" -"To create a mirror image of a photo, use the <gui>Flip Horizontally</gui> " -"command in the <gui>Photos</gui> menu. To flip an image vertically, use the " -"<gui>Flip Vertically</gui> command in the same menu." +"You can also set your background to a slideshow of photos. To do this, " +"select the photos for the slideshow and choose <guiseq><gui>File</" +"gui><gui>Set as Desktop Slideshow...</gui></guiseq>. Shotwell will prompt " +"you for a slideshow delay, which can be any interval up to one day in " +"length. The background slideshow will proceed even when Shotwell is not " +"running." msgstr "" -"Para espelhar uma foto horizontalmente, use o item <gui>Inverter " -"horizontalmente</gui> do menu <gui>Fotos</gui>. Para espelhar uma foto " -"verticalmente, use o item <gui>Inverter verticalmente</gui> do mesmo menu." +"Você também pode definir o plano de fundo da área de trabalho como uma " +"apresentação de slides de fotos. Para fazer isso, selecione as fotos para a " +"apresentação de slides e use o item de menu <guiseq><gui>Arquivo</gui><gui>" +"Definir apresentação de slides da área de trabalho...</gui></guiseq>. O " +"Shotwell pedirá um intervalo de tempo entre as fotos, que pode ser de até um " +"dia de comprimento. A troca de fotos do fundo da área de trabalho funciona " +"mesmo quando o Shotwell não está em execução." + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/share-export.page:7 +msgid "Copy photos out of Shotwell so you can put them somewhere else." +msgstr "Copie fotos fora do Shotwell para colocá-las em outro lugar." -#: C/edit-rotate.page:24(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/share-export.page:12 +msgid "Exporting photos" +msgstr "Exportando fotos" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/share-export.page:14 msgid "" -"If you select more than one image, you can rotate all of them at the same " -"time." +"To export photos from Shotwell via drag and drop, drag the photos from " +"Shotwell onto a file manager window or your desktop. The new files will be " +"full-sized copies of the photos in your library." msgstr "" -"Se você selecionar mais de uma foto, você pode girar todas ao mesmo tempo." +"Para exportar fotos do Shotwell via arrastar e soltar, arraste as fotos do " +"Shotwell para uma janela do gerenciador de arquivos ou para sua área de " +"trabalho. Os novos arquivos serão cópias das fotos em sua biblioteca." -#: C/edit-redeye.page:7(desc) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/share-export.page:18 msgid "" -"Correct photos where people have red eyes because of the camera's flash." +"Alternatively, select a set of photos and choose the <guiseq><gui>File</" +"gui><gui>Export...</gui></guiseq> command or press <keyseq><key>Shift</" +"key><key>Ctrl</key><key>E</key></keyseq>, which exports photos while letting " +"you fine-tune the size and dimensions of your photo files. A window will " +"appear allowing you to make several choices:" msgstr "" -"Corrija fotos onde as pessoas ficam com os olhos vermelhos por causa do " -"flash da câmera." +"Como alternativa, selecione um conjunto de fotos e use o item de menu " +"<guiseq><gui>Arquivo</gui><gui>Exportar...</gui></guiseq> ou pressione o " +"conjunto de teclas <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Shift</key><key>E</key></" +"keyseq>. Aparecerá uma janela que lhe permite fazer várias escolhas:" -#: C/edit-redeye.page:12(title) -msgid "Removing red-eye" -msgstr "Removendo olhos vermelhos" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/share-export.page:24 +msgid "A format for export." +msgstr "Um formato para exportar." -#: C/edit-redeye.page:14(p) +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/share-export.page:27 msgid "" -"Red-eye occurs when the camera's flash reflects off the pupil of someone's " -"eye. To eliminate this in a photo, use the Red-eye tool." +"Choose <gui>Unmodified</gui> to export photos in their original format " +"without any edits made in Shotwell. RAW photos will be exported in their " +"original RAW format." msgstr "" -"Olhos vermelhos ocorrem quando o flash da câmera reflete a pupila do olho de " -"alguém. Para eliminar este efeito em uma foto, use a ferramenta de remoção " -"de olhos vermelhos." - -#: C/edit-redeye.page:17(p) -msgid "Click <gui>Red-eye</gui>. A circle will appear on the photo." -msgstr "Clique <gui>Olhos vermelhos</gui>. Um círculo aparecerá na foto." +"Escolha <gui>Não modificado</gui> para exportar fotos em seu formato " +"original, sem qualquer alteração feita no Shotwell. Fotos RAW serão " +"exportados no formato RAW original." -#: C/edit-redeye.page:20(p) +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/share-export.page:29 msgid "" -"Drag the circle over the affected pupil, adjust its size with the slider " -"control, and press <gui>Apply</gui>. The redness will be removed." +"Choose <gui>Current</gui> to export photos including edits made in Shotwell. " +"RAW photos will be exported in JPEG format if you have edited them in " +"Shotwell, and otherwise in their original RAW format." msgstr "" -"Posicione o círculo sobre a pupila afetada, ajuste seu tamanho com o " -"controle deslizante, e pressione <gui>Aplicar</gui>. A vermelhidão será " -"removida." +"Escolha <gui>Atual</gui> para exportar fotos, incluindo as edições feitas no " +"Shotwell. Fotos RAW serão exportadas em formato JPEG, se você tiver as " +"editado no Shotwell, ou em seu formato RAW original, caso contrário." -#: C/edit-redeye.page:23(p) +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/share-export.page:31 msgid "" -"Repeat this process for all red pupils in your photo. Press <gui>Close</gui> " -"when finished." +"Or you can choose a particular image format (JPEG, PNG, TIFF, BMP) to be " +"used for exporting. Any edits made in Shotwell will be included, and " +"Shotwell will convert photos to the destination format." msgstr "" -"Repita esse processo para todas as pupilas afetadas na foto. Clique em " -"<gui>Fechar</gui> quando terminar." +"Ou você pode escolher um formato de imagem (JPEG, PNG, TIFF, BMP) a ser " +"utilizado para a exportação. As alterações feitas no Shotwell serão " +"incluídas, e o Shotwell vai converter fotos para o formato escolhido." -#: C/edit-nondestructive.page:7(desc) -msgid "" -"Shotwell is a non-destructive photo editor - it does not modify your " -"original photos." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/share-export.page:37 +msgid "The image quality for exporting (Low, Medium, High, or Maximum)." msgstr "" -"O Shotwell é um editor de foto não-destrutivo - ele não modifica suas fotos " -"originais." +"A qualidade da imagem para a exportação (Baixo, Médio, Alto, ou Máximo)." -#: C/edit-nondestructive.page:12(title) -msgid "What happens to the original when I edit a photo?" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/share-export.page:38 +msgid "" +"A scaling constraint (which means how Shotwell will decide to scale the " +"photos down), and the desired pixel size." msgstr "" -"O que acontece com o arquivo original quando eu editar uma foto no Shotwell?" +"Uma restrição de escala (como o que significa que o Shotwell irá diminuir as " +"fotos quando se necessário), e o número de pixeis desejado." -#: C/edit-nondestructive.page:14(p) +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/share-export.page:39 msgid "" -"Shotwell is a non-destructive photo editor. It does not modify your original " -"photographs. That is to say, if you crop a photo or adjust its colors, the " -"photo file on disc remains untouched. Shotwell stores your edits in a " -"database and applies them on the fly as necessary. This means you can undo " -"any alterations you make to a photograph." +"The option whether you like to export metadatas such as tags or ratings. " +"This can help to save your privacy if you have geolocation tags or tags " +"which shouldn't be seen by anyone." msgstr "" -"O Shotwell é um editor de foto não-destrutivo. Ele não modifica suas fotos " -"originais. Ou seja, se você cortar uma foto ou ajustar suas cores, o arquivo " -"de foto no disco permanece não alterado. O Shotwell armazena as suas edições " -"em um banco de dados os aplica em tempo real, quando necessário. Isto " -"significa que você pode desfazer quaisquer alterações que você faz para uma " -"foto." +"A opção se você deseja exportar metadados, como etiquetas ou avaliações. " +"Isso pode ajudar a manter a sua privacidade, se você tem etiquetas de " +"geolocalização que não devem ser vistas por qualquer um." -#: C/edit-nondestructive.page:18(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/share-export.page:42 msgid "" -"Note that Shotwell can optionally write metadata (such as tags and titles) " -"to photo files. For more information, see the section <link xref=\"other-" -"files\">Photo files</link>." +"If selected, Shotwell will write tags, titles, and other metadata to the new " +"files." msgstr "" -"Note que o Shotwell pode, opcionalmente, gravar metadados (como etiquetas e " -"títulos) nos arquivos originais das fotos. Para obter mais informações, " -"consulte a seção <link xref=\"other-files\">Arquivos de fotos</link>." +"Se selecionado, o Shotwell vai escrever as etiquetas, títulos e outros " +"metadados nos arquivos criados na exportação." -#: C/edit-external.page:7(desc) -msgid "Use a different program to edit a photo." -msgstr "Use um programa diferente para editar fotos." +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/share-print.page:7 +msgid "" +"Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Print...</gui></guiseq>. For more printing " +"options, select the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab in the <gui>Print</gui> dialog." +msgstr "" +"Use o item de menu <guiseq><gui>Arquivo</gui><gui>Imprimir...</gui></" +"guiseq>. Para mais opções de impressão, use a guia <gui>Configurar Página</" +"gui> na janela <gui> Imprimir</gui>." -#: C/edit-external.page:12(title) -msgid "Edit photos with an external program" -msgstr "Editando fotos com um programa externo" +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/share-print.page:12 +msgid "Printing" +msgstr "Imprimindo" -#: C/edit-external.page:16(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/share-print.page:14 msgid "" -"You might want to use an external editor to do additional work on a photo. " -"If installed, GIMP and UFRaw are the default external editors for photo and " -"RAW editing, respectively. If these programs are not installed, you must " -"select your preferred editors by choosing <guiseq><gui>Edit</" -"gui><gui>Preferences</gui></guiseq> and selecting editors from drop-down " -"menus of installed applications." +"To print a photo, select it and choose <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Print...</" +"gui></guiseq>." msgstr "" -"Você pode querer ou precisar usar um editor externo para fazer trabalhos " -"adicionais nas fotos. Se instalados, GIMP e UFRaw são os editores externos " -"padrão para edição de fotos e arquivos RAW, respectivamente. Se esses " -"programas não estão instalados, você deve selecionar seus editores " -"preferidos usando o item do menu <guiseq><gui>Editar</gui><gui>Preferências</" -"gui></guiseq> e selecionando editores na lista dos aplicativos instalados." +"Para imprimir uma foto, selecione-a e use o menu <guiseq><gui>Arquivo</" +"gui><gui>Imprimir...</gui></guiseq>." -#: C/edit-external.page:24(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/share-print.page:16 msgid "" -"Once your editors have been set, select a photo and choose " -"<guiseq><gui>Photos</gui><gui>Open With External Editor</gui></guiseq> to " -"open the photo with the external editor. Likewise, if the original photo is " -"a RAW file, select <guiseq><gui>Photos</gui><gui>Open With RAW Editor</gui></" -"guiseq> to edit the RAW file directly with the set RAW editor." +"Shotwell can also print multiple images in one page; to do this, select " +"multiple images, choose <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Print...</gui></guiseq>, " +"and in the <gui>Print</gui> dialog, choose the <gui>Image Settings</gui> " +"tab. In <gui>Image Settings</gui>, choose one of the multiple-image-per-page " +"options under <gui>Autosize</gui>." msgstr "" -"Quando os editores forem definidos, selecione uma foto e use o item de menu " -"<guiseq><gui>Fotos</gui><gui>Abrir com o editor externo</gui></guiseq> para " -"abrir a foto com o editor externo. Da mesma forma, se a foto original é um " -"arquivo RAW, use o item de menu <guiseq><gui>Fotos</gui><gui>Abrir com " -"editor de RAW</gui></guiseq> para editar o arquivo RAW diretamente com o " -"editor definido." +"O Shotwell também pode imprimir várias fotos em uma única página; para fazer " +"isso, selecione múltiplas fotos e use o menu <guiseq><gui>Arquivo</" +"gui><gui>Imprimir...</gui></guiseq> e, na caixa de diálogo de impressão, " +"escolha a aba <gui>Configurações da imagem</gui>. Nela, escolha uma das " +"várias opções de quantidade de imagens por página em <gui>Tamanho " +"automático</gui>." -#: C/edit-external.page:31(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/share-print.page:23 msgid "" -"When you complete your edits and save the file, Shotwell will detect the " -"changes and update the photo. When external edits have been made, press and " -"hold the <key>Shift</key> key in full-window view to show the original photo " -"rather than the externally-edited one." +"If you would like to set formatting, paper size, and orientation options, " +"choose the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab in the <gui>Print</gui> dialog prior to " +"printing." msgstr "" -"Ao concluir suas edições e salvar o arquivo, o Shotwell irá detectar as " -"alterações e atualizar a foto. Quando as edições externas forem feitas, " -"mantenha pressionada a tecla <key>Shift</key> na vista de \"toda janela\" " -"para mostrar a foto original, ao invés da editada." +"Para definir a formatação da impressão, tamanho do papel e opções de " +"orientação, escolha a aba <gui>Configurar página</gui> na caixa de diálogo " +"<gui>Imprimir</gui> antes da impressão." -#: C/edit-external.page:38(p) -msgid "Reverting to original will erase any external edits." -msgstr "Revertendo à original vai apagar todas as edições externas." +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/share-send.page:7 +msgid "Send photos via email, instant messaging or in other ways." +msgstr "" +"Envie fotos por e-mail, mensageiro instantâneo (como MSN, Gtalk/Hangouts, " +"ICQ, etc.) e outros." -#: C/edit-external.page:43(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/share-send.page:12 +msgid "Sending photos" +msgstr "Enviando fotos" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/share-send.page:14 msgid "" -"If you externally edit a RAW photo and save the result to another image, " -"such as a JPEG or PNG, Shotwell cannot automatically determine that the " -"original RAW and the new image should be paired." +"Shotwell can send photos using the GNOME desktop's Send To mechanism, which " +"lets you send photos via email, instant messaging or in other ways." msgstr "" -"Se você editar externamente uma foto RAW e salvar o resultado em outra " -"imagem, tal como um JPEG ou PNG, o Shotwell não conseguirá determinar " -"automaticamente que a foto RAW original e a nova imagem devem ser " -"emparelhadas." +"O Shotwell pode enviar fotos usando o mecanismo 'Enviar Para' da área de " +"trabalho GNOME, que permite o envio por e-mail, mensagens instantâneas e " +"outras formas." -#: C/edit-external.page:49(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/share-send.page:16 msgid "" -"If you want to work within the resulting image within Shotwell, you'll need " -"to import it yourself." +"To send photos, select them in Shotwell and choose <guiseq><gui>File</" +"gui><gui>Send To...</gui></guiseq>, or right-click the photos and choose " +"<gui>Send To...</gui> from the context menu. A <gui>Send To</gui> dialog box " +"will appear which lets you choose a mechanism for sending the files (such as " +"email or instant messaging) and a destination. You can optionally choose to " +"send the files in a compressed format." msgstr "" -"Se você quer usar a imagem resultante dentro do Shotwell, você precisa " -"importá-la." +"Para enviar fotos, selecione-as no Shotwell e escolha <guiseq><gui>Arquivo</" +"gui><gui>Enviar para...</gui></guiseq>, ou clique com o botão direito nas " +"fotos e escolha <gui>Enviar para...</gui> no menu de contexto. A caixa de " +"diálogo <gui>Enviar para</gui> permite que você escolha um mecanismo para o " +"envio de arquivos (como e-mail ou mensageiro instantâneo) e um destino. É " +"possível optar por enviar os arquivos em um formato compactado." -#: C/edit-enhance.page:7(desc) +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/share-slideshow.page:7 +msgid "Watch a slideshow of your photos." +msgstr "Veja uma apresentação de slides de suas fotos." + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/share-slideshow.page:12 +msgid "Slideshows" +msgstr "Apresentação de slides" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/share-slideshow.page:14 msgid "" -"Let Shotwell improve the brightness and contrast of a photo automatically." +"To see a sideshow of any collection in Shotwell, navigate to that collection " +"and select <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Slideshow</gui></guiseq> or press " +"<key>F5</key>." msgstr "" -"Deixe o Shotwell melhorar o brilho e o contraste de uma foto automaticamente." +"Para ver uma apresentação de slides de qualquer coleção no Shotwell, navegue " +"até ela e use o menu <guiseq><gui>Ver</gui><gui>Apresentação de " +"slides</gui></guiseq> ou pressione a tecla <key>F5</key>." -#: C/edit-enhance.page:14(title) -msgid "Auto-enhance" -msgstr "Automelhoramento" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/share-slideshow.page:16 +msgid "You can change some settings in a running slideshow:" +msgstr "Você pode ajustar as configurações durante uma apresentação de slides:" -#: C/edit-enhance.page:16(p) -msgid "" -"Clicking on the <gui>Enhance</gui> button is a quick way to automatically " -"adjust the brightness and contrast of your photo. It will often give you a " -"photo that is correctly exposed. You can also use it as a starting point and " -"then improve the adjustments by clicking on the <gui>Adjust</gui> button." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/share-slideshow.page:19 +msgid "The duration how long an image should be shown: 1 - 30 seconds" +msgstr "A duração em que a mesma foto é exibida: de 1 a 30 segundos" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/share-slideshow.page:20 +msgid "You can select different transition effects." +msgstr "Mudar os efeitos de transição entre as fotos." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/share-slideshow.page:21 +msgid "The time for each transition effect: 0.1 - 1.0 seconds" +msgstr "A duração de cada efeito de transição: de 0,1 a 1,0 segundos" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/share-upload.page:7 +msgid "Publish photos to Facebook, Flickr, Picasa Web Albums, or other sites." msgstr "" -"Clicando no botão <gui>Melhorar</gui> é uma maneira rápida de ajustar " -"automaticamente o brilho e o contraste da foto. O resultado, normalmente, " -"será uma foto com exposição correta. Você também pode usá-la como ponto de " -"partida e, em seguida, melhorar os ajustes clicando sobre o botão de " -"<gui>Ajustar</gui>." +"Publique fotos para o Facebook, Flickr, Picasa Web Albums, ou outros lugares." -#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you. -#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all. -#: C/edit-crop.page:42(None) +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/share-upload.page:12 +msgid "Publishing to the Web" +msgstr "Publicando para a web" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/share-upload.page:14 msgid "" -"@@image: 'figures/crop_thirds.jpg'; md5=4cf0a026bb812c7eab0c9db8210a9524" +"Through the use of <link xref=\"other-plugins\">plugins</link>, Shotwell can " +"publish photos and videos to the following services, each of which requires " +"an account:" msgstr "" -"@@image: 'figures/crop_thirds.jpg'; md5=4cf0a026bb812c7eab0c9db8210a9524" +"Através do uso de <link xref=\"other-plugins\">plug-ins</link>, o Shotwell " +"pode publicar fotos e vídeos para os seguintes serviços (cada um necessita " +"de uma conta):" -#: C/edit-crop.page:7(desc) -msgid "Improve the composition of a photo by cutting out parts of it." -msgstr "Melhore a composição de uma foto cortando partes dela." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/share-upload.page:18 +msgid "<link href=\"http://facebook.com\">Facebook</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"http://facebook.com\">Facebook</link>" -#: C/edit-crop.page:12(title) -msgid "Cropping" -msgstr "Cortando" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/share-upload.page:19 +msgid "<link href=\"http://flickr.com\">Flickr</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"http://flickr.com\">Flickr</link>" -#: C/edit-crop.page:14(p) +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/share-upload.page:20 msgid "" -"To reduce the area of a photo and concentrate the viewer's attention on a " -"smaller portion of it, use the Crop tool. The crop tool is only available in " -"full-window or fullscreen mode." +"<link href=\"http://picasaweb.google.com\">Picasa Web Albums</link> and " +"<link href=\"http://plus.google.com\">Google+</link>" msgstr "" -"Para reduzir a área de uma foto e concentrar a atenção do espectador em uma " -"parte menor dela, use a ferramenta de cortar. A ferramenta de cortar estará " -"disponível apenas nos modos de janela toda ou tela cheia." +"<link href=\"http://picasaweb.google.com\">Picasa Web Albums</link> e <link " +"href=\"http://plus.google.com\">Google+</link>" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/share-upload.page:21 +msgid "<link href=\"http://youtube.com\">YouTube</link> (videos only)" +msgstr "<link href=\"http://youtube.com\">YouTube</link> (somente vídeos)" -#: C/edit-crop.page:19(p) +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/share-upload.page:22 msgid "" -"Double-click on a photo to enter full-window mode, then press the <gui>Crop</" -"gui> button on the toolbar." +"<link href=\"http://fotki.yandex.ru\">Yandex.Fotki</link>, a photo site " +"popular in Russia (photos only)" msgstr "" -"Clique duas vezes em uma foto para entrar no modo janela toda e use o botão " -"<gui>Cortar</gui> na barra de ferramentas." +"<link href=\"http://fotki.yandex.ru\">Yandex.Fotki</link>, um site de fotos " +"popular na Rússia (somente fotos)" -#: C/edit-crop.page:22(p) +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/share-upload.page:23 msgid "" -"A white box, the crop rectangle, will appear over the photo. The lighter " -"portion of the photo within the crop rectangle represents what the photo " -"will look like when you crop it." +"Any site running the <link href=\"http://piwigo.org\">Piwigo</link> photo " +"gallery software (photos only)" msgstr "" -"Um retângulo branco, o \"retângulo de corte\", aparecerá sobre a foto. A " -"parte mais clara da foto dentro do retângulo de corte representa o que a " -"foto parecerá quando você cortá-la." +"Qualquer site usando o software de galeria de fotos <link href=\"http://" +"piwigo.org\">Piwigo</link> (somente fotos)" -#: C/edit-crop.page:25(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/share-upload.page:26 msgid "" -"If you place your cursor in the middle of the box, you can move the box " -"around. If you drag the edges of the box, you can adjust its size. As you " -"move and adjust the crop box, you'll see four lines appear inside it, like a " -"tic-tac-toe grid. These are <em>rule of thirds</em> lines." +"To publish selected photos in a collection, choose <guiseq><gui>Edit</" +"gui><gui>Preferences</gui></guiseq> and click on the <gui>Plugins</gui> tab " +"to enable the plugin for the service you want to publish to. Next, choose, " +"<guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Publish</gui></guiseq>, press the <gui>Publish</" +"gui> toolbar button or use <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>P</key></keyseq>. You " +"will see a dialog that lets you select a publishing service. You will then " +"need to log in or create an account." msgstr "" -"Arraste o retângulo para posicioná-lo e ajuste seu tamanho, arrastando suas " -"bordas. Quando você move ou ajustar o tamanho do retângulo de corte, " -"aparecem quatro linhas dentro dele, como uma grade de jogo da velha: são as " -"linhas da <em>regra dos terços</em>." +"Para publicar as fotos selecionadas, use o item do menu <guiseq><gui>Editar</" +"gui><gui>Preferências</gui></guiseq> e clique na aba <gui>Plug-ins</gui> " +"para ativar o plug-in para o serviço correspondente. Em seguida, selecione " +"as fotos/vídeos e use o menu <guiseq><gui>Arquivo</gui><gui>Publicar</gui></" +"guiseq> ou pressione o botão <gui>Publicar</gui> na barra de ferramentas ou, " +"ainda, use as teclas <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>P</key></keyseq>. Você verá " +"uma caixa de diálogo que permite selecionar um serviço de publicação. Em " +"seguida, será necessário fazer o login ou criar uma conta." -#: C/edit-crop.page:26(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/share-upload.page:31 msgid "" -"You can also constrain the crop box to one of many common sizes. Choose a " -"size from the drop-down list that suits your needs. If you press the flip " -"button next to it, the orientation of the constraint will switch (from " -"landscape to portrait)." +"Publishing to Facebook requires you to grant certain permissions to the " +"Shotwell Facebook application. You only need to grant these permissions " +"once, when you first associate Shotwell with your Facebook account." msgstr "" -"Você também pode restringir o retângulo de corte para um de muitos tamanhos " -"comuns. Escolha um tamanho a partir da lista que se adapte às suas " -"necessidades. Se você pressionar o botão ao lado da lista, a orientação da " -"restrição irá mudar (de paisagem para retrato, e vice-versa)." +"Publicar para o Facebook necessita que você conceda algumas permissões para " +"o aplicativo Facebook do Shotwell. Você só precisará conceder essas " +"permissões quando usar o Shotwell para publicar fotos/vídeos no Facebook " +"pela primeira vez." -#: C/edit-crop.page:29(p) +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/share-upload.page:34 msgid "" -"When you're happy with your crop outline, apply it by pressing the " -"<gui>Crop</gui> button. Shotwell will display the cropped photo." +"You will be only able to publish images with at most the permission you " +"granted to the Shotwell Facebook application" msgstr "" -"Após acertar o seu retângulo de corte, aplica a alteração pressionando o " -"botão <gui>Cortar</gui>. O Shotwell irá mostrar a foto cortada." +"Você apenas conseguirá publicar imagens com a permissão que você concedeu " +"para o aplicativo Facebook do Shotwell" -#: C/edit-crop.page:32(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/share-upload.page:36 msgid "" -"If you change your mind, press the <gui>Crop</gui> button again and fine-" -"tune the crop." +"Similarly, publishing to Flickr requires you to log in and permit Shotwell " +"Connect to access your account." msgstr "" -"Se você mudar de ideia, pressione o botão <gui>Cortar</gui> novamente e " -"ajuste o corte." +"De maneira parecida, publicar fotos/vídeos para o Flickr necessita que você " +"conceda permissões de acesso à sua conta pelo aplicativo." -#: C/edit-crop.page:33(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/share-upload.page:38 msgid "" -"If you press <gui>Cancel</gui> rather than <gui>Apply</gui>, Shotwell will " -"return to the photo's previous crop dimensions." +"If you have a Google account, but have not yet used Picasa Web Albums, you " +"will need to log in to Picasa using a browser once before you can publish to " +"this service." msgstr "" -"Se você pressionar <gui>Cancelar</gui> ao invés de <gui>Aplicar</gui>, o " -"Shotwell voltará às dimensões anteriores da foto." - -#: C/edit-crop.page:38(title) -msgid "What is the rule of thirds?" -msgstr "O que é a regra dos terços?" +"Se você tiver uma conta Google, mas ainda não utilizou o Picasa Web Albums, " +"você precisará acessá-lo primeiro usando um navegador uma vez antes de " +"conseguir publicar pelo Shotwell." -#: C/edit-crop.page:39(p) +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/view-displaying.page:7 msgid "" -"The <em>rule of thirds</em> helps you to choose a pleasing composition for a " -"photo." +"Learn about different ways of viewing your photos: in a grid, filling the " +"main window, or filling the whole screen." msgstr "" -"A <em>regra dos terços</em> ajuda você a escolher uma composição agradável " -"para uma foto." +"Saiba mais sobre formas diferentes de ver suas fotos: em uma lista, na " +"janela principal, ou em tela cheia." + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/view-displaying.page:12 +msgid "Photo views" +msgstr "Formas de visualização de fotos" -#: C/edit-crop.page:40(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/view-displaying.page:14 msgid "" -"Imagine that the scene is divided up into a 3x3 grid by two equally-spaced " -"vertical lines and two equally-spaced horizontal lines. According to the " -"rule, you're more likely to get a pleasing composition if you align major " -"features (like the horizon, or a person's body) with one of the lines. " -"Paying attention to the way features flow from one part of the grid to " -"another can also help." +"When you select any collection in the sidebar, Shotwell displays all photos " +"in the collection in the main window area. At the bottom right is a slider " +"which adjusts the viewing size of the thumbnails. You may also adjust the " +"thumbnail size using the plus and minus keys (<key>+</key> and <key>-</key>) " +"or by pressing <key>Ctrl</key> while moving your mouse scroll wheel." msgstr "" -"Imagine que a cena é dividida em uma grade de 3x3 por duas linhas verticais " -"igualmente espaçadas e duas linhas horizontais igualmente espaçadas. De " -"acordo com a regra, você terá mais chances de obter uma composição agradável " -"se você alinhar as características principais (como o horizonte, ou corpo de " -"uma pessoa) com uma das linhas. Prestar atenção ao caminho que o fluxo de " -"recursos faz de uma parte da grade para outra também pode ajudar." +"Ao selecionar qualquer coleção na barra lateral, o Shotwell exibe todas as " +"fotos dela na área da janela principal. No canto inferior direito há um " +"controle deslizante que ajusta o tamanho das miniaturas. Você também pode " +"ajustar o tamanho das miniaturas utilizando as teclas <key>+</key> e " +"<key>-</key> ou pressionando a tecla <key>Ctrl</key> enquanto move a roda do " +"mouse." -#: C/edit-crop.page:41(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/view-displaying.page:16 msgid "" -"Cropping a photo so that it conforms to the rule of thirds often results in " -"a more visually appealing image." +"You can view a photo full-window by double-clicking on it. From there you " +"may move to other photos in the collection with the Back and Forward " +"buttons. To return to the collection, double-click on the photo or press " +"<key>Esc</key>." msgstr "" -"Cortar uma foto de acordo com a regra dos terços geralmente resulta em uma " -"imagem mais atraente." +"Você pode ver uma foto na janela toda dando um clique duplo sobre ela. Lá, " +"você pode mover para outras fotos da coleção com os botões Voltar e Avançar. " +"Para retornar para a coleção, clique duas vezes sobre a foto ou pressione " +"<key>Esc</key>." -#: C/edit-crop.page:43(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/view-displaying.page:18 msgid "" -"Cropping a photo, using the \"rule of thirds\" lines to improve the " -"composition." +"When viewing a photo in full-window mode, the slider on the toolbar controls " +"zoom. You can pan around by grabbing and dragging anywhere on the photo. You " +"can also zoom using your scroll wheel or by pressing the following keyboard " +"shortcuts: <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key>0</keyseq> for the full image, " +"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key>1</keyseq> for 100% (1 photo pixel = 1 screen pixel), " +"and <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key>2</keyseq> for 200% (1 photo pixel = 2x2 screen " +"pixels)." msgstr "" -"Recortar uma foto, usando a \"regra dos terços\" para melhorar a composição." +"Ao visualizar uma foto na janela toda, existirá um controle deslizante no " +"canto da tela para manipular o zoom da visualização. Você pode movimentar a " +"visualização clicando e arrastando em qualquer lugar da foto. Você também " +"pode aumentar o zoom usando a roda do mouse ou pressionando as teclas: " +"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>0</key></keyseq> para mostrar toda a foto, " +"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>1</key></keyseq> para 100% de zoom, e " +"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>2</key></keyseq> para 200% de zoom." -#: C/edit-adjustments.page:7(desc) -msgid "Change the exposure, saturation, tint, and shadows of a photo." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/view-displaying.page:20 +msgid "" +"Shotwell offers a fullscreen mode to display photos. Choose " +"<guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Fullscreen</gui></guiseq> or press <key>F11</" +"key>. To see the fullscreen toolbar, move your mouse to the bottom of the " +"screen. The toolbar offers buttons to move through the collection, to pin " +"the toolbar down (so it isn't hidden when you move the mouse away), and to " +"leave fullscreen view." msgstr "" -"Mude a exposição, saturação, matiz/coloração, temperatura, e sombras de uma " -"foto." +"O Shotwell oferece um modo de tela cheia para visualizar fotos. Use o menu " +"<guiseq><gui>Ver</gui><gui>Tela cheia</gui></guiseq> ou pressione a tecla " +"<key>F11</key>. Para ver a barra de ferramentas da visualização da tela " +"cheia, mova o cursor do mouse para a parte inferior da tela. Essa barra de " +"ferramentas oferece botões para percorrer a coleção, para fixar a barra de " +"ferramentas (para que ela não fique oculta quando você tirar o cursor do " +"mouse dela), e para sair dessa visualização." -#: C/edit-adjustments.page:12(title) -msgid "Color adjustments" -msgstr "Ajustes de cor" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/view-displaying.page:23 +msgid "Viewing videos" +msgstr "Assistindo vídeos" -#: C/edit-adjustments.page:14(p) +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/view-displaying.page:24 msgid "" -"The <gui>Adjust</gui> button opens a floating window with a histogram and " -"sliders to adjust a photo's exposure, saturation, tint, temperature, and " -"shadows. The histogram also has sliders to reduce the upper and lower " -"intensity thresholds of the photograph, expanding the contrast of the middle " -"range." +"When you double-click a video, Shotwell will launch an external video player " +"to play the video. It's not currently possible to display a video in full-" +"window mode in Shotwell or to play the video within Shotwell itself." msgstr "" -"O botão <gui>Ajustar</gui> abre uma janela com um histograma e controles " -"deslizantes para ajustar a exposição, saturação, matiz/coloração, " -"temperatura, e sombras de uma foto. O histograma também tem controles " -"deslizantes para reduzir os limiares de intensidade superior e inferior da " -"fotografia, ampliando o contraste da faixa intermediária." +"Ao dar duplo clique num vídeo, o Shotwell irá iniciar um reprodutor externo " +"para exibi-lo. Não é possível, atualmente, mostrar o vídeo na janela toda no " +"Shotwell ou reproduzir o vídeo no próprio Shotwell." -#: C/edit-adjustments.page:16(p) +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/view-information.page:7 msgid "" -"The <gui>Enhance</gui> button adjusts the histogram and shadows sliders to " -"improve the quality of a photo." +"View more detailed information about photos, like the exposure mode used by " +"the camera." msgstr "" -"O botão <gui>Melhorar</gui> ajusta o histograma e sombras automaticamente " -"para melhorar a qualidade de uma foto." +"Exibe informações detalhadas sobre fotos, como o modo de exposição usado " +"pela câmera." + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/view-information.page:12 +msgid "Basic and extended information" +msgstr "Informações básicas e estendidas" -#: C/edit-adjustments.page:18(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/view-information.page:14 msgid "" -"When the photo's colors and contrast are to your liking, press <gui>OK</gui> " -"to save the changes. <gui>Reset</gui> will return the image to its original " -"state. <gui>Cancel</gui> discards all changes you've made." +"The Basic Information pane appears at the bottom of the sidebar, and " +"displays a brief summary of the photos you've selected. If no photos are " +"selected, it displays a summary of the entire collection. You can toggle the " +"display of this pane using the <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Basic " +"Information</gui></guiseq> command." msgstr "" -"Após ajustar as cores e o contraste da foto, clique em <gui>OK</gui> para " -"salvar as alterações. O botão <gui>Reiniciar</gui> irá retornar a imagem ao " -"seu estado original. O botão <gui>Cancelar</gui> descarta todas as mudanças " -"que você fez." - -#: C/edit-adjustments.page:21(title) -msgid "What do the color adjustments do?" -msgstr "O que os ajustes fazem?" - -#: C/edit-adjustments.page:24(title) -msgid "Exposure" -msgstr "Exposição" +"Um painel de informações básicas aparece na parte inferior da barra lateral, " +"mostrando um resumo das fotos selecionadas. Se nenhuma foto estiver " +"selecionada, ele exibe um resumo de toda a biblioteca. Você pode alternar a " +"exibição deste painel usando o item de menu <guiseq><gui>Ver</gui><gui>" +"Informações Básicas</gui></guiseq>." -#: C/edit-adjustments.page:25(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/view-information.page:16 msgid "" -"Changes the brightness to make it look like the photo was exposed for a " -"longer or shorter time. Use this to correct under- or over-exposed photos." +"The floating Extended Information window displays more information about the " +"selected photo. The <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Extended Information</gui></" +"guiseq> command or <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Shift</key><key>X</key></" +"keyseq> toggles the display of this window." msgstr "" -"Altera o brilho para fazer parecer que a foto foi exposta por um tempo maior " -"ou menor. Utilize este ajuste para corrigir fotografias sub ou sobre-" -"expostas." - -#: C/edit-adjustments.page:28(title) -msgid "Saturation" -msgstr "Saturação" +"A janela de informações estendidas exibe mais informações sobre a foto " +"selecionada. O item de menu <guiseq><gui>Ver</gui><gui>Informações " +"estendidas</gui></guiseq> ou a combinação de teclas " +"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Shift</key><key>X</key></keyseq> alterna a " +"exibição desta janela." -#: C/edit-adjustments.page:29(p) +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/view-sidebar.page:7 msgid "" -"Changes how vivid colors look. If your photo looks gray and washed out, try " -"increasing the saturation. If colors look too bold, try decreasing it." +"The sidebar on the left of the window lists various views of your library." msgstr "" -"Ajusta o quanto vivas parecem as cores. Se a foto parece cinzenta e com " -"cores pouco vivas, tente aumentar a saturação. Se as cores parecem muito " -"ousadas, tente diminuí-la." +"A barra lateral esquerda da janela lista várias visões da sua biblioteca." -#: C/edit-adjustments.page:32(title) -msgid "Tint" -msgstr "Colorir" +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/view-sidebar.page:21 +msgid "The sidebar" +msgstr "A barra lateral" -#: C/edit-adjustments.page:33(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/view-sidebar.page:23 msgid "" -"This tints the photo with a color. It's useful for correcting photos taken " -"with the wrong white balance setting, which typically have an unnatural " -"color cast. For example, photos taken outdoors with the white balance set to " -"\"Tungsten\" may have a blue cast." +"The sidebar on the left side of the Shotwell window lists various views of " +"your library. Although you may see the same photo in multiple views, it's " +"only stored once on your hard drive." msgstr "" -"Este ajuste tinge a foto com uma cor. É útil para corrigir as fotos tiradas " -"com a configuração de equilíbrio de brancos errado, que ficam com cores que " -"não parecem naturais. Por exemplo, fotos tiradas ao ar livre com o balanço " -"de brancos definido como \"Incandescente\" ficam com um tom azulado." - -#: C/edit-adjustments.page:36(title) -msgid "Temperature" -msgstr "Temperatura" +"A barra lateral esquerda da janela lista várias visões da sua biblioteca. " +"Embora você possa ver a mesma foto em várias visões, ela só é armazenada uma " +"vez em seu disco rígido." -#: C/edit-adjustments.page:37(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/view-sidebar.page:25 msgid "" -"Changes how \"warm\" or \"cool\" the picture looks. Use this to make cold, " -"depressing scenes look more lively, for example." +"The <gui>Last Import</gui> view lists your last imported photos no matter if " +"they are imported from F-Spot, your camera, a memory card or the hard disk." msgstr "" -"Ajusta a forma como a foto parece \"quente\" ou \"fria\". Use-o para fazer " -"que cenas frias e deprimentes pareçam mais animadas, por exemplo." +"A visão <gui>Última Importação</gui> mostra as últimas fotos importadas de " +"qualquer lugar (câmera, cartão de memória, disco rígido ou do programa F-" +"Spot)." -#: C/edit-adjustments.page:40(title) -msgid "Shadows" -msgstr "Sombras" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/view-sidebar.page:27 +msgid "The <gui>Flagged</gui> lists all photos you had previous flagged." +msgstr "A visão <gui>Marcadas</gui> mostra suas fotos marcadas." -#: C/edit-adjustments.page:41(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/view-sidebar.page:29 msgid "" -"This makes shadowy areas appear lighter. Use this to make detail more " -"visible if it's obscured by the darkness of a shadow." +"The <gui>Saved Search</gui> allows you to sort your library by many criteria." msgstr "" -"Esse ajuste faz com que áreas de sombra pareçam mais claras. Use-o para " -"fazer os detalhes mais visíveis se eles estão sob de uma sombra." +"A visão <gui>Pesquisa salva</gui> permite classificar sua biblioteca por " +"vários critérios de pesquisa." -#: C/edit-adjustments.page:44(title) -msgid "Intensity Threshold (sliders on the histogram)" -msgstr "Limiares de intensidade (cantos do histograma)" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/view-sidebar.page:31 +msgid "" +"The <gui>Events</gui> folder lists all events in your library. An event is a " +"group of photos that were taken at approximately the same time." +msgstr "" +"A visão <gui>Eventos</gui> lista todos os eventos em sua biblioteca. Um " +"evento é um grupo de fotos que foram tiradas em datas parecidas." -#: C/edit-adjustments.page:45(p) +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/view-sidebar.page:33 msgid "" -"These sliders change how light the brightest white is and how dark the " -"darkest black is. Use them to change the contrast of the photo. Photos which " -"look washed out should particularly benefit from changing these settings." +"The <gui>Tags</gui> folder lists all tags you've assigned to photos. Photos " +"can have multiple tags attached to them. When you click on the name of a tag " +"in the sidebar, you will see all the photos associated with that tag." msgstr "" -"Esses controles alteram a forma como o branco é claro e o quão escuro é o " -"preto. Use-os para alterar o contraste da foto. Fotos que parecem " -"desgastadas deverão se beneficiar muito com a alteração dessas configurações." +"A visão <gui>Etiquetas</gui> lista todas as etiquetas que você colocou nas " +"fotos. Fotos podem ter várias etiquetas. Clicar no nome de uma etiqueta na " +"barra lateral mostra todas as fotos associadas à ela." -#. Put one translator per line, in the form of NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2 -#: C/edit-adjustments.page:0(None) -msgid "translator-credits" -msgstr "Felipe Braga <fbobraga@gmail.com>, 2015" +#~ msgid "Facebook" +#~ msgstr "Facebook" + +#~ msgid "Flickr" +#~ msgstr "Flickr" + +#~ msgid "Symbol" +#~ msgstr "Símbolo" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "@@image: 'figures/shotwell_logo.png'; md5=59de2b2c4fa64ea1497c98452c509dbd" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "@@image: 'figures/shotwell_logo.png'; md5=59de2b2c4fa64ea1497c98452c509dbd" + +#~ msgid "jim@yorba.org" +#~ msgstr "jim@yorba.org" + +#~ msgid "allison@yorba.org" +#~ msgstr "allison@yorba.org" + +#~ msgid "robert.ancell@canonical.com" +#~ msgstr "robert.ancell@canonical.com" + +#~ msgid "pdo.smith@gmail.com" +#~ msgstr "pdo.smith@gmail.com" + +#~ msgid "philbull@gmail.com" +#~ msgstr "philbull@gmail.com" diff --git a/help/pt_BR/pt_BR.stamp b/help/pt_BR/pt_BR.stamp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e69de29 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/pt_BR/pt_BR.stamp diff --git a/help/pt_BR/raw.page b/help/pt_BR/raw.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c9b4941 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/pt_BR/raw.page @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="other-raw" xml:lang="pt-BR"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#other"/> + <desc>Mais informações sobre o suporte de arquivos RAW no Shotwell.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="running"/> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Felipe Braga</mal:name> + <mal:email>fbobraga@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2015</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + </info> + + <title>Suporte de arquivos RAW no Shotwell</title> + <p>Algumas câmeras têm a capacidade de armazenar em um arquivo dados diretamente do sensor e que contém informações adicionais de cor; este formato de arquivo é comumente chamado de 'RAW' ou 'câmera RAW', e o Shotwell também oferece suporte a esse tipo de arquivo.</p> + + <p>Como fotos RAW normalmente não podem ser exibidas diretamente, mas precisam ser tratadas antes - precisam da sua informação adicional corretamente interpretada para possibilitar a exibição - a maioria das câmeras incorpora uma imagem JPEG dentro de um arquivo RAW, ou gera uma imagem JPEG junto com o arquivo RAW no momento em que foto é tirada. Este segundo formato é chamado ao longo deste documento como "RAW+JPEG". Se você importar um par de arquivos RAW+JPEG, o Shotwell irá mantê-los emparelhados e tratá-los como um único item na sua biblioteca.</p> + + <p>Quando você importa um arquivo RAW, você pode optar por usar a imagem JPEG gerada pela câmera ou uma gerada pelo Shotwell no menu em <guiseq><gui>Fotos</gui><gui>Desenvolvedor</gui></guiseq>.</p> + + <note> + <p>Mudar o desenvolvedor de uma foto fará com que todas as alterações feitas nela pelo Shotwell sejam descartadas.</p> + </note> + + <p>Para publicar ou utilizar uma foto RAW na maioria dos outros softwares, você precisará antes exportá-la. O Shotwell pode exportar suas fotos RAW nos formatos JPEG, PNG, TIFF ou BMP, e, se uma foto RAW for publicada, ela será internamente exportada para JPEG e é imagem exportada que será publicada.</p> + +</page> diff --git a/help/pt_BR/running.page b/help/pt_BR/running.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f72fe0d --- /dev/null +++ b/help/pt_BR/running.page @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="running" xml:lang="pt-BR"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index"/> + <desc>Encontre o Shotwell no menu de aplicativos, ou inicie-o automaticamente quando você conecta uma câmera.</desc> + + <link type="seealso" xref="other-multiple"/> + + <link type="next" xref="formats"/> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Felipe Braga</mal:name> + <mal:email>fbobraga@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2015</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + </info> + + <title>Executando o Shotwell</title> + +<p>Uma vez instalado, o Shotwell estará disponível no seu menu <gui>Aplicativos</gui> sob a categoria <gui>Gráficos</gui> ou <gui>Fotografia</gui>.</p> + +<p>O Shotwell também pode ser executado automaticamente quando uma câmera é conectada ao computador. Para verificar se o sistema está configurado para executar o Shotwell quando uma câmera é detectada, vá em <guiseq><gui>Editar</gui><gui>Preferências</gui></guiseq> em qualquer janela do Nautilus (gerenciador de arquivos) e escolha a guia <gui>Mídia</gui>. Você verá uma caixa seleção intitulada <gui>Fotos:</gui> que permite escolher o Shotwell como seu aplicativo para manipular fotos.</p> + +<note style="advanced"> + <p>O Shotwell também pode ser executado diretamente de seu diretório de compilação, embora isso só seja recomendado para testar o Shotwell ou para desenvolvedores.</p> +</note> + +</page> diff --git a/help/pt_BR/share-background.page b/help/pt_BR/share-background.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b7d68e3 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/pt_BR/share-background.page @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="share-background" xml:lang="pt-BR"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#share"/> + <desc>Defina o pano de fundo de sua área de trabalho com uma única foto ou uma apresentação de slides de fotos.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="share-slideshow"/> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Felipe Braga</mal:name> + <mal:email>fbobraga@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2015</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + </info> + + <title>Definindo o plano de fundo da área de trabalho</title> + + <p>Para definir uma única foto como plano de fundo da área de trabalho, selecione a foto e use o item de menu <guiseq><gui>Arquivo</gui><gui>Definir como plano de fundo da área de trabalho</gui></guiseq>.</p> + + <p>Você também pode definir o plano de fundo da área de trabalho como uma apresentação de slides de fotos. Para fazer isso, selecione as fotos para a apresentação de slides e use o item de menu <guiseq><gui>Arquivo</gui><gui>Definir apresentação de slides da área de trabalho...</gui></guiseq>. O Shotwell pedirá um intervalo de tempo entre as fotos, que pode ser de até um dia de comprimento. A troca de fotos do fundo da área de trabalho funciona mesmo quando o Shotwell não está em execução.</p> + +</page> diff --git a/help/pt_BR/share-export.page b/help/pt_BR/share-export.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a47592a --- /dev/null +++ b/help/pt_BR/share-export.page @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="share-export" xml:lang="pt-BR"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#share"/> + <desc>Copie fotos fora do Shotwell para colocá-las em outro lugar.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="share-print"/> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Felipe Braga</mal:name> + <mal:email>fbobraga@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2015</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + </info> + + <title>Exportando fotos</title> + +<p>Para exportar fotos do Shotwell via arrastar e soltar, arraste as fotos do Shotwell para uma janela do gerenciador de arquivos ou para sua área de trabalho. Os novos arquivos serão cópias das fotos em sua biblioteca.</p> + +<p>Como alternativa, selecione um conjunto de fotos e use o item de menu <guiseq><gui>Arquivo</gui><gui>Exportar...</gui></guiseq> ou pressione o conjunto de teclas <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Shift</key><key>E</key></keyseq>. Aparecerá uma janela que lhe permite fazer várias escolhas:</p> + +<list> +<item><p>Um formato para exportar.</p> +<list> +<item><p>Escolha <gui>Não modificado</gui> para exportar fotos em seu formato original, sem qualquer alteração feita no Shotwell. Fotos RAW serão exportados no formato RAW original.</p></item> +<item><p>Escolha <gui>Atual</gui> para exportar fotos, incluindo as edições feitas no Shotwell. Fotos RAW serão exportadas em formato JPEG, se você tiver as editado no Shotwell, ou em seu formato RAW original, caso contrário.</p></item> +<item><p>Ou você pode escolher um formato de imagem (JPEG, PNG, TIFF, BMP) a ser utilizado para a exportação. As alterações feitas no Shotwell serão incluídas, e o Shotwell vai converter fotos para o formato escolhido.</p></item> +</list> +</item> +<item><p>A qualidade da imagem para a exportação (Baixo, Médio, Alto, ou Máximo).</p></item> +<item><p>Uma restrição de escala (como o que significa que o Shotwell irá diminuir as fotos quando se necessário), e o número de pixeis desejado.</p></item> +<item><p>A opção se você deseja exportar metadados, como etiquetas ou avaliações. Isso pode ajudar a manter a sua privacidade, se você tem etiquetas de geolocalização que não devem ser vistas por qualquer um.</p></item> +</list> + +<p>Se selecionado, o Shotwell vai escrever as etiquetas, títulos e outros metadados nos arquivos criados na exportação.</p> + +</page> diff --git a/help/pt_BR/share-print.page b/help/pt_BR/share-print.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..048c377 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/pt_BR/share-print.page @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="share-print" xml:lang="pt-BR"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#share"/> + <desc>Use o item de menu <guiseq><gui>Arquivo</gui><gui>Imprimir...</gui></guiseq>. Para mais opções de impressão, use a guia <gui>Configurar Página</gui> na janela <gui> Imprimir</gui>.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="share-upload"/> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Felipe Braga</mal:name> + <mal:email>fbobraga@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2015</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + </info> + + <title>Imprimindo</title> + + <p>Para imprimir uma foto, selecione-a e use o menu <guiseq><gui>Arquivo</gui><gui>Imprimir...</gui></guiseq>.</p> + + <p>O Shotwell também pode imprimir várias fotos em uma única página; para fazer isso, selecione múltiplas fotos e use o menu <guiseq><gui>Arquivo</gui><gui>Imprimir...</gui></guiseq> e, na caixa de diálogo de impressão, escolha a aba <gui>Configurações da imagem</gui>. Nela, escolha uma das várias opções de quantidade de imagens por página em <gui>Tamanho automático</gui>.</p> + + <p>Para definir a formatação da impressão, tamanho do papel e opções de orientação, escolha a aba <gui>Configurar página</gui> na caixa de diálogo <gui>Imprimir</gui> antes da impressão.</p> +</page> diff --git a/help/pt_BR/share-send.page b/help/pt_BR/share-send.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2e09851 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/pt_BR/share-send.page @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="share-send" xml:lang="pt-BR"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#share"/> + <desc>Envie fotos por e-mail, mensageiro instantâneo (como MSN, Gtalk/Hangouts, ICQ, etc.) e outros.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="share-background"/> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Felipe Braga</mal:name> + <mal:email>fbobraga@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2015</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + </info> + + <title>Enviando fotos</title> + + <p>O Shotwell pode enviar fotos usando o mecanismo 'Enviar Para' da área de trabalho GNOME, que permite o envio por e-mail, mensagens instantâneas e outras formas.</p> + <p>Para enviar fotos, selecione-as no Shotwell e escolha <guiseq><gui>Arquivo</gui><gui>Enviar para...</gui></guiseq>, ou clique com o botão direito nas fotos e escolha <gui>Enviar para...</gui> no menu de contexto. A caixa de diálogo <gui>Enviar para</gui> permite que você escolha um mecanismo para o envio de arquivos (como e-mail ou mensageiro instantâneo) e um destino. É possível optar por enviar os arquivos em um formato compactado.</p> + +</page> diff --git a/help/pt_BR/share-slideshow.page b/help/pt_BR/share-slideshow.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3598fef --- /dev/null +++ b/help/pt_BR/share-slideshow.page @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="share-slideshow" xml:lang="pt-BR"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#share"/> + <desc>Veja uma apresentação de slides de suas fotos.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="share-export"/> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Felipe Braga</mal:name> + <mal:email>fbobraga@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2015</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + </info> + + <title>Apresentação de slides</title> + + <p>Para ver uma apresentação de slides de qualquer coleção no Shotwell, navegue até ela e use o menu <guiseq><gui>Ver</gui><gui>Apresentação de slides</gui></guiseq> ou pressione a tecla <key>F5</key>.</p> + + <p>Você pode ajustar as configurações durante uma apresentação de slides:</p> + + <list> + <item><p>A duração em que a mesma foto é exibida: de 1 a 30 segundos</p></item> + <item><p>Mudar os efeitos de transição entre as fotos.</p></item> + <item><p>A duração de cada efeito de transição: de 0,1 a 1,0 segundos</p></item> + </list> +</page> diff --git a/help/pt_BR/share-upload.page b/help/pt_BR/share-upload.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cb804b0 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/pt_BR/share-upload.page @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="share-upload" xml:lang="pt-BR"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#share"/> + <desc>Publique fotos para o Facebook, Flickr, Picasa Web Albums, ou outros lugares.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="share-send"/> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Felipe Braga</mal:name> + <mal:email>fbobraga@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2015</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + </info> + + <title>Publicando para a web</title> + + <p>Através do uso de <link xref="other-plugins">plug-ins</link>, o Shotwell pode publicar fotos e vídeos para os seguintes serviços (cada um necessita de uma conta):</p> + + <list> + <item><p><link href="http://facebook.com">Facebook</link></p></item> + <item><p><link href="http://flickr.com">Flickr</link></p></item> + <item><p><link href="http://picasaweb.google.com">Picasa Web Albums</link> e <link href="http://plus.google.com">Google+</link></p></item> + <item><p><link href="http://youtube.com">YouTube</link> (somente vídeos)</p></item> + <item><p><link href="http://fotki.yandex.ru">Yandex.Fotki</link>, um site de fotos popular na Rússia (somente fotos)</p></item> + <item><p>Qualquer site usando o software de galeria de fotos <link href="http://piwigo.org">Piwigo</link> (somente fotos)</p></item> + </list> + + <p>Para publicar as fotos selecionadas, use o item do menu <guiseq><gui>Editar</gui><gui>Preferências</gui></guiseq> e clique na aba <gui>Plug-ins</gui> para ativar o plug-in para o serviço correspondente. Em seguida, selecione as fotos/vídeos e use o menu <guiseq><gui>Arquivo</gui><gui>Publicar</gui></guiseq> ou pressione o botão <gui>Publicar</gui> na barra de ferramentas ou, ainda, use as teclas <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>P</key></keyseq>. Você verá uma caixa de diálogo que permite selecionar um serviço de publicação. Em seguida, será necessário fazer o login ou criar uma conta.</p> + + <p>Publicar para o Facebook necessita que você conceda algumas permissões para o aplicativo Facebook do Shotwell. Você só precisará conceder essas permissões quando usar o Shotwell para publicar fotos/vídeos no Facebook pela primeira vez.</p> + <note style="advanced"><p>Você apenas conseguirá publicar imagens com a permissão que você concedeu para o aplicativo Facebook do Shotwell</p></note> + + <p>De maneira parecida, publicar fotos/vídeos para o Flickr necessita que você conceda permissões de acesso à sua conta pelo aplicativo.</p> + + <p>Se você tiver uma conta Google, mas ainda não utilizou o Picasa Web Albums, você precisará acessá-lo primeiro usando um navegador uma vez antes de conseguir publicar pelo Shotwell.</p> +</page> diff --git a/help/pt_BR/view-displaying.page b/help/pt_BR/view-displaying.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..69daa8e --- /dev/null +++ b/help/pt_BR/view-displaying.page @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="view-view" xml:lang="pt-BR"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#view"/> + <desc>Saiba mais sobre formas diferentes de ver suas fotos: em uma lista, na janela principal, ou em tela cheia.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="view-sidebar"/> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Felipe Braga</mal:name> + <mal:email>fbobraga@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2015</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + </info> + + <title>Formas de visualização de fotos</title> + +<p>Ao selecionar qualquer coleção na barra lateral, o Shotwell exibe todas as fotos dela na área da janela principal. No canto inferior direito há um controle deslizante que ajusta o tamanho das miniaturas. Você também pode ajustar o tamanho das miniaturas utilizando as teclas <key>+</key> e <key>-</key> ou pressionando a tecla <key>Ctrl</key> enquanto move a roda do mouse.</p> + +<p>Você pode ver uma foto na janela toda dando um clique duplo sobre ela. Lá, você pode mover para outras fotos da coleção com os botões Voltar e Avançar. Para retornar para a coleção, clique duas vezes sobre a foto ou pressione <key>Esc</key>.</p> + +<p>Ao visualizar uma foto na janela toda, existirá um controle deslizante no canto da tela para manipular o zoom da visualização. Você pode movimentar a visualização clicando e arrastando em qualquer lugar da foto. Você também pode aumentar o zoom usando a roda do mouse ou pressionando as teclas: <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>0</key></keyseq> para mostrar toda a foto, <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>1</key></keyseq> para 100% de zoom, e <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>2</key></keyseq> para 200% de zoom.</p> + +<p>O Shotwell oferece um modo de tela cheia para visualizar fotos. Use o menu <guiseq><gui>Ver</gui><gui>Tela cheia</gui></guiseq> ou pressione a tecla <key>F11</key>. Para ver a barra de ferramentas da visualização da tela cheia, mova o cursor do mouse para a parte inferior da tela. Essa barra de ferramentas oferece botões para percorrer a coleção, para fixar a barra de ferramentas (para que ela não fique oculta quando você tirar o cursor do mouse dela), e para sair dessa visualização.</p> + +<section> +<title>Assistindo vídeos</title> +<p>Ao dar duplo clique num vídeo, o Shotwell irá iniciar um reprodutor externo para exibi-lo. Não é possível, atualmente, mostrar o vídeo na janela toda no Shotwell ou reproduzir o vídeo no próprio Shotwell.</p> +</section> + +</page> diff --git a/help/pt_BR/view-information.page b/help/pt_BR/view-information.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..facffab --- /dev/null +++ b/help/pt_BR/view-information.page @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="view-information" xml:lang="pt-BR"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#view"/> + <desc>Exibe informações detalhadas sobre fotos, como o modo de exposição usado pela câmera.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="view-view"/> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Felipe Braga</mal:name> + <mal:email>fbobraga@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2015</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + </info> + + <title>Informações básicas e estendidas</title> + +<p>Um painel de informações básicas aparece na parte inferior da barra lateral, mostrando um resumo das fotos selecionadas. Se nenhuma foto estiver selecionada, ele exibe um resumo de toda a biblioteca. Você pode alternar a exibição deste painel usando o item de menu <guiseq><gui>Ver</gui><gui>Informações Básicas</gui></guiseq>.</p> + +<p>A janela de informações estendidas exibe mais informações sobre a foto selecionada. O item de menu <guiseq><gui>Ver</gui><gui>Informações estendidas</gui></guiseq> ou a combinação de teclas <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Shift</key><key>X</key></keyseq> alterna a exibição desta janela.</p> + +</page> diff --git a/help/pt_BR/view-sidebar.page b/help/pt_BR/view-sidebar.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ab424c1 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/pt_BR/view-sidebar.page @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="view-sidebar" xml:lang="pt-BR"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#view"/> + <desc>A barra lateral esquerda da janela lista várias visões da sua biblioteca.</desc> + + <link type="seealso" xref="event"/> + <link type="seealso" xref="tag"/> + <link type="seealso" xref="flag"/> + <link type="seealso" xref="search#savedsearch"/> + <link type="seealso" xref="import-file"/> + <link type="seealso" xref="import-f-spot"/> + <link type="seealso" xref="import-memorycard"/> + <link type="seealso" xref="import-camera"/> + + <link type="next" xref="view-information"/> + + <mal:credit xmlns:mal="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="translator copyright"> + <mal:name>Felipe Braga</mal:name> + <mal:email>fbobraga@gmail.com</mal:email> + <mal:years>2015</mal:years> + </mal:credit> + </info> + + <title>A barra lateral</title> + +<p>A barra lateral esquerda da janela lista várias visões da sua biblioteca. Embora você possa ver a mesma foto em várias visões, ela só é armazenada uma vez em seu disco rígido.</p> + +<p>A visão <gui>Última Importação</gui> mostra as últimas fotos importadas de qualquer lugar (câmera, cartão de memória, disco rígido ou do programa F-Spot).</p> + +<p>A visão <gui>Marcadas</gui> mostra suas fotos marcadas.</p> + +<p>A visão <gui>Pesquisa salva</gui> permite classificar sua biblioteca por vários critérios de pesquisa.</p> + +<p>A visão <gui>Eventos</gui> lista todos os eventos em sua biblioteca. Um evento é um grupo de fotos que foram tiradas em datas parecidas.</p> + +<p>A visão <gui>Etiquetas</gui> lista todas as etiquetas que você colocou nas fotos. Fotos podem ter várias etiquetas. Clicar no nome de uma etiqueta na barra lateral mostra todas as fotos associadas à ela.</p> + +</page> diff --git a/help/shotwell.1 b/help/shotwell.1 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..334cd7c --- /dev/null +++ b/help/shotwell.1 @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +.TH "shotwell" "1" + +.SH "NAME" +shotwell \- Digital photo manager + +.SH "SYNOPSIS" +\fBshotwell \fR[\fIOPTION\fR]... [\fIFILE\fR] + +.SH "DESCRIPTION" +.P +Shotwell is a digital photo organizer designed for the GNOME desktop environment. It allows you to +import photos from disk or camera, organize them in various ways, view them in full-window or fullscreen mode, and export them to share with others. + +.SH "OPTIONS" +.B \-h, \-\-help +.R Show help options + +.B \-d, \-\-datadir=DIRECTORY +.RS +Path to Shotwell's private data +.RE + +.B \-\-no-runtime-monitoring +.RS +Do not monitor library directory at runtime for changes +.RE + +.B \-\-no-startup-progress +.RS +Don't display startup progress meter +.RE + +.B \-V, \-\-version +.RS +Show the application's version +.RE + +.B \-\-display=DISPLAY +.RS +X display to use +.RE + +.SH "EXAMPLES" +\fBshotwell +.RS +\fROpens Shotwell with the user's library. +.RE + +\fBshotwell \fIFILE +.RS +\fROpens an image file for direct editing. File is not imported into library and unsaved changes are lost on close. +.RE + +.SH "NOTES" +.P +Shotwell homepage: https://wiki.gnome.org/Apps/Shotwell +.P +Report bugs: https://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=Shotwell + +.SH "AUTHOR" +.PP +This manual page was written by Jim Nelson jim@yorba.org and Allison Barlow allison@yorba.org. diff --git a/help/sv/edit-adjustments.page b/help/sv/edit-adjustments.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1f34ddc --- /dev/null +++ b/help/sv/edit-adjustments.page @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="edit-adjustments" xml:lang="sv"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#edit"/> + <desc>Ändra exponering, mättnad, färgton och skuggorna för en bild.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="edit-crop"/> + </info> + + <title>Färgjusteringar</title> + +<p>Knappen <gui>Justera</gui> öppnar ett fönster med ett histogram och skjutreglage för att justera en bilds exponering, mättnad, färgton, temperatur och skuggor. Histogrammet har också skjutreglaget för att minska de övre och lägre intensitetströsklarna för bilden, utökandes kontrasten för mittenområdet.</p> + +<p>Knappen <gui>Förbättra</gui> justerar histogram- och skuggskjutreglagen för att förbättra kvaliteten på en bild.</p> + +<p>When the photo's colors and contrast are to your liking, press <gui>OK</gui> to save the changes. <gui>Reset</gui> will return the image to its original state. <gui>Cancel</gui> discards all changes you've made.</p> + +<section> + <title>Vad gör färgjusteringarna?</title> + <terms> + <item> + <title>Exponering</title> + <p>Ändra ljusstyrkan för att få det att se ut som att bilden exponerades en längre eller kortare tid. Använd detta för att korrigera över- eller underexponerade bilder.</p> + </item> + <item> + <title>Mättnad</title> + <p>Ändrar hur levande färger uppfattas. Om din bild ser grå och urblekt ut, prova att öka mättnaden. Om färgerna är för starka, prova att minska den.</p> + </item> + <item> + <title>Tint</title> + <p>Tonar bilden med en färg. Användbart för att korrigera bilder tagna med fel vitbalansinställning, som vanligen har en onaturlig färg. Exempelvis, bilder tagna utomhus med vitbalansen inställd till ”Tungsten” kan ha en blå toning.</p> + </item> + <item> + <title>Temperatur</title> + <p>Ändrar hur ”varm” eller ”kall” bilden ser ut. Använd exempelvis denna för att få kalla, deprimerande motiv att se mer levande ut.</p> + </item> + <item> + <title>Skuggor</title> + <p>Får skuggområden att se ljusare ut. Använd denna för att få fram fler detaljer om något döljs av skuggor.</p> + </item> + <item> + <title>Intensitettröskelvärde (skjutreglage på histogrammet)</title> + <p>Skjutreglagen ändrar hur ljus den ljusaste vit är, och hur mörk den mörkaste svarta är. Använd dem för att ändra kontrasten på en bild. Speciellt bilder som ser urblekta ut bör ha nytta av att ändra dessa inställningar.</p> + </item> + </terms> +</section> + +</page> diff --git a/help/sv/edit-crop.page b/help/sv/edit-crop.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b38136d --- /dev/null +++ b/help/sv/edit-crop.page @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="edit-crop" xml:lang="sv"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#edit"/> + <desc>Förbättra sammansättningen för en bild genom att klippa bort delar från den.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="edit-external"/> + </info> + + <title>Beskär</title> + + <p>För att minska området för en bild och fånga betraktarens uppmärksamhet till ett mindre område, använd verktyget beskär. Verktyget beskär är endast tillgängligt i helfönster- eller helskärmsläge.</p> + +<steps> + <item> + <p>Dubbelklicka på en bild för att ange helskärmsläge och tryck sedan på knappen <gui>Beskär</gui> i verktygsfältet.</p> + </item> + <item> + <p>En vit ruta, beskärningsrektangeln kommer att visas på bilden. Den ljusare delen av bilden inuti beskärningsrektangeln representerar hur bilden kommer att se ut efter att den är beskuren.</p> + </item> + <item> + <p>Om du placerar din markör i mitten på rutan kan du också flytta runt rutan. Om du drar i kanterna på rutan kan du justera dess storlek. När du flyttar runt och justerar rutan kommer du att se fyra linjer inuti den, ungefär som ett rutnät i luffarschack. Det är linjer för <em>tredelningsregeln</em>.</p> + <p>Du kan också begränsa beskärningsrutan till en av många vanliga storlekar. Välj en storlek från rullgardinsmenyn som passar dig. Om du trycker vändknappen bredvid den kommer riktningen av begränsningen att växla (från landskap till porträtt).</p> + </item> + <item> + <p>When you're happy with your crop outline, apply it by pressing the <gui>Crop</gui> button. Shotwell will display the cropped photo.</p> + </item> + <item> + <p>Om du ändrar dig, tryck knappen <gui>Beskär</gui> igen och finjustera beskärningen.</p> + <p>Om du trycker <gui>Avbryt</gui> istället för <gui>Verkställ</gui> kommer Shotwell att återgå till en bilds tidigare dimensioner.</p> + </item> +</steps> + +<section> + <title>Vad är tredelningsregeln?</title> + <p><em>Tredelningsregeln</em> hjälper dig att välja en angenäm sammansättning för en bild.</p> + <p>Föreställ dig att en scen delas upp i ett 3x3-rutnät med två vertikala linjer och två horisontella linjer, alla med samma avstånd sinsemellan. Enligt regeln får du en bättre sammansättning om du justerar större egenskaper (som horisonten eller en persons kropp) med en av linjerna. Att observera sättet egenskaper flödar från en del av rutnätet till ett annat kan också hjälpa.</p> + <p>Att beskära en bild så att den passar under tredelningsregeln ger ofta en visuellt tilltalande bild.</p> + <media type="image" src="figures/crop_thirds.jpg"> + <p>Att beskära en bild och använda ”tredelningsregeln” för att förbättra sammansättningen.</p> + </media> +</section> +</page> diff --git a/help/sv/edit-date-time.page b/help/sv/edit-date-time.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..757360e --- /dev/null +++ b/help/sv/edit-date-time.page @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="edit-date-time" xml:lang="sv"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#edit"/> + <desc>Change the date and time of photos if those details are incorrect.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="edit-enhance"/> + </info> + + <title>Adjust the date and time of photos</title> + +<p>To adjust the date and time of photos, select the photos you would like to adjust, choose <guiseq><gui>Photos</gui><gui>Adjust Date and Time...</gui></guiseq> and select a new date and time.</p> + +<p>Om du ändrar datum och tid för flera bilder samtidigt kan du välja att ändra tiden för alla bilder eller ange samma tid för alla bilder samtidigt.</p> + +<p>By default, the date and time are only changed inside Shotwell. You can also choose to modify the date and time in the original file, but this cannot be undone once you exit Shotwell.</p> + +</page> diff --git a/help/sv/edit-enhance.page b/help/sv/edit-enhance.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c4b33b0 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/sv/edit-enhance.page @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="edit-enhance" xml:lang="sv"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#edit"/> + <desc>Låt Shotwell förbättra ljusstyrka och kontrast för en bild automatiskt.</desc> + + <link type="seealso" xref="edit-adjustments"/> + + <link type="next" xref="edit-adjustments"/> + </info> + + <title>Autoförbättra</title> + + <p>Att klicka på knappen <gui>Förbättra</gui> är ett snabbt sätt att automatiskt justera ljusstyrkan och kontrasten för din bild. Det ger ofta en bild som är korrekt exponerad. Du kan också använda det som en startpunkt och sedan förbättra justeringarna genom att klicka på knappen <gui>Justera</gui>.</p> +</page> diff --git a/help/sv/edit-external.page b/help/sv/edit-external.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c53aa3a --- /dev/null +++ b/help/sv/edit-external.page @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="edit-external" xml:lang="sv"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#edit"/> + <desc>Använda ett annat program för att redigera en bild.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="edit-redeye"/> + </info> + + <title>Redigera bilder med ett externt program</title> + + <p>Du kan vilja använda en extern redigerare för att utföra ytterligare arbete på en bild. Om installerade så är GIMP och UFRaw de externa standardredigerarna för bilder och RAW-redigering. Om dessa program inte är installerade måste du välja dina föredragna redigerare genom att välja <guiseq><gui>Redigera</gui><gui>Inställningar</gui></guiseq> och markera redigerare från rullgardinsmenyn för installerade program.</p> + + <p> + Once your editors have been set, select a photo and choose <guiseq><gui>Photos</gui> + <gui>Open With External Editor</gui></guiseq> to open the photo with the external editor. + Likewise, if the original photo is a RAW file, select <guiseq><gui>Photos</gui><gui>Open + With RAW Editor</gui></guiseq> to edit the RAW file directly with the set RAW editor. + </p> + + <p>När du är klar med redigering och sparar filen kommer Shotwell att upptäcka ändringarna och uppdatera bilden. Om externa ändringar har skett, tryck och håll <key>Skift</key>-tangenten i helskärmsvyn för att visa originalbilden istället för den externt redigerade.</p> + + <p>Återställning till originalet kommer att radera externa ändringar.</p> + + <note> + <p>Om du externt redigerar en RAW-bild och sparar resultatet till en annan bild, som JPEG eller PNG, kan inte Shotwell automatiskt bestämma att den ursprungliga RAW-filen och den nya bilden ska kopplas samman.</p> + + <p>Om du vill arbeta med bildresultatet i Shotwell måste du importera det.</p> + </note> +</page> diff --git a/help/sv/edit-nondestructive.page b/help/sv/edit-nondestructive.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..87134b5 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/sv/edit-nondestructive.page @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="edit-nondestructive" xml:lang="sv"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#edit"/> + <desc>Shotwell är en förlustfri bildredigerare - den ändrar inte dina originalbilder.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="edit-date-time"/> + </info> + + <title>Vad händer med originalet när jag redigerar en bild?</title> + +<p>Shotwell är en förlustfri bildredigerare. Det ändrar inte dina originalbilder. Det betyder att om du beskär en bild, eller ändrar dess färg kommer bildfilerna på disk att bevaras orörda. Shotwell lagrar dina ändringar i en databas och verkställer dem direkt eftersom. Det betyder att du kan ångra ändringar gjorda på en bild.</p> + +<p>Om du vill se hur en bild såg ut innan dina ändringar, tryck tangenten <key>Skift</key>. Originalbilden kommer att visas så länge tangenten hålls nere.</p> + +<p>Observera att Shotwell valfritt kan skriva metadata (som taggar och namn) till bildfiler. För mer information, se avsnittet <link xref="other-files">Bildfiler</link>.</p> + +</page> diff --git a/help/sv/edit-redeye.page b/help/sv/edit-redeye.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ec97be0 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/sv/edit-redeye.page @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="edit-redeye" xml:lang="sv"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#edit"/> + <desc>Rätta till bilder där personer har röda ögon på grund av kamerans blixt.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="edit-rotate"/> + </info> + + <title>Ta bort röda ögon</title> + + <p>Röda ögon uppstår när kamerans blixt reflekteras i pupillen i någons öga. För att ta bort detta ur en bild, använd verktyget röda ögon.</p> + <steps> + <item> + <p>Klicka <gui>Röda ögon</gui>. En cirkel visas på bilden.</p> + </item> + <item> + <p>Dra cirkeln över berörd pupill, justera dess storlek med skjutreglaget och tryck <gui>Verkställ</gui>. Rödheten kommer att tas bort.</p> + </item> + <item> + <p>Upprepa processen för alla röda pupiller i din bild. Tryck <gui>Stäng</gui> när färdig.</p> + </item> + </steps> +</page> diff --git a/help/sv/edit-rotate.page b/help/sv/edit-rotate.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b16fb83 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/sv/edit-rotate.page @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="edit-rotate" xml:lang="sv"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#edit"/> + <desc>Klicka knappen <gui>Rotera</gui> eller välj en av kommandona i <gui>Bild</gui>-menyn.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="edit-straighten"/> + </info> + + <title>Rotera eller vänd en bild</title> + + <p>Du kan rotera dina bilder till vänster och höger (medurs eller moturs) med knappen <gui>Rotera</gui> i verktygsfältet för de flesta vyer. Du kan också skapa en spegelbild av en bild.</p> + + <p>För att rotera höger, klicka på knappen <gui>Rotera</gui>. För att rotera vänster, tryck och håll ner tangenten <key>Ctrl</key> och klicka sedan på knappen. Båda kommandona är också tillgängliga i menyn <gui>Bilder</gui>. Alternativt, använd följande tangentbordsgenvägar:</p> + <list> + <item><p>rotera vänster: <keyseq><key>Skift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>R</key></keyseq> eller <key>[</key></p></item> + <item><p>rotera höger: <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>R</key></keyseq> eller <key>]</key></p></item> + </list> + <p>För att skapa en spegelbild av en bild, använd <gui>Vänd horisontellt</gui>-kommandot i <gui>Bilder</gui>-menyn. För att vända en bild vertikalt, använd <gui>Vänd vertikalt</gui>-kommandot i samma meny.</p> + + <note> + <p>Om du väljer mer än en bild så kan du rotera dem samtidigt.</p> + </note> + +</page> diff --git a/help/sv/edit-straighten.page b/help/sv/edit-straighten.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a0eb448 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/sv/edit-straighten.page @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="edit-straighten" xml:lang="sv"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#edit"/> + <desc>Räta ut en bild så att dess horisont blir rak.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="edit-undo"/> + </info> + + <title>Räta ut bilder</title> + +<p>Verktygen för att räta ut bilder låter dem rätas ut och plattas till. Verktyget för att räta ut är endast tillgängligt i helskärms- eller helfönsterläge.</p> + + <steps> + <item> + <p>Klicka <gui>Räta ut</gui>. Skjutreglaget för att räta ut visas. Alternativt, använd tangentbordskombinationen <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></keyseq>.</p> + </item> + <item> + <p>Dra i skjutreglaget för att uppnå önska grad av uträtning.</p> + </item> + <item> + <p>Press <gui>Straighten</gui> when finished.</p> + </item> + </steps> + +</page> diff --git a/help/sv/edit-undo.page b/help/sv/edit-undo.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f128f61 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/sv/edit-undo.page @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="edit-undo" xml:lang="sv"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#edit"/> + <desc>Återställa en bild till dess ursprungliga oredigerade skick.</desc> + + <link type="seealso" xref="edit-nondestructive"/> + + <link type="next" xref="edit-nondestructive"/> + </info> + + <title>Ånga ändringar</title> + + <p>Eftersom Shotwell är en förlustfri bildredigerare kan du ångra ändringar du gjort i en bild.</p> + + <p>Om du vill se hur en bild såg ut innan dina ändringar, tryck tangenten <key>Skift</key>. Originalbilden kommer att visas så länge tangenten hålls nere.</p> + + <p>För att helt ångra alla dina ändringar till en bild, klicka <guiseq><gui>Bilder</gui><gui>Återställ till original</gui></guiseq>. Det enda undantaget är att tid- och datumjusteringar inte kommer att återställas.</p> + +</page> diff --git a/help/sv/formats.page b/help/sv/formats.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..def7946 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/sv/formats.page @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="formats" xml:lang="sv"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index"/> + <desc>Shotwell stödjer JPEG, PNG, TIFF, BMP och RAW-bilder såväl som filmfiler.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="running"/> + </info> + + <title>Bild- och videoformat som stöds</title> + + <p>Shotwell stödjer JPEG, PNG, TIFF, BMP och <link type="guide" xref="other-raw">RAW</link>-bildfiler. Shotwell stödjer inte ännu andra grafikformat som GIF.</p> + +<p>Shotwells RAW-formatstöd är för tillfället begränsat. När du visar en RAW-bild visar du egentligen en JPEG som härstammar från RAW-bilden, inte själva RAW-bilden. Dessutom är RAW-redigeringsflödet inte helt 16-bitars - du kan bara exportera redigerade bilder som 8-bitars filer. Alla format som stöds kan användas för export (JPEG, PNG, TIFF, BMP).</p> + +<p>För mer information om RAW-formatbilder i Shotwell, se avsnittet <link type="guide" xref="other-raw">RAW</link>.</p> + +<p>Shotwell stödjer också filmfiler i format som GStreamer mediabibliotek stödjer, på systemet där Shotwell körs. Normalt inkluderar det följande format, bland andra:</p> +<list> +<item><p>Behållarformat: Ogg, QuickTime, MP4, AVI.</p></item> +<item><p>Kodekar: Theora, Quicktime, MPEG-4, Motion JPEG. <em>Observera att vissa operativsystem kanske inte inkluderar kodekarna listade här på grund av juridiska eller licensbaserade begränsningar.</em></p></item> +</list> + +<p>Shotwell stödjer både bilder och filmer, men för enkelhetens skull använder dokumentationen termen ”bilder” på de flesta ställen. Flera operationer i Shotwell gäller dock för bild och filmer. Speciellt händelser, att flagga, betygsätta, tagga och publicera fungerar för både bilder och filmer.</p> + +</page> diff --git a/help/sv/import-camera.page b/help/sv/import-camera.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3cdeac2 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/sv/import-camera.page @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="import-camera" xml:lang="sv"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#import"/> + <desc>Kopiera bilder från en digital kamera.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="import-memorycard"/> + </info> + + <title>Importera från en kamera</title> + + <p>Att importera bilder från en digitalkamera:</p> + + <steps> + <item> + <p>Anslut kameran till din dator och slå på den. Shotwell kommer att upptäcka den och lista den i sidopanelen.</p> + </item> + <item> + <p>Välj kameran i sidopanelen. Förhandsvisningar av varje bild på kameran kommer att visas.</p> + </item> + <item> + <p>Om du vill kan du välja en samling specifika bilder att importera. För att göra detta, håll ner tangenten <key>Ctrl</key> och klicka för att markera individuella bilder. Du kan också hålla ner <key>Skift</key> och klicka för att markera ett intervall av bilder.</p> + </item> + <item> + <p>Klicka antingen <gui>Importera markerade</gui> eller <gui>Importera alla</gui>. Bilderna kommer att kopieras från kameran och sparas på din dator.</p> + </item> + </steps> + + <p>När importen är klar kan du öppna vyn <gui>Senast importerade</gui> (i sidopanelen) för att se alla bilder som importerades. Händelselistan (också i sidopanelen) kommer att visa de nya bilderna, ordnade efter datum.</p> +</page> diff --git a/help/sv/import-f-spot.page b/help/sv/import-f-spot.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3c841af --- /dev/null +++ b/help/sv/import-f-spot.page @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="import-f-spot" xml:lang="sv"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#import"/> + <desc>Shotwell kan importera alla dina bilder och taggar från bildhanteraren F-Spot.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="import-camera"/> + </info> + + <title>Importera från F-Spot</title> + + <p>För att importera en befintlig bildsamling från F-Spot:</p> + <steps> + <item><p>Välj <guiseq><gui>Arkiv</gui><gui>Importera från F-Spot</gui></guiseq>.</p></item> + <item><p>Välj nu antingen F-Spot-biblioteket eller en annan F-Spot-databas. Om importen sker från en annan F-Spot-databas, välj katalog och fil från valdialogrutan.</p></item> + </steps> + <p>Shotwell kommer att importera dina bilder tillsammans med deras taggar och annan information. När importen är klar kan du välja <gui>Senaste import</gui> i sidopanelen för att se alla bilder som importerades. Händelselistan kommer också att visa nya angivelser för datum som motsvarar de importerade bilderna.</p> +</page> diff --git a/help/sv/import-file.page b/help/sv/import-file.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..43521a7 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/sv/import-file.page @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="import-file" xml:lang="sv"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#import"/> + <desc>Importera bilder som redan är sparade på din dator.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="import-f-spot"/> + </info> + + <title>Importera från din hårddisk</title> + + <p>För att importera bildfiler från din hårddisk till Shotwell, dra dem från din filhanterare till Shotwell-fönstret.</p> + + <p>Alternatively, click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Import From Folder...</gui></guiseq> and select the folder containing the photos you want to import.</p> + + <p>Shotwell kommer att fråga huruvida du vill kopiera bildfiler till din biblioteksmapp (vanligtvis mappen <file>Bilder</file> i din hemkatalog) eller importera dem direkt utan att kopiera filerna.</p> + + <p>Om du håller ner <key>Ctrl</key> när du drar in bilder kommer Shotwell att kopiera bilderna till din biblioteksmapp utan att fråga. På samma sätt, om du håller ner <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Skift</key></keyseq> medan du drar in bilder kommer Shotwell att importera bilderna utan att kopiera dem.</p> + + <p>När importen är färdig kan du välja <gui>Senaste import</gui> i sidopanelen för att se alla importerade bilder. Händelselistan kommer också att visa nya poster för datumen som motsvarar de importerade bilderna.</p> + +</page> diff --git a/help/sv/import-memorycard.page b/help/sv/import-memorycard.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3c7a691 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/sv/import-memorycard.page @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="import-memorycard" xml:lang="sv"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#import"/> + <desc>Importera bilder från en digitalkameras minneskort.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="import-file"/> + </info> + + <title>Importera från ett minneskort</title> + +<p>För att importera bilder från en kameras minneskort:</p> + +<steps> + <item> + <p>Stoppa i kortet i din kortläsare. Försäkra dig om att kortläsaren är ansluten till datorn och påslagen.</p> + </item> + <item> + <p>Kortläsaren och kortet bör upptäckas automatiskt.</p> + </item> + <item> + <p>Follow the instructions for <link xref="import-file">importing photos from your hard disk</link>. If you click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Import From Folder...</gui></guiseq>, the memory card should be visible as a folder in the side bar of the file selection window.</p> + </item> +</steps> + +<p>Shotwell kan importera bilder från minneskort som är kompatibla med din kortläsare.</p> + +<p>Om kortet inte upptäcks automatiskt kanske din kortläsare inte kände igen det. Prova att koppla från det och sedan ansluta det igen. Om det inte fungerar bör du ändå kunna importera bilder genom att ansluta <link xref="import-camera"> din kamera direkt till datorn </link>.</p> + +</page> diff --git a/help/sv/index.page b/help/sv/index.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..befb57f --- /dev/null +++ b/help/sv/index.page @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="index" xml:lang="sv"> + + <info> + <title type="link">Shotwell</title> + <title type="text">Shotwell</title> + <credit type="author"> + <name>Jim Nelson</name> + <email>jim@yorba.org</email> + <name>Allison Barlow</name> + <email>allison@yorba.org</email> + <name>Robert Ancell</name> + <email>robert.ancell@canonical.com</email> + <name>Peter Smith</name> + <email>pdo.smith@gmail.com</email> + <name>Phil Bull</name> + <email>philbull@gmail.com</email> + </credit> + </info> + + + <title><media type="image" src="figures/shotwell_logo.png"/>Shotwell bildhanterare</title> + + <section id="import" style="2column"> + <title>Importera bilder</title> + </section> + + <section id="view" style="2column"> + <title>Visa bilder</title> + </section> + + <section id="organize" style="2column"> + <title>Ordna bilder</title> + </section> + + <section id="edit" style="2column"> + <title>Redigera bilder</title> + </section> + + <section id="share" style="2column"> + <title>Dela bilder</title> + </section> + + <section id="other" style="2column"> + <title>Andra egenskaper</title> + </section> +</page> diff --git a/help/sv/organize-event.page b/help/sv/organize-event.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..325c7bf --- /dev/null +++ b/help/sv/organize-event.page @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="event" xml:lang="sv"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#organize"/> + <desc>Gruppera bilder som tagits samtidigt. Lär dig att byta namn, sammanfoga och sortera händelser.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="flag"/> + </info> + + <title>Händelser</title> + + <p>En händelse är en grupp bilder som tagits ungefär samtidigt. När du importerar bilder kontrollerar Shotwell när varje bild tagits. Det grupperar sedan bilderna i händelser.</p> + + <p>Välj <gui>Händelser</gui> från sidopanelen för att se dina bilder ordnade efter datum. Om du väljer en månad eller ett år från sidopanelen visas en lista över händelser i huvudfönstret. Dubbelklicka på en händelse för att se alla bilder som togs vid den tiden.</p> + + <p>Om en bild inte har inbäddad datum/tid-information kan inte Shotwell automatiskt placera dem i någon händelse. I detta fall kommer bilden att visas i vyn <gui>Ingen händelse</gui> tillgänglig från sidopanelen. Du kan fortfarande flytta bilden till vilken händelse du vill, som beskrivs nedan.</p> + + <section> + <title>Byta namn på händelser</title> + + <p>To give an event a name rather than referring to it by its date, select the event, click <guiseq><gui>Events</gui><gui>Rename Event...</gui></guiseq> and enter a new name. Another way of renaming an event is to double-click its name in the sidebar; type a new name and then press <key>Enter</key>.</p> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Flytta bilder mellan händelser</title> + + <p>Även om bilder inledningsvis grupperas i händelser efter datum kan du flytta bilder mellan händelser. För att göra detta, dra en bild till sidopanelen och släpp den på en händelse.</p> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Skapa och sammanfoga händelser</title> + <p>För att skapa nya händelser, markera de bilder du skulle vilja ha i en ny händelse och klicka <guiseq><gui>Händelser</gui><gui>Ny händelse</gui></guiseq>.</p> + <p>För att sammanfoga händelser, välj <guiseq><gui>Händelser</gui></guiseq> från sidopanelen och sedan, medan du håller ner <key>Ctrl</key>, klicka på händelserna du vill sammanfoga i huvudfönstret. Slutligen, klicka på <guiseq><gui>Händelser</gui><gui>Sammanfoga händelser</gui></guiseq>.</p> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Sortera händelser</title> + + <p>Händelser visas i ett träd i sidopanelen, ordnade efter år och månad efter de tidigaste bilderna i en händelse. För att ändra sorteringsordning, klicka <guiseq><gui>Visa</gui><gui>Sortera händelser</gui></guiseq> och välj antingen stigande eller fallande.</p> + + </section> + + <section> + <title>Ändra bilden som representerar varje händelse.</title> + + <p>If you select the <gui>Events</gui> item in the sidebar, you'll see a single photo which represents each event. This is called the key photo.</p> + + <p>Som standard använder Shotwell den första bilden i varje händelse som dess nyckelbild. För att använda en annan nyckelbild, markera bilden och välj <guiseq><gui>Bilder</gui><gui>Skapa nyckelbild för händelse</gui></guiseq>.</p> + + </section> + +</page> diff --git a/help/sv/organize-flag.page b/help/sv/organize-flag.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9a3e768 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/sv/organize-flag.page @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="flag" xml:lang="sv"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#organize"/> + <desc>Flagga bilder för att markera dem som speciella eller för att arbeta med dem som en samling.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="rating"/> + </info> + + <title>Flagga bilder</title> + + <p>Shotwell låter dig <em>flagga</em> bilder. När en bild flaggats kommer en liten flaggikon visas i dess övre högra hörn. Du kan markera <gui>Flaggade</gui> i sidopanelen för att se alla bilder som har flaggats.</p> + + <p>Att flagga en bild markerar den som speciell. Du kan tolka det som du vill. Till exempel kan du flagga alla bilder som kräver visuell justering, eller alla bilder som du vill dela med en vän.</p> + + <p>Att flagga är användbart eftersom du kan jobba med alla flaggade bilder som en samling. Till exempel kan du markera vyn <gui>Flaggade</gui> och sedan skicka upp alla flaggade bilder till en publiceringstjänst.</p> + + <section> + <title>Att flagga eller flagga av en bild</title> + <p>För att flagga eller flagga av en bild, högerklicka på bilden och välj <gui>Flagga</gui> eller <gui>Flagga av</gui> från snabbmenyn. Eller, använd snabbtangenterna <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>G</key></keyseq> eller <key>/</key>.</p> + </section> + +</page> diff --git a/help/sv/organize-rating.page b/help/sv/organize-rating.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7d9b699 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/sv/organize-rating.page @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="rating" xml:lang="sv"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#organize"/> + <desc>Ge bilderna ett betyg mellan en och fem stjärnor. Du kan avvisa dåliga bilder och dölja dem från visning.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="delete"/> + </info> + + <title>Betyg</title> +<p>Du kan ger varje bild ett betyg från 1-5 stjärnor, eller sätta den som avvisad, vilket medför att Shotwell som standard kommer att dölja bilden.</p> + +<p>Du kan betygsätta en bild eller en samling bilder på dessa sätt:</p> + +<list> +<item><p>Markera bilden och välj sedan betygsätt från den översta menyn <guiseq><gui>Bilder</gui><gui>Betygsätt</gui></guiseq>.</p></item> +<item><p>Högerklicka på bilden/rna och välj sedan ett betyg från snabbmenyn Betygsätt.</p></item> +<item><p>Markera bilden/erna och tryck sedan på någon av snabbtangenterna <key>1</key>, <key>2</key>, <key>3</key>, <key>4</key> eller <key>5</key> för att tilldela ett betyg. Eller, tryck <key>9</key> för att markera bilden/erna som avvisade eller<key>0</key> för att rensa betyg.</p></item> +</list> + +<p>Vanligtvis visar Shotwell alla bilder förutom avvisade bilder. Du kan ange ett annat betygsfilter genom att använda <guiseq><gui>Visa</gui><gui>Filtrera bilder</gui></guiseq>-menyn - till exempel kan du visa bilder betygsatta med tre stjärnor eller högre, eller du kan visa alla bilder inklusive de som markerats avvisade. Shotwell-ikonen på verktygsfältet visar aktuellt betygsfilter och kan också användas för att aktivera filtret.</p> + +<p>Shotwell visar som standard varje bilds betyg i nedre vänstra hörnet, Du kan stänga av visningen av betyg genom att nyttja <guiseq><gui>Visa</gui><gui>Betyg</gui></guiseq>-menyobjektet.</p> + +<p>Du kan öka eller minska en bilds betyg genom att använda <guiseq><gui>Betygsätt</gui><gui>Höj</gui></guiseq> och <guiseq><gui>Betygsätt</gui><gui>Sänk</gui></guiseq>-kommandona, eller tangentbordsgenvägarna <key><</key> och <key>></key>.</p> +</page> diff --git a/help/sv/organize-remove.page b/help/sv/organize-remove.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f0c27c6 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/sv/organize-remove.page @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="delete" xml:lang="sv"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#organize"/> + <desc>Ta bort bilder från biblioteket eller radera dem fullständigt från din dator.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="search"/> + </info> + + <title>Ta bort och radera bilder</title> + + <p>Du kan ta bort bilder från ditt bibliotek och du kan också radera dem fullständigt från din hårddisk.</p> +<media type="image" src="figures/trash_process.png">Raderingsprocess</media> +<p>Diagrammet visar hur en bild, när den raderas, först läggs i Shotwells papperskorg. Om du raderar den från Shotwells papperskorg läggs den i datorns papperskorg. Om du raderar den från din dators papperskorg är bilden oåterkalleligen raderat från din dator.</p> +<section id="delete-remove"> + <title>Ta bort bilder från biblioteket</title> + <p>Markera bilder att ta bort och välj <guiseq><gui>Redigera</gui><gui>Flytta till papperskorgen</gui></guiseq>. (Du kan också trycka <key>Delete</key>-tangenten.) Bilderna kommer att flyttas från ditt bibliotek till Shotwells papperskorg.</p> + <p>Om du vill ta bort bilder från Shotwell utan att låta dem passera genom papperskorgen, markera bilderna att ta bort och välj <guiseq><gui>Redigera</gui><gui>Ta bort från bibliotek</gui></guiseq>. Bildfilerna kommer att vara kvar på disken.</p> +</section> + +<section id="delete-empty"> + <title>Rensa eller återställa papperskorgen</title> + <p>Välj papperskorgen i sidopanelen och Shotwell kommer att visa alla bilder som har markerats för borttagning eller radering. I vyn för papperskorgen är följande kommandon tillgängliga:</p> + <terms> + <item><title>Radera</title><p>Radera de markerade bilderna från papperskorgen.</p></item> + <item><title>Återställ</title><p>Återställ de markerade bilderna till Shotwell.</p></item> + <item><title>Töm papperskorgen</title><p>Radera alla bilder från papperskorgen.</p></item> + </terms> +</section> + +<section id="delete-trash"> + <title>Radera eller tömma papperskorgen</title> + <p>När du raderar filer från papperskorgen, eller tömmer den, kommer du att ges följande val:</p> + <terms> + <item><title>Endast ta bort</title><p>Tar bort bilder från biblioteket men lämnar kvar bilderna på deras plats i datorn.</p></item> + <item><title>Radera fil</title><p>Tar bort bilder från biblioteket och raderar dem från datorn.</p></item> + <item><title>Avbryt</title><p>Gör inget.</p></item> + </terms> +</section> + +</page> diff --git a/help/sv/organize-search.page b/help/sv/organize-search.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b3ec6e1 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/sv/organize-search.page @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="search" xml:lang="sv"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#organize"/> + <desc>Hitta bilder och filmer i din samling med blandade kriterier.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="tag"/> + </info> + + <title>Söka</title> + + <p>Det finns två sätt att söka på i Shotwell: filterverktygsfältet och med en sparad sökning. Sökfältet låter dig snabbt söka aktuell vy efter specifika kriterier. Sparade sökningar erbjuder komplexare sökningskriterier och lagring i sidopanelen mellan sessioner.</p> + + <section id="searchbar"> + <title>Sökfältet</title> + <p>Kryssrutan <guiseq><gui>Visa</gui><gui>Sökfält</gui></guiseq> visar eller döljer sökfältet. Du kan också trycka <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</key></keyseq> eller <key>F8</key> för att lyfta fram sökfältet. Från detta fält kan du hitta, visa och dölja bilder och filmer baserat på namn, tagg, betyg eller andra alternativ.</p> + + <p>För att börja söka, ange ett söknyckelord i textfältet, eller klicka på <gui>Flaggade</gui>, <gui>Betyg</gui> eller <gui>Typ</gui>. Textsökning matchar dina nyckelord över taggnamn, bild eller videonamn och bilders originalfilnamn. Knapparna <gui>Flaggade</gui>, <gui>Betyg</gui> och <gui>Typ</gui> låter dig filtrera din samling med flaggade bilder, deras aktuella nummer av stjärnor och huruvida objekten är bilder, filmer eller råa kamerafiler.</p> + + <p>Att inaktivera sökfältet eller avsluta Shotwell automatiskt återställer sökfältet.</p> + </section> + + <section id="savedsearch"> + <title>Sparad sökning</title> + <p>En sparad sökning lagras över Shotwell-sessioner och uppdateras då bilder och filmer läggs till och tas bort från ditt Shotwell-bibliotek.</p> + + <p> + Create a new saved search with <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>New Saved Search...</gui></guiseq> or by hitting + <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq>. The dialog box allows you to enter a name for the + search and select whether you want to meet Any, All, or None of the criteria in the following rows. + </p> + + <p> + Each row represents a search criterion. Use the <gui>+</gui> button to add more rows, and the + <gui>-</gui> button to remove a specific row. The combo box on the left of each row selects the type + of criteria. Criteria must be entered correctly before the <gui>OK</gui> button becomes available. + </p> + </section> + +</page> diff --git a/help/sv/organize-tag.page b/help/sv/organize-tag.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b90c03e --- /dev/null +++ b/help/sv/organize-tag.page @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="tag" xml:lang="sv"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#organize"/> + <desc>Organisera bilder genom att sätta taggar på dem.</desc> + + <link type="seealso" xref="event"/> + + <link type="next" xref="title"/> + </info> + + <title>Tagga bilder</title> + + <p>Du kan tilldela en eller fler taggar för att markera bilder. En tagg kan vara en eller flera ord som du vill associera med dessa bilder.</p> + + <p>För att lägga till taggar till bilder, markera bilderna du skulle vilja lägga tagga, och gör sedan följande:</p> + + <list> + <item><p>Choose <guiseq><gui>Tags</gui><gui>Add Tags...</gui></guiseq>.</p></item> + <item><p>Skriv in <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>T</key></keyseq>.</p></item> + <item><p>Dra de markerade bilderna och släpp dem på den önskade taggen.</p></item> + </list> + + <p> + When you use <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>T</key></keyseq> or + <guiseq><gui>Tags</gui><gui>Add Tags...</gui></guiseq> you can type + in the names of one or more tags, separated by commas. + Once you have created a tag, you can rename it by selecting that + tag in the sidebar and choosing + <guiseq><gui>Tags</gui><gui>Rename Tag "[name]"...</gui></guiseq>, + by rightclicking on it and choose <gui>Rename...</gui> or + double-click on the tag in the sidebar. + </p> + + <p> + To change which tags are associated with a particular photo, + select that photo, choose + <guiseq><gui>Tags</gui><gui>Modify Tags...</gui></guiseq> or + right-click on a photo and select <gui>Modify Tags...</gui> and + edit the comma separated list. + To remove a tag from one or more photos, first select that tag + in the sidebar, then select the photos you would like to remove, + and choose + <guiseq><gui>Tags</gui><gui>Remove Tag "[name]" from Photos</gui></guiseq> + or right-click on the photos an select + <gui>Remove Tag "[name]" from Photos</gui>. + </p> + + <p>För att fullständigt ta bort en tagg, markera taggen i sidopanelen och välj <guiseq><gui>Taggar</gui><gui>Ta bort tagg "[namn]"</gui></guiseq> eller högerklicka och välj <gui>Ta bort tagg "[namn]"</gui>.</p> + + <p> + When you create a tag, it will appear in the sidebar under the + <gui>Tags</gui> item, which is hidden if there are no tags. Photos + can have multiple tags attached to them, and when you click on the + name of a given tag in the sidebar, you will see all the photos + associated with that tag. + </p> + + <section id="hierarchaicaltags"> + <title>Hierarkiska taggar</title> + <p>Shotwell stödjer också hierarkiska taggar. Du kan flytta om dina taggar genom att dra och släppa en tagg på en annan. För att skapa en ny undertagg, högerklicka på en tagg och markera <gui>Ny</gui>.</p> + + <p>Hierarkiska taggar kan hjälpa dig att sortera din tagglista på sätt som bättre matchar hur du tänker eller jobbar - exempelvis kan du lagra platstaggar som ”Berg” eller ”Strand” under en överordnad tagg ”Platser”, vilken i sig själv kan placeras under taggen ”Sommarsemester”.</p> + + <p>Observera att ta bort en överordnad tagg också kommer att bort underordnade taggar.</p> + </section> +</page> diff --git a/help/sv/organize-title.page b/help/sv/organize-title.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b718cff --- /dev/null +++ b/help/sv/organize-title.page @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="title" xml:lang="sv"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#organize"/> + <desc>Namnge dina bilder.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="event"/> + </info> + + <title>Namn</title> + +<p>Kryssrutan <guiseq><gui>Visa</gui><gui>Titlar</gui></guiseq> aktiverar visningen av titlar under varje bild. Som standard är en bilds namn dess filnamn.</p> + +<p>To change a photo's title, +select the photo and click <guiseq><gui>Photos</gui><gui>Edit Title...</gui></guiseq>, or press <key>F2</key>.</p> + +</page> diff --git a/help/sv/other-files.page b/help/sv/other-files.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..da68bfa --- /dev/null +++ b/help/sv/other-files.page @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="other-files" xml:lang="sv"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#other"/> + <desc>Håll Shotwell-biblioteket i synk med bildfiler på disk.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="other-plugins"/> + </info> + + <title>Bildfiler</title> + + <p>Varje bild i Shotwell-biblioteket motsvaras av en fil lagrad på din hårddisk. Shotwell har flera olika funktioner som hjälper dig att hålla Shotwell-biblioteket och filerna på disk i synk.</p> + <links type="section"/> + + <section id="dirpattern"> + <title>Använda ett anpassat katalogmönster</title> + <p>Shotwell låter dig ange hur det namnger kataloger i ditt bibliotek. Du kan göra detta genom att ändra inställningarna <gui>Katalogstruktur</gui> och <gui>Mönster</gui> i dialogen <gui>Inställningar</gui>. Du kan använda ett förvalt mönster, eller välja <gui>Anpassa</gui> och skriva in ditt eget.</p> + + <p>De tillgängliga symbolerna för katalogmönstren börjar med ett % (procenttecken). Värdena dessa symboler producerar är lokal-beroende, så vad du ser på din dator kan variera jämfört med följande exempel.</p> + + <table frame="all" rules="rowgroups"> + <tbody> + <tr> + <td><p> </p></td> <td><p><em>Symbol</em></p></td> <td><p><em>Meaning</em></p></td> <td><p><em>Example</em></p></td> + </tr> + </tbody> + <tbody> + <tr> + <td><p> </p></td><td><p>%Y</p></td><td><p>År: hela</p></td><td><p>2015</p></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td><p> </p></td><td><p>%y</p></td><td><p>År: tvåsiffrigt</p></td><td><p>15</p></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td><p> </p></td><td><p>%d</p></td><td><p>Månadsdag med inledande nolla</p></td><td><p>03</p></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td><p> </p></td><td><p>%A</p></td><td><p>Veckodag: hela</p></td><td><p>Onsdag</p></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td><p> </p></td><td><p>%a</p></td><td><p>Veckodag: förkortad</p></td><td><p>Ons</p></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td><p> </p></td><td><p>%m</p></td><td><p>Månadsnummer med inledande nolla</p></td><td><p>02</p></td> + </tr> + <tr><td><p> </p></td><td><p>%b</p></td><td><p>Månadsnummer: förkortat</p></td><td><p>Feb</p></td></tr><tr><td><p> </p></td><td><p>%B</p></td><td><p>Månadsnummer: helt</p></td><td><p>Februari</p></td></tr><tr><td><p> </p></td><td><p>%I</p></td><td><p>Timme: 12-timmarsformat</p></td><td><p>05</p></td></tr><tr><td><p> </p></td><td><p>%H</p></td><td><p>Timme: 24-timmarsformat</p></td><td><p>17</p></td></tr><tr><td><p> </p></td><td><p>%M</p></td><td><p>Minut</p></td><td><p>16</p></td></tr><tr><td><p> </p></td><td><p>%S</p></td><td><p>Sekund</p></td><td><p>30</p></td></tr><tr><td><p> </p></td><td><p>%p</p></td><td><p>AM eller PM</p></td><td><p>PM</p></td></tr> + </tbody> + </table> + + <p>Det finns andra symboler tillgängliga, se handboken för strftime genom att köra kommandot <cmd>man strftime</cmd> om du behöver en som inte listas här.</p> + </section> + + <section id="automatic-import"> + <title>Importera bilder automatiskt</title> + + <p>Shotwell kan automatiskt importera nya bilder som kommer att visas i bibliotekskatalogen. (Bibliotekskatalogen är vanligtvis katalogen <file>Bilder</file> i din hemkatalog - du kan ändra dess plats i fönstret <gui>Inställningar</gui>.)</p> + + <p>För att aktivera autoimport, kryssa i rutan <gui>Bevaka bibliotekskatalogen efter nya filer</gui> i fönstret <gui>Inställningar</gui>.</p> + + <note style="advanced"><p>Shotwell kan också följa symboliska länkar inuti automatiskt importerade kataloger.</p></note> + + </section> + + <section id="automatic-rename"> + <title>Automatiskt döpa om importerade bilder till gemener.</title> + + <p>Shotwell kan automatiskt ändra filnamnen för importerade bilder till gemener. För att aktivera detta, välj <guiseq><gui>Redigera</gui><gui>Inställningar</gui></guiseq> och i fönstret <gui>Inställningar</gui>, kryssa i rutan <gui>Byt namn på importerade filer till gemener</gui>.</p> + + </section> + + <section id="writing-metadata"> + <title>Skriva metadata direkt</title> + + <p>Som standard ändrar inte Shotwell bildfiler, även om du redigerar bilder eller ändrar deras taggar och namn. Shotwell sparar endast dessa ändringar i sin databas.</p> + + <p>För att ändra detta beteende kan du aktivera kryssrutan <gui>Skriv taggar, namn och annan metadata till bildfiler</gui> i dialogen <gui>Inställningar</gui>. När detta alternativ är aktiverat kommer Shotwell att skriva följande metadata till de flesta bildfiler när du ändrar dem i Shotwell:</p> + + <list> + <item><p>namn</p></item> + <item><p>taggar</p></item> + <item><p>betyg</p></item> + <item><p>riktningsinformation</p></item> + <item><p>tid/datum</p></item> + </list> + + <p>Shotwell lagrar denna information i bildfiler i EXIF, IPTC och/eller XMP-format. Observera att Shotwell endast kan skriva till bildfiler i JPEG, PNG och TIFF-format, inte till BMP-bilder, RAW-bilder eller till videofiler.</p> + + </section> + + <section id="runtime-monitoring"> + <title>Körtidsövervakning</title> + + <p>När Shotwell körs märker det av ändringar gjorda till bildfiler externt. När en bildfil ändras läser Shotwell om filen och uppdaterar din vy över bilder och metadata.</p> + + <p>Observera att Shotwell kontrollerar alla bildfiler vid uppstart, men att endast bildfiler i bibliotekskatalogen övervakas i realtid efter uppstart. Vi hoppas kunna ta bort denna begränsning i en framtida utgåva.</p> + + </section> + +</page> diff --git a/help/sv/other-missing.page b/help/sv/other-missing.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e577f95 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/sv/other-missing.page @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="other-missing" xml:lang="sv"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#other"/> + <desc>Om Shotwell inte kan hitta en bild i ditt bibliotek kommer det att markera den som saknad.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="other-multiple"/> + </info> + + <title>Saknade bilder</title> + +<p>Var gång Shotwell startar söker det av ditt bildbibliotek för att verifiera att alla bilder fortfarande existerar på din hårddisk. Om Shotwell finner att det saknas filer, kommer dessa inte att visas i vyerna Bilder, Händelser eller Taggar, och istället visas de i separata vyn Saknade filer, vilken visas i sidopanelen.</p> + +<p>Om du inte längre vill att de saknade filerna ska vara en del av din Shotwell-samling (kanske för att du tog bort dem), gå till vyn Saknade filer, välj bilder och klicka sedan <gui>Ta bort från bibliotek</gui>.</p> + +<p>Om du har bilder på en flyttbar enhet, som en cd-skiva eller en usb-sticka, och <link xref="index#import">importerar</link> dem till Shotwell <em>utan</em> att kopiera bilderna till din dator, kommer de att visas som saknade filer om du kopplar från den flyttbara enheten. Se <link xref="import-file"/> för att lära dig mer om att kopiera filer från en flyttbar enhet till din dator.</p> + +<p>Om några saknade bilder blir tillgängliga igen kommer Shotwell att märka det nästa gång programmet startar. Bilderna kommer åter igen att visas i vyerna Bilder, Händelser och Taggar.</p> + +</page> diff --git a/help/sv/other-multiple.page b/help/sv/other-multiple.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6214a85 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/sv/other-multiple.page @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="other-multiple" xml:lang="sv"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#other"/> + <desc>Du kan öppna Shotwell med ett annat bildbibliotek genom att använda kommandoraden.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="other-files"/> + </info> + + <title>Flera bibliotek</title> + +<p>Shotwell lagrar normalt sin databas och sina miniatyrbilder i katalogen <file>~/.shotwell</file> . Denna katalog innehåller inte bilder, men databasen i denna katalog innehåller en lista över alla bilder i Shotwell-biblioteket.</p> + +<p>Som en avancerad funktion är det möjligt för dig att ha flera Shotwell-bibliotek, var och en med dess egna grupp av bilder. Varje bibliotek behöver dess egna databaskatalog. För att starta Shotwell som ett alternativt bibliotek, ange en alternativ katalog på kommandoraden enligt:</p> + +<screen> +shotwell -d [bibliotekskatalog] +</screen> + +</page> diff --git a/help/sv/other-plugins.page b/help/sv/other-plugins.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a1a5a83 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/sv/other-plugins.page @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="other-plugins" xml:lang="sv"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#other"/> + <desc>Utöka Shotwells funktionalitet dynamiskt.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="other-missing"/> + </info> + + <title>Insticksmoduler</title> + <p>Shotwell kan användas med <em>Insticksmoduler</em>, vilket är delade bibliotek som kan lägga till stöd för nya publiceringstyper eller nya övergångar vid bildspel.</p> + + <p>För att se en lista över installerade insticksmoduler, välj <guiseq><gui>Redigera</gui><gui>Inställningar</gui></guiseq>, och i fönstret <gui>Inställningar</gui>, klicka på fliken <gui>Insticksmoduler</gui>. Du kommer att se en lista av aktuella installerade insticksmoduler, var och en med en kryssruta vid sida av den, och du kan aktivera eller inaktivera var och en genom att kryssa eller kryssa av kryssrutan för dess namn.</p> + + <note style="advanced"><p>Fullständig dokumentation om hur du utvecklar nya insticksmoduler finns tillgänglig på <link href="http://redmine.yorba.org/projects/shotwell/wiki/ShotwellArchWritingPlugins">http://redmine.yorba.org/projects/shotwell/wiki/ShotwellArchWritingPlugins</link></p></note> + +</page> diff --git a/help/sv/raw.page b/help/sv/raw.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b8511ce --- /dev/null +++ b/help/sv/raw.page @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="other-raw" xml:lang="sv"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#other"/> + <desc>Mer om RAW-stöd i Shotwell.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="running"/> + </info> + + <title>RAW-stöd i Shotwell</title> + <p>En del kameror har förmågan att lagra data direkt från sensorn till en fil som innehåller extra färginformation, känt som ”RAW” eller ”Kamera-RAW”, och Shotwell stödjer även dessa filer.</p> + + <p>Eftersom RAW-bilder vanligtvis endast kan visas direkt, men först måste framkallas - det vill säga, tolka deras extra information och göra klart den för visning - kommer de flesta kameror att bädda in en JPEG inuti RAW-formatfilen, eller skapa en JPEG vid sidan av RAW-filen då ögonblicksbilden tas. Det senare refereras till i detta dokument som RAW+JPEG. Om du importerar ett RAW+JPEG-par kommer Shotwell att hålla dem sammankopplade och behandla dem som ett objekt i ditt bibliotek.</p> + + <p>När du importerar en RAW-fil kan du välja att antingen använda kamerans inbyggda JPEG eller Shotwells egna genom att markera <guiseq><gui>Bilder</gui><gui>Framkallare</gui></guiseq> i menyerna.</p> + + <note> + <p>Ändringar mellan framkallare kommer att göra att alla redigeringar gjorda till en bild förkastas.</p> + </note> + + <p>För att kunna publicera eller använda en RAW-bild i de flesta andra programmen måste den exporteras först. Shotwell kan exportera dina RAW-bilder i JPEG, PNG, TIFF eller BMP-format, och när du publicerar, exporterar de en JPEG-version för dig och publicerar den.</p> + +</page> diff --git a/help/sv/running.page b/help/sv/running.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7719df9 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/sv/running.page @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="running" xml:lang="sv"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index"/> + <desc>Hitta Shotwell i programmenyn, eller låt det starta automatiskt när du stoppar i en kamera.</desc> + + <link type="seealso" xref="other-multiple"/> + + <link type="next" xref="formats"/> + </info> + + <title>Köra Shotwell</title> + +<p>När det väl är installerat är Shotwell tillgängligt i menyn <gui>Program</gui> under <gui>Grafik</gui> eller <gui>Bilder</gui>.</p> + +<p>Shotwell kan också exekveras automatiskt när en kamera stoppas i din dator. För att kontrollera att ditt system är inställt på att köra Shotwell när en kamera upptäcks, gå till <guiseq><gui>Redigera</gui><gui>Inställningar</gui></guiseq> i ett Nautilus(filhanterare)-fönster och markera fliken <gui>Media</gui>. Du kommer att se en rullgardinsmeny som heter <gui>Bilder:</gui> vilken låter dig välja Shotwell som ditt program för bildhantering.</p> + +<note style="advanced"> + <p>Shotwell kan också exekveras direkt från dess byggkatalog, men det rekommenderas bara för testning av Shotwell eller för utvecklare.</p> +</note> + +</page> diff --git a/help/sv/share-background.page b/help/sv/share-background.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9219005 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/sv/share-background.page @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="share-background" xml:lang="sv"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#share"/> + <desc>Ställ in din skrivbordsbakgrund till att använda en enstaka bild eller ett bildspel.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="share-slideshow"/> + </info> + + <title>Ange en skrivbordsbakgrund eller ett bildspel.</title> + + <p>För att ange en bild som din skrivbordsbakgrund, markera bilden och välj sedan <guiseq><gui>Arkiv</gui><gui>Använd som skrivbordsbakgrund</gui></guiseq>.</p> + + <p>You can also set your background to a slideshow of photos. To do this, select the photos for + the slideshow and choose <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Set as Desktop Slideshow...</gui></guiseq>. + Shotwell will prompt you for a slideshow delay, which can be any interval up to one day in length. + The background slideshow will proceed even when Shotwell is not running. + </p> + +</page> diff --git a/help/sv/share-export.page b/help/sv/share-export.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e4fdd87 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/sv/share-export.page @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="share-export" xml:lang="sv"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#share"/> + <desc>Kopiera bilder från Shotwell så att du kan använda dem på andra ställen.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="share-print"/> + </info> + + <title>Exportera bilder</title> + +<p>För att exportera bilder från Shotwell via dra-och-släpp, dra bilderna från Shotwell till ett filhanterarfönster eller ditt skrivbord. De nya filerna kommer att vara kopior av bilderna i ditt bibliotek.</p> + +<p> +Alternatively, select a set of photos and choose the <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Export...</gui></guiseq> command or press <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>E</key></keyseq>, which exports photos while letting you fine-tune the size and dimensions of your photo files. +A window will appear allowing you to make several choices: +</p> + +<list> +<item><p>Ett format för export.</p> +<list> +<item><p>Välj <gui>Oförändrad</gui> för att exportera bilderna i deras originalformat utan redigeringar gjorda i Shotwell. RAW-bilder kommer att exporteras i deras original-RAW-format.</p></item> +<item><p>Välj <gui>Aktuellt</gui> för att exportera bilder med ändringar gjorda i Shotwell. RAW-bilder kommer att exporteras i JPEG-format om du har redigerat dem i Shotwell, annars i deras ursprungliga RAW-format.</p></item> +<item><p>Eller så kan du välja ett specifikt bildformat (JPEG, PNG, TIFF, BMP) för exporten. Ändringar gjorda i Shotwell kommer att inkluderas och Shotwell kommer att konvertera bilderna till målformatet.</p></item> +</list> +</item> +<item><p>Bildkvaliteten för export (låg, mellan, hög eller maximal)</p></item> +<item><p>En skalningsbegränsning (vilket betyder hur Shotwell bestämmer hur bilderna ska skalas) och önskad bildpunktsstorlek.</p></item> +<item><p>Huruvida du vill exportera metadata som taggar eller betyg. Detta kan skydda din sekretess om du har geoplats-taggar eller taggar ingen bör se.</p></item> +</list> + +<p>Om valt kommer Shotwell att skriva taggar, titlar och annan metadata till de nya filerna.</p> + +</page> diff --git a/help/sv/share-print.page b/help/sv/share-print.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c864ea5 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/sv/share-print.page @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="share-print" xml:lang="sv"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#share"/> + <desc>Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Print...</gui></guiseq>. For more printing options, select the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab in the <gui>Print</gui> dialog.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="share-upload"/> + </info> + + <title>Skriva ut</title> + + <p>To print a photo, select it and choose <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Print...</gui></guiseq>.</p> + + <p> + Shotwell can also print multiple images in one page; to do this, select multiple images, + choose <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Print...</gui></guiseq>, and in the <gui>Print</gui> dialog, + choose the <gui>Image Settings</gui> tab. In <gui>Image Settings</gui>, choose one of the + multiple-image-per-page options under <gui>Autosize</gui>. + </p> + + <p>Om du vill ställa in formatering, pappersstorlek och riktningsalternativ, välj fliken <gui>Sidinställning</gui> i dialogen <gui>Skriv ut</gui> innan utskrift.</p> +</page> diff --git a/help/sv/share-send.page b/help/sv/share-send.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0df43ce --- /dev/null +++ b/help/sv/share-send.page @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="share-send" xml:lang="sv"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#share"/> + <desc>Skicka bilder via e-post, snabbmeddelanden eller på andra sätt.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="share-background"/> + </info> + + <title>Skicka bilder</title> + + <p>Shotwell kan skicka bilder genom GNOME-skrivbordets "Skicka till"-mekanism som låter dig skicka bilder via e-post, snabbmeddelanden eller på andra sätt.</p> + <p>För att skicka bilder, visa dem i Shotwell och välj <guiseq><gui>Arkiv</gui><gui>Skicka till…</gui></guiseq>, eller högerklicka på bilderna och välj <gui>Skicka till…</gui> från snabbmenyn. En <gui>Skicka till</gui>-dialog kommer att visas vilken låter dig välja olika sätt att skicka filerna på (som e-post eller snabbmeddelanden) och en destination. Du kan också välja att skicka filerna i ett komprimerat format.</p> + +</page> diff --git a/help/sv/share-slideshow.page b/help/sv/share-slideshow.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6ab2850 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/sv/share-slideshow.page @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="share-slideshow" xml:lang="sv"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#share"/> + <desc>Se en bildpresentation av dina bilder.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="share-export"/> + </info> + + <title>Bildpresentationer</title> + + <p>För att se ett bildspel över en samling i Shotwell, navigera över samlingen och markera <guiseq><gui>Visa</gui><gui>Bildspel</gui></guiseq> eller tryck <key>F5</key>.</p> + + <p>Du kan ändra en del inställningar i ett körande bildspel:</p> + + <list> + <item><p>Hur länge en bild ska visas: 1 - 30 sekunder</p></item> + <item><p>Du kan välja olika övergångseffekter.</p></item> + <item><p>Tiden för övergångseffekter: 0,1 - 1,0 sekunder</p></item> + </list> +</page> diff --git a/help/sv/share-upload.page b/help/sv/share-upload.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ea461ae --- /dev/null +++ b/help/sv/share-upload.page @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="share-upload" xml:lang="sv"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#share"/> + <desc>Publicera bilden till Facebook, Flickr, Picasa Web Albums eller andra webbplatser.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="share-send"/> + </info> + + <title>Publicera på webben</title> + + <p>Genom att använda <link xref="other-plugins">insticksmoduler</link> kan Shotwell publicera bilder och filmer till följande tjänster, som var och en kräver ett konto:</p> + + <list> + <item><p><link href="http://facebook.com">Facebook</link></p></item> + <item><p><link href="http://flickr.com">Flickr</link></p></item> + <item><p><link href="http://picasaweb.google.com">Picasa Web Albums</link> och <link href="http://plus.google.com">Google+</link></p></item> + <item><p><link href="http://youtube.com">YouTube</link> (endast video)</p></item> + <item><p><link href="http://fotki.yandex.ru">Yandex.Fotki</link>, en populär webbplats i Ryssland (endast bilder)</p></item> + <item><p>Vilken webbplats som helst som kör <link href="http://piwigo.org">Piwigo</link>-bildgalleriprogram (endast bilder)</p></item> + </list> + + <p>För att publicera markerade bilder i en samling, välj <guiseq><gui>Redigera</gui><gui>Inställningar</gui></guiseq> och klicka på fliken <gui>Insticksmoduler</gui> för att aktivera insticket för tjänsten du vill publicera till. Välj sedan <guiseq><gui>Arkiv</gui><gui>Publicera</gui></guiseq>, tryck verktygsfältsknappen <gui>Publicera</gui> eller använd <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>P</key></keyseq>. Du får då upp en dialog som låter dig välja en publiceringstjänst. Du måste sedan logga in eller skapa ett konto.</p> + + <p>Publishing to Facebook requires you to grant certain permissions to the Shotwell Facebook application. + You only need to grant these permissions once, when you first associate Shotwell with your Facebook account. +</p> + <note style="advanced"><p>You will be only able to publish images with at most the permission you granted to the Shotwell Facebook application</p></note> + + <p>På liknande sätt kräver Flickr att du loggar in och tillåter Shotwell Connect att komma åt ditt konto.</p> + + <p>Om du har ett Google-konto, men ännu inte använt Picasa Web Albums behöver du logga in till Picasa med en webbläsare en gång innan du kan publicera till tjänsten.</p> +</page> diff --git a/help/sv/sv.stamp b/help/sv/sv.stamp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e69de29 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/sv/sv.stamp diff --git a/help/sv/view-displaying.page b/help/sv/view-displaying.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2140546 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/sv/view-displaying.page @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="view-view" xml:lang="sv"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#view"/> + <desc>Lär dig olika sätt att visa dina bilder: i ett rutnät som fyller huvudfönstret eller hela skärmen.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="view-sidebar"/> + </info> + + <title>Bildvyer</title> + +<p>När du väljer en samling i sidopanelen visar Shotwell alla bilder i samlingen i huvudfönstret. Längst ned till höger finns ett skjutreglage som justerar vystorleken på miniatyrbilderna. Du kan också justera miniatyrbildsstorleken genom att använda plus och minustangenterna (<key>+</key> och <key>-</key>) eller genom att trycka <key>Ctrl</key> medan du rör rullhjulet på musen.</p> + +<p>Du kan visa en bild i helskärm genom att dubbelklicka på det. Därifrån kan du gå vidare till andra bilden i samlingen med knapparna Bakåt och Framåt. För att återvända till samlingen, dubbelklicka på bilden eller tryck <key>Esc</key>.</p> + +<p>När du visar en bild i helskärmsläge blir skjutreglaget i verktygsfältet zoom. Du kan flytta runt genom att ta tag i och dra varsomhelst på bilden. Du kan också zooma med ditt rullhjul eller genom att trycka följande tangentbordsgenvägar:<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key>0</keyseq> för hela bilden, <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key>1</keyseq> för 100% (1 bildpunkt i bilden = 1 bildpunkt på skärm) och <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key>2</keyseq> för 200% (1 bildpunkt för skärm = 2x2 skärmbildpunkter).</p> + +<p>Shotwell erbjuder ett helskärmsläge för att visa bilden. Välj <guiseq><gui>Visa</gui><gui>Helskärm</gui></guiseq> eller tryck <key>F11</key>. För att se verktygsfältet i helskärmsläge, flytta din mus till nedre delen av skärmen. Verktygsfältet har knappar för att flytta genom samlingen, att fästa verktygsfältet (så att det inte döljs när du flyttar musen) och för att lämna helskärmsvyn.</p> + +<section> +<title>Visa filmer</title> +<p>När du dubbelklickar på en film kommer Shotwell att starta en extern videospelare för att spela filmen. Det är för närvarande inte möjligt att visa en film i helskärmsläge i Shotwell, eller att spela upp en film i själva Shotwell.</p> +</section> + +</page> diff --git a/help/sv/view-information.page b/help/sv/view-information.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e7df6c6 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/sv/view-information.page @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="view-information" xml:lang="sv"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#view"/> + <desc>Visa detaljerad information om bilder, som exponeringsläge använt av kameran.</desc> + + <link type="next" xref="view-view"/> + </info> + + <title>Grundläggande och utökad information</title> + +<p>Panelen för grundläggande information visas längst ned i sidopanelen och ger en kortfattad sammanfattning av de bilder du har markerat. Om inga bilder är markerade visar den en sammanfattning av hela samlingen. Du kan växla visningen av denna panel genom att använda <guiseq><gui>Visa</gui><gui>Grundläggande information</gui></guiseq>-kommandot.</p> + +<p>Fönstret Utökad information visar mer information om den markerade bilden. Kommandot <guiseq><gui>Visa</gui><gui>Utökad information</gui></guiseq> eller <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Skift</key><key>X</key></keyseq> växlar visningen av detta fönster.</p> + +</page> diff --git a/help/sv/view-sidebar.page b/help/sv/view-sidebar.page new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cbedffa --- /dev/null +++ b/help/sv/view-sidebar.page @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<page xmlns="http://projectmallard.org/1.0/" type="guide" id="view-sidebar" xml:lang="sv"> + + <info> + <link type="guide" xref="index#view"/> + <desc>Sidopanelen till vänster om fönstret listar olika vyer över ditt bibliotek.</desc> + + <link type="seealso" xref="event"/> + <link type="seealso" xref="tag"/> + <link type="seealso" xref="flag"/> + <link type="seealso" xref="search#savedsearch"/> + <link type="seealso" xref="import-file"/> + <link type="seealso" xref="import-f-spot"/> + <link type="seealso" xref="import-memorycard"/> + <link type="seealso" xref="import-camera"/> + + <link type="next" xref="view-information"/> + </info> + + <title>Sidopanelen</title> + +<p>Sidopanelen på den vänstra sidan av Shotwell-fönstret listar olika vyer över ditt bibliotek. Fastän du kan se samma bild i olika vyer är den endast lagrad en gång på din hårddisk.</p> + +<p>Vyn <gui>Senaste import</gui> listar dina senast importerade bilder oavsett om de är importerade från F-Spot, din kamera, ett minneskort eller hårddisken.</p> + +<p><gui>Flaggade</gui> listar alla bilder du tidigare flaggat.</p> + +<p><gui>Sparad sökning</gui> låter dig sortera ditt bibliotek efter flera kriterier.</p> + +<p>Mappen <gui>Händelser</gui> listar alla händelser i ditt bibliotek. En händelser är en grupp av bilder som tagits ungefär samtidigt.</p> + +<p>Mappen <gui>Taggar</gui> listar alla taggar du tilldelat till bilder. Bilder kan ha flera taggar kopplade till dem. När du klickar på namnet på en tagg i sidopanelen kommer du att se alla bilder associerade med den taggen.</p> + +</page> |